diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5993-0.txt | 7848 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5993-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 103325 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5993-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 111491 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5993-h/5993-h.htm | 10604 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5993.txt | 7848 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5993.zip | bin | 0 -> 102242 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/wltsp10.zip | bin | 0 -> 101831 bytes |
10 files changed, 26316 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/5993-0.txt b/5993-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..784e738 --- /dev/null +++ b/5993-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7848 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Walter Sherwood's Probation, by Horatio Alger + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Walter Sherwood's Probation + +Author: Horatio Alger + + +Release Date: June, 2004 [EBook #5993] +This file was first posted on October 9, 2002 +Last Updated: March 3, 2018 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WALTER SHERWOOD'S PROBATION *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Charles Franks and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team + + + + + + + + +WALTER SHERWOOD'S PROBATION + +By Horatio Alger, Jr. + +Author of “Facing the World,” “Hector's Inheritance,” “Helping Himself,” + “Jack's Ward,” Etc., Etc., + + + + +CHAPTER I + +WALTER SHERWOOD'S LETTER + + +“Here's a letter for you, Doctor Mack,” said the housekeeper, as +she entered the plain room used as a library and sitting-room by her +employer, Doctor Ezekiel Mack. “It's from Walter, I surmise.” This was a +favorite word with Miss Nancy Sprague, who, though a housekeeper, prided +herself on having been a schoolmistress in her earlier days. + +“Indeed, Nancy. Let me see it. Walter is really getting attentive. His +last letter came to hand only two days since. He hasn't forgotten his +old guardian.” + +“Oh, no, sir. He'll never do that. He has a predilection for his old +home. His heart is in the right place.” + +“Just so. I wish I felt as sure about his head.” + +Doctor Mack adjusted his spectacles, for he was rising sixty, and his +eyes required assistance, and opened the letter. As he read it his +forehead contracted, and he looked disturbed. A perusal of the letter +may help us to understand why. It ran as follows: + +“DEAR GUARDIAN: You will be surprised at hearing from me so soon again, +but I am really forced to write. I find college life much more expensive +than I supposed it would be. A fellow is expected to join two or three +societies, and each costs money. I know you wouldn't have me appear +mean. Then the students have been asked to contribute to a fund for the +enlargement of the library, and almost every day there is a demand for +money for one object or another. As it is nearly the end of the term, +I calculate that with a check for an extra hundred dollars I can get +along. I am awfully sorry to ask for it, but it will come out of +the money father left me, and I am sure he would wish me to keep up +appearances, and not fall behind the rest of the boys. + +“I stand fairly well in my studies, and I expect to be stroke oar of +the college boat club. Besides this, I have been elected catcher of the +college baseball club. I am thought to excel in athletic sports, and +really enjoy my college life very much. Please send me the check by +return of mail. Affectionately yours, WALTER.” + +Doctor Mack laid the letter on the table, and slowly removed the glasses +from his nose. + +“One hundred dollars!” he repeated. “That is the second extra check he +has written for, this term. Then his regular term bills will come due in +two weeks. He is spending more than three times as much as I did when in +college. Forty years have made a difference, no doubt, but not so great +a difference as that. I hope the boy isn't falling into extravagant +habits. I care for that more than for the money. His father left a good +fortune, of which fact he is unfortunately aware, but I don't mean that +it shall spoil him. Now, what shall I do. Shall I send him the check or +not?” + +Doctor Mack leaned back in his chair, and thought busily. He felt +anxious about his ward, who had entered college early and was now only +seventeen. Walter Sherwood was a boy of excellent talent and popular +manners, but he was inclined to be self-indulgent and had a large +capacity for “enjoyment.” His guardian had fondly hoped that he would +lead the class in scholarship, but instead of this he was only doing +“fairly well” in his studies. To be sure, he excelled in athletic +sports, but, as Doctor Mack reflected, this was not generally considered +the chief aim in a college course, except by some of the students +themselves. + +“I wish I knew just how Walter is making out,” thought the doctor. Then, +after a pause, he resumed, with a sudden inspiration: “Why shouldn't +I know? I'll go over to Euclid to-morrow with out giving Walter any +intimation of my visit, and see for myself.” + +It may be stated here that Walter Sherwood was a member of the sophomore +class in Euclid College, situated in the town of the same name. If +the reader does not find Euclid in a list of American colleges, it is +because for special reasons I have thought it best to conceal the real +name of the college, not wishing to bring the Institution into possible +disrepute. There are some who might misjudge the college, because it +contained some students who made an unprofitable use of their time. + +“Nancy,” said Doctor Mack at the supper-table, “you may pack a hand-bag +for me. I shall start on a journey to-morrow morning.” + +“Where to, sir, if I may make so bold as to inquire?” + +“I think of going to Euclid.” + +“To see Master Walter?” + +“Exactly.” + +“You haven't heard any bad news, I hope?” said the housekeeper +anxiously. + +“Oh, no.” + +“Then he isn't sick?” + +“Quite the contrary. He is quite strong and athletic, I should judge, +from his letter.” + +“He will be glad to see you, sir.” + +“Well, perhaps so. But you know, Nancy, young people don't miss their +parents and guardians as much as they are missed at home. They have +plenty of excitement and society at college.” + +“Yes, sir, that's true, but I'm sure Master Walter won't forget his old +home. If you have room for some cookies I will put some into the bag. +Walter is fond of them.” + +“No, I think you needn't do It, Nancy, He has a good boarding-house, and +no doubt he gets all the cakes he wants. By the way, I want to take the +boy by surprise, so don't write and let him know I'm coming.” + +“No, sir, I won't.” + +This was exactly what the housekeeper had intended to do, for she +presumed upon her long service in the family to write a few lines +occasionally to the boy whom she had known from the age of six. + +“Of course I shall be pleased to give him any message from you.” + +“Thank you, Doctor Mack. Tell him if he catches cold I can send him +some camomile. Camomile tea is excellent in such cases. My mother and +grandmother used it all their lives.” + +“You seem to forget that I am a doctor, Nancy. Not that I object to +camomile tea--in its place--though I can truly say that I never hankered +after it.” + +“How long will you be gone, doctor?” + +“I can't say exactly. You see, Euclid is nearly two hundred miles off. +and I don't know whether I can make connections.” + +“Oh, well, don't hurry! No doubt Walter will want to keep you with him +as long as possible.” + +“I don't feel so sure of that,” thought the doctor shrewdly. “Boys are +not usually so fond of the society of their guardians, though I don't +doubt Walter has a sincere regard for me. He is a warm-hearted boy.” + +Doctor Mack was no longer in active practice. Three years before he had +selected an assistant--a young Doctor Winthrop--in whom his patients +had come to feel confidence, so that when he wanted to go away for a few +days there was no serious objection. Unlike some elderly practitioners, +Doctor Mack did not feel in the least jealous of his young assistant, +but was very glad to note his popularity. + +“If any one calls for me, Nancy,” he said, “say that I am away for a day +or two and they can't do better than go to Doctor Winthrop.” + +“There are some that like you best, sir.” + +“No doubt, no doubt! They're used to me, you know. There's a good deal +in that. Any that please can wait for me, but my advice to them is to go +to Doctor Winthrop.” + +Nancy packed the doctor's hand-bag, putting in a change of linen, a comb +and brush, an extra pair of socks and a couple of handkerchiefs. Then, +seeing that there was plenty of room, she slipped in a small box of +cookies and a little camomile. The doctor discovered them soon after he +started on his journey, and with a smile tossed the camomile out of the +window, while he gave the cookies to a poor woman who was traveling with +a couple of small children in the same car as himself. So that Nancy +Sprague's thoughtfulness was not wholly lost, though the intended +recipient did not benefit by it. + +Doctor Mack had to wait over at a junction for three hours, owing to +some irregularities of the trains, and did not reach Euclid till rather +a late hour in the afternoon. He went to the Euclid Hotel, and entered +his name, + +E. MACK, Albany, + +without adding M.D., and substituting Albany for the small village, +thirty miles away, where he made his home. + +“Strategy, doctor, strategy!” he said to himself, “I have come to spy +out the land, and must not make myself too conspicuous. I am traveling, +as it were, incognito.” + + + + +CHAPTER II + +DR. MACK GETS SOME INFORMATION + + +The Euclid Hotel was distant about half a mile from the college +buildings. It would hardly have paid expenses but for the patronage it +received from the parents and friends of the students, who, especially +on public occasions, were drawn to visit Euclid, and naturally put up at +the hotel. Then the students, tired, perhaps, of the fare at the college +commons, dropped in often and ordered a dinner. So, take it all in +all, Euclid Hotel benefited largely by the presence of the college. No +students, however, were permitted to board there, as it was thought +by the college professors that the atmosphere of the hotel would be +detrimental to college discipline and the steady habits they desired to +inculcate in the young men under their care. + +“I wonder,” thought Doctor Mack, after supper was over, “whether I had +better go round to the college and make an evening call on Walter?” + +He was tempted to do so, for he was fond of his young ward and would +have enjoyed seeing him. But then he wished, unobserved, to judge for +himself whether Walter was making good use of his privileges, and this +made it injudicious for him to disclose his presence in the college +town. + +He strolled out into the tavern yard, and observed a young man engaged +in some light duties. + +“Good evening, sir,” said the young man, respectfully. + +“Good evening, I suppose you are connected with the hotel?” + +“Yes, sir; but I would rather be connected with the college.” + +“Then you have a taste for study?” + +“Yes, sir. I began to prepare for college, and had made some progress +in Latin and Greek, when my father died, and that put an end to my +prospects.” + +“That was a pity. Has it destroyed your taste for study?” + +“No, I spend an hour after I am through work in keeping up my Latin and +Greek, but of course I make slow progress.” + +“Naturally. Now I have no doubt there are many students who do not +appreciate their privileges as much as you do.” + +“I know it, sir. There are pretty lively boys in college. Have you a son +there?” + +“No.” + +“I didn't know but what you might have.” + +“What do you mean by lively?” + +“I mean they care more to have a good time than to get on in their +studies.” + +“What do they do?” + +“Well, some of them belong to societies, and have a good time whenever +they meet. Frequently they give little suppers at the hotel here, and +keep it up till a late hour.” + +“Do the faculty know of this?” + +“They may surmise something, but they don't interfere. Of course, it +pays Mr. Daniels, the landlord, for he charges a good round sum, and, +as there is no other place for the boys to go, they must pay it. There's +going to be a supper here to-night.” + +“Indeed!” + +“It is given by one of the sophomores, Walter Sherwood.” + +“What name did you mention?” asked Doctor Mack, startled. + +“Walter Sherwood. Do you know him?” + +“I know a family by the name of Sherwood,” answered Doctor Mack, +evasively. “What sort of a young man is he?” + +“I don't call him a young man. He is only seventeen or eighteen--one of +the youngest members of the class. He is very popular among his mates--a +regular jolly boy he is.” + +“Does he stand well in his scholarship?” + +The young man laughed. + +“I don't think he troubles himself much about studies,” he replied, +“from all I hear; but he is pretty smart, learns easily, and manages to +keep up respectably.” + +Doctor Mack's heart sank within him. Was this the best that could be +said about his ward, the son of his old friend? + +“Do you think he is dissipated?” he asked, uneasily. + +“Not that I ever heard. He is fond of having a good time, and drinks +wine at his suppers, but he isn't what you would call intemperate. He +would do better work in college if he wasn't so rich.” + +“So he is rich, then?” + +“He must be, for he spends a good deal of money. Pendleton, one of his +classmates, told me that he spent more money than any one in the class.” + +“That is why he needs so many extra checks,” thought the guardian +soberly. + +“I am sorry he doesn't make better use of his privileges,” he said +aloud. + +“Yes, sir, it is a pity. If he didn't care so much for a good time he +might stand at the head of his class--so Pendleton thinks.” + +“If he were a poor boy, now, you think the result would be different?” + asked Doctor Mack, thoughtfully. + +“Yes, sir, I have no doubt of it.” + +“When does the supper commence?” + +“At half-past eight o'clock.” + +“How long will it keep up?” + +“Till near midnight. The landlord makes it a point to have them close +before twelve. I hope they won't disturb you, sir.” + +“Are they likely to make much noise?” + +“Well, sir, they make speeches, and do a good deal of singing. Then, +college songs are naturally noisy.” + +“Yes, so I hear.” + +“What is the number of your room?” + +“Number nine.” + +“Why, you are nearly opposite the room where they will have their +supper. I am afraid you won't stand much chance of sleeping early.” + +“Oh, never mind! I shall get an idea of what a college supper is like.” + +“So you will. If you open the transom over your door you will have the +full benefit of all that goes on.” + +“That will suit me very well,” thought Doctor Mack. + +“If you would like to be farther away, the landlord would no doubt +change your room.” + +“Oh, no,” said the doctor hastily. “It will suit me very well for once +to listen to college songs and get an idea of how college boys enjoy +themselves.” + +“A very sensible old gentleman!” thought James Holden. “Some men of his +age would make a fuss.” + +A little before the time when the students were expected to arrive +Doctor Mack shut himself up in his room, taking care to open the +transom. He had ascertained from the young man, his informant, that +supper had been engaged for twelve, and that the price charged per plate +was two dollars and a half, all to be paid by Walter Sherwood. + +“That makes thirty dollars,” he reflected. “No wonder Walter writes +for extra checks. I wonderin this thirty dollars is to figure as a +contribution to the library?” + +From his window he could see the students as they approached the hotel. +Finally he caught sight of Walter, with a college friend on each sides +with whom he was chatting gaily. + +“What a change!” thought Doctor Mack. “It seems only yesterday that +Walter started for college, a bashful, unformed boy, full of good +resolutions, and determined to distinguish himself in scholarship. Now +he has become a gay butterfly. And, what is worse, he has learned to +deceive his old guardian, and his chief aim seems to be to have a good +time. What can I do to change his course?” + +The good doctor's face assumed a thoughtful look. + +“I can tell better after what I shall hear to-night,” he said to +himself. + +It was not long before the guests were all assembled and the feast was +to begin. + +Some one rapped for attention, and then Doctor Mack recognized the voice +of his young ward. + +“Gentlemen,” he said, “I am glad to welcome you to this festal board. +After spending ten or a dozen hours in hard study”--laughter and +applause--“we find it pleasant to close our books, to relax our learned +brows”--more laughter--“and show our appreciation of the good things of +life. As Horace, your favorite, says”--I won't insult you by offering to +translate his well-known words--_“dulce est desipere in loco_. That is +what has brought us here to-night We want to _desipere in loco._” + +“So we do! Good for you!” exclaimed one and another. + +“I regret,” Walter continued, “that all the professors have declined my +urgent invitation to be present on this occasion. Professor Griggs”--the +professor of mathematics--“said he would not break away from his regular +diet of logarithms and radicals.” Great laughter. “I have expressly +requested Mr. Daniels to provide no logarithms to-night. They don't +agree with my constitution.” + +“Nor with mine!” “Nor with mine!” echoed one and another. + +“I shall expect you all, after the banquet, to do something for the +general entertainment. I stipulate, however, that none of the company +address us in Latin or Greek.”--“We won't!” “We won't!”--“Sufficient for +the recitation-room is the evil thereof. But I have spoken long enough. +There are times when silence is golden, and one of those times is at +hand. Brethren, the feast awaits you! Pitch in!” + +The speaker took his seat, and then there was a noise of clinking +glasses, and knives and forks came to the front. The banquet had begun. + + + + +CHAPTER III + +A COLLEGE BANQUET + + +There was a rattling of knives and forks, a clink of glasses, and a buzz +of conversation. Doctor Mack was able to hear considerable of it. +There were anecdotes of the professors, accounts of narrow escapes from +“flunking” in the recitation-room, and remarks by no means complimentary +to some of the text-books in use in college. It was evident that the +collegians assembled cared more for a good time than for study. Yet +these seemed to be the chosen associates of his ward, the doctor +reflected. + +As the feast proceeded, he grew more sober. He felt that college life, +however much it was doing for the faithful students, was only fostering +self-indulgence in his ward. + +“Something must be done!” reflected Doctor Mack. “Desperate diseases +require desperate remedies.” + +Again the chairman rapped for order, and again Walter's voice was heard. + +“Brothers,” he said, “the material part of our banquet is ended. We have +gratified our appetites with the savory dishes provided by our friend +Daniels. We have quaffed the rare Falernian wine, of a vintage unknown +to Horace; we have quickened our wits, as I trust, under those favorable +conditions, and the time has now come for the feast of reason and the +flow of soul. Exhausted as we are by our labors in the classroom”--great +laughter--“we have sought refreshment in the way that is most agreeable. +It's a way we have at old Euclid! Sing!” + +Immediately the assembled company started up the well-known college +song: + + “It's a way we have at old Euclid, + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + To drive dull care away. + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + To drive dull care away. + + “And we think it is no sin, sir, + To take the Freshmen in, sir, + And ease them of their tin, sir, + To drive dull care away. + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + To drive dull care away.” + +There were other verses, but these will serve as specimens. All joined +in the chorus, and Doctor Mack, who remembered his own college life, +felt almost tempted to add his voice to those of the young men in the +opposite room. + +“But, pshaw!” he thought. “What would Walter and his friends think to +hear an old graybeard like me taking part in the convivial songs? There +is no great harm in singing college songs, if it is accompanied by good +work in the recitation-room.” + +“Brothers,” resumed Walter, “we will do our best to drive dull care +away. Let us forget, this happy evening, that there are such things as +logarithms, and sines, and tangents, and Greek tragedies. To-night our +hearts shall be uplifted by sentiment and song. Brother Corbett, you +will oblige us with 'Rumsty Ho!'” + +A young man with a pleasant voice sang this song, one unfamiliar to the +doctor: + + “A beggar man laid himself down to sleep, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + A beggar man laid himself down to sleep + By the banks of the Mersey, so high and steep, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + + “Two thieves came walking by that way, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + Two thieves came walking by that way, + And they came to the place where the old man lay, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + + “They stole his wallet and they stole his staff, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + They stole his wallet and they stole his staff, + And then broke out in a great horse-laugh, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho!” + +There was more of this song, too. Next came “Crambambuli,” and then +“Cocach-lunk” both of which were familiar to the doctor. + +Then Walter said: “Brothers, I have great pleasure in stating that +Professor Griggs has concluded to honor our dinner by his learned +presence, and has consented to address us. Permit me to introduce +Professor Theophilus Griggs.” + +One of the company had made up as the mathematical professor. In a nasal +tone he made a rambling speech, in which he introduced mathematical +allusions, and used some of the favorite phrases of the rather dull +and prosy instructor, with whom all the students were familiar, some to +their sorrow. It seemed to be very amusing to the boys present, as shown +by their hearty laughter, but of course Doctor Mack could not appreciate +it. + +Other songs and other speeches followed. Though for the most part +college songs, there were some of a more serious character. Time slipped +by, and at length Doctor Mack saw by his watch that it was half-past +eleven. + +“How long will they keep it up, I wonder?” he asked himself. “I feel +drowsy.” + +He was answered by the chairman. + +“Brothers,” he said, “time waits for no man. The hour has arrived when, +according to agreement, we must wind up our festivities. Hand in hand we +will sing 'Auld Lang Syne,' hoping, at some auspicious season after the +coming vacation is over, to have another good time. I thank you all for +accepting my invitation, and hope you have enjoyed yourselves.” + +“Three cheers for Sherwood!” cried one of the company. + +They were given with a will. Then the parting song was sung, and the +students retired to their rooms in one of the college dormitories. + +Doctor Mack went thoughtfully to bed. + +“It is well I came,” he reflected. “Walter has done nothing decidedly +wrong as yet, but it is evident he is not improving.” + +“Well,” said James Holdens as he met Doctor Mack the next morning, “did +you hear the boys last night?” + +“I couldn't very well help it,” answered the doctor, smiling. “That +young Sherwood seems to be very popular.” + +“Yes, sir; he is very free with his money.” + +“In what other way does he spend it?” + +“Mr. Daniels keeps half a dozen horses to let to students and others. +Sherwood hires a team at least twice a week, and of course it counts +up.” + +“I was not able to spend money in that way when I attended college.” + +“Then you are a college graduate?” said Holden. + +“Yes.” + +“Did you graduate at Euclid?” + +“No; I am a Yale man.” + +“I congratulate you, sir; I should like to graduate from Yale. + +“I hope you may, some time, my young friend. You would derive more +benefit, I'll be bound, than those young roysterers of last evening.” + +“I hope they didn't keep you awake, sir.” + +“They certainly did as long as they stayed. I should have gone to bed +soon afterward, but that I had something on my mind. By the way, don't +mention to any of the students that they had an unseen listener.” + +“No, sir.” + +Doctor Mack took the first train after breakfast, and returned to his +home without seeing his ward. + +Nancy Sprague questioned him eagerly. + +“And how is Master Walter?” she asked. + +“Very well, indeed, Nancy.” + +“Was he surprised to see you?” + +“He didn't see me, Nancy.” + +“He didn't see you!” ejaculated the housekeeper. + +“No; the fact was, I went away on a matter of business, and it was not +convenient to call on Walter. But I heard him.” + +“I don't see how you could have been near him without seeing him.” + +“I shall see him soon, Nancy, and so will you. In two weeks vacation +will be here. Examinations are near, and I might have interfered with +his studies,” the doctor added, with a little innocent evasion. + +“To be sure, sir! To be sure! I make no doubt Master Walter is a great +scholar.” + +“I have very strong doubts on that point myself,” thought Doctor Mack, +but he did not care to express himself thus to Nancy. + +“I am so glad the dear boy is coming home soon,” murmured the +housekeeper. “He has been studying so hard he needs a good long rest. I +will make some cookies expressly for him after he comes. I don't believe +he gets any at college.” + +“I wonder what Nancy would say if she could have seen Walter presiding +at the supper, and heard the songs?” thought Doctor Mack. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +THE DAY AFTER THE FEAST + + +The same morning, in a comfortably furnished room in Simpson Hall, sat, +or rather lounged, Walter Sherwood. + +“I feel sleepy this morning, Gates,” he said to his chum. “I can't fix +my mind on this confounded logic.” + +“No wonder, Sherwood. You have good reason to be tired after last +evening.” + +“That's so! We had a good time, though. I am sorry you couldn't accept +my invitation.” + +“I couldn't afford it, Sherwood. You know we are very differently +situated. You are rich, while I am the oldest son of a country minister, +with all I can do to get through college. As it is, I shall be in debt.” + +“Why not be in debt to me? You never would accept anything from me.” + +“Yes, I did. I have let you go to the entire expense of furnishing this +room, though I have an equal share in it.” + +“Oh, that's nothing! You pay me in helping me through my lessons when +I am behind. If you hadn't read my Horace to me the other day I should +have flunked as sure as can be.” + +“It would be better for you to get your own lesson, Walter.” + +“Well, I suppose it would,” answered his roommate, yawning. “I wish you +could drive this logic into my head. I suppose I am unusually stupid +this morning.” + +“Suppose we go over it together.” + +Fifteen minutes later Walter said complacently: “Thanks, old fellow; you +have made it as plain as a pikestaff.” + +“And very likely you will get a higher mark at the recitation than I.” + +“Well, perhaps so,” laughed Walter. “I suppose it is because I have more +cheek than you.” + +“You can do better on slight preparation, certainly. You talk like a +professor when you are on your feet.” + +“You want to be a professor some time, Gates, don't you?” + +“Yes,” answered his chum, his face flushing, “I should be proud to +become a professor in old Euclid.” + +“It would be awfully slow, I think,” returned Walter, stifling a yawn. + +“What then, is your ambition?” + +“I want to go out among men. I want to take an active part in the +world.” + +“You will have to work harder than you do in college, then.” + +“I suppose I shall. But I am young, Gates. I am only seventeen.” + +“And I am nineteen, and look twenty-one.” + +“All the better! The older you look the better, If you are going to be +a college instructor. I would have to wait a long time if I wanted to, +even if I were a good deal wiser than I am now. I am so young, in short, +that I can afford to have a good time.” + +“It seems to me that is all you think of, Sherwood.” + +“Oh, well, I'll reform in time and become a sober old duffer like you,” + and Walter Sherwood laughed carelessly. + +“I hope, at any rate, that you will change your views of life. You know +what Longfellow says: 'Life is real! Life is earnest!'” + +“Oh, yes, I know that by heart. But it's no use, Gates, you can't make +an old man of me before my time. Will it disturb you if I play a tune or +two on my violin?” + +“Well, to tell the truth, it will. I want to get my Greek lesson, and +you had better do the same.” + +“No, I will read a novel, and you can read over the Greek to me when you +have dug it out.” + +“I will if you wish, but I am afraid I am spoiling you by doing your +studying for you.” + +“Remember, I was out late last night.” + +“You have something almost every evening, Walter.” + +“Oh, well, I'll turn over a new leaf next term.” + +“Why not begin now?” + +“If you knew how stupid I feel you wouldn't ask.” + +Walter stretched himself out on a comfortable lounge, and took up a +new novel which he had partially read, while Gates spread the big Greek +lexicon on the study-table, and opening his Aristophanes, began slowly +and laboriously to translate it into English. + +Fifteen minutes passed when a knock was heard at the door. + +“Come in!” called out Walter. + +He looked up eagerly, hoping the visitor might prove to be one of his +jovial comrades of the night before. But he did not look so well pleased +when, as the door opened, he caught sight of the pudgy figure and shrewd +face of Elijah Daniels, the proprietor of the Euclid Hotel. + +“Good morning, Mr. Daniels.” he said, rather apprehensively. “So you +have found me out.” + +“No, I have found you in,” returned the landlord, with a smile. “I hope +I don't intrude upon, your studies, young gentlemen.” + +“Well, I am taking a little rest from my labors,” said Walter. + +“You were up rather late last evening, Mr. Sherwood.” + +“That's a fact, and you gave us a first-class supper, Daniels. You did +yourself proud.” + +“I did my best, Mr. Sherwood, and I am glad you were satisfied.” + +“All the fellows praised the supper.” + +“That's good. I know what you young gentlemen like, and I get it, no +matter what it costs. I don't make much on the suppers I give the +college boys, but of course I like to please them.” + +“Your price is quite reasonable, I think.” + +“I am glad you do. I have brought in the bill for last night's +entertainment, and if you can let me have the money, I shall be glad.” + +“Well, the fact is, Daniels, I haven't got the money by me this +morning.” + +The landlord's countenance changed. + +“I like prompt pay,” he said. “It is a good deal of trouble, and, as I +said, there isn't much money to be made.” + +“That's all right. You won't have to wait long.” + +“How long, Mr. Sherwood?” + +“I expect a check for a hundred dollars from my guardian to-day. I wrote +three days since, for I knew you wouldn't like to wait.” + +“A hundred dollars!” repeated the landlord, feeling a little easier in +mind. + +“Yes.” + +“Perhaps your guardian may object to sending it.” + +“Oh, no! He's a nice old fellow, Doctor Mack is. He is very indulgent.” + +“What name did you mention? + +“Doctor Mack. Ezekiel Mack.” + +“Indeed! Why, we had a gentleman stopping at the hotel last night of +that name.” + +“What!” ejaculated Walter, in astonishment. “Do you mean to tell me that +Doctor Mack--my guardian--was at the hotel last night? It can't be. He +would have called on me.” + +“It may not have been the same man. Now I come to think of it, he didn't +put himself down on the book Doctor Mack. He just put himself down E. +Mack. He seemed a plain sort of man.” + +“Where did he register from?” asked Walter eagerly. + +“From Albany.” + +“Is he at the hotel now?” + +“He went away by the morning train.” + +“Then it couldn't have been he,” said Walter, in a tone of relief. “He +doesn't live in Albany. Besides, he would have called on me. No, it must +have been some other Mack.” + +“Perhaps you wouldn't have liked to have him catch you at a gay supper, +Mr. Sherwood?” said the landlord shrewdly. + +“Well, no, I'd a little rather receive him in my room, with a book open +before me.” + +“He might object to pay out money for such doings.” + +“He won't know anything about it. Just leave your bill, Mr. Daniels, and +as soon as I get the check I'll call round and pay it.” + +“There's another bill, too, a livery bill. I brought that along, too.” + +“How much is it?” asked Walter anxiously. + +“Eighteen dollars.” + +“I didn't think it was as much as that!” + +“Bills mount up faster than you young gentlemen think for. I suppose, +however, you can afford to pay it?” + +“Oh, yes!” said Walter carelessly. + +“Your uncle may think it rather steep, eh?” + +“I wrote him that I had some extra expenses this time.” + +“Then I suppose you can't do anything for me this morning?” + +“No, Daniels; just leave both bills, and I feel quite sure that I can +pay you in a day or two. I suppose you can change a check?” + +“I'll manage to.” + +The landlord retired, leaving the bills behind him. + +“Do you know, Sherwood,” said his chum gravely “I think you are +foolishly extravagant.” + +“Well, perhaps I am.” + +“You are spending three times as much as I am.” + +“I'll do better next term. I wish my guardian would hurry along that +check.” + +Two days later a letter came for Walter in the familiar handwriting of +Doctor Mack. He tore it open hastily, and as he read it he turned pale +and sank into a chair. + +“What's the matter?” asked Gates. + +“Matter enough!” answered Walter, in a hollow voice. “My money is lost, +and I've got to leave college!” + + + + +CHAPTER V + +WALTER TAKES MATTERS PHILOSOPHICALLY + + +Walter's announcement, recorded at the close of the preceding chapter, +fell like a thunderbolt on his room-mate. + +“You have lost your money?” repeated Gates, in a tone of incredulity. +“You don't mean it!” + +“Read that letter, Gates,” said Walter, pushing it over to his chum. + +The letter was, of course, from Doctor Mack, and ran thus: + +“DEAR WALTER: Your letter asking for an extra check for one hundred +dollars came to hand three or four days since. I have delayed answering +for two reasons. I am satisfied that you are spending more money than is +necessary, and, moreover, I have shrunk from communicating to you +some unpleasant intelligence. Upon me have devolved the investment and +management of your property, and while I have tried to be cautious, +there have been losses which I regret. In one case three-fourths of an +investment has been lost. Of course, you didn't know this, or you would +have been less free in your expenditures. + +“I am not prepared to tell you how you stand. I think it will be prudent +for you to leave college at the end of this term, and for a year to seek +some employment. During that time I will do what I can to settle matters +on a better footing, and perhaps at the end of that time you will be +able to return to your studies. You are so young--I think you must be +younger than the majority of your classmates--that you can afford to +lose the time. + +“I send you a check for sixty dollars in place of a hundred. I wish you +to have your regular term bills sent to me, and I will forward checks +in payment. I will see that you leave Euclid owing no man anything. When +you come home for the vacation we can consult as to the future. I hope +you will not be much depressed or cast down by the news I send. Your +money is not all lost, and I may be able, in the course of twelve +months, to recover in a large measure what has been sunk. + +“Your affectionate guardian, EZEKIEL MACK.” + +“A regular sockdolager, isn't it, Gates?” said Walter. + +“I don't see that it's so bad,” answered Gates slowly. “Your money isn't +all lost.” + +“But I must leave college.” + +“True; but, as your guardian says, you are young, and if you come back +at the end of a year you will still be a year younger than I for your +standing. Of course, I am sorry to have you go.” + +“I am sure of that, Gates.” + +“Is the prospect of working for a year so unpleasant to you, Walter?” + +“No, I can't say it is,” said Walter, brightening up, “not if I can +choose my employment. I shouldn't like to go behind the counter in a +grocery store, or--” + +“Black boots for a living?” + +“Well, hardly,” said Walter, laughing. + +“Probably your guardian will consult your preferences.” + +“I wish I could arrange to travel. I should like to see something of the +world.” + +“Why not? You might get an agency of some kind. One college +vacation--last summer--I traveled about as book agent.” + +“How did you like it?” + +“Not very much. I met with a good many rebuffs, and was occasionally +looked upon with suspicion, as I could see. Still, I made a living, and +brought back thirty dollars to start me on my new term.” + +“Just what my supper cost the other evening.” + +“Yes; I didn't think it wise to spend the money in the same way.” + +“You have cheered me up, Gates. I really believe I shall like to spend a +year in some kind of business.” + +“Write your guardian to that effect. He may be blaming himself for his +agency in your misfortune, and a cheerful letter from you will brighten +him up.” + +“All right! I will.” + +Walter sat down and dashed off the following note: + +“DEAR GUARDIAN: Your letter just received. I won't pretend that I am +not sorry for the loss of my money, but I am sure that you acted for the +best. Don't trouble yourself too much about the matter. Perhaps it will +all come out right in a year or so. In the meantime I think I shall find +it not unpleasant to work for a year if you will let me select the kind +of business I am to follow. + +“I will make the money you sent me do for the present, and will send you +my term bills as you desire. You can depend upon my settling up as +cheap as possible, though I confess I have not hitherto been nearly as +economical as I might have been. Now that I know it is necessary, you +shall have no reason to complain of me. + +“Your affectionate ward, WALTER SHERWOOD.” + +“What do you think of that, Gates?” asked Walter, giving the letter to +his chum to read. + +“Excellent! It shows the right spirit.” + +“I am glad you think so.” + +“Do you know, Walter, I think I have more occasion for regret than you? +I must bid farewell to my room-mate and this pleasant room.” + +“To your room-mate, yes, but not necessarily to the room.” + +“I shall have to furnish it in very different style for the present. +I am not sure that I can afford a carpet. The luxury of my present +surroundings, I am afraid, will spoil me for humble quarters.” + +“Don't borrow any trouble about that. I shall leave you the furniture as +it stands, and when I come back to college, even if we are in different +classes, you must take me in again.” + +“Of course I will agree to an arrangement so much in my favor, but +perhaps your guardian will think you had better sell the furniture and +realize what you can.” + +“No, I am sure he won't. There's nothing mean about Doctor Mack. You can +take in any one you please in my place, only I am to come back at the +end of a year if things turn out well.” + +“I heartily hope you will come back, and if you will excuse my saying +so, with a more earnest spirit, and a determination to do justice to +your really excellent talents.” + +“Good advice! I'll adopt it. I'll begin to do better at once. I was +intending to take a drive this evening, but it would cost me two +dollars, and I will stay at home and save the money.” + +“Come with me on a walk, instead.” + +“I will.” + +“We will go to the top of Mount Legar. At sunset there will be a fine +view from there.” + +“I must stop on the way and pay Mr. Daniels what I owe him. He will lose +a good deal by my going away.” + +“True; but his loss will be your gain.” + +At the outset of their walk the two students called at the hotel, and +found Mr. Daniels on the piazza. + +“Glad to see you, Mr. Sherwood,” said the landlord briskly. + +“I think you will be, Mr. Daniels, for I have come to pay your bills.” + +“Money is always welcome, Mr. Sherwood. You have no idea how much I lose +by trusting students. There was Green, of the last graduating class, +left college owing me forty-five dollars. He has gone West somewhere, +and I never expect to get a cent of my money.” + +“You came pretty near losing by me, Daniels.” + +“How is that?” queried the landlord, looking surprised. + +“I've lost a lot of money, or my guardian has for me, and I've got to +leave college at the end of this term.” + +“You don't say so!” ejaculated Mr. Daniels regretfully. + +“It's all true. My guardian wrote me about it this morning.” + +“I suppose you're a good deal cut up about it, Mr. Sherwood.” + +“Well, I was at first, but I may be able to come back after a year or +two. I shall go into some business, and meanwhile my guardian will do +what he can to recover the money lost. It isn't so bad, after all.” + +“I shall be sorry to have you go, Mr. Sherwood.” + +“You will miss my bills, at any rate. I wouldn't have given that supper +the other evening if I had known how things stood. I would have put the +thirty dollars to better use.” + +“Well, you've paid up like a gentleman, anyway. I hope you'll come back +in a year as rich as ever. You wanted a team to-night, James told me.” + +“That was before I got my guardian's letter. I shall walk, instead of +taking a carriage-ride.” + +“I will let the account stand, if you wish.” + +“No. I can't afford to run up any bills. Good night, Mr. Daniels.” + +“You did right, Walter,” said Gates. “It is a bad thing to run up +bills.” + +“Especially when you are poor. It seems odd to be poor.” + +“I am used to it, Walter. You don't seem very sad over it.” + +“I am not. That is what puzzles me. I really begin to think I like it.” + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +TRUE FRIEND AND FALSE + + +A college community is for the most part democratic. A poor student with +talent is quite as likely to be a favorite as the heir to a fortune, +often more so. But there are always some snobs who care more for dollars +than sense. So Walter was destined to find out, for he made no secret of +his loss of fortune. Most of his college friends sympathized with him, +but there was one who proved unreliable. + +This was Harvey Warner, the son of a man who had made a fortune during +the Civil War, some said as a sutler. Harvey professed to be very +aristocratic, and had paid especial attention to Walter, because he, +too, had the reputation of being wealthy. He had invited Walter to pass +a couple of weeks at the summer residence of the Warners, near Lake +George. This, however, was before he had heard of Walter's loss of +fortune. As soon as he learned this, he decided that the invitation must +be withdrawn. This would be awkward, as he had been on very intimate +terms with our hero, and had been a guest at the banquet. + +Not foreseeing the effect of his changed circumstances on the mind of +his late friend, Walter, meeting him on the campus the day afterward, +called out, familiarly: “How are you, old fellow? Why didn't you come +round to my room last evening?” + +“I had another engagement, Sherwood,” answered Warner, stiffly. + +“You ought to give me the preference,” said Walter, not observing the +other's change of manner. + +“Ahem! a man must judge for himself, you know. By the way, is it true +that you have lost all your money?” + +“I don't know how much I have lost, but I am not coming back to college +next year.” + +“You are in hard luck,” said Warner coldly. “By the way, I think we +shall have to give up that plan for the summer.” + +“What plan?” + +“Why, you know I invited you to visit me at Lake George.” + +Walter began to comprehend. + +“Why, are you not going to be there?” he asked, + +“Yes, but the house will be full of other fellows, don't you know.” + +“So that there will be no room for me,” said Walter calmly, looking +Warner full in the face. + +“Awfully sorry, and all that sort of thing,” drawled Warner. “Besides, I +suppose you will have to go to work.” + +“Yes, I expect to go to work--after awhile. Probably I shall take a few +weeks for rest. By the way, when did you find out that your home would +be full--of other fellows?” + +“Got a letter from my sister this morning. Besides--in your changed +circumstances, don't you know, you might find it awkward to be living in +a style you couldn't keep up.” + +“Thank you, Warner. You are very considerate. I really didn't give you +credit for so much consideration.” + +“Don't mention it! Of course with your good sense you understand?” + +“I think I do.” + +“And, by the way, I believe you borrowed two dollars of me last week. If +it is inconvenient for you to pay the whole at once, you might hand me a +dollar.” + +“And I called that fellow my friend!” said Walter to himself. + +“You are very considerate again, but I think I would rather pay the +whole at once. Can you change a ten?” + +Harvey Warner looked surprised. He had jumped to the conclusion that +Walter was the next thing to a pauper, and here he was better supplied +with money than himself. + +“I am not sure that I have as much money here,” he said. + +“Then come with me to the drug-store; I am going to buy a bottle of +tooth-wash, and will change the bill there.” + +Warner accepted this proposal. + +“I'd better make sure of my money while he has it,” he reflected. + +“I hope you're not very much disappointed about the visit?” he said. + +“Not at all! I should have had to decline. I have been invited to spend +a month at the Adirondacks with Frank Clifford.” + +“You don't mean it!” ejaculated Warner enviously. + +Clifford was a member of an old family, and an invitation from him was +felt to confer distinction. Warner himself would have given a good deal +to be on sufficiently intimate terms to receive such a compliment. + +“When did he invite you?” he asked suggestively. + +Walter saw what was in his mind, and answered, with a smile: + +“He invited me this morning.” + +“Had he heard--” + +“Of my loss of fortune? Oh, yes! But why should that make any +difference?” + +“I wouldn't go, if I were you.” + +“Why not?” + +“You are going to be a poor man.” + +“I don't know about that.” + +“You are poor now, at any rate.” + +“Well, perhaps so, but am I any the worse for that?” + +“I thought you would understand my meaning.” + +“I do, but I am glad that all my friends don't attach the importance you +do to the possession of fortune. Good morning!” + +“I suppose it's the way of the world!” thought Walter, as his quondam +friend left him. “But, thank Heaven, all are not mercenary! I've got a +few friends left, anyhow.” + +A few rods farther on he met Victor Creswell, perhaps the richest +student in the junior class. + +“What's this I hear, Walter?” he asked. “Have you lost your money?” + +“Some of it, I believe.” + +“And you are not coming back to college?” + +“I shall stay out a year. Perhaps I can come back then.” + +“You needn't leave at all. My governor allows me a hundred dollars a +month for my own use--spending money, you know. I'll give you half of +it, if that will enable you to pull through.” + +Walter was touched. + +“You are a friend worth having, Creswell,” he said. “But I really think +I shall enjoy being out of college for a year. I shall find out what is +in me. But I sha'n't forget your generous offer.” + +“Better accept it, Sherwood. I can get along well enough on fifty +dollars a month.” + +“I won't accept it for myself, but I'll tell you something. My chum, +Gates, is very hard pushed. You know he depends wholly on himself, and +twenty-five dollars just at this time would be a godsend to him. He is +worried about paying his bills. If, now, you would transfer a little at +your generosity to him--” + +“I don't know him very well, but if you speak well of him that is +enough. I shall be glad to help him. Let me see how much I can spare.” + +He drew out a wallet, and from it four ten dollar bills. + +“Here are forty dollars,” he said. “Give them to him, but don't let him +know where they came from.” + +“Creswell, you're a trump!” said Walter, shaking his hand vigorously. +“You don't know how happy you will make him.” + +“Oh, that's all right. But I'm sorry you won't let me do something for +you.” + +“I will if I need it.” + +“Good!” said Creswell, in a tone of satisfaction. “Now, mind, you don't +hesitate.” + +Walter, happy in the happiness he was going to confer, made his way +quickly to his own room. Gates sat at the table with a troubled brow, +writing some figures on a piece of paper. + +“What are you about, Gates?” asked his chum. + +“I have been thinking.” said Gates wearily, “that perhaps I ought to do +what you have decided to do.” + +“What's that?” + +“Leave college. + +“But why?” + +“I am so troubled to pay my bills. I wrote to my uncle last week--he is +a well-to-do farmer--asking him if he wouldn't send me fifteen dollars +to help pay my term bills. I promised to come and help him in the farm +work during July.” + +“What does he say?” asked Walter, smiling, Gates couldn't understand +why. + +“That he never pays for work in advance--he doesn't approve of it.” + +“He could afford it?” + +“Oh, yes; he's got a good sum in the savings-bank, but he is a very +cautious man. I don't see how I'm going to get through. Perhaps I had +better take a year away from college.” + +“There is no need of that. I have some money here for you.” + +“Some money for me?” + +“Yes,” and Walter placed four ten-dollar bills on the table. + +“But, Walter, you are in no position to lend me money.” + +“True; the money doesn't come from me.” + +“But who besides you would do me such a great favor?” + +“One of the rich fellows in college--no, I can't tell you his name. You +can take it without hesitation.” + +“But it must have been to you that he lent it.” + +“No, he understands that it is to be given to you. Will it help you?” + +“Will it help me? It will carry me through gloriously,” and Gates was +radiant with pleasure. + +“Are you going to leave college now?” + +“No; this help is providential. I will never be distrustful again.” + +“I wish Creswell could see how much happiness his gift has brought with +it,” thought Walter. + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +WALTER'S EXPERIMENT BEGINS + + +After a conference between Walter and his guardian it was decided +that he should wait till the first of September before seeking for any +business position. Walter, who was somewhat impulsive, was disposed +to start at once, but Doctor Mack said: “No, you are entitled to a +vacation. When your class resumes study at Euclid, it will be time for +you to begin to earn your living.” + +“I am not sure that I deserve a vacation,” said Walter frankly. “I have +not studied as hard at I ought.” + +“Very probably. You have not been in earnest. You are a year older now, +and you have a better understanding of your position.” + +“You are very charitable, my dear guardian,” said Walter. + +Doctor Mack smiled. + +“I am quite aware,” he said, “that old heads are not often to be found +on young shoulders.” + +“Then you think it will be right for me to enjoy myself this summer?” + +“I want you to do so.” + +“One of my college friends, Frank Clifford, has invited me to pass a +month with him in the Adirondacks. The Cliffords have a lodge not far +from Blue Mountain Lake. Frank's mother and sisters will be abroad, and +he wants me to keep him company.” + +“I can think of no objection. How shall you spend your time?” + +“In hunting and fishing. There are splendid chances for both up there, +so Clifford says.” + +“Go and have your good time. When you come back we will talk of your +future plans.” + +Walter's stay was prolonged to eight weeks, and when he returned it +was already nearing the end of August. He was browned by exposure, and +looked the picture of health. + +“Now I am ready to go to work, Doctor Mack,” he said. “Have you any +plans for me?” + +“How would you like to go into a drug-store? I have a college classmate +who is a very successful druggist in Syracuse.” + +Walter shrugged his shoulders. + +“I don't believe I have a taste for making pills,” he said. + +“I thought not. What do you think of entering a dry-goods store? I am +acquainted with the head of a prominent establishment in New York.” + +“It is a very respectable position, but I should feel cabined, cribbed, +confined in it.” + +“I am at the end of my tether. Have you formed any plans of your own?” + +“Well, not exactly.” + +“But you have thought somewhat on the subject?” + +“Yes,” answered Walter. + +“If at all possible, I shall let you have your own way.” + +“You may think me foolish,” said Walter hesitatingly. + +“I don't know. Let me hear what you have to propose.” + +“I thought,” said Walter eagerly, “I would like to go out West.” + +“What would you do when you got there?” + +“There must be lots of things to do.” + +“Very likely. You might buy an ax and clear the virgin forests.” + +“I am afraid I wouldn't be a success at that.” + +“You have no definite idea as to what you would do?” + +“No. I could tell better when I got out there.” + +“Now, about the expense. How much money would you need? You would +require to live till you begin to earn something.” + +“How much will it cost me to get to Chicago?” + +“Say about twenty-five dollars.” + +“I think, guardian, if you will advance me a hundred dollars, that will +be sufficient.” + +“For how long a time?” + +“For a year. You see, I expect to earn my own living by the time I have +spent fifty dollars in all. I should go to a cheap boarding-place, of +course. I should be able to pay my way.” + +“You will be content, then, with a hundred dollars, Walter?” + +“Yes; perhaps I could make it do on less.” + +“No; you shall have a hundred. If absolutely necessary, you can send for +more.” + +“No,” said Walter confidently; “I won't do that. I shall get along +somehow. I want to make a man of myself.” + +“That is a commendable ambition. Still, sometimes a young man finds +it hard to obtain employment. If you had a trade, now, it might be +different. Suppose, for instance, you were a journeyman tailor, you +could readily find a place in Chicago or any good-sized city.” + +“I shouldn't care to be a tailor.” + +“I shouldn't care to employ you if you were,” said his guardian, +smiling. “One thing I would like to guard you against. Don't be too +particular about what you take up. With so small an outfit as you have +stipulated for, you will have to go to work at something soon. Then, +again, you won't be able to live as well as you have been accustomed to +do here and in college.” + +“I understand that, and am prepared for it. I want to rough it.” + +“Possibly you will have your wish granted. I don't want to discourage +you, Walter. I only want to prepare you for what may, and probably will, +come.” + +“Do you know any one in Chicago, Doctor Mack? I might find it pleasant +to have an acquaintance.” + +“Yes, I know a retired merchant named Archer. He lives on Indiana +Avenue. I don't remember the number, but you can easily find his name in +the directory. His name is Allen Archer.” + +Walter noted the name in a new memorandum book which he had purchased. + +“Where would you advise me to put up on my arrival in Chicago?” he +asked. + +“There are several good houses--the Sherman, Tremont, Palmer House; but +they will be beyond your means. Indeed, any hotel will be. Still you +might go to some good house for a day. That will give you time to hunt +up a modest boarding-house.” + +“An excellent plan!” said Walter, in a tone of satisfaction. “Do +you know, my dear guardian, I shall go out in the best of spirits. I +feel--in Shakespeare's words--that the world is mine oyster.” + +“I hope you will be able to open it, Walter. You have my best wishes. +Don't forget that you will have to depend on yourself.” + +“I won't forget it. I wish it was time for me to start.” + +“It will come soon enough. You had better get out your clothes, and get +them mended, if necessary, and put in order. Nancy will do all she can +for you, and the tailor will do the rest. Better not take much with you. +When you get settled I will forward your trunk by express.” + +When Nancy Sprague heard of Walter's plans she was much disturbed. + +“Oh, Master Walter,” she said, in a tragic tone, “is it true that you've +lost all your money and have got to go out into the cold world to make a +living?” + +“I believe I have lost some money, Nancy, but I rather like the idea of +working for my living.” + +“Oh, you poor child, you little know what it is. I can't bear to think +of it. I can't see how Doctor Mack can let you go.” + +“I should be very sorry if he refused. It isn't so bad, to work for a +living. Haven't you always done it?” + +“Yes, but that's different. I was always poor, and I am used to it.” + +“I'm going to get used to it.” + +“Walter--don't tell your guardian what I am saying--but I've got two +hundred dollars in the savings bank, and I shall be very glad to give +you some of it. You will take it, now, won't you? I can get it out +to-morrow.” + +“Nancy, you are a true friend,” said Walter, really moved by the +unselfish devotion of the house-keeper; “but I sha'n't need it. I shall +take a hundred dollars with me, and long before it is gone I shall be +earning my living.” + +“You'll send for it if you need it?” + +“Yes; if I find I am very hard up, and there is no other way, I will +send for it.” + +Nancy brightened up, much pleased and relieved by this assurance. + +“I couldn't bear to think of your suffering for a meal of victuals when +we have so much in the house. I don't see why you can't stay at home and +get a place in the village.” + +Walter laughed. + +“It wouldn't suit me at all, Nancy. I am going West to grow up with the +country.” + +“I wish I could be somewhere near, to look after you.” + +“It would be of no use, Nancy. Women are in great demand out there--at +any rate in Dakota--and you'd be married in less than no time, if you +went.” + +“You are only joking now, Master Walter.” + +“Not at all! I read the other day that of ten schoolma'ams who went out +to Dakota last fall, eight were married within three months.” + +“Nobody could marry me against my will,” said Nancy resolutely. + +“Perhaps he would find a way of overcoming your objections,” said +Walter, laughing. “But I am afraid Doctor Mack couldn't do without you. +He couldn't spare you and me both.” + +“That's true,” assented Nancy, who had not been so much alarmed at the +matrimonial dangers hinted at by Walter as might have been anticipated. +Had a good opportunity offered, I am inclined to think Nancy would have +been willing to change her name. After all, she was only forty-nine, and +I have known more than one to surrender single blessedness with all its +charms at and beyond that age. + +At last the day of departure came. Valise in hand, Walter jumped aboard +the stage that was to convey him to the railroad-station. He shook hands +with his guardian and Nancy, the driver whipped up his horses, and a new +period in Walter's life had commenced. + +“I wonder how he'll come out?” mused Doctor Mack thoughtfully. “Have I +acted for the best in letting him go? Well, time alone can tell.” + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +WALTER BUYS A WATCH + + +Walter was tempted to stop over at Niagara, as his ticket would have +allowed him to do, but he was also very anxious to reach Chicago and get +to work. “I can visit Niagara some other time,” he reflected. “Now I can +spare neither the money nor the time.” + +Hour after hour sped by, until with a little thrill of excitement Walter +learned by consulting his railroad guide that he was within fifty miles +of Chicago. He looked out of the car window, and surveyed with interest +the country through which they were speeding at the rate of thirty-five +miles an hour. His attention was drawn from the panorama outside by a +voice: + +“Is this seat engaged?” + +Walter looked up, and his glance rested on a man of perhaps thirty-five, +dressed in a light suit, and wearing a tall white hat. + +“No, sir,” answered Walter politely, removing his gripsack from the +seat. + +“I don't want to incommode you,” said the stranger, as he took the place +thus vacated. + +“You don't in the least,” said Walter. + +“I suppose you are going to Chicago?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“Are you going farther--out to Dakota, for instance?” + +“No, sir. Chicago is far enough west for me at present.” + +“I live in Dakota. I have a long journey to make after we reach +Chicago.” + +“I don't know about Dakota. Is it a good place for business?” + +“It is going to be. Yes, Dakota has a bright future. I have a pleasant +little home out there. I had to go East on business, and stayed a little +longer than I intended. In fact I spent more money than I anticipated, +and that makes me a little short.” + +It struck Walter that his new acquaintance for a stranger was very +confidential. + +“Is it possible he will propose to borrow money of me?” he asked +himself. He did not quite know what to say, but politeness required him +to say something. + +“I am sorry,” he replied, in a sympathizing tone. + +“I should like to take a train this evening for my home,” continued the +stranger. + +“I hope you will be able to do so.” + +“Well, there's one drawback. I haven't got money enough to buy a through +ticket. Under these circumstances I am going to offer you a bargain.” + +Walter looked surprised and expectant. The stranger drew a gold watch +from his pocket--a very handsome gold watch, which looked valuable. + +“You see that watch?” he said. “How much do you think it is worth?” + +“It looks like a nice watch. I am no judge of values.” + +“It cost me ninety dollars six months since. Now I need the money, and I +will sell it to you for twenty-five.” + +“But that would be a great sacrifice.” + +“So it would, but I need the money. Of course, if you haven't got the +money--” + +“I have that amount of money,” said Walter, “but I haven't got it to +spare. I might need it.” + +“Then all you need to do is to sell the watch or pawn it. You could sell +it for fifty dollars without trouble.” + +“Why don't you do that?” asked Walter shrewdly. + +“Because I haven't the time. I want, if possible, to go on to-night. If +you had a wife and two children waiting for you, whom you had not seen +for two months, you wouldn't mind losing a few dollars for the sake of +seeing them a little sooner.” + +“Very likely,” answered Walter, to whom his companion's explanation +seemed plausible. + +Walter was tempted, but he reflected that twenty-five dollars +represented a third of the money he had with him, so he put away the +temptation, but with reluctance. He had a silver watch, bought for him, +when he entered college, at a cost of fifteen dollars, and like the +majority of boys of his age he felt that he should much prefer to carry +a gold one. Still he must be prudent. + +“No,” he said, shaking his head, “I don't think I had better buy the +watch. I presume you will find some one else on the train who would be +glad of the bargain.” + +“Very likely, but we are near Chicago, and I haven't time to look +around. Come, I'll make you a still better offer, though I ought not to +do so. You may have the watch for twenty dollars. That money will get me +through, and I won't haggle about five dollars.” + +“Twenty dollars!” repeated Walter thoughtfully. + +“Yes, look at the watch. Isn't it a beauty?” + +“Yes; I like the appearance of it very much.” + +“If you get out of money, you can easily pawn it for more than the sum I +ask for it.” + +Certainly this was an important consideration. Walter felt that he would +be foolish to lose so good a chance. It was a pity that the stranger +should be forced to make such a sacrifice, yet it really seemed that he +would be doing him a favor, as well as benefiting himself, by accepting +his proposition. + +“You will guarantee it to be solid gold?” he said, with momentary +suspicion. + +“Certainly. You will see that it is an Elgin watch. Of course you know +the reputation of that make. They don't make any sham watches at their +factory.” + +“I thought the case might be gilt,” said Walter, half ashamed of his +suspicions. + +“You do well to be cautious, but I will guarantee the watch to be all I +represent it. I only wish you were a jeweler. Then you could judge for +yourself.” + +It sounded very plausible. Then, the watch was a very handsome one. + +“Let me open it and show you the works.” + +The stranger did so. Walter was no judge of the mechanism of a watch, +but what he saw impressed him favorably. The stranger seemed very frank +and fair-spoken. Walter knew, of course, that in traveling one was +likely to meet with sharpers, but that did not justify him in suspecting +everybody he met. + +“It would look very nice at the end of my chain,” he thought. “I suppose +I cannot afford it; but, as he says, I can raise money on it at any +time.” + +“Well, young man, what is your decision? You must excuse me for +hurrying, but we are not far from Chicago, and I want to make sure that +I can continue my journey to-night. I shall telegraph to my wife that I +am coming.” + +“I will take the watch,” said Walter. “There doesn't seem to be much +risk in doing so.” + +“Bosh! I should say not. Young man, I congratulate you. You have made +the best bargain of your life. Have you got the money handy?” + +Walter took out two ten-dollar bills and handed them to his companion, +receiving the watch in exchange. + +“Well, that settles my mind,” said the stranger, in a tone of +satisfaction. “I shall see the old woman and the kids very soon, thanks +to your kindness.” + +“Don't mention it,” said Walter complacently. “I feel indebted to you, +rather, as you have given me much more than an equivalent for my money.” + +“That is true, but under present circumstances money is worth a good +deal to me. Now, if you don't mind I will go into the smoking-car and +have a little smoke before we arrive. Will you join me?” + +“No, sir, thank you; I don't smoke.” + +“Good-day, then. Hope we shall meet again.” + +Walter responded politely, and the stranger, rising, walked forward to +the front part of the car and disappeared. + +Walter detached the silver watch from the plated chain to which it was +attached, substituted the new gold watch, and put the silver watch in +his pocket. It occurred to him that if he should really need money it +might be better for him to sell the silver watch and retain the gold +one. + +“I have made thirty dollars at the very least on my purchase,” he +reflected, “for I am sure I can sell the watch for fifty dollars if I +wish to do so. This is a white day for me, as the Romans used to say. I +accept it as a good omen of success. I wish Doctor Mack and Nancy were +here to see it. I think the doctor would give me credit for a little +shrewdness.” + +The car sped on perhaps a dozen miles farther, when the door opened and +the conductor entered, followed by a stout man of perhaps fifty years of +age, who looked flushed and excited. + +“This gentleman has been robbed of his gold watch,” explained the +conductor. “He is convinced that some one on the train has taken it. Of +course, no one of you is suspected, but I will trouble you to show me +your watches.” + +As Walter heard these words a terrible fear assailed him. Had he bought +a stolen watch? + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +AN INGENIOUS SCHEME + + +The passengers, though somewhat surprised, generally showed their +watches with a good grace. One old man produced a silver watch fifty +years old. + +“That watch belonged to my grandfather,” he said. “You don't claim that, +do you?” + +“Wouldn't take it as a gift,” said the loser crustily. + +“You couldn't get it in exchange for yours!” retorted the owner. + +Presently they came to Walter. If he had not attached the gold watch to +his chain, instead of his old silver one, he would have been tempted +to leave it in his pocket and produce the less valuable one. But he +was saved from the temptation, as this would now have been impossible. +Besides, had the gold watch been found on him afterward it would have +looked very suspicious. + +“Well, youngster,” said the stout man, “show us your watch.” + +With a flushed face and an uneasy feeling Walter drew out the gold +timepiece. + +“Is that your watch?” he said. + +“Yes!” almost shouted the stout passenger, fiercely. “So you are the +thief?” + +“No, sir,” answered Walter, pale but firm. “I am not the thief.” + +“Where did you get it, then?” + +“I bought it.” + +“You bought it? That's a likely story.” + +“Why, it was taken from me this very afternoon.” + +“That may be, but I bought it, all the same.” + +The owner was about to protest, when the conductor said quietly: “Listen +to the young fellow's explanation.” + +Walter proceeded: + +“A man came to my seat and told me he wanted to raise enough money to +get to Dakota. He offered me the watch for twenty-five dollars, though +he said it cost him ninety six months ago.” + +“And you paid him twenty-five dollars?” + +“No; I had no money to spare, but when he offered it for twenty, and +told me I could more than get my money back either by pawning or selling +it, I made up my mind to purchase, and did so.” + +“Where is this man?” asked the conductor. + +“He said he was going into the smoking-car.” + +“That's a likely story,” sneered the stout gentleman. + +“Do you charge me with taking the watch?” demanded Walter hotly. “I have +never left this car. Have you seen me before?” + +“No; but you are probably a confederate of the man from whom you got it. +But I am not sure if there was any such man.” + +“I will describe him,” said Walter. + +As he did so, the conductor said: “There was such a man on the train. He +got off at the last station.” + +“I don't know anything about that,” said the claimant; “but I'll trouble +you, young man, for that watch.” + +“Will you return me the twenty dollars I gave for it?” asked Walter. + +“Of course not. I don't propose to buy back my own watch.” + +An elderly gentleman who sat just behind Walter spoke up here. + +“It is rather hard on the boy,” he said. “I can confirm his story +about the purchase of the watch. I heard the bargaining and saw the +purchase-money paid.” + +“That makes no difference to me,” said the claimant. “I've identified +the watch and I want it.” + +Walter removed it from his chain and was about to hand it to the +claimant, when a quiet-looking man, dressed in a drab suit, rose from a +seat farther down the car and came forward. He was a small man, not over +five feet five inches in height, and he would not have weighed over one +hundred and twenty pounds, but there was a look of authority on his face +and an accent of command in his voice. + +“You needn't give up the watch, my boy,” he said. + +Walter drew back his hand and turned round in surprise. The claimant +uttered an angry exclamation, and said testily: “By what right do you +interfere?” + +“The watch isn't yours,” said the small man nonchalantly. + +“It isn't, hey? Well, of all the impertinent--” + +“Stop there, Jim Beckwith! You see I know you”--as the stout man turned +pale and clutched at the side of the seat. + +“Who are you?” he demanded hoarsely. + +“Detective Green!” + +The claimant lost all his braggadocio air, and stared at the detective +with a terrified look. + +“That isn't my name,” he managed to ejaculate. + +“Very likely not,” said the detective calmly, “but it is one of your +names. It is a very clever game that you and your confederate are +playing. He sells the watch, and you demand it, claiming that it has +been stolen from you. I was present when the watch was sold, and the +reason I did not interfere was because I was waiting for the sequel. How +many times have you played this game?” + +“There's some mistake,” gasped the other. + +“Perhaps so, but I have some doubts whether you came by it honestly.” + +“I assure you it is my watch,” cried the other, uneasily. + +“How much did you pay for it, young man?” asked the detective. + +“Twenty dollars.” + +“Very well, sir; give the boy twenty dollars, and I shall advise him to +give the watch back to you, as it may be stolen property, which he would +not like to have found in his possession.” + +“But that will be paying twenty dollars for my own property. It was not +to me he paid the money.” + +“You will have to look to your confederate for that. I am not sure but I +ought to make you give twenty-five dollars.” + +This hint led to the stout man's hastily producing two ten-dollar bills, +which he tendered to Walter. + +“It's an outrage,” he said, “making a man pay for his own property!” + +“Are you sure that your statements in regard to this man are true?” + asked an important-looking individual on the opposite side of the car. +“To my mind your interference is unwarrantable, not to say outrageous. +Justice has been trampled upon.” + +The detective looked round sharply. + +“Do you know the man?” he asked. + +“No.” + +“Well, I do. I first made his acquaintance at Joliet prison, where he +served a term of years for robbing a bank. Is that true or not, Jim +Beckwith?” + +The man known as Beckwith had already started to leave the car, but, +although he heard the question, he didn't come back to answer it. + +“I generally know what I'm about,” continued the detective, pointedly, +“as those who are unwise enough to criticise my actions find out, sooner +or later.” + +The important gentleman did not reply, but covered his confusion by +appearing to be absorbed in a daily paper, which he held up before his +face. + +“You let him off easy,” said the gentleman in the rear seat. “You +allowed him to take the watch. I was surprised at that.” + +“Yes; for, strange as it may seem, it was probably his, though the +money with which he bought it may have been stolen. That watch has been +probably sold a dozen times and recovered the same way. Were it a +stolen watch, the risk would be too great. As it is I had no pretext for +arresting him.” + +“Was it really a ninety-dollar watch?” asked Walter, with interest. + +“No. I know something about watches, as I find the knowledge useful in +my official capacity. The watch would be a fair bargain at forty-five +dollars, but it is showy, and would readily be taken for one worth +seventy-five or even ninety dollars.” + +“I shouldn't think the trick would pay,” said the gentleman in the rear +seat. + +“Why not?” + +“Twenty dollars isn't a large sum to be divided between two persons, +especially when there's money to be paid for car fare.” + +“Sometimes the watch is sold for more--generally, I fancy--but the +price was reduced because the purchaser was a boy. Besides, these +men doubtless have other ways of making money. They are well-known +confidence men. If I hadn't been on board the train our young friend +would have lost his twenty dollars.” + +“It would have been a great loss to me,” said Walter. “I am very much +obliged to you, Mr. Green.” + +“Ah, you remember my name. Let me give you my card. Some time you may +get into difficulty and want to consult me. Boys of your age are not a +match for an experienced swindler.” + +He handed Walter a card bearing the name: + +SILAS GREEN, 97 H Street. + +Walter put it into his pocket with a polite expression of thanks. + +Meanwhile, of course, the cars were steadily approaching Chicago. At +length they entered the great Union Depot, and with the rest of the +passengers Walter alighted carrying his valise in his hand. + +A few feet in front of him walked Jim Beckwith, but Walter did not care +to join him. He half turned, and as his glance fell on Walter he said, +with a scowl: “If you ever meet me again you'll know me.” + +“Yes, I shall!” answered Walter, with emphasis. + + + + +CHAPTER X + +AT THE INDIANA HOUSE + + +Walter paused before a modest hotel on Monroe Street--we will call it +the Indiana House--and, entering, went up to the desk and inquired the +rates of board. + +“Are you commercial?” asked the clerk. + +“Not at present, sir.” + +“We make special terms for commercial travelers. We will give you a +small room on the third floor for one dollar and a half a day.” + +This was as cheap as Walter expected to find it at a hotel, and he +signified his acceptance. + +“Front!” called the clerk. + +A red-haired boy about Walter's age came forward. + +“Take this young man up to No. 36,” said the clerk. + +“Yessir,” answered the bell-boy, pronouncing the two words in one. + +There was no elevator in the house, and Walter followed the boy up two +flights of stairs to the third landing. The boy opened the door of a +room with a small window looking out into an inner court. + +“Here you are!” he said, and he put the valise on the floor. + +“Thank you,” said Walter. + +As he spoke he drew a dime from his vest pocket and deposited it in the +hand of the red-haired attendant. + +The effect was magical. The bell-boy's listless manner vanished, his +dull face lighted up, and his manner became brisk. + +“Thank you, sir. Is there anything you want? If you do, I'll get it for +you.” + +Walter looked about him. Soap, water, towels--all were in sight. + +“Not just now,” he answered, “but I am going to take a wash, and shall +probably use up all the water. Some time this evening you may bring me +some more.” + +“All right, sir. Just you ring when you want it.” + +He went off, and Walter was left alone. First, he took a thorough wash, +which refreshed him very much after his long and dusty ride. Then he +changed his linen, brushed his clothes with a hand-brush he had brought +in his valise and carefully combed his hair. + +“I feel a hundred per cent. better,” he soliloquized. “Here I am in +Chicago and now the battle of life is to begin.” + +Walter was sanguine and full of hope. His life had always been easy, and +he did not know what it was to work for a living. Besides, the fact may +as well be told--he had a very comfortable opinion of his own abilities. +He felt that he was no common boy. Was he not a sophomore, or rather a +junior-elect, of Euclid college? Did he not possess a knowledge more +or less extensive of Latin, Greek and mathematics, with a smattering of +French and German, not to speak of logic, rhetoric, etc.? For one of his +age he considered himself quite accomplished, and he persuaded himself +that the world would receive him at his own estimate. It would be very +strange if he could not earn a living, when hundreds and thousands of +his age, without a tithe of his knowledge, managed to live. + +Walter went downstairs, and, as it would not be supper-time for two +hours, went out to walk. He wanted to get some idea of the busy city +which was for a time at least, to be his home. He walked through Monroe +Street until he reached State. At the corner he caught sight of a +palatial structure, nearly opposite. + +“What building is that?” he asked of a boy. + +“Where's year eyes?” returned the boy. “That's the Palmer House.” + +Walter gazed admiringly at the showy building, and wished that he could +afford to put up there. It was as far ahead of the Indiana House as +a city is ahead of a country village. He continued his walk until he +reached the lake front, and looked with interest at the great sheet of +water which spread out before him like an inland sea. He walked along +the lake front for a few squares, and then, striking back into the city, +saw the Tremont House, the Court-house, the Sherman house, and other +handsome buildings. On his way he met hundreds of people walking +briskly, and all seeming occupied. + +“If all these people make a living, why shouldn't I?” he asked himself. +“I think I am as smart as the average.” + +Secretly Walter thought himself a great deal smarter. It must be +remembered that Walter was not quite eighteen--a self-conceited +age--and he over-estimated his strength and ability. On the whole, it is +fortunate that the young do not comprehend the difficult struggle that +lies before them, or they would become discouraged before they had +fairly entered upon it. It is well that they should be hopeful and +sanguine. They are more likely to succeed. + +Walter wandered around in a desultory way, and it was more than an hour +before he reached the hotel at which he was stopping. As he entered the +public room he started back in surprise, as his glance rested on a man +wearing a white hat. Surely this was the man who had sold him the gold +watch. How did it happen that he was not on the way to Dakota? + +He coughed, with a view to attracting the attention of his railroad +acquaintance. + +The ruse succeeded. The man turned, and evidently recognized Walter. He +looked doubtful, not having yet met his confederate nor learned how the +plot had come out. + +“I believe I met you on the train,” said Walter, smiling. + +The smile decided the other that it would be safe to acknowledge the +acquaintance. + +“Yes, I remember you now.” + +“You sold me a watch?” + +“Yes,” answered the other, hesitating. + +“I thought you wanted to take a train to Dakota this evening?” went on +Walter. + +“So I do, but it doesn't go till eight o'clock. May I ask what time it +is? You know I sold you my watch.” + +“I suppose that is Chicago time,” said Walter, pointing to a clock on +the left-hand side of the office. + +“I wonder whether he's got the watch still?” thought the other. “He must +have, as he makes no fuss about it.” + +Walter was waiting cunningly to see if his railroad acquaintance would +betray himself. + +“I'm awfully sorry to part with the watch,” he said. “If you keep it, I +may buy it back some time.” + +“I'm sorry I can't oblige you,” said Walter, “but I have sold it +already.” + +“Sold the watch already!” ejaculated the man in the white hat. “Did you +sell it since you reached Chicago?” + +“No; I sold it on the train.” + +“You don't mean it!” exclaimed the other, in amazement. “Who did you +sell it to?” + +“Jim Beckwith,” answered Walter. + +“Jim Beckwith!” + +The man in the white hat stared at Walter with an air of startled +perplexity that almost made our hero laugh. + +“Yes, that's what he said his name was, or rather somebody told me it +was his name.” + +“Jim Beckwith bought that watch of you!” repeated the stranger slowly. + +“Yes; do you know him?” + +“I have heard of him,” said the other. + +“Oh, I nearly forgot to say that he claimed the watch as his--said you +had stolen it from him.” + +“Jim Beckwith said that?” + +“Yes.” + +“And you gave it up to him?” + +“Yes, but not till he paid me the twenty dollars I gave for it.” + +The other was more and more mystified. + +“Jim Beckwith gave you twenty dollars?” he said. + +“Yes. That leaves me all right. If you want to buy it back at any time +you must apply to him.” + +The man in the white hat stared at Walter as if he was a museum freak. + +“Boy,” he said, in a tone of enforced admiration, “you're smart!” + +“I am glad you think so, sir,” returned Walter. “You pay me a +compliment.” + +“How old are you?” + +“Seventeen.” + +“A seventeen-year-old boy who can get the better of Jim Beckwith is +smart, and no mistake.” + +“Perhaps you wouldn't mind telling me whether it's true that the watch +belongs to Mr. Beckwith, as he says?” + +“I bought it of another man, who may have stolen it from him,” said he +of the white hat, cautiously. + +“Well, you'll have to settle with him. I'm out of it!” + +While Walter was speaking, an extraordinary change came over the +countenance of the man in the white hat. The color faded from his cheeks +and he half rose from his seat. He was not looking at Walter, but beyond +him, toward the door. Walter turned, following his look, and when he saw +who had entered he understood the situation. + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +THE MAN FROM DAKOTA + + +The man who had just entered the reading-room was no other than +Detective Green. + +He nodded pleasantly to Walter. + +“So you have put up here,” he said. “Well, it is a good place. And is +this gentleman a friend of yours?” indicating the man in the white hat. + +“I bought the watch from him.” + +“Ha! I thought so. I see you know me, Steve Ashton.” + +“Yes, sir,” answered Ashton, nervously. “I hope you are well.” + +“You are very kind. Then you really hope I am well?” + +“Of course. Why shouldn't I?” + +“Well, there are some of your companions, I hear, who are not so +cordial--Jim Beckwith, for instance. By the way, you have some business +arrangements with Jim Beckwith?” + +“I know him, sir,” answered Astern, hesitatingly. “You know him well, I +suspect. So you sold my young friend here a watch?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“At a remarkable sacrifice?” + +“Yes, sir. It was worth more than he paid for it.” + +“And yet it seemed likely to be a losing bargain for him. It would have +been--but for me.” + +Ashton looked at Walter inquiringly. The latter smiled. + +“You gave me credit for being smarter than I was,” said Walter. “Mr. +Green, here, came to my assistance.” + +“I think, Mr. Ashton,” said Detective Green, with suavity, “that you +have a wife and family in Dakota?” + +“I, sir--” + +“Yes; and it was to obtain money to join them that you sold your watch +on the train?” + +“Yes, sir,” answered Ashton, faintly. + +“I am going to give you a bit of advice. It will be wise for you to go +to Dakota, as you planned. This is a wicked city--in spots--and I +am afraid you have been keeping bad company. How long have you known +Beckwith?” + +“About six months.” + +“And he drew you into this business?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“I thought so. You are new to the profession. Still, I knew you. I make +it a point to get acquainted with the new men. Is the watch honestly +yours?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“Get it back from Beckwith, and then drop his acquaintance. If +necessary, leave Chicago. Have you a trade?” + +“Yes, sir. I am a machinist.” + +“It is a good trade. Go back to it. Is that advice friendly?” + +“Yes, sir,” answered Ashton, with more confidence. “I didn't expect to +get friendly advice from Detective Green.” + +“Perhaps not. You didn't know me, that was all. You looked upon me as an +enemy, I suppose?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“I am an enemy to those who are incurably bad. I think you were meant +for an honest man.” + +“So I was, sir. I should be still if I hadn't met with Jim Beckwith.” + +“Have done with him, then. If you follow my advice you need not fear +meeting with me again.” + +The detective went up to the desk, bought a cigar and then left the +room, with a nod to Ashton and Walter. + +“Will you follow his advice?” asked Walter. + +“Yes, I will. Hereafter I will depend upon honest work for an honest +livelihood. What is your name?” + +“Walter Sherwood.” + +“Then, Walter Sherwood, I am glad I did not succeed in robbing you. Yet +I am glad I met you. It will lead to my reformation. Will you give me +your hand?” + +“Willingly.” + +Steve Ashton shook the proffered hand energetically. + +“If I can do you a favor at any time I shall be glad to do so.” + +“Perhaps you can. I cannot afford to live at a hotel. Can you recommend +me to some respectable but modest-priced boarding-house?” + +“Yes. The widow of a machinist who used to be employed in the same +shop as myself keeps a few boarders. I think she would take you for six +dollars a week, or five if you have a friend to room with you.” + +“Can you show me the place after supper--that is, unless you are in a +hurry to start for Dakota?” He added, with a smile. + +“I never was in Dakota in my life,” said Ashton. “I told you a lie.” + +“I was beginning to think so.” + +“But I shall drop all that. From this time on you can trust me.” + +After supper Walter went round with Ashton to a house in Harrison +Street--the boarding-house referred to. The door was opened by a +careworn woman of middle age. + +“How do you do, Mr. Ashton?” she said, with an inquiring look. + +“Very well, thank you, Mrs. Canfield. Have you any rooms vacant?” + +“Are you asking for yourself?” + +“No, for my young friend here, Mr. Sherwood.” + +“Do you want a large room or a small one?” asked Mrs. Canfield, +brightening up a little. + +“That depends a little on the price,” answered Walter. + +“I can give you a hall bedroom and board for five dollars and a half a +week.” + +“Can you show me the room?” + +“Be kind enough to follow me.” + +Walter followed the landlady up a narrow staircase, or rather two of +them, and was shown a hall bedroom, which seemed to be uncomfortably +full, though it only contained a bedstead, a chair, a very small bureau +and a washstand. There was scarcely room for him to stand unless he +stood on the bed. It was indeed vastly different from his nice college +room and from his comfortable chamber at home. + +“I should like to see a larger room,” said Walter, not venturing to make +any comment on the hall room. + +He was shown an adjoining apartment, about ten feet by twelve. It was +small, but decidedly preferable to the other. + +“How much do you charge for this room, Mrs. Canfield?” + +“I shall have to charge you six dollars if you occupy it alone, but if +you can get another young gentleman to occupy it with you I will say ten +dollars for the two.” + +“I will take it alone at first. Can I move in tomorrow morning?” + +“I will have it ready for you by eleven o'clock.” + +“That will do.” + +“How do you like it?” asked Ashton, when they were in the street. + +“I think I can make it do.” + +“I suppose you have been used to something better?” + +“Yes.” + +“I can direct you to a better house.” + +“Thank you, but six dollars a week is all I can afford at present. I +have no income, but I shall look for a place at once.” + +“You haven't any trade, have you?” + +“No,” answered Walter, with a smile. Brought up as he had been, it +seemed odd to be asked if he had a trade. + +“Some trades pay very well. I have a nephew who is a bricklayer. He gets +from three to four dollars a day.” + +“I am afraid I should not like that business. Besides, it would take a +good while to learn it.” + +Walter smiled to himself as he pictured some of his aristocratic college +friends seeing him laying bricks. He was not a snob, nor would he +have disdained to notice a friend or school companion filling such a +position, but he felt that Providence must have something in store for +him more congenial, though perhaps less lucrative. + +“I have a cousin who is a carpenter,” proceeded Ashton. “He makes two +dollars and a half a day, and supports a wife and three children in +comfort.” + +“I wonder if I could support a family on fifteen dollars a week?” + thought Walter. “Fortunately, I have only to support myself. I ought to +be able to do that in a large city like Chicago.” + +Reared in comfort, Walter knew very little of the competition and +struggles of workingmen, and had an idea that he would be able easily +to command a salary of ten dollars a week, though he was wholly +disqualified for any special line of business. This he set down as the +minimum. Paying six dollars a week for board, he calculated that he +could get along on this salary with extreme economy. Fortunately, he was +pretty well provided with clothing, or would be when he had sent for his +trunk, and would not find it necessary for some time to come to purchase +anything, except probably a pair of shoes, a necktie, or some trifle. +Then probably his pay would soon be raised, and this would make him +comfortable. + +That evening Walter went to Hooley's Theater and occupied a dollar seat. +It was hardly prudent, but he had seventy dollars still, and that seemed +to him a large sum. He enjoyed the play, and got a sound night's rest +after it. + +The next morning he settled his hotel bill, took his gripsack in his +hand, and walked over to his new boarding-house. + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +IN SEARCH OF EMPLOYMENT + + +“Wanted--A young man of seventeen or eighteen in an insurance office, +No. 169 La Salle Street.” + +This notice attracted the attention of Walter as he ran his eyes over +the advertising columns of the Chicago _Times_ on the second day after +his arrival in the city. + +“I think that will suit me,” he said to himself. “It is a nice, +respectable business, and I think I should like it. I will go to the +office and make inquiries.” + +He entered a large building, devoted to offices, and ascended to the +third story, where he found the office of Perkins & Windermere, the +names given in the advertisement. A young man of about his own age +was coming out of the office as he entered--an unsuccessful applicant, +Walter inferred. + +Opening the door, he saw a man of about forty seated in a revolving +chair at a desk. + +“I believe you advertised for an assistant,” began Walter, as the +occupant of the chair turned round. + +“Yes,” replied Mr. Perkins--for it was he--eying Walter with a +scrutinizing glance. + +“I would like to apply for the position.” + +“Humph! Do you know anything of the insurance business?” + +“Not practically, sir.” + +“That's against you.” + +“I think I could soon familiarize myself with it so as to make myself +useful.” + +“How old are you?” + +“Very nearly eighteen.” + +“Do you live in Chicago?” + +“I do now. I have recently come from the East.” + +“What education have you?” + +“I spent two years at Euclid College,” answered Walter, with conscious +pride. + +“So you are a college student?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“Humph! That won't do you any good.” + +“I hope it won't do me any harm, sir,” said Walter, somewhat nettled. + +“No, unless it has made you conceited. I am a graduate of the People's +College.” + +“I don't think I have heard of that, sir.” + +“I mean the common school. Don't think much of college myself. They +don't help in our business. They didn't have any insurance companies in +Greece or Rome, did they?” + +“I never heard of any, sir.” + +“I thought not. You see, we of to-day are rather ahead of Demosthenes +and Cicero, and those old fellows. I suppose Rome was quite a sizable +place.” + +“I have always heard so,” answered Walter. + +“I'll bet a quarter it wasn't as big or as smart a place as Chicago. I +don't believe they had any such hotel there as the Palmer House, or any +dry-good store as big as Marshall Field's.” + +“I don't believe they did,” Walter admitted. + +“Did Rome ever win the baseball championship?” demanded Mr. Perkins. + +“No, sir.” + +“I thought not. Then what's the use in spending four years over those +old fellers? How is it going to help you?” + +“I don't expect it will help me to earn a living, sir. Do you think you +can employ me?” + +“What are your ideas as to a salary, young man?” + +“I thought of ten dollars,” said Walter, hesitatingly. + +“Ten dollars!” ejaculated Mr. Perkins. “Just what I thought. Because +you've been to college you think you are worth a big salary.” + +“Do you call that a big salary, sir?” asked Walter, disconcerted. + +“It wouldn't be if you had a couple of years' experience, but for a +beginner it is simply--enormous.” + +“What did you expect to pay?” asked Walter, in a depressed tone. + +“Five dollars is about the figure.” + +“I couldn't work for that, sir. It wouldn't pay my board.” + +“Where are you boarding--at the Palmer House?” inquired Perkins, rather +sarcastically. + +“No, sir. I am at a cheap boarding-house on Harrison Street, where I pay +six dollars a week,” answered Walter, with spirit. + +“Then I don't think we can make a bargain, although I rather like your +looks.” + +This, at any rate, was a little encouraging. + +“But I can't pay your figure. I'll tell you what you'd better do.” + +“I shall be glad of any advice.” + +“Become an agent. You look as if you had a gift of the gab. A successful +life insurance agent will make a good deal more than ten dollars a +week.” + +“Can I get such a position?” asked Walter, hopefully. + +“Yes. I'll employ you myself, on a commission, of course. You'll be +paid according to your work I've known an agent to make a hundred and +twenty-five dollars in a single week.” + +“If you think I can do it, sir, I'll try.” + +“Very well. Have you ever studied life insurance?” + +“No, sir, but I have a general idea of it.” + +“I will give you some documents--instructions to agents, etc. Take these +home, study them, and come to me when you think you understand it well +enough to talk people into it.” + +Mr. Perkins opened his desk, and selecting some papers handed them to +Walter. + +“When you come again, if there is anything you don't see into, let me +know, and I'll explain it to you.” + +“Thank you, sir.” + +Walter went home and set himself to studying the insurance documents +given him by Mr. Perkins. Here he found his college training of +service. It was like studying a science, and Walter, who went to work +systematically, soon came to understand the system, with the arguments +for and against it. He made calculations of the expenses attending the +different classes of life insurance, selecting the ages of thirty, forty +and fifty as illustrations. The result was that when he went round to +the office the next day he felt considerable confidence in his ability +to talk up insurance. + +Mr. Perkins seemed surprised to see him so soon. + +“Do you think you understand the duties of a canvasser?” he asked. + +“Yes, sir.” + +“You haven't devoted much time to it. You only took the documents +yesterday.” + +“True, sir; but I have spent several hours in examining them.” + +“Were there any things you did not understand?” + +Walter mentioned one or two points. + +“Now, that I may get an idea of your working ability, suppose you try +to insure me. I will take the part of an ordinary business man who is +unfamiliar with the subject.” + +Walter was not bashful, and saw at once the value of this suggestion. + +Without going into details, it may be stated that he acquitted himself +very creditably. + +“You surprise me,” Mr. Perkins admitted. “You seem to have made yourself +quite familiar with the subject. I will take you into my employment as +an agent and allow you half commission.” + +“Do you wish me to operate in the city?” + +“It will be better for you to start outside. I will send you to Elm +Bank, about fifteen miles distant. Once there, I shall leave you to your +own discretion. I will pay your fare there and back, and trust to your +doing something to repay me for the outlay.” + +“Very well, sir.” + +Walter took the necessary directions, and after dinner took a train out +to the suburban town which I have called Elm Bank, though this is not +the real name. He congratulated himself on so soon obtaining employment, +though it remained to be seen how he would succeed. However, Walter +was sanguine, not as yet having put himself in a position to meet the +rebuffs which are sure to lie in wait for agents of any kind. He thought +over his prospects with pleased anticipations. He felt that the position +was much higher than that of a boy in an office. It was one usually +filled by men of maturity and business experience. Besides, if +successful, the rewards would be ample. The thought of the agent who +made a hundred and twenty-five dollars in a single week occurred to +him and encouraged him. He would have been content with a salary of ten +dollars a week, but here was a business which might lead to a great deal +more. + +He seated himself next to a girl of sixteen, with a pleasant face and +frank, cordial manner. + +Presently the girl tried to raise the window--she occupied the seat next +to it--but it resisted her efforts. + +“Will you allow me to try?” asked Walter, politely. + +“Thank you. You are very kind.” + +Walter leaned over and succeeded in raising it. + +“Thank you,” said the young lady. “I am only going to Elm Bank, but I +like the fresh air, even for a short distance.” + +Here was a surprise for Walter. + +“Are you going to Elm Bank?” he said. “So am I.” + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +A YOUNG INSURANCE AGENT + + +“You don't live in Elm Bank?” said the young girl, inquiringly. + +“No,” answered Walter, swelling with pardonable pride. “I am going +there on business.” + +“Have you ever been there before?” asked his fair companion. + +“No.” + +“You look young to be in business.” + +“I haven't been in business long,” returned Walter, wondering if he +looked so very young. Then he added, with a sudden impulse, “I am an +insurance agent.” + +“Are you? I--I thought--” + +“What did you think?” asked Walter, a little curious. + +“I would rather not say it.” + +“I wish you would.” + +“You will promise not to be offended?” + +“Yes.” + +“I have been told that insurance agents are very cheeky.” + +Walter laughed. + +“I don't know about that,” he said. “I haven't been in the business long +enough yet. Do you know if any insurance agents have visited Elm Bank +lately?” + +“No, I don't think so.” + +“Perhaps you would like to have your life insured?” said Walter, with a +humorous look. + +“Can you insure me fifty cents' worth?” + +“I am afraid not.” + +“Then I must put it off, for that is all the money I have.” + +Conversation drifted into other channels, and was kept up till the cars +slowed down and the conductor, putting his head in at the door, called +out, “Elm Bank.” + +Walter and his companion rose and, leaving the car, stepped out on the +platform. Walter asked leave to carry a small bundle belonging to the +young lady. + +“Could you recommend any one who is likely to want his life insured?” he +asked. + +His companion pointed to a small house some quarter of a mile distant, +but plainly visible on account of its high location. + +“That house belongs to a German named Louis Fishbach,” she said. “He has +a little money, and earns good wages in a shoe shop. He has a wife and +four young children. Perhaps he will be willing to insure.” + +“Thank you. I will try him.” + +“I will leave you here, as I live in a different direction. I am sure I +am much obliged to you for your politeness, Mr.--” Here she hesitated. + +“Sherwood,” supplied Walter. + +“Mr. Sherwood. My name is Jennie Gilbert.” + +“Good afternoon, Miss Jennie,” said Walter, politely removing his hat. + +He stopped a moment and watched the retreating figure of the young girl. + +“I hope I shall meet her again some time,” he said to himself. + +“I say, who be you?” + +Walter turned quickly, and found himself confronted by a stout, hulking +young fellow, broad-shouldered, and dressed in country fashion. He was, +judging from his appearance, about twenty-one years of age. His tone and +face indicated that he was displeased. + +“Why do you want to know?” asked Walter coldly. + +“Why do I want to know? I'll tell you why I want to know. I ain't goin' +to have any city dude chinning up to my best girl.” + +“Is Miss Jennie Gilbert your best girl?” asked Walter. + +“Well, she can be if she wants to be. I picked her out a year ago, and +as soon as she is old enough I'm goin' to let her know it.” + +“Then she isn't your best girl now?” + +“No matter whether she is or not. I ain't goin' to have you paying +'tentions to her.” + +“I don't see what business it is of yours,” retorted Walter. + +“You'll find out if I give you a lickin'!” growled the other, handling +the stick which he carried in a suggestive manner. + +Walter was inclined to retort in kind, but all at once it struck him as +foolish to get into a quarrel about a girl whom he had known less than +an hour. + +“If it will make you feel any better,” he said, “I'll tell you that I +got acquainted with Miss Gilbert in the cars this afternoon. I never met +her before, and, as I live in Chicago, I don't suppose I shall ever meet +her again.” + +The young man's face cleared up. + +“Come, that's honest,” he said. “I thought you wanted to cut me out.” + +“If Miss Gilbert likes you I shan't interfere,” said Walter. “Now I'm +going to talk business. I would like to insure your life.” + +“What's that? You ain't a doctor, be you?” + +“No.” + +Walter proceeded to explain in as simple terms as he could command the +object and methods of life insurance. + +The young man scratched his head. + +“When do I get the money?” he asked. + +“It is paid after your death.” + +“Then it won't do me any good.” + +“No; but suppose you have a wife and children--you would like to leave +them something, wouldn't you?” + +“I might live longer than my wife,” suggested the young man +triumphantly. + +Walter found that his new acquaintance could only be influenced by +considerations of personal advantage, and was compelled to give up the +attempt to insure him. + +He kept on his way till he reached the house of Mr. Fishbach, to whom he +had been recommended. + +Fortunately for his purpose, the shoe shop in which the German was +employed was closed for the day, and Walter found him at home mending a +wagon in the back yard. + +“Good afternoon, Mr. Fishbach,” said Walter, raising his hat politely. + +“I don't know who you are,” answered Mr. Fishbach, with a scrutinizing +glance. + +“I should like to insure your life.” + +“You want to insure my life--what's dat?” + +“If you will tell me your age, I will explain to you.” + +“I was forty-nine next Christmas. You ain't the census man, eh?” + +“No; that is quite another matter. Now, Mr. Fishbach,” continued Walter, +referring to a pamphlet in his hand, “if you will pay to the company +which I represent forty-four dollars every year, when you die a thousand +dollars will be paid to your wife, or any one else you may name.” + +“You won't pay me till I am dead, eh?” + +“No.” + +“How will I know you pay then?” + +“We do business on the square. We keep our promises.” + +“You pay the money to my widow, eh?” + +“Yes. If you pay twice as much we will pay two thousand dollars.” + +“What good will that do me, eh?” + +“You will leave your wife comfortable, won't you?” + +“If she gets much money she'll maybe marry again.” + +“Perhaps so.” + +“And the money will go to her second husband, eh?” + +“If she chooses to give it to him.” + +“By jiminy, that won't suit me. I will spend my money myself.” + +“But if you die, how will your wife and children get along?” + +“What makes you think I'm goin' to die, eh? Do I look delicate?” + +As Walter surveyed the stout, rotund figure of Mr. Fishbach he could not +help laughing at the idea of his being delicate. + +“You look likely to live,” he was forced to admit. “Still, life is +uncertain.” + +“You can't scare Louis Fishbach, young man. My father lived till +seventy-seven and my mother was seventy-five. My children can take care +of themselves when I die, and they can look after the old woman.” + +Walter used such other arguments as occurred to him, but his German +friend was not to be moved, and he rather despondently put his documents +into his pocket and went out into the street. + +“I had no idea I should find it so difficult,” he reflected. + +Life insurance seemed to him so beneficent, and so necessary a +protection for those who would otherwise be unprovided for, that he +could not understand how any one who cared for his wife and children +could fail to avail himself of its advantages. + +After leaving the house of Mr. Fishbach he kept on in the same +direction. Being unacquainted in Elm Bank, he had to trust to chance to +guide him. + +A little distance beyond was an old-fashioned, two-story house. + +“Perhaps I had better call,” thought Walter, and he entered the path +that led to the side door. He had scarcely taken three steps when he was +startled by a scream that seemed to proceed from the interior. + +“Help! help!” was the cry that reached him. + +He started to run, and on reaching the door opened it without ceremony. +The sight that confronted him was one to test his courage. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +AN EXCITING ENCOUNTER + + +To understand the scene in which Walter became an actor a brief +explanation is necessary. + +The occupant of the house was a woman of perhaps thirty-five. Her +husband, Ephraim Gregory, was employed in Chicago, and went to and from +the city every day. It was somewhat inconvenient to live at Elm Bank, +but both he and his wife were fond of the country, and were willing to +submit to some inconvenience for the sake of the sweet, pure air and +rural surroundings. They had one child, a little girl of five. + +Twenty minutes previous Mrs. Gregory had been sitting at her sewing, +with little Rosa on the floor beside her, when, without the ceremony of +a knock, the outer door was opened and a tall, powerful man, whose garb +and general appearance indicated that he was a tramp, entered the room. + +“What do you want?” asked Mrs. Gregory, rising in alarm. + +“I'm hungry,” answered the tramp, in a hoarse voice. + +He might be hungry, but his breath indicated that he had been drinking. +Mrs. Gregory would gladly have dismissed him, but she was afraid to do +so. If only her husband had been at home! + +“Sit down,” she said, “and I will find you something.” + +She went to the pantry and returned with some bread and cold meat, which +she set before her uncouth visitor. + +“If you will wait five minutes I will make you some tea,” she said. + +“I don't want any slops,” said her visitor, scornfully. “Give me +brandy.” + +“I have none.” + +“Then whisky, gin--anything!” + +“We don't keep liquors in the house. My husband and I never drink them.” + +At this he swore in a manner that terrified his unwilling hostess, and +anathematized her for a temperance crank. This aroused her spirit. + +“If you want liquor,” she said, “you may go where it is sold. I won't +supply it to you or anybody else. If you want hot tea you can have it.” + +“Give it to me, then.” + +Mrs. Gregory hastened to steep some tea--she had hot water all +ready--and set it before the ruffian. He ate and drank eagerly, +voraciously, and did not leave a crumb behind him. He had certainly +spoken the truth when he said he was hungry. Then he arose, and she +hoped he would go. But he turned to her with a significant look. + +“I want money,” he said. + +“I can give you none,” she answered, her heart sinking. + +“Oh, yes, you can.” + +“Are you a thief?” she demanded, with a flash of spirit. + +“You can call me that if you like.” + +There was little hope of shaming him, she saw. + +“Look here, missis,” he went on roughly, “you've got money in the house, +and I must have it.” + +“How do you know that I have money in the house?” + +“Your husband brought some home last night. It is here now.” + +This was true, and she was startled to find how much this man knew. + +“Do you know my husband?” she asked. + +“Yes, I know him. His name is Ephraim Gregory. He had some money paid +him yesterday and it is here. I don't know where it is, but you do. Get +it, and be quick about it!” + +Mrs. Gregory saw by this time that her visitor was a desperate villain +and that she was in a critical position. He might, since he knew so +much, know the amount of money which her husband had entrusted to her +for safekeeping. If she could buy him off for five dollars she would do +so. + +“Will you go if I give you five dollars?” she asked. + +He laughed. + +“No, I won't. Why should I take five dollars when you have a hundred +here?” + +She turned pale. The worst was true, then. This man had in some +mysterious manner discovered the exact sum which she had in charge. Why +had not her husband kept it in his own possession? It would have been +more prudent. + +“I can't give you the money,” she said, pale but resolute. + +“Oh, yes, you will!” he answered mockingly. + +“Go away, please,” she said in a pleading tone. “I have given you a +meal, though you had no claim on me. Let that be sufficient.” + +“You can't fool me!” he replied roughly. “Bring me the money, or it will +be the worse for you.” + +“I cannot!” she gasped. + +“Then, by Heaven, I'll brain you!” + +As he spoke he raised the chair on which he had been sitting and held +it in position above his head, ready to bring it down upon the helpless +woman. + +Then it was that she uttered the piercing scream which brought Walter +into the house. + +His astonished glance rested on the terrified woman, with her little +girl clinging in alarm to her dress, cowering beneath the chair which +seemed ready to descend upon her. + +Walter did not hesitate a moment. Though the tramp was possessed of +twice his strength, he darted forward and grasped him by the arm. + +“What are you about?” he demanded sternly. + +The tramp turned at the unexpected interference and partially lowered +the chair. + +“What business is it of yours, you impudent young jackanapes?” he +growled. + +“I will make it my business,” said Walter, bravely. “I won't see a lady +struck down by a ruffian!” + +“Take care how you talk. I can twist you round my finger, you manikin!” + “What does this man want?” asked Walter, turning to Mrs. Gregory. + +“He demands money,” was her answer. + +“So he is a thief!” exclaimed Walter, contemptuously. + +“I'll fix you for that!” growled the tramp, with a frown. + +Walter quickly explored the room in search of a weapon, for he saw that +he would have to defend himself. + +There was a fireplace in the apartment, and resting beside it was a +poker of large size. Walter sprang for this, and, grasping it firmly, +brandished it in a threatening manner. + +“Go upstairs, madam,” he said, “and lock yourself in. I will attend to +this man.” + +The tramp burst into a contemptuous laugh. + +“Why, you young whippersnapper!” he said, “I could handle half a dozen +boys like you.” + +“I don't like to leave you in the power of this man,” said Mrs. Gregory. +“He will kill you.” + +“Right you are, ma'am!”' growled the giant. “That's just what I am going +to do.” + +The lady turned pale. She was frightened, but her concern for Walter's +safety overcame her fear for herself. + +“I shall stay here,” she said, “It would be cowardly to leave you.” + +“Take my advice, boy,” growled the tramp, “and clear out of here. It is +no concern of yours.” + +Walter did not answer, but, keen, alert, vigilant, he fixed his eye +warily on his formidable opponent. + +“Well, youngster,” said the tramp impatiently, “did you hear me?” + +“Yes, I heard you.” + +“Leave this room, or I'll smash you!” + +“Smash away!” retorted Walter. + +Though he was barely five feet six inches in height, while the tramp +was fully six feet, his muscles had been toughened by exercise in +the college gymnasium and by rowing in the college crew, and he was +wonderfully quick in his motions. + +Feeling that the time for forbearance was over, and irritated beyond +measure by Walter's audacity, the tramp prepared to carry out his +threat. He raised the chair and with a downward sweep aimed at Walter's +head. + +Had the blow taken effect, this story would never have been written. But +Walter's quick eye foresaw the movement, and, springing aside, he dodged +the blow and brought down the poker on the muscular part of the giant's +arm with what force he could command. There was a howl of pain, and the +tramp's arm hung limp and lifeless at his side, while with the other he +clasped it in evident suffering. + +“You murderous young villain!” he shrieked. “I'll kill you for that!” + +Walter felt that he was in a dangerous position. + +“Leave the room, please!” he said to Mrs. Gregory. “You will be in my +way.” She obeyed, for her champion had shown himself worthy to command, +and Walter sprang to the other side of the table, placing it between him +and his foe. + +By this time the tramp had got ready for an attack. He dashed round +the table after Walter, and finally succeeded, in spite of the boy's +activity, in grasping him by the shoulder. + +“Ah!” he said, with a deep sigh of content, “I've got you now. I'll pay +you for that blow!” + +Walter felt that he had never been in such a tight place before. + + + + +CHAPTER XV + +THE EXCITEMENT DEEPENS + + +Walter was fortunate enough not to lose his head under any +circumstances. He noticed that his opponent held him by his right hand, +and it was his right arm which had been lamed. Naturally, therefore, it +had lost some of its strength. This was his opportunity. With a sudden +twist he wriggled out of the giant's grasp, and, understanding that it +was dangerous to be at too close quarters, he threw open the outer door +and dashed into the yard. + +Whether this would, on the whole, have helped him, was uncertain, as +the tramp could probably outrun him, but just in the nick of time a +team appeared, driven by a young man, perhaps twenty-five, of remarkable +size. Hiram Nutt was six feet six inches in height, the tallest man in +the county, and he was as athletic as he was tall. He tipped the scales +at two hundred and ten pounds, and was famous for his feats of strength. +He was a farmer's son and lived at Elm Bank. + +When he saw Walter dash out of the house, pursued by an ill-looking +tramp, he thought it high time to interfere. + +“What's up?” he demanded, still retaining his seat in the wagon. + +“None of your business!” retorted the tramp, too angry to be prudent, +“The kid's been impudent, and I'm going to pound him to a jelly.” + +Meanwhile, Walter was leading the tramp a chase round the wagon, +narrowly escaping seizure. + +“Help me!” exclaimed Walter, panting. + +“If you do, I'll lay you out!” exclaimed the pursuer, who had been too +much occupied to notice the formidable size of the young man in the +wagon. + +Hiram Nutt smiled--a smile of conscious strength. + +“Jump in the wagon, boy!” he said. “I'll take care of you.” + +Walter obeyed directions, and the tramp tried to follow him. + +But in an instant Hiram had risen to his full height and, leaping to the +ground, hurried to the rear of the vehicle and caught hold of the tramp. +The latter tried to resist, but he was like a child in the grasp of a +man. He looked up in amazement, for he was proud of his strength. + +“What museum did you escape from, you--monster?” he panted. + +Hiram laughed. + +“Never mind,” he said. “It's well I'm here. Now, boy, who is this man?” + +“I found him in that house, ready to strike down the lady who lives +there because she would not give him what money she had.” + +Hiram Nutt's brows contracted. + +“Why, you thieving scoundrel!” he cried, vigorously shaking his captive, +“you dared to threaten Mrs. Gregory? Did he hurt the lady?” he added +anxiously. + +“No; I heard her cry for help and rushed in. Then he turned upon me.” + +“He might have killed you!” + +“I wish I had!” ejaculated the tramp, with a scowl. + +“Where is Mrs. Gregory now?” + +“I told her to go upstairs.” + +Just then the lady, who from an upper window had observed the +discomfiture and capture of her enemy, came out. + +“Oh, Mr. Nutt,” she exclaimed, “I am so glad you came along! I was +afraid this brave boy would get hurt.” + +“It isn't he that will get hurt now,” said Nutt, significantly. “How +came this fellow in your house?” + +“He came in half an hour ago and asked for food.” + +“And you gave it to him?” + +“Yes; I got ready a lunch for him and made him some tea, though he +wanted liquor.” + +“And this was the way of repaying the favor?” + +“He had heard in some way that my husband brought home some money last +evening and he demanded it. I wish, Mr. Nutt, you would take charge of +it till my husband comes home. I don't dare to have it in the house.” + +“It won't be necessary, for there comes your husband.” + +It was true. Ephraim Gregory turned the corner of the street, and paused +in surprise at the spectacle before him. + +“What's the matter, Lucy?” he asked. + +She briefly explained. + +“I am so glad you are at home,” she sighed. “But how do you happen to +come so early?” + +“I think it was a presentiment of evil. I thought of the money I had +left with you, and it occurred to me that it might expose you to danger. +So I got leave of absence and took an early train for Elm Bank.” + +“What shall I do with this fellow, Mr. Gregory?” asked Hiram. + +“I'll go into the house and get a rope to tie him. Then we'll take him +to the lock-up.” + +“Let me go!” said the tramp, uneasily. “I was only joking.” + +“You carried the joke too far, my friend,” said Hiram, significantly. +“I'll take you round to the lock-up--by way of joke--and Judge Jones +will sentence you to the penitentiary--just to help the joke along.” + +“Let me go!” whined the tramp, now thoroughly subdued. “I am a poor man, +and that's what led me to do wrong.” + +“I suppose you never indulged in such a little joke before?” + +“No; this is the first time.” + +“Probably you are a church member when you are at home,” said Hiram, in +a tone of sarcasm. “You're a good man gone wrong, ain't you?” + +“Yes,” said the tramp. + +“You look like it. Such good men as you are better off in jail.” + +“I'll leave town and never come back--I will, on my honor!” pleaded the +tramp, earnestly. + +“I don't put any confidence in what you say. Ah, here's the rope. Now, +hold still, if you know what's best for yourself.” + +The tramp attempted resistance, but a little vigorous shaking up by his +captor soon brought him to terms. In five minutes, with his hands and +feet firmly tied, he was on his way to the lock-up. Mr. Gregory and +Walter accompanied him in the wagon. + +“Now, Mr. Sherwood,” said Gregory, when their errand was completed, “I +want to thank you for your brave defense of my wife.” + +“I only did what any one would do under the same circumstances,” said +Walter, modestly. + +“Any one of the requisite courage. You put yourself in danger.” + +“I didn't think of that, Mr. Gregory.” + +“No, I suppose not, but it is proper that I should think of it. You have +placed me under an obligation that I shall not soon forget. You must do +me the favor to come home to supper with me and pass the night. Will it +interfere seriously with your business?” + +“I am a life-insurance agent,” said Walter, “or, at least, I am trying +to be, but have not yet succeeded in writing a policy.” + +“I have been thinking of insuring my life for a small sum. If you come +home with me you may talk me into doing it.” + +“Then I will certainly accept your invitation,” said Walter, smiling. + +“My wife made me promise to keep you. She wants to show her gratitude. +Besides, you may be wanted to appear against the prisoner to-morrow +morning.” + +“I shall be glad to help him to his deserts,” said Walter. “The sooner +he is locked up the better it will be for the community.” + +Walter had no reason to regret his acceptance of the invitation. Mrs. +Gregory exerted herself to the utmost in providing an appetizing supper, +far in advance of anything he would have had set before him at his +boarding-house, Mrs. Canfield being an indifferent cook. Generally her +butter was strong and her tea weak, while the contrary should have +been the case, and her biscuit heavy with saleratus. Walter thoroughly +enjoyed his supper, and was almost ashamed of his appetite. But it gave +his hostess great pleasure to see his appreciation of the meal, and she +took it as a compliment to herself as a cook. + +After supper Walter and Mr. Gregory sat down to business. He explained +the methods of the insurance company for which he was acting as agent, +and found Mr. Gregory an interested and intelligent listener. + +“You may write me a policy for a thousand dollars,” he said. + +“You will need to pass a medical examination,” said Walter. + +“Certainly; will our village physician do?” + +“Yes.” + +“Then take your hat and walk over with me. It is only half-a-mile +distant.” + +The whole matter was adjusted that evening, and Walter was pleased to +feel that he had made a successful start in his new business. + +The next morning the tramp was brought before Justice Jones, who +arranged to hold court early to oblige Walter and Mr. Gregory, and the +prisoner received a sentence of a year's confinement. He gave the name +of Barney Fogg, and under that name received his sentence. He scowled +fiercely while Walter was giving his evidence, and as he was taken from +the court-room handcuffed, he turned toward our hero and said: “It's +your turn now, young bantam, but I'll be even with you yet.” + +“What a terrible man!” said Mr. Gregory, shuddering. “I hope I shall +never see him again.” + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +WALTER GOES INTO A NEW BUSINESS + + +One swallow doesn't make a summer, and one policy doesn't establish the +success of an insurance agent. Walter received from Mr. Perkins five +dollars commission on the policy he had written at Elm Bank, and this +encouraged him to renewed efforts. But in the fortnight following he +only succeeded in writing a policy for two hundred and fifty dollars, +for a man who designed it to meet his funeral expenses. For this Walter +received one dollar and a quarter. He made numerous other attempts, but +he found, though he understood the subject thoroughly, that his youth +operated against him. He decided that he was wasting his time, and one +morning he waited on Mr. Perkins and resigned his agency. + +“Have you anything else in view?” asked that gentleman. + +“No, sir.” + +“Then why don't you keep on till you have secured another position?” + +“Because it takes up my time, and prevents my getting anything else.” + +“I don't know but you are right, Mr. Sherwood. You have made a good +beginning, and if you were ten years older I think you would make a +successful agent.” + +“I can't afford to wait ten years,” returned Walter, with a smile. + +“If ever you want to come back, I will start you again.” + +Walter thanked Mr. Perkins, and left the office. + +He now began to explore the columns of the daily papers, in the hope of +finding some opening, but met with the usual rebuffs and refusals when +he called upon advertisers. + +At length he saw the following advertisement in the Chicago _Tribune:_ + +“WANTED--A confidential clerk at a salary of fifteen dollars per week. +As a guarantee of fidelity, a small deposit will be required. LOCKE & +GREEN, No. 257 1-2 State Street.” + +“Fifteen dollars a week!” repeated Walter hopefully. “That will support +me very comfortably. If I get it I will change my boarding-place, for +I don't like Mrs. Canfield's table. I shall feel justified in paying a +little more than I do now.” + +The only thing that troubled him was as to the deposit. Though he had +economized as closely as he knew how, he had made quite an inroad upon +his small capital, and had only forty-six dollars left. He had been in +Chicago four weeks, and had not yet been able to write home that he had +found a permanent position. He had written about his insurance agency, +and had not failed to chronicle his first success. + +This letter Doctor Mack had read to his housekeeper, Miss Nancy Sprague. + +“Well, Nancy,” he said, “Walter is at work.” + +“You don't say so, doctor! What is he doing?” + +“He is a life-insurance agent.” + +“Is that a good business?” + +“Walter writes that one agent is making a hundred and twenty-five +dollars a week,” answered the doctor, with a humorous twinkle in his +eye. + +“I'm glad Master Walter has got such a good business,” said the +housekeeper, brightening up. “That's a great sum for a boy like him to +make.” + +“It isn't he that has made it, Nancy. There are very few that do, and +those have to be old and experienced men.” + +“Well, he'll make a good living, anyhow.” + +“Perhaps so,” answered the doctor dubiously, for he understood better +than Nancy how precarious were the chances of an inexperienced agent. He +was not at all surprised when Walter wrote later that though he had met +with some success, he thought it better to look for a situation with a +regular salary attached. + +“He's gaining a little knowledge of the world,” thought the guardian. +“I don't think he'll be able to indulge in luxurious living for the +present. It won't be long, probably, before he runs out of money.” + +It was with a hopeful spirit that Walter started for the office of Locke +& Green. He was pretty well acquainted with Chicago by this time, and +had no difficulty in locating any office in the business part of the +city. + +No indication was given in the advertisement of the business carried +on by Locke & Green. As to that, however, Walter felt indifferent. His +chief concern was the weekly salary of fifteen dollars, which he needed +very much. + +Arrived at the number indicated, Walter ran upstairs, and with some +difficulty found the office in a small room on the fourth floor. A card +on the door bore the names: + +LOCKE & GREEN + +Again there was no clue to the business carried on by the firm. + +Walter was not sure whether he ought to knock, but finally decided to +open the door and enter. He found himself in a room scarcely larger than +a small bedroom, with a small desk in one corner. At this sat a man with +long hair, industriously writing in a large blank book. He glanced at +Walter as the door opened. + +“Wait a moment, young man!” he said, in a deep bass voice. “I will be at +leisure in two minutes.” + +He wrinkled up his face, turned back several pages, appeared +thoughtfully considering some problem, and then wrote again rapidly. + +Finally he turned--he was seated in a revolving chair--and placing his +two hands together, palms inward, said abruptly: “Well, young man, what +can I do for you?” + +“I believe you advertised in the _Tribune_ this morning for a +confidential clerk?” + +“Yes.” + +“I should like to apply for the position, if it is still vacant.” + +“We have not yet filled the place,” said Mr. Locke. “We have had several +applications, but the post is a very responsible one, and we are, of +course, very particular.” + +“I am afraid my chance is very small, then,” thought Walter. + +“Still, I like your appearance, and it is possible that you may suit. +Have you business experience?” + +“Not much, sir. Indeed, till a short time since I was a college +student.” + +“Yale or Harvard?” + +“No, sir; Euclid College.” + +“Ahem; small, but very respectable. Your name?” + +“Walter Sherwood.” + +“How long were you in college?” + +“Two years.” + +“Left of your own accord?” + +“Oh, yes, sir.” + +“Just so. I thought perhaps you might have been suspended or expelled.” + +“I can refer you on that point to the president or any of the +professors.” + +“Oh, I will take your word for it.” + +“I left college on account of losing my property.” + +“Ah, indeed!” said Mr. Locke doubtfully. “Perhaps you noticed that we +require a small deposit as a guarantee of fidelity.” + +“Yes, sir. I have a little money.” + +Mr. Locke looked relieved. + +“Of course,” continued he loftily, “doing the business we do, money +is of comparatively little importance to us, except as a guarantee of +fidelity. How much did you say you had?” + +“I didn't say, sir. I could deposit twenty-five dollars with you.” + +Mr. Locke shrugged his shoulders. + +“That is very little,” he said. + +“True, sir, but it is a good deal to me. It will be enough to insure my +fidelity.” + +“We had a young man here this morning,” said Mr. Locke musingly, “who +was willing to deposit a hundred dollars with us.” + +“Indeed, sir! I wonder you did not take him.” + +“We should, so far as the money went, but I could see by his appearance +that there was no business in him. Our clerk must be quick, sharp, +alert. The young man was very much disappointed.” + +“I couldn't deposit any such sum as that, Mr. Locke.” + +“It will not be necessary. Still, twenty-five dollars is very small. +You couldn't say thirty, could you? That is merely equal to two weeks' +salary.” + +“Yes, sir. I might be willing to deposit thirty dollars. May I ask what +business you are interested in?” + +“We have control for the Western States of a valuable patent--a +folding-table--and we have several hundred agents out, who report +in general by letter.” + +“That accounts for the small office,” thought Walter. + +“Come here a moment, and I will give you an idea how we carry on +business. Here, for instance, is a page devoted to B. Schenck. He is +operating for us in Minnesota. You will observe that his remittances for +the last four weeks aggregate three hundred and sixty-seven dollars. He +has been doing very well, but we have others who do better. On the next +page is our account with G. Parker. His month's work amounts to two +hundred and eighty-nine dollars.” + +“What would my duties be, sir?” + +“To keep the office when I am out, receive letters, and answer them, and +see agents.” + +“I think I could do that, sir.” + +“Hours from nine to five. I think you will suit me. If at the end of the +week I don't find you satisfactory, I will pay you your wages and return +your money.” + +“Very well, sir. I accept the position.” + +“You may as well hand me the money, and go to work to-day.” Walter drew +out thirty dollars, the greater part of his little store, and handed it +to Mr. Locke. + +Mr. Locke tucked it carelessly into his vest pocket, and taking his hat +said: “Sit down here, and if any agents come in, tell them I will be +back at one o'clock. That is all you will need to do to-day.” + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +WALTER'S VISITORS + + +Walter sat down at the desk complacently. He had parted with thirty +dollars, but it was on deposit with his new employer, and would be +returned to him whenever his engagement terminated. He only hoped that +his services would prove satisfactory. He meant to do his best. On +fifteen dollars a week he could live very comfortably, and even save +money. He felt that it would be prudent to do this, as he did not wish +to call upon his guardian for any remittances during the year. + +“I sha'n't have to work very hard,” thought Walter. + +In default of any other employment he looked over the large ledger +committed to his charge. It appeared to contain certain accounts with +different agents, all of whom seemed to be meeting with very good +success, judging from the amount of remittances credited to them. + +In about half-an-hour there was a knock at the door. + +“Come in!” called out Walter. + +A man of about thirty-five entered briskly. He was rather shabbily +dressed, and his red face indicated possible indulgence in intoxicating +liquor. “Is Mr. Locke in?” he asked. + +“No, sir.” + +“I wanted to see him.” + +“I am his confidential clerk,” said Walter proudly. “Are you an agent?” + +“Yes, I am an agent. I suppose I ought to see him.” + +“He will be back at one o'clock.” + +“I can't stop, as I have been away for some weeks and want to go out and +see my family at Barrington.” + +“If you wish to leave any message I will give it to Mr. Locke as soon as +he returns.” + +“Perhaps that will do. My name is Jerome Grigson. Tell Mr. Locke I have +met with excellent success in Ohio. In the last four weeks I have sold +goods to the amount of four hundred and seventeen dollars.” + +“I should think it was doing remarkably well,” observed Walter. + +“It is; but any one could sell for Locke business chiefly in Mr. Locke's +hands. How long have you been in the office?” + +“Not long,” answered Walter, who did not care to admit that his term of +service covered less than an hour. + +“You've a good place with a rising firm. Mind you keep it!” + +“I will try to,” said Walter earnestly. + +“They're square men, Locke & Green. I never worked for squarer men.” + +This was pleasant to hear. Walter felt that he Had made no mistake in +parting with his thirty Dollars. + +“Well, I must be going. Have you taken down my name?” + +“Yes, sir; Jerome Grigson.” + +“Right. Say, I will look in some time to-morrow and bring in a check for +four hundred and seventeen dollars. + +“Very well, sir.” + +Mr. Grigson left the office. Twenty minutes Later a boy of about his own +age opened the door. He glanced at Walter diffidently. + +“You advertised for a confidential clerk,” he said. “Is--is the place +filled?” + +“Yes,” answered Walter, in a tone of satisfaction. + +“You don't want anybody else, do you?” asked the youth, looking +disappointed. + +“Not at present, but we might be able to employ you as an agent.” + +“Is it hard work? + +“Well, of course you will have to exert yourself,” said Walter +condescendingly, toying with a pen as he spoke, “but successful men can +earn good wages with us.” + +He was talking as if he was one of the partners, but it is a way young +clerks have. + +“Are you one of the firm?” asked the young man doubtfully. + +“No,” answered Walter, “not exactly. Mr. Locke will be in about one +o'clock, and if you will come round a little after that you can talk +with him about an agency. I will put in a good word for you,” he added, +in a patronizing tone. + +“Thank you, sir. I'd like to get a place.” + +The youth departed and Walter was left alone. But not for long. A +middle-aged man entered and looked inquiringly at Walter. + +“Are you Mr. Green?” he asked. + +“No, sir.” + +“I have seen Mr. Locke, but I thought you might be Mr. Green.” + +Walter felt flattered to be taken for one of the firm. + +“I am the confidential clerk,” he said. “Can I do anything for you?” + +“I wanted to see Mr. Locke and pay him some money.” + +“I will take it and receipt for it,” said Walter briskly. + +“Well, I suppose that will do, as you are the clerk.” + +“What name?” asked Walter, opening the book. + +“Jonas Damon. Here is a check on the Corndish National Bank of Illinois +for two hundred and twenty-seven dollars. I have made it payable to +Locke & Green.” + +“All right,” said Walter, in a businesslike tone. + +“If you wish to see Mr. Locke he will be in at one o'clock,” he added, +as he put the check in his vest pocket. + +“No, I am obliged to go out of town in half-an-hour. It isn't necessary +to see him. He would rather see the check.” + +Mr. Damon laughed, and so did Walter. It Made him feel quite like a +business man to be installed in an office, receiving and crediting +checks. + +“Have you been long in our employment?” he asked. + +“About six months.” + +“I hope you have found it satisfactory?” + +“Yes, I have made an excellent living. How much salary do you get?” + +“Fifteen dollars a week,” answered Walter rather complacently. + +“You look like a smart young fellow. You'd easily make double the money +as an agent.” + +“Thank you for the suggestion. I may undertake that some time. I have +been a life-insurance agent.” + +“Did it pay?” + +“Not as well as I hoped. I think I shall like my present place better.” + +“I must be going. Tell Mr. Locke I will be in to-morrow.” + +“All right.” + +“It is evident,” thought Walter, “that I am in the employ of a +substantial and prosperous firm. The duties are certainly very light and +pleasant. I am in luck to get a clerkship here. It is rather surprising +Mr. Locke didn't ask for references.” + +Then it occurred to him that the deposit was taken as a substitute +for references. Then again Walter flattered himself that his personal +appearance might have produced a favorable impression upon his employer +and had some influence in leading to an engagement. + +His next caller was a young man, dark and sallow, with a slight +mustache. + +“Is this the office of Locke & Green?” he asked. + +“Yes, sir.” + +“Will you describe Mr. Locke to me?” asked the young man, who appeared +to be laboring under some excitement. + +Walter was rather surprised at such a request, but complied with it. + +“Yes, he's the man,” said his visitor, slapping his hands together +impetuously. “He's the man that cheated me out of fifty dollars!” + +“You must be mistaken,” said Walter. “How did he cheat you out of it?” + +“One moment--are you his confidential clerk?” + +“Yes.” + +“I thought so,” returned the young man, laughing wildly. “So was I.” + +“You were his clerk?” + +“Yes, for two weeks. I paid him fifty dollars good money as security.” + +“You did?” repeated Walter, with some anxiety. + +“Yes; at the end of two weeks he told me I would not suit.” + +“But he paid you your wages and returned you your money?” + +“No, he didn't!” exploded the young man. “He told me to come round on +Monday morning and he would pay me.” + +“Well?” + +“I called Monday, and he was gone! He had moved, the scoundrel! I should +like to choke him!” + +“Was it this office?” + +“No. Let me see that book! Ah, it is the same that I kept. Have you, +too, given him money?” + +“I deposited thirty dollars.” + +“Ah, it is the same old game! You will never see a cent of it again.” + +“But,” said Walter, “I don't understand. He is doing a good business. +I have had calls from two of his agents. One of them handed me this +check,” and he drew out the check Mr. Damon had given him. + +The young man took it and laughed bitterly. + +“I don't believe there is any such bank,” he said. “I never heard of +it.” + +“Then why should the agent hand me the check?” + +“To pull wool over your eyes. These agents are in league with this man +Locke. That wasn't his name when he engaged me.” + +“What was it then?” + +“He called himself Libby. Libby & Richmond, that was the name of the +firm.” + +“What made you think he might have changed his name?” + +“Because the advertisement reads the same.” + +“And you really think it is the same man?” + +“Yes, I feel sure of it.” + +“He will be back at one o'clock. If you will wait till then you can see +for yourself.” + +“I'll wait!” said the young man, grinding his teeth. “I will confront +the swindler face to face. I will demand my money.” + +The door opened and some one put in his head, but before Walter or his +visitor could see who it was it closed again. + +Fifteen minutes later a telegraph boy entered the office. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +WALTER IS TURNED ADRIFT + + +“Mr. Sherwood?” said the telegraph messenger inquiringly. + +“That is my name,” answered Walter. + +“A message for you.” + +Walter opened the note, and read as follows: + +“I am called out of the city. You may close up at four, and leave the +key with the janitor. Report for duty to-morrow morning. LOCKE.” + +“What is it?” asked the young man eagerly. + +Walter showed him the note. + +“It looks to me like some trick,” said the stranger. + +“But I don't see any object in it.” + +“He has your thirty dollars.” + +“And I have a check for over two hundred.” + +“I would rather have the thirty dollars. What shall you do?” + +“There is nothing to do but follow directions.” + +The young man shrugged his shoulders. + +“Then you will come round to-morrow morning?” he said. + +“Certainly.” + +“I'll look in upon you. I want to see this Mr. Locke, though I doubt if +that is his name.” + +Walter was disposed to think the young man too suspicious. He was of a +sanguine temperament, and he tried to persuade himself that there was +really no good reason to suspect Mr. Locke of unfair dealing. He laid +considerable stress upon the favorable reports of the agents who had +called upon him during the day. + +At length four o'clock came, and he closed up the office, leaving the +key with the janitor. He went home, not quite knowing whether he was to +be congratulated or not. He decided not to say anything just yet about +his engagement, lest it might turn out to be deceptive. Had he been +quite sure that it was substantial and to be relied upon, he would have +written to his guardian to announce the good news, but he thought it +best to wait. + +The next morning he went to the office, arriving at the hour agreed +upon. + +“Please give me the key to Locke & Green's office,” he said to the +janitor. + +“Mr. Locke's given up the room,” was the startling reply. + +Walter was dismayed. + +“Given up the room! Have you seen him?” he inquired. + +“Yes.” + +“When?” + +“He called yesterday afternoon, an hour after you went away, and got the +key from me. In about ten minutes he came down again, carrying a ledger +in his hand. + +“'I have taken another office,' he said. 'This is not large enough for +me.' + +“'Have you told your clerk?' I asked him. + +“'Yes, I have sent a message to him,' he replied carelessly.” + +Walter sank against the door. He felt limp and helpless. Mr. Locke had +gone off, and carried his thirty dollars with him. There was hardly room +to doubt that it was a case of deliberate swindling. + +True, he had the check in his possession--a check for two hundred and +twenty-seven dollars--but, even if it were genuine, it was made out in +favor of Locke & Green, and would be of no service to him, though in +that case it would insure Mr. Locke's calling upon him. Should such be +the Case, he determined that he would not give up the Check till his +thirty dollars were returned. + +Walter walked slowly out of the building. When he reached Dearborn +Street he went into the office of a private banker, and, showing the +check, asked, “Is there any such bank as this?” + +“I never heard of any,” said the banker. + +Walter turned pale. + +“Then you think it is bogus?” + +“Very likely. Under what circumstances did you receive it?” + +Walter explained. + +“I am sorry to say that you are probably the victim of a confidence +man, or firm. I think I saw an expose of some similar swindlers in the +_Inter-Ocean_ a few weeks since. Did you give the fellow any money?” + +“Yes, sir; thirty dollars.” + +“You will have to whistle for it, in all probability.” + +Walter's heart felt as heavy as lead. He had less than twenty dollars +now, and his small balance would last him less than three weeks. What +should he do then? Should he write to his guardian for more money? He +hated to do this, and, above all, he hated to confess that he had been +victimized. + +In the next three days he answered several advertisements, and made +personal applications for employment. But no one seemed to want him. In +one case he was offered three dollars a week as an office boy, but he +had not got quite so low down as to accept this place and salary. It +struck Walter as very singular that one who had spent two years +at college, and possessed a fair knowledge of Latin, Greek, and +mathematics, should be in so little request. He envied the small office +boys whom he saw on the street, and even the busy newsboys, who appeared +to be making an income. They had work to do, and he had none. He +decided that he must reduce his expenses, and accordingly hired a poor +hall-bedroom for a dollar and a quarter a week, and took his meals at +restaurants. + +One day he went into Kinsley's restaurant, on Adams Street, feeling the +need of a good meal, and sat down at a table. He gave his order, and +ate his dinner with appetite. He was about to rise from the table +when, casting his eye about the room, he started in surprise, as at a +neighboring table he saw the familiar face of Mr. Jonas Damon, whose +check he held in his pocket. + +Instantly his resolve was taken. He would speak to Mr. Damon, and try to +ascertain something about the check. + +He walked over to the table, and touching Damon on the shoulder, said: +“Mr. Damon, I believe?” + +The man looked up quickly, and a little change in his countenance showed +that he recognised Walter; but he assumed a stolid look, and said: “Were +you speaking to me, young man?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“What did you call me?” + +“Mr. Damon.” + +“You're off the track. That isn't my name.” + +“Perhaps not,” said Walter resolutely; “but when you called at Locke +& Green's office and handed me a check you said your name was Jonas +Damon.” + +“Ho, ho!” laughed Damon. “So I gave you a check, did I?” + +“Yes, for two hundred and twenty-seven dollars.” + +“That's news to me. I'm not in a position to give such checks as that.” + +“I have got the check with me now.” + +“Why didn't you cash it?” + +“It was not made payable to me.” + +“Then why didn't you give it to the party it was made out to?” + +“Because he disappeared.” + +“That's a strange story. Do you know what I think?” + +“No; but I should like to.” + +“I think you are a confidence man, and are trying to take in a poor +countryman. But I've read about you fellows in the papers, and I am on +my guard. You'd better go away, or I may call a policeman.” + +This certainly was turning the tables on Walter with a vengeance. For a +fellow like Damon to accuse him of being a confidence man was something +like the wolf's charge against the lamb in AEsop's fable. + +Damon saw that Walter looked perplexed, and followed up the attack. + +“If anybody has given you a check,” he said, “I don't see what you've +got to complain about. You'd better make use of it if you can.” + +“Do you deny that your name is Damon?” + +“Of course I do. My name is Kellogg--Nelson Kellogg, of Springfield, +Illinois. I am in the city to buy goods.” + +“And you don't know Mr. Locke, of Locke & Green?” + +“Never heard of the gentleman. If you've got a check of his, you'd +better advertise for him. I wish my name was Locke. I shouldn't mind +receiving it myself.” + +Here the waiter came up with Mr. Damon's order, and that gentleman +addressed himself to disposing of it. + +Walter left the restaurant slowly, and walked in a dejected manner +in the direction of the Palmer House. He began to think that he was +a failure. When he was a student of Euclid College he was in his own +estimation, a person of importance. Now he felt his insignificance. If +the world owed him a living, it seemed doubtful if it was inclined to +pay the debt. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +WALTER MEETS PROFESSOR ROBINSON + + +Two weeks passed. Walter applied for all sorts of situations, but +obtained no engagement. Meanwhile his money steadily diminished, till he +awoke one morning to find only seventy-five cents in his purse. Things +were getting decidedly serious. + +“I wonder if there is any poorhouse in Chicago,” thought Walter, not +wholly in jest. “It is not the sort of home I should prefer, but it is +better than genteel starvation.” + +He went out, breakfasted, and at the restaurant picked up a copy of the +Chicago _Times_. This was a piece of luck, for it saved him from the +small expenditure necessary to secure it. He turned to the department of +Help Wanted, and looking down the column came to this notice: + +“WANTED--By a traveling lecturer, a young man who can make himself +generally useful; one who plays the violin preferred. Apply to PROFESSOR +ROBINSON, Hotel Brevoort.” + +Walter knew this hotel. It was located on Madison Street, and was on the +European plan. + +“That will suit me,” he said to himself. “I must lose no time in making +application. I can play the violin fairly well. If it will help me to a +position, I will bless the violin.” + +In ten minutes he was at the hotel, inquiring for Professor Robinson. + +“He is in his room,” said the clerk, “You can go up at once.” + +Guided by a bell-boy, Walter reached the door of No. 65 and knocked. + +“Come in!” said a deep bass voice. + +Opening the door he found himself in the presence of a stout man, +inclined to be tall, with a long, full beard, who glanced at him +inquiringly. + +“Professor Robinson, I believe?” said Walter. + +“I am the man,” answered the professor. + +“I have come to apply for a position. I have read your advertisement in +the _Times_.” + +“Just so! Let me look at you.” + +Walter blushed a little while the professor transfixed him with his +glittering eye. He anxiously hoped that he would bear inspection. + +“Humph! I think you'll do. How old are you?” + +“Eighteen.” + +In fact, Walter's birthday had been passed in Chicago. + +“You are rather young. Can you play on the violin?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“Let me hear you.” + +The professor pointed to a violin on the bed. + +“I am glad he doesn't expect me to furnish the violin,” Walter said to +himself. + +He took the instrument from its case, and trying the strings began to +play a series of familiar airs. The violin was not a Stradivarius, but +it was of good quality, and responded satisfactorily to the efforts of +the young musician. Professor Robinson listened attentively, and nodded +his approval. + +“You play better than the last young man I had.” + +Walter was glad to hear it. + +“I may as well tell you the nature of your duties, in case I engage you. +I call myself a traveling lecturer, but this may convey an erroneous +idea. I am the discoverer of Professor Robinson's Liquid Balm, which +is warranted to cure more diseases than any other patent preparation +in existence. I won't go into particulars, for these can be read in my +circular. Now, it is my custom to go from one town to another, engage +a hall if the weather requires, otherwise gather a crowd around me in a +public place, and lecture about the merits of my remarkable preparation. +You, besides assisting me in a general way, are expected to draw and +entertain the crowd by your performance on the violin. Can you sing?” + +Walter shook his head. + +“I am afraid,” he said, “that if I should undertake to sing it would +drive away the crowd.” + +“Very well! It isn't necessary, though it would have helped. Now, what +are your ideas as to compensation?” + +As the professor spoke, he leaned back in his chair and awaited a reply. + +“I hardly know what it would be right to ask,” returned Walter +hesitatingly. “How much did you pay your last assistant?” + +“I paid him fifteen dollars a month and his traveling expenses.” + +This was a good deal more than Walter had made since he had undertaken +to earn his own living, yet there seemed small chance of laying up +anything out of it. + +“May I ask, sir,” he inquired, “do you meet with pretty good success in +disposing of your balm?” + +“Yes; the public knows a good thing when it is brought to its +attention.” + +“Would you be willing to pay my expenses and ten per cent. commission on +sales?” + +“Why do you prefer this to a stated salary?” + +“Because it would be an incentive to do my best. Then if I helped you to +a successful sale I should be paid in proportion.” + +“I have an idea. You look blooming and healthy. Are you willing I should +advertise you as one who has been snatched from death by my celebrated +balm?” + +“I don't think I would like it, sir. It would be imposing upon the +public.” + +“I merely suggested it, but I won't insist upon it. I suppose you are +thoroughly honest and reliable?” + +Walter smiled. + +“I don't know that my assurance will satisfy you, but I can truly say +that I am.” + +“You look it, and I trust a good deal to appearances. I will accept your +assurance.” + +“Thank you, sir.” + +“Can you join me at once?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“Then I will expect you to bring your baggage here during the day--the +sooner the better. You will then receive your instructions.” + +Walter was very glad to hear this, for his purse was so nearly exhausted +that it was comforting to think his lodging and meals would hereafter +be paid by some one else. When he came to reflect upon the nature of his +duties--general assistant to a quack doctor, playing on village commons +and in country halls to draw a crowd of prospective customers, he felt +that it was hardly a thing to be proud of. With his college training +he ought to be qualified for something better, but the cold, hard fact +stared him in the face that it was the only employment that offered, and +he must accept it or starve. Walter had become practical. His limited +acquaintance with the world had made him so, and he was not going to +refuse bread and butter because it was offered by a quack doctor. + +Within an hour Walter had given up his room--the rent had been paid in +advance--and transferred his luggage to the Hotel Brevoort, where he was +assigned a small apartment on the upper floor. + +“I shall leave the city in two days,” said the professor. “I have put an +advertisement into the daily papers which brings customers to the hotel, +but I depend chiefly upon my sales on the road.” + +“Do you travel on the cars?” asked Walter. + +“No; I have a neat wagon in which I carry a supply of bottles of balm, +and this enables me to stop where I like. I prefer villages to very +large towns and cities. It is better for me to visit places where there +are no drug-stores, as the people are more dependent on what is brought +to them.” + +“When you are in the city shall I get my commission?” + +“Ahem! I am not clear as to that,” answered Professor Robinson +thoughtfully. “You see you are not called upon to play.” + +“Suppose you give me five per cent. in Chicago and large places.” + +“Very well. I will do so. I will settle with you at the end of every +week, if that will be satisfactory.” + +“Yes, sir.” + +Two days afterward a light wagon drew up in front of the hotel, drawn +by a strong horse, and Walter helped the professor to put a trunk +of medicine in the back part. Then he seated himself with Professor +Robinson on the front seat, and they set out in the direction of the +suburbs. + +A new life was opening before Walter. What it would lead to he could not +guess. At any rate, it promised him a living, and this was a practical +advantage which he had learned to appreciate. + +“How long have you been in this business, professor?” he asked. + +“Ten years,” answered the professor. + +“How did you happen to go into it?” + +“I'll tell you. Ten years ago I found myself in a tight place. I was on +my uppers, as the actors say. A friend, who was a drug clerk, gave me +the recipe for my balm, I borrowed a hundred dollars, had a quantity +made up, and set out on the road.” + +“And now?” + +“Now I am worth fifteen thousand dollars, well invested, and can make a +good living every year.” + +All this was encouraging to Walter. He was eager to begin his work. + + + + +CHAPTER XX + +ON THE ROAD + + +On a small common, near the center of the village of Brandon--for +special reasons I do not give the real names of places visited by the +travelers--Professor Robinson halted his wagon and signed to Walter to +commence playing. + +“Give 'em something popular,” he said. + +Walter struck up “Annie Rooney,” and followed it up with “McGinty.” + +Within ten minutes fifty persons were gathered about the wagon. Then the +professor held up his hand and Walter stopped. + +“Gentlemen,” began the professor, “my young assistant will soon charm +you again with the dulcet strains of his violin. But it is necessary for +me to combine business with pleasure, and it affords me satisfaction +to call your attention to the surpassing merits of my Liquid Balm, only +twenty-five cents a bottle. It is a sovereign remedy for most of the +diseases that flesh is heir to. All diseases of the stomach, liver, +and lungs are, if not cured, very greatly mitigated by this wonderful +medicine. It is the only remedy for consumption that can be relied upon. +Why, gentlemen, a year since I was selling in a small town in Ohio. +Among those who gathered about me was a hollow-cheeked man with a +churchyard cough. He asked me if I would undertake to cure him. I +answered that I would guarantee nothing, but was convinced that his +life would be prolonged by the use of my balm. He bought half-a-dozen +bottles. Where do you think that man is now?” + +Voice in the crowd: “In the grave.” + +“Not a bit of it, gentlemen. He is hale and hearty, his face is +full, his color healthy, and he tips the scales at one hundred and +seventy-five pounds. I was myself surprised at the extraordinary +efficacy of my wonderful medicine. He used in all a dozen bottles, +giving me a second order later on, and so for the paltry sum of three +dollars was drawn back from the brink of the grave, and restored to life +and health. Now, who will buy a bottle?” + +This appeal sold eight bottles. + +A saffron-faced man came forward and asked if the balm could cure +liver-complaint. + +“My friend,” said the professor, “if you will try the balm--you ought to +have half-a-dozen bottles, as it is uncertain when I shall come this way +again--your liver will become O. K. and your face will be as fresh and +blooming as that of a twelve-year-old boy.” + +This prospect seemed so encouraging that the saffron-faced man bought +four bottles, and took the professor's address. + +At the end of about twenty minutes Walter struck up again, a lively +dancing tune, and was listened to with evident pleasure. + +When all who desired the balm seemed to have invested, the professor +brought out a supply of toilet soaps, and sold to the amount of a couple +of dollars. + +At the end of two hours he packed up his wares, Walter took a seat +beside him, and they started for the next village. + +“You had a pretty good sale, professor,” said Walter. + +“Yes; as well as I can calculate I took in about ten dollars.” + +Walter reflected with pleasure that his commission would amount to a +dollar. + +The professor had another way of utilizing remedies. When he put up for +the night at a hotel, he usually succeeded in paying a part of his +hotel bill in medicine or toilet articles. As his average profits on the +former were seventy per cent., and on the latter forty, it may be seen +that this was greatly to his advantage. Walter did not wonder that he +had already accumulated a small competence. + +On the fourth evening, as Walter was leaving the supper-table, a tall +young man, looking something like the stock pictures of Uncle Sam, came +up to him. + +“Say, young fellow,” he commenced, “some of us young people are going +to have a dance at the schoolhouse hall, but we haven't got no fiddler. +Peter Jackson, who generally plays for us, has got the lumbago and can't +play. What'll you charge?” + +“What do you generally pay Mr. Jackson?” asked Walter. + +“Three dollars an evening.” + +“Do you think I can play as well as he?” + +“You kin play enough sight better. He can't play no tunes that ain't +fifty years old.” + +“Very well, I will charge you the same, that is, if the professor +doesn't object.” + +“Go ahead and see him and let me know.” + +Walter sought the professor and laid the matter before him. + +“All right!” was the answer. “I've no objection. You can give +me one-third of the money and keep the rest yourself. Is that +satisfactory?” + +“Perfectly so, sir.” Walter played till one o'clock. He felt rather +tired when he got through, but he saw that he was making a favorable +impression, and the two dollars which he would receive for himself would +be of great service. + +The man who first spoke to him paid him the money. + +“I hope I gave satisfaction,” said Walter. + +“Yes, you did, and no mistake; but some of the girls were sorry they +couldn't have you for a partner.” + +Walter blushed. + +“I am afraid,” he said, “that I couldn't play and dance, too.” + +At his age few young men are indifferent to the favorable opinion of +young ladies, and Walter would have been glad to have participated in +the dancing. However, just at present, money was more acceptable to him +than anything else. + +When the week was concluded, the professor looked over his accounts and +ascertained that Walter's commission amounted to nine dollars and sixty +cents. The two dollars he had received for outside services carried his +week's earnings to nearly twelve dollars. + +He had been out with Professor Robinson a month when he had a surprise. +It was in the town of Glenwood. His violin drew the usual crowd, who +were listening with complimentary attention, when a young man, who +casually paused to judge of the musician's merits, started in amazement. + +“By Jove!” he exclaimed to a young lady who accompanied him. “That's my +classmate, Sherwood.” + +“What do you mean, Hugh?” asked the young lady. + +“I mean that the young man who is playing the violin is my college +classmate, Walter Sherwood.” + +“But what on earth can have put him in such a position? Is he poor?” + +“He had the reputation of being rich in college, but I remember that at +the close of the sophomore year he was reported to have lost his money.” + +“He is nice-looking!” said the young lady, after a critical examination +of Walter. + +“Yes, and he's no end of a nice fellow. I am truly sorry that he is so +reduced.” + +“Shall you go and speak to him?” + +“Yes; but I shall have to wait till he is at leisure.” + +“Then I will go home by myself and leave you to confer together; and, by +the way, Hugh, you know we are to have a little company to-night. Do you +think your friend would play for us? He really plays uncommonly well.” + +“I will invite him as a guest. I shouldn't want to treat him as a +professional performer. We can afford to treat him as an equal, for he +is of good family, and brought up as a gentleman.” + +“I am quite willing to receive him as such.” + +Hugh Longwood remained in the crowd, and when the playing was over +pushed up to the wagon. Walter was assisting the professor in serving +out bottles of the famous balm. + +“You may give me a bottle, Walter,” said Longwood. + +“By gracious, Hugh Longwood!” exclaimed Walter. “Who would have expected +to see you here?” + +“This is my home. But we certainly do meet under strange circumstances. +What on earth led you into this business?” + +“Thrift, thrift, Hugh,” answered Walter, with a smile. “Let me tell you +that I am making a good living and benefiting my fellow men.” + +“But it is such a change from Euclid College.” + +“True.” + +“Such a come down!” + +“I don't know about that. I am afraid my career there was not +particularly creditable. Now I am working and earning my own living. Can +you wait till we get through here? Then I will talk with you as long as +you like.” + +“Agreed. I am curious to hear of your adventures.” Professor Robinson +proposed to stay in Glenwood overnight, so that Walter had plenty of +time to see his friend. + +“My sister is to have a party of friends this evening, and she +commissions me to invite you.” + +“But,” hesitated Walter, “I have no dress suit here.” + +“You look well enough.” + +“Besides, I am filling a very humble position.” + +“We know who you are, and that you are a gentleman. That is enough. Will +you come?” + +“Yes, I will,” answered Walter, heartily. “It will be like a taste of +the old life.” + +“And if we should ask you to favor us on the violin?” + +“I shall be glad to contribute to the pleasure of the evening. But you +haven't told me why you are not back at college.” + +“My father is anxious to have me help him in his business. His health +is not what it was. Not being likely to set the river on fire in +any literary profession, I decided to give up the college for the +counting-room.” + +“I think you did right.” + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +MISS LONGWOOD'S PARTY + + +At eight o'clock Walter reached the Longwood mansion. It would have been +early for a party in the city, but Glenwood people were sensible, and, +beginning early, were able to close in good season. + +The house was a handsome one, and the rooms, tastefully furnished, were +blazing with light, and already half full. + +Walter was quite at home in society, and advancing, greeted Hugh and +his sister, by whom he was cordially received, and introduced to other +members of the family. + +About nine o'clock dancing commenced. Walter did not think it out of +place to ask the hand of Laura Longwood, being so intimate with +her brother. She had just accepted his invitation to dance, when a +dark-complexioned young man, dressed in the extreme of the fashion, and +evidently possessing a very high opinion of his appearance and position, +approached, and with a ceremonious bow said: “Miss Longwood, may I have +the pleasure of dancing with you?” + +“Not this time, Mr. Murdock,” answered the young lady. “I am engaged to +Mr. Sherwood.” + +Murdock upon this turned his glance upon Walter, whose dress, it must be +confessed, was scarcely befitting the occasion, but it will readily be +understood that he could not carry a dress suit about with him. + +“Oh!” said Murdock, and his scornful glance spoke volumes. + +“Let me introduce you to Mr. Sherwood, my brother's friend,” continued +the young lady. + +“I am indeed honored by the introduction,” said Murdock, bowing very +low. + +Walter colored, for it was evident that the tone was ironical. He bowed +coldly, but did not speak. + +The music struck up, and the dancing began. Though Walter was plainly +dressed, he was a good dancer, and Miss Longwood had no occasion to be +ashamed of her partner. + +Murdock approached Hugh Longwood, who was busy in forming sets and was +not dancing. + +“Who is that dancing with your sister?” he asked abruptly. + +“A college friend of mine--Walter Sherwood.” + +“He looks poor.” + +“I believe he has met with a reverse of fortune.” + +“His face looks familiar. I am quite sure I have seen him somewhere.” + +“He only arrived in town to-day.” + +“I have it! He was playing the violin for a faker on the town common +this afternoon.” + +“Yes; it was there I met him.” + +“Good heavens! and you invited him to your party?” + +“Why not?” demanded Hugh coldly. + +“The assistant and companion of a wandering faker!” + +“No, Mr. Murdock, I did not invite him, for my sister saved me the +trouble.” + +“I don't see how you could sanction her doing it.” + +“It strikes me, Murdock, you are interfering beyond your province. +Walter Sherwood, you will be good enough to remember, is a gentleman by +birth and education, and a college classmate of mine.” + +“That may all be, but think of his position!” + +“Suppose we drop this discussion,” said Hugh frigidly. “I shall invite +whom I please, and shall ask advice of no one.” + +“Oh, if you take it that way, I will be silent.” + +“It will be as well.” + +The dance was over, and Murdock, approaching Miss Longwood once more, +asked her hand for the next dance. She accepted, and they took their +places on the floor. + +“I can hardly expect to equal your last partner,” said Murdock, in an +ill-tempered tone. + +Laura Longwood looked at him for a moment without speaking. She was +ashamed of his ill breeding. + +“Perhaps not,” she answered composedly. “Mr. Sherwood is a very good +dancer.” + +“I did not refer to that. I referred rather to his social position.” + +“He is of good family, I believe, but you need not be too modest as +regards yourself.” + +“You overwhelm me,” returned Murdock, with an exaggerated bow; “and you +really think me the equal of Mr. Sherwood?” + +“Is it necessary to discuss this question?” asked Laura, becoming more +and more disgusted with her partner. + +“I think I saw the gentleman this afternoon playing the violin on the +wagon of a traveling faker.” + +“Yes, I saw him also.” + +“It is an excellent position for a young man--of family!” continued +Murdock, with a scornful curl of the lip. + +“Suppose we change the subject, Mr. Murdock,” said Laura Longwood, +with dignity. “If you desire a similar position you can speak to Mr. +Sherwood.” + +“You are really very--very amusing, Miss Longwood,” said Murdock, biting +his lip. “I really don't aspire to such prominence. Besides, I don't +play on the violin.” + +“That is a pity. It is a very fine instrument.” + +When the dance was concluded Murdock sought another, but was rather +curtly refused. His efforts to injure Walter had only led to his own +discomfiture. When, a little later, he saw Walter a second time dancing +with Miss Longwood, he began to hate him. + +During the last hour Walter obligingly consented to play on his favorite +instrument, and his performance gave pleasure to the entire company, +Murdock alone excepted. + +When the party broke up, it chanced that Murdock and Walter took +leave at the same time. Walter was slightly in advance when Murdock, +quickening his pace, came up with him. + +“Mr. Sherwood, I believe,” he said. + +“Yes, sir,” answered Walter. “I believe I am addressing Mr. Murdock.” + +“You are. I hope you will pardon my giving you a little kindly advice.” + +“I certainly will if it is friendly,” answered Walter. + +“Then, don't you think you were a little out of place this evening?” + +“What do you mean?” asked Walter quickly. “Where was I out of place?” + +“At Miss Longwood's party.” + +“Why should I be? She invited me.” + +“No doubt.” + +“As her brother's friend and classmate.” + +“That is all very well, but you don't seem to consider your present +position.” + +“Will you be good enough to tell me what is my present position?” + +“You know better than I can tell you. You are the assistant of a low +faker.” + +“I accompany Professor Robinson as a musical assistant, if that is what +you mean.” + +“Professor Robinson!” repeated Murdock scornfully. “Where did he get his +title?” + +“You will have to ask him,” said Walter, smiling. + +“That is not the point, however. You are in his employ?” + +“Well?” + +“And yet you attend an evening party given by a young lady of high +social position.” + +“Mr. Murdock, you may be surprised to learn that it is by no means the +first social party of the kind that I have attended.” + +“That was before you became a faker.” + +“You will oblige me by not calling me a faker. I am earning my living +honestly. I don't know your business.” + +“I am a lawyer,” said Murdock haughtily. + +“I wish you success in your chosen profession.” + +“You are truly kind!” said Murdock, in an unpleasant tone. + +Walter looked at him gravely. + +“Mr. Murdock,” he said, “you have volunteered to give me advice.” + +“Which you are not inclined to take.” + +“Because I consider you officious in offering it. Now let me give you +some advice.” + +“I shall be grateful, I am sure.” + +“Then let me advise you hereafter to mind your own business!” + +“You are impertinent!” said Murdock angrily. + +“That is my opinion of you. One thing more; you are quite at liberty to +advise Miss Longwood not to take any notice of me.” + +“I shall do so.” + +“And you may be sure that I shall not call upon her without an +invitation. It is hardly necessary to say this, as I leave town +to-morrow, and it may be a long time before I visit Glenwood again.” + +Murdock heard this with satisfaction, for Walter's good looks and the +evident favor with which he was regarded by Laura Longwood had made him +jealous. He could not help, however, launching a final sarcasm. + +“Don't think me unkind, my good fellow!” he said patronizingly. “I feel +kindly disposed and as a proof will ask you to send round a bottle of +your balm to my office. Shall I pay for it in advance?” + +“No. I will mention your request to the professor, and he will probably +be glad to furnish you with his medicine. Goodnight!” + +They had reached the hotel, and Walter entered. + +“That fellow is a snob,” he said to himself. “He wishes me to feel that +one in my position cannot be a gentleman. If he is one, I don't want +to be. All his sneers won't make me ashamed of earning my living by an +honest use of any gift that God has given me.” + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +AN ADVENTURE + + +Three months passed without any incident worth recording. Professor +Robinson's success was variable, but upon the whole he had reason to +feel encouraged. He was an excellent salesman, and his balm, though it +could not perform all the wonderful cures claimed for it, really had +merit, and this helped materially. + +So far as Walter was concerned, he found the professor an indulgent and +honorable employer, whose word was as good as his bond. Every Saturday +night there was a statement of sales for the week, and Walter was paid +his commission of ten per cent. Though he was obliged to make some +disbursements, the largest being for a suit of clothes, he found +himself, at the end of fourteen weeks, possessed of a balance of a +hundred dollars. This was a source of great satisfaction to Walter, who +had known in Chicago how inconvenient it was to be without money. + +One day the professor found himself in a Minnesota village. He had +secured a vacant lot on the principal street for the display of his +merchandise. He met with rather unusual success, a local celebration +having drawn a considerable crowd to the town of Warwick. Walter, after +playing on the violin, passed among the crowd with a supply of bottles +of balm, while the professor was expatiating in an eloquent manner upon +its merits. Among the crowd his attention was drawn to a roughly dressed +man, in hunting costume, wearing a sombrero with a broad brim. His face +was dark and his expression sinister. His eyes were very black and keen. +He looked like a Spaniard, and the thought came to Waiter that he would +make an ideal highway-man. He was leaning carelessly against the fence +that separated the lot from the street. As Walter approached he moved +slightly and accosted him. + +“Say, young feller, is it all true that he”--with a jerk of his hand +toward the professor--“says about this balm?” + +“Yes, sir,” answered Walter, in a business-like tone. “It is a very +valuable remedy in all cases of bruise, sprain, rheumatism, headache, +and other kindred troubles. Can I sell you a bottle?” + +“Well, I don't mind,” and the stranger drew out a silver quarter and +tendered it in payment. + +“Do you sell much of this stuff?” he asked carelessly. + +“Yes, we have large sales.” + +“You are making money fast, I reckon?” + +“We are doing very well,” answered Walter, cautiously. + +“It's an easy life to lead.” + +“Not so very easy. We are on the road early and late.” + +“Do you stop here overnight?” + +“No; I think we will push on to Fremont.” + +“You'll get there late.” + +“Perhaps so. We shall not commence our sales till to-morrow. + +“Why is he so inquisitive?” thought Walter, and as he turned back to +scan once more the face of his recent customer he became more and more +distrustful of him. + +“Does that man live in town?” he inquired of a boy. + +“Who? That man leaning against the fence?” + +“Yes.” + +The boy shook his head. + +“I never saw him before,” he said. “I guess he came to the celebration.” + +When the sale was over Walter and the professor went to the hotel for +supper. Walter caught sight of the mysterious stranger in the barroom, +and could not avoid seeing that he himself was an object of attention. +Why this should be he did not understand. If only he were a mind-reader +and could interpret the man's thoughts it would have relieved +his anxiety, for in spite of himself he was becoming anxious and +apprehensive, though he could not explain why. + +At supper the stranger sat opposite him. He ate heartily and with +great rapidity, yet found time to glance repeatedly at Walter and his +employer, as if he felt an interest in them. + +Walter sought the professor after supper and communicated to him his +fears. + +Professor Robinson shrugged his shoulders. + +“Your imagination is running away with you,” he said. “I don't see +anything extraordinary about this stranger, except that he is far from +good-looking.” + +“Don't you think he has a sinister look?” + +“He is as homely as the ace of spades, if that is what you mean. Suppose +he is. All homely men are not suspicious characters. If they were, how +would we be judged?” and the professor laughed in a jolly way. + +“You have quite decided to go through to Fremont this evening?” + +“Yes; I want to reach Stillman on Saturday--there is to be a county fair +there--and to make it in time we must be moving to-night.” + +Of course, there was no more to be said. Walter did not care to +interfere with the professor's plans, and he was ashamed to admit that +he was nervous and alarmed. Perhaps his fears were groundless. He +began to think so when at seven o'clock the stable-boy brought round a +powerful black horse to the front of the inn, and the stranger who had +given him so much anxiety vaulted into the saddle and rode away, without +even turning to look at him. + +“Who is that fellow?” he asked of an old man who stood near, smoking a +clay pipe. + +The old man looked thoughtfully at the stranger, who had now ridden out +of the yard. + +“Seems to me I've seen that face before,” he said slowly, “but I can't +rightly tell where.” + +“He doesn't look like a farmer.” + +“No. If he lived anywhere within twenty miles I'd know him. He's a +stranger.” + +“His looks don't recommend him.” + +“You're right there, boy.” + +“I shouldn't be surprised to hear that he was an outlaw.” + +“One of Jesse James' band, mayhap,” suggested the old man, with a smile. + +“Yes, he looks it.” + +“Well, he's gone, so he won't trouble us.” + +This was a consoling thought to Walter. He carried a hundred dollars in +his pocket, and he had worked too hard for it to feel reconciled to its +loss. The stranger, judging from his appearance, was quite capable of +relieving him of it; but now he had ridden away, doubtless on business +of his own, and the chances were that they would never meet again. + +About eight o'clock Professor Robinson's team was brought round to the +door, and he and Walter clambered upon the seat and were under way. + +“Were you ever robbed, professor?” asked Walter. + +The professor smiled. + +“Yes,” he said. + +“By a highwayman?” + +“No, by my assistant, a young man who occupied your place. He had been +with me four weeks, and I reposed a good deal of confidence in him, as I +do in you.” + +“I hope you won't repent your confidence in me, professor.” + +“I am sure I shall not. But to come back to my story, Charles Wright was +a good-looking, smooth-faced fellow of twenty, and had a good turn for +business. The trouble with him was that he was extravagant and never had +a cent ahead.” + +“Did he earn as much as I do?” + +“Yes, for business with me was unusually good at the time he was with +me. However, he never could save money. Usually we occupied different +rooms at the hotels we stopped at, but one night the hotel was crowded +and we were obliged to room together. Now, as you know, I am a sound +sleeper. I am asleep five minutes after my head touches the pillow, and +even a thunder-storm during the night would scarcely waken me. On some +accounts this is an advantage, but, as you will see, it turned out +unluckily for me on the night I am speaking of. I awoke at the usual +time--seven o'clock--and on opening my eyes I saw at once that my young +assistant was not in the room. This gave me no uneasiness. I presumed +that he had waked after a good night's sleep and was taking a morning +walk. I rose from the bed, put on my clothes leisurely, and it was only +after I was completely dressed that I felt in my pocket for my wallet. +Then I made a startling discovery. The wallet was gone!” + +“Was there much money in it?” + +“About a hundred and ten dollars. Fortunately I had about fifty dollars, +besides, in another pocket, so that I was not left quite penniless.” + +“Was your assistant the thief?” + +“There is no doubt about it. He had gone downstairs at five o'clock, +told the clerk he was going for a walk, and did not show up after that.” + +“Have you seen or heard of him since?” + +“No; I may meet him again some time, but I doubt if I should have him +arrested. He injured himself more than he did me. I lost a hundred +dollars or more, but he lost a good place and his character for honesty. +Depend upon it, Walter, honesty is the best policy in the long run.” + +“I am sure of that, sir.” + +Four miles from the hotel they entered a wood, through which the road +ran for half a mile. It was dark, but not completely dark. A few stars +sent down a faint light. By the light of these stars Walter descried a +man, mounted on a large horse, stationed motionless in the middle of the +road, apparently waiting for them to come up. + +“Professor,” he exclaimed, clutching his employer by the arm, “that's +the man we saw at the hotel.” + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +WALTER AND THE HIGHWAYMAN + + +The professor was startled at the exclamation, but was unwilling to +believe that the man before him was a highwayman. + +“My friend,” he said, “won't you move to one side? You are in my path.” + +“We have a little business together,” said the horseman, grimly, as he +drew out and presented a revolver, “that must be attended to first.” + +“Do you wish a bottle of balm?” inquired Professor Robinson, in a +tremulous voice. + +“No; you may need one yourself unless we come to terms.” + +“What do you mean?” + +“Hand over your pocketbook, old man, and be quick about it.” + +“I presume you are joking,” said the professor nervously. + +“You won't find it much of a joke!” + +“Are you a--highwayman?” gasped the professor. + +The other gave a quick, short laugh. + +“You may call me that if you like,” he said. + +Now, Professor Robinson had, as was natural, a decided objection to +surrendering his money, and, though there seemed little chance of +producing an effect on the mind of the outlaw, ventured to remonstrate. + +“My friend,” he said, “if you are in want, I will lend, nay, give you +five dollars, out of a spirit of humanity; but I trust you will not +jeopardize your liberty by descending to robbery.” + +“Five dollars won't do, old man! Hand over your wallet, with all there +is in it, and dry up that Sunday-school talk.” + +“What shall I do, Walter?” asked the poor professor. + +“I am afraid you will have to let him have it, professor.” + +“That's where your head is level, boy!” said the highwayman approvingly. +“Just fling over your wallet, and be quick about it.” + +“Tell him to ride up and get it,” said Walter, in an undertone. + +Though the professor did not understand Walter's object in suggesting +this, he was in a mood to be guided by any one, and repeated Walter's +words. + +“Anything to oblige,” said the stranger. + +“Don't give it to him till I say the word,” whispered Walter. + +The highwayman, lowering his revolver, rode up alongside of the wagon +and held out his hand for the wallet. + +Walter had conceived a bold scheme for disarming him and rendering him +harmless. + +“Give the wallet to me, professor,” he said. + +His employer meekly obeyed. + +Then Walter, rising, dropped the wallet on the floor of the wagon, +and reaching over suddenly grasped the revolver from the unsuspecting +robber, and before he recovered from his amazement brought down the whip +with terrible force on the flanks of his horse. The startled animal gave +a spring that nearly unseated his rider and dashed madly down the road. + +The robber was furious. As soon as he could he regained control of his +steed and galloped back. + +“Give me that revolver!” he shouted, in a rage. + +Walter held the weapon in his hand and steadily pointed it at its late +owner. + +“I'll give you the contents if you don't ride off.” + +“Confound you, you young rascal! If you don't give me back my weapon +I'll kill you!” + +It was an empty threat, as Walter well knew. + +“Do you hear me?” he said quietly. + +The robber scanned him curiously. He had thought him a mere boy, without +spirit or courage. Now he was compelled to revise his opinion of him. +Threats would not answer. He must have recourse to strategy. + +“You're smart, youngster. I'll give you credit for that,” he said, in a +milder tone. “You've got the best of me, I admit.” + +“Yes,” answered Walter, “I have the advantage of you.” + +“I meant to take your money, but I won't do it now.” + +“Thank you!” said Walter, with an ironical smile. + +“Just give me back that weapon of mine, and I'll ride off and let you +alone.” + +“I don't think it would be wise.” + +The highwayman frowned. + +“Don't be a fool, youngster!” he said. “Do you doubt my word?” + +“I don't know you well enough to decide whether you are to be trusted, +but I guess I'll keep the revolver.” + +“Then you will have robbed me.” + +“Walter,” said the professor nervously, “perhaps you had better give him +back his weapon. He has promised not to molest us further.” + +“That's where you talk sense, old man,” said the robber approvingly. +“You're a gentleman, you are.” + +“You hear, Walter?” + +“Yes, youngster, you hear? Give me back my weapon and we'll part +friends.” + +“And I trust, my friend, you will see the error of your ways and adopt +some honest business.” + +“I will, old man, believe me!” said the robber, in a melodramatic tone. +“I was not always thus.” + +“You will have my best wishes for your prosperity, and if you are in +need I will give you five dollars.” + +“No, I will not take advantage of your liberal offer. Only give me the +revolver and I will ride away.” + +“Come, Walter, give the man his revolver.” + +“Professor,” said Walter, quietly, “you must excuse me, I can't comply +with your request. This man is humbugging you. If I give him back the +revolver you will have to give him your wallet too.” + +“Didn't I promise to ride away?” demanded the outlaw, angrily. + +“Yes; but I have no confidence in your promise. Now, go at once, or I +fire!” + +Walter pointed the revolver full at the robber's head. He met the +unflinching gaze of Walter's resolute eyes and saw that our hero was in +earnest. + +“Do you mean to keep my property?” he demanded hoarsely. + +“No; come round to the hotel in Fremont to-morrow morning and you shall +have your weapon.” + +With an execration the outlaw turned his horse and dashed off at full +speed. + +“There, he is gone!” said Walter, sinking back in his seat with an air +of relief. His nerves had been at high tension, though he was outwardly +calm, for he knew that he had to deal with a desperate man, and feared a +sudden attack, which might have resulted disastrously for him. + +“I don't know whether you have done right, Walter,” said the professor, +in a tone of mild deprecation. + +“Surely, professor, you would not have had me give back the revolver?” + +“He promised to ride off and leave us to ourselves.” + +“What is the word of such a man worth? He would have ridden off, but he +would have carried with him your wallet and mine. Was there much money +in yours?” + +“Two hundred and fifty dollars.” + +“That's too much to lose. Take my advice, professor, and put the greater +part of the money in one of your pockets. That is what I have done, for +I suspected that this gentleman would lie in wait for us.” + +“What put it into your head to seize the pistol, Walter? If your attempt +had miscarried he might have shot you.” + +“I don't propose to give up my money without a struggle. When the time +came to act I moved suddenly upon the enemy. I did not propose to fail.” + +“You were very quick. You were like a flash of lightning.” + +“I meant to be,” said Walter, smiling. “I haven't attended a gymnasium +for nothing.” + +“Do you think he will attack us again?” asked the professor timidly. + +“No; he has no revolver and I have. Besides, I don't mean to be taken +at a disadvantage. If you will drive, I will hold the revolver ready for +instant use.” + +There was no further interruption during their ride, and about ten +o'clock they drew up in front of the hotel in Fremont. Rooms were +secured, and both Walter and the professor retired to rest. + +About seven o'clock the next morning there was a knock at Walter's door. +He opened it, half dressed, and found a boy of sixteen with a note in +his hand. + +“A gentleman gave me this for you,” he said. + +Walter opened the note and read these lines, which had been hastily +scribbled: + +“Give the bearer my revolver. I have a long journey before me and shall +need it. + +“YOU KNOW WHO.” + +“Where is the gentleman who gave you the note?” asked Walter. + +“Down the road a piece. He asked me to be quick.” + +“Tell him,” said Walter, putting the note in his vest pocket, “that he +will have to come here himself.” + +He finished his toilet and went down to breakfast, but the robber did +not put in an appearance. He probably thought that Walter was laying a +trap for him. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +AN ATTEMPT TO RECOVER THE REVOLVER + + +As Walter had been brought up with a strict sense of honesty, he was +somewhat in doubt whether he ought to keep the revolver, which was a +handsome one, silver-mounted. He decided, however, that it would be +quixotic to disarm himself and put the outlaw in a position to renew his +attack, as he undoubtedly would, if only because he would wish to +get even with the boy who had humiliated him. Walter had, to be sure, +promised to give it up if the owner called for it, but he meant at the +same time to secure his arrest. + +He did not mention to the professor that he had received a letter from +the owner of the weapon, as his employer would have insisted upon his +giving it up. Professor Robinson was a timid man, and, though he was of +stout build and possessed a fair measure of strength, he had not as much +spirit as some boys of ten. + +“What are you going to do with the revolver, Walter?” he asked uneasily, +as they set out on their way from Fremont to Stilwell. + +“I am going to carry it with me, professor.” + +“Then you had better withdraw the charges.” + +“Why should I?” + +“The weapon might go off.” + +“I mean that it shall if the owner makes another attack upon us.” + +“You don't think he will?” asked the professor, nervously. + +“I think it very probable.” + +“I wish we had never met him,” said the unhappy professor. + +“So do I; but as we have, we must make the best of it.” + +“If you had only given him back the revolver we should have had no more +trouble.” + +“Pardon me, professor, I think we should have had a great deal of +trouble. Once give the fellow his old advantage over us and he would use +it.” + +“I never had such an experience before,” complained the professor, +looking at Walter reproachfully, as if he thought that somehow it was +the fault of his young assistant. + +Walter smiled. + +“Do you know, professor,” he said, “your remark reminds me of a +statement in an Irish paper to this effect: 'Several persons have died +during the last year who never died before.'” + +“I don't see the point,” said the professor, peevishly. + +They were about half-way to the next town when Walter heard the sound of +a galloping horse behind him. + +Looking out of the side of the wagon, he saw the now familiar figure of +the outlaw as he rode up alongside. He looked critically at Walter, and +saw that the coveted revolver was in our hero's hand, ready for action. + +“Why didn't you give the revolver to my messenger this morning, boy?” he +demanded, with a frown. + +“I didn't think it would be safe,” Walter answered significantly. + +“Didn't you know it was my property?” + +“I wasn't sure of it.” + +“What do you mean by that?” + +“I didn't know whether you had paid for it.” + +“You are impudent. Professor Robinson, will you make the boy give me +back my revolver?” + +“I have told him to,” answered the professor, in an apologetic tone, +“but he won't obey me.” + +“Then why don't you discharge him? I wouldn't keep a boy in my employ +who disobeyed me.” + +“I am well satisfied with him, except on this point.” + +“I am ready to leave you, professor, if you say the word,” said Walter, +and he made a motion as if to jump out of the wagon. + +“No, no!” exclaimed the professor, in alarm. “I don't want you to leave +me.” + +“Then I won't. I think it might be bad for you if I did,” said Walter, +with a significant look at the horseman. + +“Well, boy,” said the outlaw, harshly, “I can't waste my time here. You +sent me a message to come for my revolver myself if I wanted it.” + +“Yes.” + +“Well, here I am. Now give me the weapon.” + +“I think I shall have to decline.” + +“Are you going back on your word?” demanded the outlaw. + +“Not exactly.” + +“Then what do you propose to do?” + +“Keep along with us till we reach Stilwell. Then we will go before +a magistrate. You will make your demand for the weapon, and in his +presence I will surrender it.” + +“Do you take me for a fool?” thundered the robber. + +“No, and I want you to understand that I am not a fool, either.” + +“You are acting like a fool and a knave.” + +“I should certainly be acting like a fool if I gave up the revolver, and +had it immediately pointed at me or my companion, with a demand for our +money.” + +“But I gave you my word--” + +“Of course you did, but I put no confidence in your word.” + +While this conversation was going on the poor professor looked on and +listened with an expression of helplessness on his broad face. He was +essentially a man of peace, and was by no means fitted to deal with a +highwayman. + +“Look here,” said the outlaw, after a pause, and in a milder tone, “I +have a special attachment for that weapon, or I would drop the whole +matter and buy another one. But this was given me by an old pal, now +dead, and I set great store by it. Professor, although the revolver is +mine by rights, I will waive all that and offer you twenty-five dollars +for it. That will pay you for all the trouble I have put you to.” + +Professor Robinson, though not a mean man, was fond of money, and this +offer tempted him. It would be getting twenty-five dollars for nothing, +and that was a piece of good luck not likely to present itself every +day. + +“I accept your offer,” he said gladly. + +“But I don't,” put in Walter, calmly. “Allow me to say that the +professor has no claim to the weapon. I took it with my own hand, and it +has never been in his possession.” + +“All right! Then I'll give you twenty-five dollars for it.” + +“I decline your offer.” + +“I'd like to wring your neck, you young thief!” + +“I have no doubt you would.” + +“Once more, and for the last time, will you give me back that revolver?” + +“I have told you when and on what conditions I would surrender it.” + +“When?” + +“At Stilwell, in the presence of a magistrate.” + +“You are very crafty. You want me to be arrested for attempted robbery.” + +“Yes, that is my wish.” + +“I've a great mind to snatch the revolver from you.” + +“Come on, then!” said Walter, holding it firmly, pointing at the outlaw. + +“You've got the drop on me, youngster, but mark my word, I'll have that +weapon yet, and I'll punish you for giving me all this trouble.” + +“Have you anything more to say?” + +“No.” + +“Then suppose you ride on. We have been delayed long enough.” + +The robber did go, but aimed a volley of imprecations at Walter, of +which the latter took no notice. + +In the early evening they arrived at Stilwell and secured rooms at the +hotel. + +Among the guests was a cattleman from Dakota, who had been to Chicago +with a herd of cattle and was now on his way back. He was loud in his +complaints of a highwayman whom he had met two days previous, who had +relieved him of a wallet containing five hundred dollars. + +“Won't you describe him?” asked Walter, struck by a sudden suspicion. + +The cattle dealer did so. His description tallied with the personal +appearance of Walter's enemy. + +“Was he on foot?” asked Walter. + +“No; he was on a black horse.” + +Walter nodded. + +“I know him,” he said. + +“Has he robbed you?” + +“No; I have robbed him.” + +“What do you mean?” inquired the cattle dealer, in wonder. + +“Do you recognize this?” and Walter exhibited the revolver. + +“Yes; it looks like the revolver he pointed at me.” + +“Probably it is.” + +“But how do you happen to have it?” + +“I took it from him.” + +“You--a mere boy!” exclaimed the cattle dealer, incredulously. + +“Yes. I will tell you about it.” + +And Walter gave an account of the circumstances under which the revolver +had come into his possession. + +“It is a handsome weapon,” said the cattle dealer, taking it into his +hands and examining it. “It must be worth a hundred dollars.” + +“I think I shall keep it for my own use,” said Walter, quietly. + +“I'll give you seventy-five dollars for it.” + +“I would rather not part with it. Indeed, I should not feel justified in +selling it, considering the way it came into my hands.” + +“Well, boy, you're a smart one; but I surmise you haven't seen the last +of the owner.” + +The speaker was right. + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +DICK RANNEY'S SCHEME + + +Dick Ranney--for the first time we give the name of the highwayman--had +no intention of going away without his revolver. It had been his +constant companion for years, and had served him well during his +connection with the famous band of Jesse James. Now, his leader dead, he +was preying upon the community on his own account. So daring and so full +of resources was he that he had never been arrested but once, and then +managed to escape from the cabin in which he was temporarily confined. + +The weapon he was so anxious to recover had been given him by his old +commander, and for this reason, and also because the revolver was a very +handsome and valuable one, he was willing to expose himself to the risk +of capture in order to recover it. + +The opposition he met with from a “beardless boy”--as he styled +Walter--irritated and surprised him. He was fifty pounds heavier +than Walter, and he had expected that a mere boy would give in almost +immediately. But he saw that he had misjudged the lad. He was little +more than a boy in years and appearance, but he evidently had a man's +courage and spirit. Ranney would have secured another revolver if he +had not felt so certain of recovering his own. After his last failure he +began to consider what course to adopt. + +It was easy to find out the professor's route. He knew that he was to +stay a night at Stilwell, and to Stilwell he went. He did not venture +into the village until nightfall, and then, for reasons easy to divine, +he abstained from visiting the hotel. + +Looking about for a confederate, his attention was drawn to a boy of +sixteen who was sawing wood in front of a humble cottage half a mile +from the village. + +“I see you know how to work,” said Dick Ranney, affably, as he leaned +carelessly against the fence. + +“I know how, but I don't like it,” answered the boy, pausing in his +task. + +“I don't blame you. I don't like that kind of work myself.” + +“I guess you don't have to do it now,” answered the boy, glancing at the +neat and expensive attire of his new acquaintance. + +“Well, no; I can do better.” + +“Are you in business?” + +“Yes,” answered Ranney, vaguely. “I am traveling for a house in New +York.” + +“I should like that.” + +“Give me your name. I may be able to give you a place some day.” + +“My name is Oren Trott.” + +Dick Ranney took out a note-book and put the name down, greatly to the +boy's satisfaction. + +“By the way,” went on Ranney, “do you want to earn half a dollar?” + +“Yes,” answered Oren, with alacrity. + +“Perhaps I can put you in the way of doing so. Do you know the hotel +people?” + +“Yes, sir. I worked there for a short time.” + +“All the better. Then you know about the house, the location of rooms, +etc.?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“There are two parties staying there in whom I am interested. One is +Professor Robinson.” + +“Yes, I know--the man that sells bottles of balm.” + +“The same.” + +“I saw him come into town with his wagon.” + +“Well, I want to find what room he will occupy to-night. The fact is,” + he continued, as he noted Oren's look of surprise, “the man owes me +quite a sum of money and is trying to evade payment.” + +“He doesn't look like that kind of man,” said Oren, thoughtfully. + +“My boy, you are young and are hardly qualified to judge of a man by his +appearance. The man looks honest, I admit, but he's slippery. And, by +the way, did you notice a young fellow in the wagon with him?” + +“Yes, sir; he isn't much larger than I am.” + +“Exactly so. Well, I want to find out what room he occupies, also.” + +“Yes, sir,” answered Oren, looking a little surprised. + +“You see,” explained Dick Ranney, “I want to make the professor a call, +and I can perhaps tell from the outside whether he is in or not. He will +avoid meeting me if he can. Now, do you think you can find out for me +what I require?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“Then go at once.” + +“Shall I find you here when I get back?” asked Oren, cautiously. + +“Yes.” + +“I wouldn't like to take all that trouble for nothing.” + +“You won't. Here is a quarter in advance, and I will give you the fifty +cents besides if you find out what I wish.” + +“Good for you! You're a gentleman!” said Oren, with an expression of +satisfaction on his honest country face. + +Two hours later Walter and the cattle dealer returned from a walk they +had taken together. Walter found his new acquaintance, though not an +educated man, an agreeable companion, and by no means deficient in +shrewdness, though he had allowed himself to be robbed by Dick Ranney. + +They went up to the desk for their keys. + +“Will you two gentlemen do me a favor?” asked the clerk. + +“What is it?” asked the cattle dealer. + +“A gentleman and lady have just arrived and want to stay here to-night, +but the number of our rooms is limited and we are full. Now, if you, +sir, will go into Mr. Sherwood's room--there are two beds there--we +shall be able to give the party yours.” + +“I have no objection if he hasn't,” said the cattle dealer. + +“I have none whatever,” said Walter, cheerfully. + +“Then we can fix it. I am sure I am very much obliged to you both. By +the way, Mr. Sherwood, there was a boy here a little while since who was +anxious to find out what room you occupied, also what room was Professor +Robinson's.” + +“A boy?” repeated Walter, puzzled. + +“Yes, a village boy--Oren Trott.” + +“I don't know any such boy.” + +“He is a good, industrious lad.” + +“That may all be, but what does he want to know about my room for?” + +“That's the question I put to him. I found him very close-mouthed at +first, but finally he admitted that he was employed by some man--a +stranger in the village--to find out.” + +Walter and the cattle dealer exchanged glances. The same thought had +come to each. + +“Did he describe the man?” + +“No; it seems he did not take much notice of him.” + +“Was that all the boy wanted to know?” + +“Yes.” + +“He didn't say what the man's object was in seeking this information?” + +“No. Probably he didn't know.” + +Walter and his new friend, whom we will call Manning, went upstairs. + +“What does it all mean, Mr. Manning?” asked Walter. + +“It probably means that our old friend proposes to make a call upon you +during the night.” + +“Do you really think so?” asked Walter, naturally startled at the +suggestion. + +“Yes. You still have his revolver, you know.” + +“I think he will find me ready for him,” said Walter, resolutely. + +“He will find us ready, you mean,” corrected Manning. “You know I am +going to be your roommate.” + +“I am glad of that, under the circumstances.” + +“So am I. I should like to recover the money the fellow robbed me of. I +should like to know his name.” + +“I can tell you that. I was examining the revolver this afternoon, when +I saw a name engraved upon it in very small letters.” + +“What name?” + +“R. Ranney.” + +“Then,” said Manning, in excitement, “he is the famous Dick Ranney, +formerly with Jesse James.” + +“I never heard of him.” + +“He is well known in this Western country. Why, there is a reward of a +thousand dollars offered for his apprehension.” + +“I should like to earn that money,” said Walter. + +“You shall; and this very night, if I can bring it about.” + +“Half of the reward should be yours.” + +“I am rich enough without It. As to the money the fellow robbed me of, I +shall try to recover that, though the loss won't in the least embarrass +me.” + +“How do you think Ranney will try to get into the room?” + +“Through the window. The casements are loose, and nothing could be +easier.” + +Walter went to the window and found that there was no way of fastening +it. + +“I think we could fasten it with a knife.” + +“I don't want it fastened,” said Manning. + +“Why not?” + +“I want Mr. Ranney to get into the room. Once in, we must secure him. If +we are smart, our enterprising visitor will find himself in a trap.” + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + +THE EVENTS OF A NIGHT + + +In the country it may safely be assumed that by twelve o'clock at night +every sound and healthy person will be asleep. Dick Ranney gave an +extra margin of half an hour, and thirty minutes after midnight made +his appearance in the hotel yard. Thanks to the information given by his +young messenger, Oren Trott, who, of course, did not know that in this +way he was assisting a dishonest scheme, he was able to fix at once upon +the windows of the rooms occupied by Walter and the professor. + +He decided to enter Walter's chamber first, partly because he wanted +his revolver, which would be of service to him in case he were attacked. +Then, again, he wanted the satisfaction of triumphing over the boy who +had had the audacity to defy him--a full-grown man, and one whose name +had carried terror to many a traveler. + +There was a long ladder leaning against the stable. Dick Ranney could +not call this providential without insinuating that Providence +was fighting on the side of the transgressor, but he called it, +appropriately, a “stroke of luck,” as indeed it seemed at the time. + +He secured the ladder and put it up against the window of Walter's room. +The window, as he could see, was partly open, it being a summer night. + +Dick Ranney observed this with a grim smile of satisfaction. + +“He's making things easy for me,” he said to himself. + +As softly and cautiously as a cat he ascended the ladder, but not softly +enough to escape the vigilant ear of Manning, who was expecting him. + +Manning at the sound stepped from the bed--he had thrown himself on the +outside, without undressing--and stepped into a closet, as he did not +wish Ranney to learn that there were two persons in the chamber. Walter +was awake, but he lay in bed motionless and with his eyes closed. +The revolver was in Manning's hands, but he had placed his clothing +temptingly over a chair between the bed and the window, but in such a +position that his companion on coming out of the closet would be between +the window and the burglar. Dick Ranney stood on the ladder and looked +in. + +What he saw reassured him. Walter was in bed, and seemed to be fast +asleep. + +“The coast is clear,” he murmured softly. “Now, where is the revolver?” + +He could not see it, but this did not trouble him. Probably the boy +had it under his pillow, and in that case he could obtain it without +trouble. Meanwhile, it would be well to secure the boy's pocketbook. +Though he underrated Walter's wealth, he thought he might have twenty +dollars, and this would be worth taking. + +He lifted the window softly and entered the room. In order to deaden +the sound of his steps he had taken off his shoes and placed them on the +ground beside the foot of the ladder. + +Having entered the room, he strode softly to the chair over which +Walter had thrown his clothes and began to feel in the pockets of his +pantaloons. There was a purse in one of the pockets which contained +a few small silver coins, but it is needless to say that Walter had +disposed of his stock of bank bills elsewhere. He felt that prevention +of robbery was better than the recovery of the goods stolen. + +Meanwhile, Manning, whose hearing was keen, was made aware through it +that the burglar had entered the room. He opened the door of the closet +and, walking into the center of the apartment, placed himself, revolver +in hand, in front of the window. + +Though his motions were gentle, the outlaw's ears were quick. He turned +swiftly, and with a look of dismay realized that he had walked into a +trap. He had not felt afraid to encounter a boy of eighteen, but here +was a resolute man, who had the advantage of being armed, and well +armed. + +Dick Ranney surveyed him for a minute in silence, but was very busily +thinking what were his chances of escape. + +“Well,” said Manning, “we meet again!” + +“Again?” repeated Ranney, in a questioning tone. + +“Yes. When we last met, you had the drop on me and relieved me of my +wallet. To-night I have the drop on you.” + +Dick Ranney paused for reflection. + +“That's so,” he said. “Do you want your wallet back?” + +“Yes.” + +“Then we'll make a bargain. Give me that revolver, promise not to raise +the house, and I will give you back your wallet.” + +“With all the money inside?” + +“Yes.” + +“I don't think I will,” said Manning, after a pause. + +“Don't be a fool! Come, be quick, or the boy will wake up.” + +“He is awake already,” said Walter, raising his head from the pillow. + +“Were you awake when I entered the room?” asked Dick Ranney, quickly. + +“Yes.” + +“Fooled again!” exclaimed Ranney, bitterly. “Boy, I believe you are my +evil genius. Till I met you, I thought myself a match for any one.” + +“You were more than a match for me,” said Manning, “but he wins best who +wins last.” + +“Well, what do you mean to do?” asked Ranney, doggedly. + +“To capture you, Dick Ranney, and hand you over to the law which you +have so persistently violated.” + +“That you will never do,” said Ranney, and he dashed toward the window, +thrusting Manning to one side. + +But what he saw increased his dismay. The ladder had been removed, and +if he would leave the room he must leap to the ground, a distance of +over twenty feet. + +“Confusion!” he exclaimed. “The ladder is gone!” + +“Yes, I directed the stable-boy to keep awake and remove it,” explained +Manning. + +“I may be taken, but I will be revenged first,” shouted Dick Ranney, and +he flung himself on Manning, who, unprepared for the sudden attack, +sank to the floor, with Ranney on top. But the outlaw's triumph was +short-lived. Walter sprang to Manning's rescue, seized the revolver, +and, aiming it at the burglar, cried quickly: + +“Get up, or I'll fire!” + +Dick Ranney rose sullenly. He paid Walter the compliment of believing he +meant what he said. + +“It's your turn, boy,” he muttered. + +“Stay where you are!” ordered Walter, and he walked slowly backward, +still covering the robber with the revolver, till he reached the door +opening into the entry. + +Dick Ranney watched him closely, and did not offer any opposition, +for it occurred to him that the opening of the door would afford him a +better chance for flight. + +No sooner, therefore, was the door open than he prepared to avail +himself of the opportunity, running the risk of a bullet wound, when his +plans were frustrated by the entrance of two village constables--strong, +sturdy men. + +“Dick Ranney, do you surrender?” asked Walter, in a clear, resolute +tone. + +Ranney looked slowly from one to the other and calculated the chances. +The ladder was gone and he found himself facing four foes, three of them +strong men, some of them armed. + +“It's all up with me!” he said quietly. “I surrender.” + +“You do wisely,” remarked Manning. “Now, will you restore my wallet?” + +The outlaw took it out of his pocket and handed it over. + +“There it is,” he said. “I suppose you won't me to pay interest for the +use of the money.” + +The two constables advanced, and one of them took out a pair of +handcuffs. + +“Hold out your hands!” he said. + +The burglar did so. He saw that opposition would not benefit him, and he +yielded to the inevitable with a good grace. + +“It seems I walked into a trap,” he said. “If you don't mind telling me, +were you expecting me?” + +“Yes,” answered Walter. + +“Did the boy betray me?” he asked quickly. + +“No; the boy suspected nothing wrong, but his questions excited +suspicion.” + +“Dick Ranney,” said the outlaw, apostrophizing himself, “you're a fool! +I should like to kick you!” + +“I think you were imprudent, Mr. Ranney,” said Manning, + +“It was this revolver that undid me,” said Ranney. “I wanted to recover +it, for it was given me by my old captain. It was never out of my +possession till that boy snatched it from me. I suppose it was to be,” + and he sighed, comforted, perhaps, by the thought that it would have +been useless to struggle against fate. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + +WALTER BECOMES A CAPITALIST + + +Professor Robinson slumbered on, blissfully unconscious of the events +that had made the night an exciting one. When he came downstairs early +in the morning he strayed accidentally into the room where Dick Ranney +was confined under guard. Being short-sighted, he did not see the +captive until Ranney hailed him. + +“Good morning, professor!” + +The professor skipped nimbly back and gazed at the prisoner in alarm. + +“You here?” he exclaimed. + +“Yes,” answered Dick, grimly. + +“But how did it happen?” + +“I came to the hotel a little after midnight to make you a call, but +went first to the room of your assistant.” + +“What, after midnight?” + +“Yes. It is hardly necessary to explain what happened. Here I am!” + +“Ah, my friend,” said the professor, “this may be fortunate for you, if +it leads you to consider and reflect upon the errors of your life.” + +“Oh, stow that!” exclaimed Ranney, in disgust. “I'm not that kind of a +man. I follow my own course and take the consequences.” + +The professor shook his head sadly and went out. Later, when he heard +what had happened, he said to Walter: “If that man had come into my room +at midnight I should have died of fright.” + +“There was no occasion to be alarmed,” returned Walter, “We were +prepared for him.” + +“I--I am afraid I was never cut out for a hero,” said the professor. “My +nervous system is easily upset.” + +The plain truth was that Professor Robinson was a born coward, though +he was stronger and more muscular, probably, than Grant, Sherman or +Sheridan. But it is not brawn and muscle that make a hero, but the +spirit that animates the man, and of this spirit the professor had very +little. Yet in after years when he had retired from business and was at +leisure to live over again his past life, he used to tell with thrilling +effect how he and Walter had trapped and captured the daring outlaw, +Dick Ranney, and received admiring compliments upon his courage and +prowess, which he complacently accepted, though he knew how little he +deserved them. + +It so chanced that Stilwell was the county seat and court was in session +at that time, and nearly ready to wind up its business. It was owing +to this circumstance that the trial of Dick Ranney was held at once. By +request Walter and the professor remained to bear testimony against the +prisoner, and Manning also strengthened the case against him. Within +less than a week the trial was concluded, a verdict of guilty was +brought in, and the prisoner sentenced to a ten years' term of +imprisonment. + +Dick Ranney heard the sentence with philosophical calmness. + +“My good friend,” said the professor, “I trust that in your long years +of confinement you will reflect upon--” + +“Don't worry about that,” interrupted Dick. “I sha'n't be in prison +three months.” + +“But I thought--” + +“Bolts and bars can be broken, professor. When I do get out I will +inquire what part of the country you are in and will make you a visit.” + +This promise, so far from cheering Professor Robinson, seemed to +disconcert him extremely, and he shortened his talk with his road +acquaintance. + +After the trial was over Walter was waited upon by an official, who +tendered him the reward of one thousand dollars offered for the capture +of Dick Ranney. + +“Mr. Manning has waived his claim in your favor,” explained the +official, “and therefore there is no question that to you belongs the +reward.” + +“There are two others whose services deserve recognition,” said Walter; +“the two constables who made the arrest.” + +“There is no additional sum at our command,” explained the official. + +“None is needed,” returned Walter. “I shall pay each a hundred dollars +out of the reward which has been awarded to me.” + +It is needless to say that the two constables, both of whom were +poor men with large families, were very grateful for this substantial +recognition of their services. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + +WALTER GOES OUT OF BUSINESS + + +By the time Walter received his prize of eight hundred dollars he had +saved enough out of his wages to make nearly a thousand. He reflected +with pride that this money had not been left him, but was the fruit of +his own exertions. He resolved to say nothing in his letters home of his +good fortune, but wait till he returned, when he would have the pleasure +of taking his guardian by surprise. + +A day later he received a letter from Doctor Mack, which had been +forwarded from one place to another, and was now nearly three weeks old. + +It ran thus: + +DEAR WALTER: You give but scanty intelligence of your progress and +success, or want of it. I respect you for your determination to support +yourself, but I don't want you to carry your independence too far. As +you have never fitted yourself for any kind of business, I presume +your earnings are small. I should not be surprised to hear that you +are straitened for money. If you are, don't let your pride prevent your +informing me. I can easily send you fifty dollars, for your property was +not all lost, and it is not fitting that you should deprive yourself of +the comforts of life when there is no occasion for it. + +“Nancy often speaks of you, and, indeed, I may say that we both miss you +very much, and wish the year were up, so that you might return to us. I +have hopes of righting your property, so that you may go back to Euclid +College at the beginning of the fall session. I am glad to learn by your +last letter that your health is excellent. Once more, don't hesitate to +write to me for money if you need a remittance. + +“Your affectionate guardian, + +“EZEKIEL MACK.” + +Walter smiled as he finished reading the letter. + +“I wonder what my good guardian would say,” he soliloquized, “if he knew +that I had nearly a thousand dollars saved up? He would open his eyes, I +fancy.” + +He sat down at once and made a reply, in the course of which he said: +“Don't trouble yourself to send me money. I can get along with the wages +I receive. When I left home I made up my mind not to call upon you for +help, and I am glad to say there is no occasion to do so as yet. I think +my year's absence from college will do me good. I am ashamed when I +consider how poorly I appreciated the advantages of study, and how +foolishly I spent my time and money. If I ever go back to college I +shall turn over a new leaf. I have seen something of the world and +gained some experience of life, and feel about half a dozen years older +than when I left college.” + +When Doctor Mack, a week later, read these lines he smiled contentedly. + +“My experiment is working well,” he said. “It is making a man of Walter. +He has been a drone, hitherto. Now he has become a worker, and, though +I may not like him better, for he was always near to my heart, I respect +him more.” + +A week later Walter, on returning from a walk, found a middle-aged +stranger in conversation with Professor Robinson. + +The professor seemed a little embarrassed when Walter entered. + +“I have some news for you, Walter,” he said. “I am afraid it will not be +welcome to you.” + +“Please let me hear it, professor,” said Walter. + +“This gentleman is Nahum Snodgrass, of Chicago, who has been for some +years a traveler for a large wholesale-drug-house.” + +“I am glad to meet you, Mr. Snodgrass,” said Walter, politely. + +Snodgrass, who was a thin, dry-looking man, nodded briefly. + +“I have just sold out my business to him,” went on Professor Robinson, +“and henceforth shall aim to live more easily and enjoy the presence of +my family.” + +“I congratulate you, professor,” said Walter. “I think you deserve a +life of leisure.” + +“Mr. Snodgrass is willing to take you into his employ, but he does not +think he can afford to pay you as much as I did.” + +“No,” said Snodgrass, clearing his throat, “I find that Professor +Robinson has been foolishly liberal. The ten per cent. commission which +he has paid you is simply--stu--pendous!” + +Walter smiled. + +“I have not been in the habit of taking that view of it,” he said. + +“Perhaps not, but I do,” said Snodgrass, firmly. “You are a very young +man, and ought not to expect much pay. I will give you two dollars a +week and pay your traveling expenses.” + +“I beg to decline your offer, Mr. Snodgrass,” said Walter, politely. “I +have thought of changing my business before, but was unwilling to leave +the professor. As we are strangers, I need have no further hesitation.” + +“Young man,” said Snodgrass, “I think you are making a mistake. It will +not be so easy getting another place as you suppose.” + +“Perhaps not, but I can afford to live a few weeks without work.” + +“Your savings will soon go”--Snodgrass knew nothing of Walter's prize +money--“and then what will you do?” + +“Trust to luck,” answered Walter, lightly. + +Nahum Snodgrass shook his head gloomily. He thought Walter a very +foolish young man. + +Had Walter lost his position two months earlier it would have been a +serious matter to him, but now, with a capital of nearly a thousand +dollars, he could afford to be independent. As he expressed it, he +could afford to be idle for a few weeks. Still, he didn't wish to remain +unemployed for a long time. He felt happier when at work, but wished to +secure some employment that would be congenial. + +“Mr. Snodgrass,” said the professor, “I think you are making a mistake +in not employing Walter Sherwood.” + +Nahum Snodgrass shrugged his shoulders. + +“I don't mean to pay away all my profits to an assistant,” he said. + +“But you can't get along alone very well.” + +“I will try, unless I can find some one that will take what I am willing +to pay.” + +He finally succeeded in doing this. A young man of eighteen, employed in +a drug-store in town, who was on the point of being discharged, agreed +to take the position, and stepped into Walter's place. To anticipate a +little, he disappeared two weeks later, carrying with him fifty dollars +belonging to his employer. + +Walter stayed two days longer at the hotel, and then, sending his valise +ahead to Burnton, twenty miles farther on, started to walk the +distance. He was in a mountainous country, and the scenery was wild and +attractive, so that he felt that this arrangement would prove agreeable +to him. He provided himself with a stout staff and started at good +speed. He had accomplished about eight miles, when he was overtaken by +a shabbily dressed traveler riding on the back of a fine horse. The +horseman slackened his pace when he reached Walter. + +“Good morning, stranger!” he said. + +“Good morning!” responded Walter, turning his head. + +“I am glad to have company. It's a lonesome stretch of road here.” + +“Yes,” answered Walter, carelessly. “But there isn't any danger, is +there?” + +“Well, there might be. A friend of mine was stabbed and robbed here +three months since.” + +“Indeed!” + +“Yes; and though I haven't much money with me, I shouldn't like to be +robbed of what I have.” + +“It would be inconvenient.” + +“Do you carry much money with you?” asked the other, in a careless tone. + +Walter was not disposed to take a stranger into his confidence. + +“Not much!” he responded. + +“You are prudent. Are you armed?” + +Walter drew out Dick Ranney's revolver, which he still carried. The +stranger eyed him respectfully. + +“That's a mighty handsome weapon,” he said. “Just let me look at it.” + +Walter began to think he had fallen in with a highwayman again. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX + +WALTER BUYS A HORSE + + +“You can look at the pistol as I hold it,” said Walter, in response to +the request recorded at the close of the preceding chapter. + +“I say,” remarked the stranger suddenly, “don't you want to buy a +horse?” + +“How much do you ask for the horse?” he inquired. + +“I want to get her off my hands. Give me fifty dollars, and she's +yours.” + +Walter had a pad in his satchel and a fountain pen in his pocket. He +hastily wrote out the following form: + +“In consideration of fifty dollars by me received, I give and transfer +to Walter Sherwood my roan horse.” Here followed a brief description of +the animal. + +“Now put your name there, and I will hand you the money,” said Walter. + +“Thank you, stranger! You've got a good bargain.” + +“I agree to that,” said Walter. + +“I suppose the horse is sound?” he said inquiringly. + +“Sound as a die! Don't you take no trouble about that. It goes to my +heart to give her up. Good-by, old gal!” + +Walter touched the horse lightly with his whip, and she bounded forward. +After a few miles he reached a town of good size. Riding along the main +street his attention was drawn to a printed notice in front of a store. +It read thus: + +“HORSE STOLEN! + +“Stolen from the subscriber, on the evening of the twenty-fifth, a roan +mare, eight years old and sixteen hands high, with a white mark between +the eyes. Answers to the name of Bess. Whoever will return her to the +subscriber, or give information that will lead to her recovery, will +receive a suitable reward. + +“COLONEL RICHARD OWEN, Shelby.” + +A terrible suspicion entered Walter's mind. He recognized the white +mark. Then he called “Bess.” The mare half turned her head and whinnied. + + + + +CHAPTER XXX + +WALTER FINDS HIMSELF IN A TIGHT PLACE + + +Walter had hardly time to consider what to do in the light of the +discovery he had made before the matter was taken out of his hands. + +“Young feller, you'd better get off that hoss!” fell on his ears in a +rough voice. + +He turned, and saw two stalwart men eyeing him suspiciously. + +“Gentlemen,” said Walter earnestly, “till I read this notice I had no +idea that the horse was stolen.” + +“That's neither here nor there. You'd better get off the hoss.” + +Walter felt that this was a command, and obeyed at once. + +“Very well, gentlemen,” he said. “I will leave the horse in your hands, +and depend upon you to return it to the owner.” + +As Walter spoke he turned to walk off, but the man who had first +accosted him got in his way. + +“I don't want to have any trouble with you, sir. Please get out of my +way, and let me go.” + +“Not by a long shot.” + +“What do you propose to do with me?” + +“Take you to the lockup.” + +Walter was now really alarmed. + +“You'll have to go with us, young feller!” said Crane. + +“And leave the hoss?” asked Penton. “We'd ought to take charge of it, +and get the reward.” + +“That's so, Penton. You go and get a constable. We'll stand by the +hoss.” + +Penton hurried off, and returned shortly with a constable in uniform. + +“What's up?” he asked. + +“This young feller's rid into town with Colonel Richard Owen's hoss.” + +“But I'd ought to secure the hoss,” said the constable, who felt that +perhaps he might be entitled to the reward offered. + +“Look here, Cyrus Stokes, you secure the thief--that's your lookout.” + +“Gentlemen,” said Walter, “I object to being called a thief. I have +already told you I did not steal the horse.” + +The constable seized Walter by the arm and walked off with him. To add +to his mortification, people whom they met on the street looked at him +curiously. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI + +IN THE LOCKUP + + +The lockup was a basement room under the engine-house. There were four +cells, about four by eight, and into one of these Walter was put. The +cell opposite was occupied by a drunken tramp, who looked up stupidly as +Walter entered, and hiccoughed: “Glad to see you sonny.” + +“And I must stay in here overnight--with that man?” + +“Hoss-stealers mustn't be particular,” said the constable. + +“Can you tell me where Colonel Owen lives--the man that owns the horse?” + +“You ought to know that!” + +“Is there any lawyer in this village?” + +“Yes, there's two, an old man and a young one.” + +“I should like to see one of them. Can you ask one of them to come +here?” + +“It's a leetle out of my way,” suggested Constable Stokes. + +The constable pocketed with alacrity the half-dollar our hero tendered +him, and said briskly. “I'll send him right off.” + +“I shay,” interjected the tramp, “send me a lawyer, too.” + +“The same man will do for you,” replied the constable. “A lawyer won't +do you no good, though.” + +“We're victims of tyrannical 'pression!” said the tramp gloomily. “What +are you in for, young feller?” + +“I'm charged with stealing a horse.” + +“Smart boy!” said the tramp admiringly. “I didn't think you was up to +hoss-stealin'.” + +“I am not. The charge is false.” + +“That's right! Stick to it! Deny everything. That's what I do.” Half +an hour later the outer door was opened and the constable reappeared, +followed by a young man of about thirty. + +“This is Mr. Barry, the lawyer,” he said. “Mr. Barry, here is the key. +You can keep it and let yourself out if you will be responsible for the +safe custody of the prisoner.” + +“Yes, Mr. Stokes, I will give you my word that he shall not escape. +Which is my client?” + +“You don't look like a criminal, certainly,” said the lawyer, with a +rapid survey of his new client. + +“I hope not.” + +“But one can't go by appearances wholly. As your lawyer, for I will +undertake your case, I must ask you to trust me entirely, and give me +your full confidence. + +“First, let me ask your name.” + +“Walter Sherwood.” + +“It will now be necessary for you to tell me frankly whether you stole +the horse or not.” + +“Of course I did not,” answered Walter indignantly. + +“You must excuse my asking the question. I did not believe you guilty, +but it was necessary for me to know positively from your own lips. You +must not be sensitive.” + +“I have no right to be, but I find myself in a very trying position.” + +“Of course, but I will try to get you out of it. Now, will you tell me +in detail how the horse came into your possession?” + +Walter told the story, and the lawyer listened attentively. + +“Have you any proof of what you assert?” he asked, when Walter finished. + +“There was no one present.” + +“I suppose not. Did no papers pass between you and this man?” + +“Oh, yes!” answered Walter quickly, and he drew out the receipt which he +had drawn up and got Hank Wilson to sign. + +“Come, this is very important!” said Mr. Barry cheerfully. “It is a very +valuable confirmation of your story. Will you trust me with it?” + +“Certainly, sir.” + +“Is there any suggestion you have to offer, Mr. Sherwood? Sometimes I +find that my clients give me valuable assistance that way.” + +“I wish you would telegraph to Colonel Owen to come here.” + +“Probably he has been sent for, but if not I will request him to come. +Do you know the colonel?” + +“No, sir; I never heard his name till I read the advertisement. Do you +know anything of him, Mr. Barry?” + +“He is the owner of a large estate in Shelby, and is a thorough +gentleman of the old school.” + +“All the better! I would rather deal with such a man. Besides, by +describing the man of whom I bought the horse I may put him in the way +of capturing the real thief.” + +“Well thought of. May I ask, Mr. Sherwood, if you are from this part of +the country?” + +“No; I am a native of New York State. + +“A year ago I was a member of the sophomore class of Euclid College.” + +“That is strange!” ejaculated Barry. “What is strange?” + +“Colonel Owen, the owner of the horse, is an old graduate of the same +institution.” + +“Is it possible?” exclaimed Walter, in genuine amazement. + +“It is quite true. I am glad to have made the discovery. It will +prepossess him in your favor, and this, I need hardly say, will be +a great point gained. Well, I believe I have obtained all the data I +require, and I will now go home and think over your case. I wish I could +take you with me.” + +“I wish you could; I hate to be left in such a place.” + +“Cheer up, Mr. Sherwood. It won't be for long, I predict. You may rest +assured of my best efforts in your behalf. I will at once telegraph for +Colonel Owen.” + +The evening glided wearily away. Walter threw himself on his pallet and +was nearly asleep when a confused noise was heard outside, and heavy +blows were rained upon the outer door. + +“What does it mean?” asked Walter, bewildered. + +He listened intently, and there came to his ears a shout which made him +turn pale with terror. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII + +AN AWFUL MOMENT + + +“Bring out the hoss thief! Lynch him! Lynch him!” + +“What's up?” asked the tramp drowsily, opening his eyes. + +“Bring out the hoss thief!” cried a dozen rough voices, as the battering +at the door was repeated. + +“They want you, young feller!” he continued, as he caught the meaning of +the cry. + +“What shall we do?” asked Walter helplessly. + +“They don't want me,” returned the tramp complacently. “It's you they +want!” + +“You will stand by me?” implored Walter, eager for any help. + +“Won't do no good! There's a crowd of them. You're in a bad box, young +feller!” + +“Have you got a pistol?” + +“No.” + +Then it flashed upon Walter that he still had the revolver which +belonged to Dick Ranney. + +“I will sell my life dearly!” thought Walter, “They shan't kill me +without some resistance.” + +“Open the door, or it'll be wuss for ye!” cried a rough voice. + +The door was strong, but it did not long withstand the fierce attacks +made upon it. Walter, by the light that came in through a crevice, saw +it sway and gradually yield to the impetuous attacks of the mob. + +“Here's the hoss thief!” exclaimed the leader, throwing the light into +the cell occupied by the inebriate. + +The tramp was alarmed and completely sobered by the terrible suggestion. + +“I ain't the man!” he said. “It's that young feller yonder.” + +The man with the lantern turned in the direction of the other cell. + +“He's only a kid!” he said doubtfully. + +“All the same, he's the hoss thief!” said the tramp earnestly. + +“Is he telling the truth?” asked the leader, turning to the men who were +just behind him. + +“He looks most like the hoss thief!” said Dan Muggins. “The other's a +milk-and-water chap, just out of boardin'-school.” + +“You're right! Smash in the cage!” + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII + +WALTER SAVES ANOTHER'S LIFE + + +Meanwhile the feelings of Walter were hard to describe. He saw that +perhaps his only chance of life lay in remaining quiet and letting the +mistake remain uncorrected. + +On the other hand, the poor wretch was as much entitled to life as he. + +“He's the hoss thief!” shrieked the tramp. “Ask him if he isn't.” + +The leader, who had him by the collar, paused, and the words of the +captive seemed to make some impression on him. + +“We don't want to make no mistake,” he said. “Mebbe we might ask him.” + +“You hear what this man says?” + +“Yes,” answered Walter, in husky accents. + +“Is it true? Are you the hoss thief?” + +“No!” + +And the poor tramp would have been dragged away, but Walter, his face +pale, but resolute, held up his hand to secure attention. + +“Listen!” he said. “I am not a horse thief, but I was put here charged +with stealing the horse of Colonel Owen.” + +“Just as I said, gentlemen,” chimed in the inebriate. + +“Then we've got the wrong one!” said the leader. “Here, you can go!” + +“We must have you!” went on the leader, approaching Walter's cell. + +“What do you want to do with me?” asked Walter, with sinking heart. + +“String you up! That's the way we serve hoss thieves!” + +“Gentlemen!” said Walter, “you are making a terrible mistake. + +“Didn't you say just now you was the thief?” + +“No; I said I was put in here charged with horse-stealing.” + +An assault was made on the door of his cell, and within three minutes +Walter was dragged out. + +He began to speak, but was roughly ordered to shut up. + +The line of march was resumed, and a quarter of a mile distant they +passed through a gate and began the ascent of a hill, at the summit of +which was a grove of tall trees. Walter shuddered and his heart sank +within him, for he understood only too well what fate was in store for +him. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV + +A TERRIBLE ORDEAL + + +At the summit of the hill Walter's captors came to a halt. + +“Young man,” said the leader sternly, “your hours are numbered. Have you +anything to say?” + +“I have a good deal to say,” answered Walter, finding his voice and +speaking indignantly. “Even if I were guilty, which I am not, you have +no right to condemn me to death untried.” + +One of the masked men, who had hitherto stood in the background, came +forward, and in clear, ringing accents spoke: + +“The lad says right. He has not been proved guilty, and I for one +believe him innocent.” + +“I thank God,” said Walter, “that there is one among you whose heart is +not wholly hardened. I stand here a boy--barely eighteen years old. Is +there no one among you who has a son of my age?” + +“The boy is right,” said another in a deep voice. “Men, we are acting +like cowards and brutes.” + +“So say I!” a third man broke in, and he ranged himself beside the other +two. + +“This is all folly!” exclaimed the leader angrily. “You men are milksops +and chicken-hearted.” Walter's face flamed. + +“Will you allow this?” he exclaimed, as the leader seized him by the +collar and drew him to a tree. + +“I won't!” said the first man to pronounce in his favor. “Seth +Pendleton, let go your hold!” + +“Look out!” cried Pendleton fiercely, “or you may swing, too!” + +“You hear what he says,” said Walter's friend. “Why are you so hard on +the boy?” + +“Why am I so hard on horse thieves? I'll tell you. Ten years ago I had +a horse that was as dear to me as a brother. One morning I found +the stable door open and the horse gone. I followed him, but I never +recovered him.” + +“Who stole him?” + +“A man named Dick Ranney, who has since become a noted highwayman.” + +This was astonishing news to Walter. + +“Do you know where Dick Ranney is now?” he asked. + +“I heard that he had been captured.” + +“I am the one who captured him, and for this I received a reward of a +thousand dollars!” answered Walter. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXV + +THE EMPTY JAIL + + +Walter drew from his pocket a folded paper. + +“Read that!” he said. + +“MR. WALTER SHERWOOD: + +“I have pleasure in sending you the reward for the capture of the noted +criminal, Dick Ranney. + +“MILES GRAY, Sheriff.” + +“Shall I tell you the story?” asked Walter. + +“Yes! Yes!” exclaimed more than one. + +Walter gave an account of the affair in a clear, distinct manner. + +“Now, gentlemen,” said Walter, as he concluded, “do you believe that I +would stoop to steal a horse?” + +There were shouts of “No! No!” + +And Walter might have gone scot free had he chosen, but he did not +choose. + +“No, gentlemen,” he said, “take me back to the lockup. + +“The door is broken!” + +“That will make no difference with me. I prefer to stand trial and let +my innocence be proved.” + +“He's a brave lad!” said more than one. + +“I wish my John would turn out like him,” added one of Walter's original +supporters. “You shall go with me, and have the best bed in the house,” + he continued. + +Walter accepted this proposal with thanks. + +Of all that had passed during the night Constable Stokes was blissfully +unconscious. At an early hour he bent his steps toward the jail. When he +saw the door broken he was astounded. + +He felt it necessary to report what had happened to some magistrate. He +had walked but a few steps when he met Mr. Barry, Walter's lawyer. + +“And how is my young client this morning, Stokes?” inquired the lawyer +pleasantly. + +“Blessed if I know! He's bolted!” + +“That is amazing! Let me see how it was done.” + +“The door was broken from the outside!” he said, after a pause. + +“Was it?” + +“Of course it was.” + +“Then you don't think the men could have done it?” + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI + +COLONEL RICHARD OWEN + + +At this moment a boy of fifteen made his way from the street to the rear +entrance. It was Arthur Waters, the son of a jeweler. + +“Perhaps I can tell you something about it,” he said. + +“Last night I heard a noise in the street, and, getting up, I went to +the window. I saw a lot of men filing through the street, all wearing +masks.” + +“They must have been in search of the prisoners to lynch them!” said the +lawyer, turning pale. + +“And you think they broke open the doors, Mr. Barry?” + +“Yes.” + +“And what would they do with the prisoners?” + +“Hang them, I fear, without judge or jury.” + +“I don't mind the man, sir, but I hope the boy escaped.” + +“Thank you, constable. I am alive and well, as you see.” + +Both the lawyer and the constable looked up, and there, to their great +relief, stood Walter. + +“Where did you come from?” asked the lawyer quickly. + +Walter told his story, adding: “Constable Stokes, I give myself into +your hands.” + +“Perhaps, as I am his counsel,” said the lawyer, “I had better take him +with me.” + +“Yes, that will be the best way,” said the constable. + +Walter was ushered into the office of the lawyer. + +At this moment the office door opened, and an old gentleman entered. + +The lawyer rose from his seat with alacrity. + +“Colonel Owen,” he exclaimed, “I am glad to see you.” + +“Yes, sir. I received your telegram, and came by the first morning +train. So the man who stole my horse has been caught?” + +“The man who is charged with the theft has been caught,” said Mr. Barry. + +“Mr. Barry, you have not introduced me to this young gentleman,” + continued Colonel Owen, eyeing Walter with favor. + +“I didn't know that you would care for an introduction,” said the lawyer +demurely. + +“Why not?” asked the old gentleman, opening his eyes in surprise. + +“Because he is the horse thief!” + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII + +WALTER IS VINDICATED + + +“Bless my soul!” ejaculated the colonel. “Surely you are joking.” + +“No, I assure you I am not.” + +“Then how does it happen that Mr. Sherwood is sitting here in your +office instead of being--” + +“In the lockup?” + +“Yes.” + +“I was taken to the lockup, Colonel Owen,” said Walter, “but about +midnight a lynching party broke it open and took me out. + +“But I made an appeal to my captors, and was able to prove to them I +received a reward not long since for the capture of the famous outlaw, +Dick Ranney.” + +Colonel Owen sank into a chair. + +“I never heard the like!” he was heard to say. + +“Do you mind telling me, young man, why you were arrested, or why you +fell under suspicion?” + +“I was arrested while on the horse's back.” + +“Ha! But how did that happen?” + +“I bought her of a man whom I met on the highway.” + +“Gentlemen,” said the lawyer, “I find that the court is in session and +all is ready for the trial.” + +“By the way, colonel, are you not a graduate of Euclid?” asked the +lawyer. + +“Yes, sir, and I am proud of the dear old college,” rejoined the +colonel, warmly. + +“I agree with you,” said Walter. “I have passed two years in the +college.” + +“Then, young man, here's my hand. My heart is always warm toward a +Euclid man--” + +“Even if you have to prosecute him for horse-stealing,” suggested Lawyer +Barry slyly. + +“Really, this is very painful!” said the colonel. “I wish I could get +rid of it.” + +“You can say in court that you are convinced of the young man's +innocence.” + +“And I will! And afterward I shall insist on Mr. Sherwood's driving home +with me and making me a visit.” + +Great was the surprise of Mr. Crane and Mr. Penton when they saw the +horse thief approach the court room arm in arm with Colonel Owen. + +The trial began, and presently Crane and Penton were called on to +testify. + +“Did you see the prisoner steal the mare?” demanded Barry sharply. + +“No, but--” + +“It stands to reason that he did, or he wouldn't have had her in his +possession.” + +“Mr. Sherwood, you may take the stand.” + +Walter gave a brief account of the way in which he became possessed of +Bess. + +“Does Mr. Sherwood's story seem probable?” now remarked the judge. + +“I am convinced that it is true,” said the colonel promptly. + +The judge saw how matters stood and discharged the prisoner. + +“We're left!” said Crane, in a tragic whisper. + +“Now, Mr. Sherwood,” said the colonel, taking Walter's arm, “you must +accompany me to Shelby.” + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVIII + +AN OPENING AT SHELBY + + +At length they reached Shelby. Colonel Owen lived in a large and +handsome mansion with ample grounds. + +“Yes,” he said, “I have a comfortable home, but my boys are away, and my +wife and I feel lonely in this large house. It will brighten us both to +have a young face at the table.” + +How could Walter feel otherwise than pleased. He was charmed with Mrs. +Owen. + +“I am glad to see you,” she said. “May I call you Walter?” + +“I wish you would, Mrs. Owen,” said Walter. + +“Did you find your horse, Richard?” she added. + +“Yes, my dear.” + +“Did you see the man that stole it?” + +“Yes, my dear,” with a quiet wink at Walter. + +“I invited the horse thief to come and make us a visit.” + +Mrs. Owen certainly was amazed. + +“You did!” she ejaculated. “When is he coming?” + +“He is here already.” + +“I don't understand you at all, Richard. You seem to be joking.” + +“Not at all! There he stands!” and the colonel pointed to Walter. + +“What, Walter?” + +“Perhaps I had better go to the hotel,” suggested Walter. + +“No, no! I can't believe anything evil of a young man with your face,” + said Mrs. Owen. “I am glad my husband brought you home with him.” + +“I am sure you will both be kind to me,” said Walter earnestly, “and I +shall appreciate it the more because I have neither father nor mother.” + +One afternoon Colonel Owen came in radiant. + +“Well, Walter,” he said, “I've got some work for you to do.” + +“Mr. Hayward, the teacher of our classical school, is summoned to his +home. The question is, Who shall take his place till the end of the +school year? + +“I have mentioned your name to the trustees, who are ready to accept you +on my recommendation.” + +“There is nothing I should like better,” he said, “but do you think I am +competent?” + +“You ought to be able to teach any of the classes that will come under +your charge. How are you in mathematics?” + +“I don't think I shall have any difficulty there, sir.” + +“Then you're better off than I am.” + +“How much salary shall I receive?” asked Walter, who was beginning to +grow interested. + +“Twenty-five dollars a week. That's what the trustees authorize me to +offer you.” + +“That will be quite satisfactory. How my old chums will stare when +I tell them I am getting twenty-five dollars a week for teaching a +classical school. I suppose,” added Walter, hesitating, “I ought to look +out for a boarding-place.” + +“What, and leave us?” asked the old lady reproachfully. + +“But, Colonel Owen, remember that I shall be earning a good salary.” + +“You can find a use for it. It will help make up for some of the losses +you have incurred. Shall I say you will accept the post?” + +“Yes, sir. I will try it, and hope to succeed.” + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIX + +THE NEW MASTER + + +On the platform of the main schoolroom in the Shelby Classical Institute +stood Colonel Owen and Walter Sherwood. + +“My young friends,” began Colonel Owen, “you are all aware that +your respected teacher, Mr. Haywood, is obliged to be absent for the +remainder of the term. I have been able to secure as his substitute Mr. +Walter Sherwood, who will do his best to carry on the work which Mr. +Haywood has so auspiciously commenced. I hope you will receive him +cordially and uphold him in his task.” + +Walter felt some diffidence as he realized what a responsibility had +been placed upon him. + +He cleared his throat and spoke a few words. + +“Colonel Owen has introduced me to you and expressed a hope in which I +join him--that you will receive me cordially and uphold me in my work. +I will now go about among the seats, make inquiries as to your progress, +and arrange the classes.” + +This short speech made a favorable impression upon all the pupils with +two exceptions. These were the largest scholars--Ben Buffum and +Enoch Snow. What they thought of Walter may be gathered from their +conversation as they walked home together. + +“What do you think of the new master, Ben?” said Enoch. + +“I s'pose he'll do. He ought to, if he's been to college; but I'll tell +you what, Enoch, it riles me to have a boy of my own age set over me.” + +“Me ditto!” + +“He would do for a primary school, but when it comes to young men like +us, I don't like to let people know that he's my teacher.” + +“It's all right for the others to obey him, but you and I are just as +strong as he, and maybe stronger.” + +“I guess I could floor him in wrestling.” + +“You're too much for me, Ben, and I think I can stand up to him, and +maybe lick him.” + +“It's likely you can. Now, there was Hayward--he was a big man. I didn't +mind obeying him.” + +“Are you talking about Mr. Sherwood?” asked Harry Howe, a boy of +fourteen. + +“No, I'm not. I'm talking about Mr. Hayward.” + +“How do you like the new teacher?” + +“He's only a boy. He'll have a hard row to hoe.” + +“Who'll make it hard for him?” + +“Enoch and I.” + +“Then it will be a shame. He seems to be a perfect gentleman.” + +“Gentleman! He's only a boy, like ourselves.” + +“At any rate, he knows enough to teach us.” + +“That may be, but he can't keep order.” + +“Why can't he?” + +“You'll see whether he can or not,” said Ben, significantly. + +“Are you going to make trouble?” + +“It isn't best for small boys to know too much.” + +Walter had not failed to notice the half-rebellious demeanor of his +two oldest pupils. Moreover, he had been warned by the janitor of the +building that they would be likely to give him trouble. + + + + +CHAPTER XL. + +BEN IS SUBDUED + + +Ben Buffum was biding his time. + +In the seat in front of Ben sat Albert Frost, a much smaller boy. + +One day, toward the close of the afternoon, a loud shriek was heard in +the neighborhood of Ben Buffum's desk. + +Walter looked up and saw Albert in tears. + +“What is the matter, Albert?” asked Walter. + +“Ben Buffum stuck a pin in my leg,” answered the boy. “Is that true, +Buffum?” demanded Walter sternly. + +“Yes, it is,” answered Ben, with provoking calmness. + +Walter's temper was stirred, but he asked in his ordinary tones: “Why +did you do it?” + +“Because I chose,” answered Ben. + +“Then,” said Walter, giving full vent to his scorn, “you are a +contemptible coward and brute! + +“You forget that in this schoolroom I am the master, and consider it +my duty to defend my pupils, even the smallest, from the violence of +brutes.” + +“He'll have to pay for this,” he muttered to himself. “I can lick you, +Walter!” he said, with an insolent leer. + +He had hardly got the words out of his mouth when Walter was upon him. +He was wonderfully quick in his movements, whereas Ben, though powerful, +was slow, and before he well knew what was going to happen he was +dragged by the collar from his seat into the middle of the floor. Walter +let go for a minute, and Ben, mad all over, prepared to grasp him in +a bearlike hug. A stinging blow in the face convinced him that he had +entirely underrated the powers of the teacher. He tried to return the +blow, but, unable to defend himself, found his own blow parried and +another planted in his chest, causing him to stagger. Then Ben lost all +caution, and with a furious cry rushed upon Walter, in hope of throwing +him down by wrestling. But, instead, he found himself lying on his back +on the floor, looking up at the teacher. + +Ben got up slowly and “pitched in” once more, but in about a minute he +found himself again in a recumbent position. + +“Have you had enough?” asked Walter. + +“I hit my head,” answered Ben, in a sulky tone. + +“I hope you are not seriously hurt,” said Walter, quietly. “If you would +like to be dismissed now, you may go. I shall be glad to see you back +here to-morrow.” + +Without a word, but looking intensely mortified, Ben took his hat and +slunk out of the room. + +When he had gone Walter said: “Scholars, I want to ask of you a favor. +Ben is mortified by what has happened. I wish you would all abstain from +reminding him of it. In that case the lesson he has received may do him +good.” + +The next day Ben Buffum stayed at home, and did not show himself on +the street till evening. When he found that no one spoke to him of the +affair he took courage to go to school the day after. Walter overtook +him on the way and hailed him in a friendly manner with: “We will forget +all about that little affair day before yesterday, Ben. You are pretty +strong.” + +“I couldn't do nothin' against you.” + +“No, because I have taken lessons in boxing.” + +“I'd like to box.” + +“If you'll come round and see me this evening, Ben, I'll give you the +first lesson.” + +The scholars were very much surprised to see Ben and the teacher walking +to school together, and were further surprised at the wonderful change +for the better that took place in the once rebellious pupil. + + + + +CHAPTER XLI + +CONCLUSION + + +Mrs. Deborah Simpkins, a near neighbor of Doctor Mack, was an +ill-natured gossip, and had always disliked Walter because he once +interfered to prevent a boy of hers from abusing a young companion. One +day about two months later she put on her bonnet and with a smile of +malicious satisfaction walked over to the doctor's house. + +“How do you do, Mrs. Sprague?” she said. “I thought I'd run over and +have a chat with you.” + +“Come in, Mrs. Simpkins,” said Nancy, civilly, but not cordially, for +she did not like her visitor. + +“I've got something unpleasant to tell you,” went on the widow, as she +sat down in a rocker. “I'm awful sorry.” + +“Are you?” said Nancy, dryly. “What's it all about?” + +“I got a letter from my niece Sophrony, out in Iowa, yesterday, and she +sent me a cuttin' from an old paper. It's somethin' awful!” + +“Is it?” + +“Yes, and it's about Walter Sherwood!” continued Mrs. Simpkins, +triumphantly. + +“He hasn't met with an accident, has he?” inquired Nancy, turning pale. + +“It's wuss than that!” answered the widow, nodding her head ominously. + +“Worse than an accident?” + +“Yes; leastways, I call it so.” + +“Let me hear it, then, Mrs. Simpkins.” + +“Here 'tis; you can read it for yourself.” + +This was the paragraph: + +“A young man named Walter Sherwood was arrested yesterday, charged +with stealing a valuable mare belonging to Colonel Richard Owen. We +understand his trial is to take place this morning.” + +“When is the paper dated?” asked Nancy, who did not appear so much +overcome as her visitor expected. + +“Over two months since. Walter Sherwood is probably in jail now. I +feel for you and the doctor,” said Mrs. Simpkins, in a tone far from +sympathetic, fixing her beadlike eyes on the housekeeper. + +“That's very good of you, but, as we got a letter from Walter yesterday, +there ain't no call to be troubled.” + +“Did he write from the jail?” + +“Don't be a fool, Mrs. Simpkins! He wrote from the town of Shelby, where +he has been teaching a classic school, and he inclosed the program of +the exhibition. Perhaps you would like to look at it.” + +Mrs. Simpkins took the paper, and looked intensely disappointed as she +saw that Nancy had only told the truth. + +“He teach school! A boy like him!” she ejaculated. + +“Yes, Mrs. Simpkins, and it's been a great success. They want him to +go back next year, but the doctor prefers to have him finish out his +college course. We're expecting him home every day.” + +There was a noise heard as of the front door opening, and a moment later +Walter was in the room. + +“Oh, Walter!” exclaimed Nancy, overjoyed, in her excitement throwing her +arms around his neck. “I'm so glad to see you!” + +“And I am glad to see you, Nancy, How's my guardian?” + +“He's well, and will be home soon.” + +“Good afternoon, Mrs. Simpkins,” said Walter, politely. + +“Mrs. Simpkins has just been telling me that you were in jail for +horse-stealing,” said Nancy. “She is much pleased to find it all a +mistake.” + +Walter laughed. + +“I am still more pleased,” he remarked. “I find school-teaching much +pleasanter.” + +“I guess I must be goin',” said Mrs. Simpkins, hurriedly. + +When Doctor Mack returned he welcomed Walter with a joy not inferior to +that of his housekeeper. + +“And so you have succeeded?” he said. + +“Yes; the trustees of the Shelby Classical School want me to come back, +as my predecessor has accepted a position in New York. But I think I +had better return to college and finish out my course. I have a thousand +dollars saved up, and a little more, and I think with economy I can pay +my own way for the remainder of the course.” + +“It won't be necessary, Walter.” + +“But, as my property is lost--” + +“You must forgive me, Walter, for deceiving you, but you have just +as much property as ever--indeed, more, as you only drew one hundred +dollars in the past year.” + +“But, doctor, why, then, did you lead me to think otherwise?” + +“It wasn't altogether a falsehood. About a hundred dollars had been lost +in an investment, and I made that a pretext for withdrawing you from +college. I saw that you were wasting your time and acquiring expensive +habits, so I thought the best remedy would be a year of active life, in +which you would be thrown upon your own resources.” + +“You are right, doctor. It has made a man of me. I shall go back to +old Euclid and work in earnest. I have been a teacher myself, and I +understand what a teacher has a right to expect from his pupils.” + +“Then my experiment has been a success, and your year of probation has +done you good.” + +“I hope to prove it to you, my dear guardian.” + +Walter returned to college, and two years later graduated, valedictorian +of his class. The money he had earned in his year of probation +he devoted to helping the needy members of his class to obtain an +education. Gates alone received three hundred dollars, and it saved +the poor fellow from leaving college a year before graduation. Walter +intends to study law, and it is predicted that he will win success at +the bar. For whatever success he may achieve he will be inclined to give +the credit to his year of probation. + +THE END + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Walter Sherwood's Probation, by Horatio Alger + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WALTER SHERWOOD'S PROBATION *** + +***** This file should be named 5993-0.txt or 5993-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/9/9/5993/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Charles Franks and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/5993-0.zip b/5993-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9443343 --- /dev/null +++ b/5993-0.zip diff --git a/5993-h.zip b/5993-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc40617 --- /dev/null +++ b/5993-h.zip diff --git a/5993-h/5993-h.htm b/5993-h/5993-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..76e4814 --- /dev/null +++ b/5993-h/5993-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,10604 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Walter Sherwood's Probation, by Horatio + Alger, Jr. + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Walter Sherwood's Probation, by Horatio Alger + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Walter Sherwood's Probation + +Author: Horatio Alger + + +Release Date: June, 2004 [EBook #5993] +This file was first posted on October 9, 2002 +Last Updated: January 10, 2019 + + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WALTER SHERWOOD'S PROBATION *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Charles Franks and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team + +HTML file produced by David Widger + + + + +</pre> + + <div style="height: 8em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h1> + WALTER SHERWOOD'S PROBATION + </h1> + <h2> + By Horatio Alger, Jr. + </h2> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h5> + Author of “Facing the World,” “Hector's Inheritance,"<br /> “Helping + Himself,” “Jack's Ward,” Etc., Etc., + </h5> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <p> + <b>CONTENTS</b> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I -- WALTER SHERWOOD'S LETTER </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II -- DR. MACK GETS SOME INFORMATION </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III -- A COLLEGE BANQUET </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV -- THE DAY AFTER THE FEAST </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V -- WALTER TAKES MATTERS PHILOSOPHICALLY </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER VI -- TRUE FRIEND AND FALSE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII -- WALTER'S EXPERIMENT BEGINS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII -- WALTER BUYS A WATCH </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX -- AN INGENIOUS SCHEME </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X -- AT THE INDIANA HOUSE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI -- THE MAN FROM DAKOTA </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII -- IN SEARCH OF EMPLOYMENT </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER XIII -- A YOUNG INSURANCE AGENT </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER XIV -- AN EXCITING ENCOUNTER </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER XV -- THE EXCITEMENT DEEPENS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER XVI -- WALTER GOES INTO A NEW BUSINESS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER XVII -- WALTER'S VISITORS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER XVIII -- WALTER IS TURNED ADRIFT </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX -- WALTER MEETS PROFESSOR ROBINSON </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX -- ON THE ROAD </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0021"> CHAPTER XXI -- MISS LONGWOOD'S PARTY </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0022"> CHAPTER XXII -- AN ADVENTURE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0023"> CHAPTER XXIII -- WALTER AND THE HIGHWAYMAN </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0024"> CHAPTER XXIV -- AN ATTEMPT TO RECOVER THE REVOLVER </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0025"> CHAPTER XXV -- DICK RANNEY'S SCHEME </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0026"> CHAPTER XXVI -- THE EVENTS OF A NIGHT </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0027"> CHAPTER XXVII -- WALTER BECOMES A CAPITALIST </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0028"> CHAPTER XXVIII -- WALTER GOES OUT OF BUSINESS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0029"> CHAPTER XXIX -- WALTER BUYS A HORSE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0030"> CHAPTER XXX -- WALTER FINDS HIMSELF IN A TIGHT PLACE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0031"> CHAPTER XXXI -- IN THE LOCKUP </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0032"> CHAPTER XXXII -- AN AWFUL MOMENT </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0033"> CHAPTER XXXIII -- WALTER SAVES ANOTHER'S LIFE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0034"> CHAPTER XXXIV -- A TERRIBLE ORDEAL </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0035"> CHAPTER XXXV -- THE EMPTY JAIL </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0036"> CHAPTER XXXVI -- COLONEL RICHARD OWEN </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0037"> CHAPTER XXXVII -- WALTER IS VINDICATED </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0038"> CHAPTER XXXVIII -- AN OPENING AT SHELBY </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0039"> CHAPTER XXXIX -- THE NEW MASTER </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0040"> CHAPTER XL. -- BEN IS SUBDUED </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0041"> CHAPTER XLI -- CONCLUSION </a> + </p> + + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER SHERWOOD'S LETTER + </h3> + <p> + “Here's a letter for you, Doctor Mack,” said the housekeeper, as she + entered the plain room used as a library and sitting-room by her employer, + Doctor Ezekiel Mack. “It's from Walter, I surmise.” This was a favorite + word with Miss Nancy Sprague, who, though a housekeeper, prided herself on + having been a schoolmistress in her earlier days. + </p> + <p> + “Indeed, Nancy. Let me see it. Walter is really getting attentive. His + last letter came to hand only two days since. He hasn't forgotten his old + guardian.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, no, sir. He'll never do that. He has a predilection for his old home. + His heart is in the right place.” + </p> + <p> + “Just so. I wish I felt as sure about his head.” + </p> + <p> + Doctor Mack adjusted his spectacles, for he was rising sixty, and his eyes + required assistance, and opened the letter. As he read it his forehead + contracted, and he looked disturbed. A perusal of the letter may help us + to understand why. It ran as follows: + </p> + <p> + “DEAR GUARDIAN: You will be surprised at hearing from me so soon again, + but I am really forced to write. I find college life much more expensive + than I supposed it would be. A fellow is expected to join two or three + societies, and each costs money. I know you wouldn't have me appear mean. + Then the students have been asked to contribute to a fund for the + enlargement of the library, and almost every day there is a demand for + money for one object or another. As it is nearly the end of the term, I + calculate that with a check for an extra hundred dollars I can get along. + I am awfully sorry to ask for it, but it will come out of the money father + left me, and I am sure he would wish me to keep up appearances, and not + fall behind the rest of the boys. + </p> + <p> + “I stand fairly well in my studies, and I expect to be stroke oar of the + college boat club. Besides this, I have been elected catcher of the + college baseball club. I am thought to excel in athletic sports, and + really enjoy my college life very much. Please send me the check by return + of mail. Affectionately yours, WALTER.” + </p> + <p> + Doctor Mack laid the letter on the table, and slowly removed the glasses + from his nose. + </p> + <p> + “One hundred dollars!” he repeated. “That is the second extra check he has + written for, this term. Then his regular term bills will come due in two + weeks. He is spending more than three times as much as I did when in + college. Forty years have made a difference, no doubt, but not so great a + difference as that. I hope the boy isn't falling into extravagant habits. + I care for that more than for the money. His father left a good fortune, + of which fact he is unfortunately aware, but I don't mean that it shall + spoil him. Now, what shall I do. Shall I send him the check or not?” + </p> + <p> + Doctor Mack leaned back in his chair, and thought busily. He felt anxious + about his ward, who had entered college early and was now only seventeen. + Walter Sherwood was a boy of excellent talent and popular manners, but he + was inclined to be self-indulgent and had a large capacity for + “enjoyment.” His guardian had fondly hoped that he would lead the class in + scholarship, but instead of this he was only doing “fairly well” in his + studies. To be sure, he excelled in athletic sports, but, as Doctor Mack + reflected, this was not generally considered the chief aim in a college + course, except by some of the students themselves. + </p> + <p> + “I wish I knew just how Walter is making out,” thought the doctor. Then, + after a pause, he resumed, with a sudden inspiration: “Why shouldn't I + know? I'll go over to Euclid to-morrow with out giving Walter any + intimation of my visit, and see for myself.” + </p> + <p> + It may be stated here that Walter Sherwood was a member of the sophomore + class in Euclid College, situated in the town of the same name. If the + reader does not find Euclid in a list of American colleges, it is because + for special reasons I have thought it best to conceal the real name of the + college, not wishing to bring the Institution into possible disrepute. + There are some who might misjudge the college, because it contained some + students who made an unprofitable use of their time. + </p> + <p> + “Nancy,” said Doctor Mack at the supper-table, “you may pack a hand-bag + for me. I shall start on a journey to-morrow morning.” + </p> + <p> + “Where to, sir, if I may make so bold as to inquire?” + </p> + <p> + “I think of going to Euclid.” + </p> + <p> + “To see Master Walter?” + </p> + <p> + “Exactly.” + </p> + <p> + “You haven't heard any bad news, I hope?” said the housekeeper anxiously. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, no.” + </p> + <p> + “Then he isn't sick?” + </p> + <p> + “Quite the contrary. He is quite strong and athletic, I should judge, from + his letter.” + </p> + <p> + “He will be glad to see you, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, perhaps so. But you know, Nancy, young people don't miss their + parents and guardians as much as they are missed at home. They have plenty + of excitement and society at college.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir, that's true, but I'm sure Master Walter won't forget his old + home. If you have room for some cookies I will put some into the bag. + Walter is fond of them.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I think you needn't do It, Nancy, He has a good boarding-house, and + no doubt he gets all the cakes he wants. By the way, I want to take the + boy by surprise, so don't write and let him know I'm coming.” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir, I won't.” + </p> + <p> + This was exactly what the housekeeper had intended to do, for she presumed + upon her long service in the family to write a few lines occasionally to + the boy whom she had known from the age of six. + </p> + <p> + “Of course I shall be pleased to give him any message from you.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, Doctor Mack. Tell him if he catches cold I can send him some + camomile. Camomile tea is excellent in such cases. My mother and + grandmother used it all their lives.” + </p> + <p> + “You seem to forget that I am a doctor, Nancy. Not that I object to + camomile tea—in its place—though I can truly say that I never + hankered after it.” + </p> + <p> + “How long will you be gone, doctor?” + </p> + <p> + “I can't say exactly. You see, Euclid is nearly two hundred miles off. and + I don't know whether I can make connections.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, well, don't hurry! No doubt Walter will want to keep you with him as + long as possible.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't feel so sure of that,” thought the doctor shrewdly. “Boys are not + usually so fond of the society of their guardians, though I don't doubt + Walter has a sincere regard for me. He is a warm-hearted boy.” + </p> + <p> + Doctor Mack was no longer in active practice. Three years before he had + selected an assistant—a young Doctor Winthrop—in whom his + patients had come to feel confidence, so that when he wanted to go away + for a few days there was no serious objection. Unlike some elderly + practitioners, Doctor Mack did not feel in the least jealous of his young + assistant, but was very glad to note his popularity. + </p> + <p> + “If any one calls for me, Nancy,” he said, “say that I am away for a day + or two and they can't do better than go to Doctor Winthrop.” + </p> + <p> + “There are some that like you best, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “No doubt, no doubt! They're used to me, you know. There's a good deal in + that. Any that please can wait for me, but my advice to them is to go to + Doctor Winthrop.” + </p> + <p> + Nancy packed the doctor's hand-bag, putting in a change of linen, a comb + and brush, an extra pair of socks and a couple of handkerchiefs. Then, + seeing that there was plenty of room, she slipped in a small box of + cookies and a little camomile. The doctor discovered them soon after he + started on his journey, and with a smile tossed the camomile out of the + window, while he gave the cookies to a poor woman who was traveling with a + couple of small children in the same car as himself. So that Nancy + Sprague's thoughtfulness was not wholly lost, though the intended + recipient did not benefit by it. + </p> + <p> + Doctor Mack had to wait over at a junction for three hours, owing to some + irregularities of the trains, and did not reach Euclid till rather a late + hour in the afternoon. He went to the Euclid Hotel, and entered his name, + </p> + <p> + E. MACK, Albany, + </p> + <p> + without adding M.D., and substituting Albany for the small village, thirty + miles away, where he made his home. + </p> + <p> + “Strategy, doctor, strategy!” he said to himself, “I have come to spy out + the land, and must not make myself too conspicuous. I am traveling, as it + were, incognito.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II + </h2> + <h3> + DR. MACK GETS SOME INFORMATION + </h3> + <p> + The Euclid Hotel was distant about half a mile from the college buildings. + It would hardly have paid expenses but for the patronage it received from + the parents and friends of the students, who, especially on public + occasions, were drawn to visit Euclid, and naturally put up at the hotel. + Then the students, tired, perhaps, of the fare at the college commons, + dropped in often and ordered a dinner. So, take it all in all, Euclid + Hotel benefited largely by the presence of the college. No students, + however, were permitted to board there, as it was thought by the college + professors that the atmosphere of the hotel would be detrimental to + college discipline and the steady habits they desired to inculcate in the + young men under their care. + </p> + <p> + “I wonder,” thought Doctor Mack, after supper was over, “whether I had + better go round to the college and make an evening call on Walter?” + </p> + <p> + He was tempted to do so, for he was fond of his young ward and would have + enjoyed seeing him. But then he wished, unobserved, to judge for himself + whether Walter was making good use of his privileges, and this made it + injudicious for him to disclose his presence in the college town. + </p> + <p> + He strolled out into the tavern yard, and observed a young man engaged in + some light duties. + </p> + <p> + “Good evening, sir,” said the young man, respectfully. + </p> + <p> + “Good evening, I suppose you are connected with the hotel?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; but I would rather be connected with the college.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you have a taste for study?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir. I began to prepare for college, and had made some progress in + Latin and Greek, when my father died, and that put an end to my + prospects.” + </p> + <p> + “That was a pity. Has it destroyed your taste for study?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I spend an hour after I am through work in keeping up my Latin and + Greek, but of course I make slow progress.” + </p> + <p> + “Naturally. Now I have no doubt there are many students who do not + appreciate their privileges as much as you do.” + </p> + <p> + “I know it, sir. There are pretty lively boys in college. Have you a son + there?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “I didn't know but what you might have.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean by lively?” + </p> + <p> + “I mean they care more to have a good time than to get on in their + studies.” + </p> + <p> + “What do they do?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, some of them belong to societies, and have a good time whenever + they meet. Frequently they give little suppers at the hotel here, and keep + it up till a late hour.” + </p> + <p> + “Do the faculty know of this?” + </p> + <p> + “They may surmise something, but they don't interfere. Of course, it pays + Mr. Daniels, the landlord, for he charges a good round sum, and, as there + is no other place for the boys to go, they must pay it. There's going to + be a supper here to-night.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed!” + </p> + <p> + “It is given by one of the sophomores, Walter Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + “What name did you mention?” asked Doctor Mack, startled. + </p> + <p> + “Walter Sherwood. Do you know him?” + </p> + <p> + “I know a family by the name of Sherwood,” answered Doctor Mack, + evasively. “What sort of a young man is he?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't call him a young man. He is only seventeen or eighteen—one + of the youngest members of the class. He is very popular among his mates—a + regular jolly boy he is.” + </p> + <p> + “Does he stand well in his scholarship?” + </p> + <p> + The young man laughed. + </p> + <p> + “I don't think he troubles himself much about studies,” he replied, “from + all I hear; but he is pretty smart, learns easily, and manages to keep up + respectably.” + </p> + <p> + Doctor Mack's heart sank within him. Was this the best that could be said + about his ward, the son of his old friend? + </p> + <p> + “Do you think he is dissipated?” he asked, uneasily. + </p> + <p> + “Not that I ever heard. He is fond of having a good time, and drinks wine + at his suppers, but he isn't what you would call intemperate. He would do + better work in college if he wasn't so rich.” + </p> + <p> + “So he is rich, then?” + </p> + <p> + “He must be, for he spends a good deal of money. Pendleton, one of his + classmates, told me that he spent more money than any one in the class.” + </p> + <p> + “That is why he needs so many extra checks,” thought the guardian soberly. + </p> + <p> + “I am sorry he doesn't make better use of his privileges,” he said aloud. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir, it is a pity. If he didn't care so much for a good time he + might stand at the head of his class—so Pendleton thinks.” + </p> + <p> + “If he were a poor boy, now, you think the result would be different?” + asked Doctor Mack, thoughtfully. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir, I have no doubt of it.” + </p> + <p> + “When does the supper commence?” + </p> + <p> + “At half-past eight o'clock.” + </p> + <p> + “How long will it keep up?” + </p> + <p> + “Till near midnight. The landlord makes it a point to have them close + before twelve. I hope they won't disturb you, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Are they likely to make much noise?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, sir, they make speeches, and do a good deal of singing. Then, + college songs are naturally noisy.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, so I hear.” + </p> + <p> + “What is the number of your room?” + </p> + <p> + “Number nine.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, you are nearly opposite the room where they will have their supper. + I am afraid you won't stand much chance of sleeping early.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, never mind! I shall get an idea of what a college supper is like.” + </p> + <p> + “So you will. If you open the transom over your door you will have the + full benefit of all that goes on.” + </p> + <p> + “That will suit me very well,” thought Doctor Mack. + </p> + <p> + “If you would like to be farther away, the landlord would no doubt change + your room.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, no,” said the doctor hastily. “It will suit me very well for once to + listen to college songs and get an idea of how college boys enjoy + themselves.” + </p> + <p> + “A very sensible old gentleman!” thought James Holden. “Some men of his + age would make a fuss.” + </p> + <p> + A little before the time when the students were expected to arrive Doctor + Mack shut himself up in his room, taking care to open the transom. He had + ascertained from the young man, his informant, that supper had been + engaged for twelve, and that the price charged per plate was two dollars + and a half, all to be paid by Walter Sherwood. + </p> + <p> + “That makes thirty dollars,” he reflected. “No wonder Walter writes for + extra checks. I wonderin this thirty dollars is to figure as a + contribution to the library?” + </p> + <p> + From his window he could see the students as they approached the hotel. + Finally he caught sight of Walter, with a college friend on each sides + with whom he was chatting gaily. + </p> + <p> + “What a change!” thought Doctor Mack. “It seems only yesterday that Walter + started for college, a bashful, unformed boy, full of good resolutions, + and determined to distinguish himself in scholarship. Now he has become a + gay butterfly. And, what is worse, he has learned to deceive his old + guardian, and his chief aim seems to be to have a good time. What can I do + to change his course?” + </p> + <p> + The good doctor's face assumed a thoughtful look. + </p> + <p> + “I can tell better after what I shall hear to-night,” he said to himself. + </p> + <p> + It was not long before the guests were all assembled and the feast was to + begin. + </p> + <p> + Some one rapped for attention, and then Doctor Mack recognized the voice + of his young ward. + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” he said, “I am glad to welcome you to this festal board. + After spending ten or a dozen hours in hard study”—laughter and + applause—“we find it pleasant to close our books, to relax our + learned brows”—more laughter—“and show our appreciation of the + good things of life. As Horace, your favorite, says”—I won't insult + you by offering to translate his well-known words—<i>“dulce est + desipere in loco</i>. That is what has brought us here to-night We want to + <i>desipere in loco.</i>” + </p> + <p> + “So we do! Good for you!” exclaimed one and another. + </p> + <p> + “I regret,” Walter continued, “that all the professors have declined my + urgent invitation to be present on this occasion. Professor Griggs”—the + professor of mathematics—“said he would not break away from his + regular diet of logarithms and radicals.” Great laughter. “I have + expressly requested Mr. Daniels to provide no logarithms to-night. They + don't agree with my constitution.” + </p> + <p> + “Nor with mine!” “Nor with mine!” echoed one and another. + </p> + <p> + “I shall expect you all, after the banquet, to do something for the + general entertainment. I stipulate, however, that none of the company + address us in Latin or Greek.”—“We won't!” “We won't!”—“Sufficient + for the recitation-room is the evil thereof. But I have spoken long + enough. There are times when silence is golden, and one of those times is + at hand. Brethren, the feast awaits you! Pitch in!” + </p> + <p> + The speaker took his seat, and then there was a noise of clinking glasses, + and knives and forks came to the front. The banquet had begun. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III + </h2> + <h3> + A COLLEGE BANQUET + </h3> + <p> + There was a rattling of knives and forks, a clink of glasses, and a buzz + of conversation. Doctor Mack was able to hear considerable of it. There + were anecdotes of the professors, accounts of narrow escapes from + “flunking” in the recitation-room, and remarks by no means complimentary + to some of the text-books in use in college. It was evident that the + collegians assembled cared more for a good time than for study. Yet these + seemed to be the chosen associates of his ward, the doctor reflected. + </p> + <p> + As the feast proceeded, he grew more sober. He felt that college life, + however much it was doing for the faithful students, was only fostering + self-indulgence in his ward. + </p> + <p> + “Something must be done!” reflected Doctor Mack. “Desperate diseases + require desperate remedies.” + </p> + <p> + Again the chairman rapped for order, and again Walter's voice was heard. + </p> + <p> + “Brothers,” he said, “the material part of our banquet is ended. We have + gratified our appetites with the savory dishes provided by our friend + Daniels. We have quaffed the rare Falernian wine, of a vintage unknown to + Horace; we have quickened our wits, as I trust, under those favorable + conditions, and the time has now come for the feast of reason and the flow + of soul. Exhausted as we are by our labors in the classroom”—great + laughter—“we have sought refreshment in the way that is most + agreeable. It's a way we have at old Euclid! Sing!” + </p> + <p> + Immediately the assembled company started up the well-known college song: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “It's a way we have at old Euclid, + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + To drive dull care away. + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + To drive dull care away. + + “And we think it is no sin, sir, + To take the Freshmen in, sir, + And ease them of their tin, sir, + To drive dull care away. + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + To drive dull care away.” + </pre> + <p> + There were other verses, but these will serve as specimens. All joined in + the chorus, and Doctor Mack, who remembered his own college life, felt + almost tempted to add his voice to those of the young men in the opposite + room. + </p> + <p> + “But, pshaw!” he thought. “What would Walter and his friends think to hear + an old graybeard like me taking part in the convivial songs? There is no + great harm in singing college songs, if it is accompanied by good work in + the recitation-room.” + </p> + <p> + “Brothers,” resumed Walter, “we will do our best to drive dull care away. + Let us forget, this happy evening, that there are such things as + logarithms, and sines, and tangents, and Greek tragedies. To-night our + hearts shall be uplifted by sentiment and song. Brother Corbett, you will + oblige us with 'Rumsty Ho!'” + </p> + <p> + A young man with a pleasant voice sang this song, one unfamiliar to the + doctor: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “A beggar man laid himself down to sleep, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + A beggar man laid himself down to sleep + By the banks of the Mersey, so high and steep, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + + “Two thieves came walking by that way, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + Two thieves came walking by that way, + And they came to the place where the old man lay, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + + “They stole his wallet and they stole his staff, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + They stole his wallet and they stole his staff, + And then broke out in a great horse-laugh, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho!” + </pre> + <p> + There was more of this song, too. Next came “Crambambuli,” and then + “Cocach-lunk” both of which were familiar to the doctor. + </p> + <p> + Then Walter said: “Brothers, I have great pleasure in stating that + Professor Griggs has concluded to honor our dinner by his learned + presence, and has consented to address us. Permit me to introduce + Professor Theophilus Griggs.” + </p> + <p> + One of the company had made up as the mathematical professor. In a nasal + tone he made a rambling speech, in which he introduced mathematical + allusions, and used some of the favorite phrases of the rather dull and + prosy instructor, with whom all the students were familiar, some to their + sorrow. It seemed to be very amusing to the boys present, as shown by + their hearty laughter, but of course Doctor Mack could not appreciate it. + </p> + <p> + Other songs and other speeches followed. Though for the most part college + songs, there were some of a more serious character. Time slipped by, and + at length Doctor Mack saw by his watch that it was half-past eleven. + </p> + <p> + “How long will they keep it up, I wonder?” he asked himself. “I feel + drowsy.” + </p> + <p> + He was answered by the chairman. + </p> + <p> + “Brothers,” he said, “time waits for no man. The hour has arrived when, + according to agreement, we must wind up our festivities. Hand in hand we + will sing 'Auld Lang Syne,' hoping, at some auspicious season after the + coming vacation is over, to have another good time. I thank you all for + accepting my invitation, and hope you have enjoyed yourselves.” + </p> + <p> + “Three cheers for Sherwood!” cried one of the company. + </p> + <p> + They were given with a will. Then the parting song was sung, and the + students retired to their rooms in one of the college dormitories. + </p> + <p> + Doctor Mack went thoughtfully to bed. + </p> + <p> + “It is well I came,” he reflected. “Walter has done nothing decidedly + wrong as yet, but it is evident he is not improving.” + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said James Holdens as he met Doctor Mack the next morning, “did + you hear the boys last night?” + </p> + <p> + “I couldn't very well help it,” answered the doctor, smiling. “That young + Sherwood seems to be very popular.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; he is very free with his money.” + </p> + <p> + “In what other way does he spend it?” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Daniels keeps half a dozen horses to let to students and others. + Sherwood hires a team at least twice a week, and of course it counts up.” + </p> + <p> + “I was not able to spend money in that way when I attended college.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you are a college graduate?” said Holden. + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you graduate at Euclid?” + </p> + <p> + “No; I am a Yale man.” + </p> + <p> + “I congratulate you, sir; I should like to graduate from Yale. + </p> + <p> + “I hope you may, some time, my young friend. You would derive more + benefit, I'll be bound, than those young roysterers of last evening.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope they didn't keep you awake, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “They certainly did as long as they stayed. I should have gone to bed soon + afterward, but that I had something on my mind. By the way, don't mention + to any of the students that they had an unseen listener.” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir.” + </p> + <p> + Doctor Mack took the first train after breakfast, and returned to his home + without seeing his ward. + </p> + <p> + Nancy Sprague questioned him eagerly. + </p> + <p> + “And how is Master Walter?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “Very well, indeed, Nancy.” + </p> + <p> + “Was he surprised to see you?” + </p> + <p> + “He didn't see me, Nancy.” + </p> + <p> + “He didn't see you!” ejaculated the housekeeper. + </p> + <p> + “No; the fact was, I went away on a matter of business, and it was not + convenient to call on Walter. But I heard him.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't see how you could have been near him without seeing him.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall see him soon, Nancy, and so will you. In two weeks vacation will + be here. Examinations are near, and I might have interfered with his + studies,” the doctor added, with a little innocent evasion. + </p> + <p> + “To be sure, sir! To be sure! I make no doubt Master Walter is a great + scholar.” + </p> + <p> + “I have very strong doubts on that point myself,” thought Doctor Mack, but + he did not care to express himself thus to Nancy. + </p> + <p> + “I am so glad the dear boy is coming home soon,” murmured the housekeeper. + “He has been studying so hard he needs a good long rest. I will make some + cookies expressly for him after he comes. I don't believe he gets any at + college.” + </p> + <p> + “I wonder what Nancy would say if she could have seen Walter presiding at + the supper, and heard the songs?” thought Doctor Mack. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV + </h2> + <h3> + THE DAY AFTER THE FEAST + </h3> + <p> + The same morning, in a comfortably furnished room in Simpson Hall, sat, or + rather lounged, Walter Sherwood. + </p> + <p> + “I feel sleepy this morning, Gates,” he said to his chum. “I can't fix my + mind on this confounded logic.” + </p> + <p> + “No wonder, Sherwood. You have good reason to be tired after last + evening.” + </p> + <p> + “That's so! We had a good time, though. I am sorry you couldn't accept my + invitation.” + </p> + <p> + “I couldn't afford it, Sherwood. You know we are very differently + situated. You are rich, while I am the oldest son of a country minister, + with all I can do to get through college. As it is, I shall be in debt.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not be in debt to me? You never would accept anything from me.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I did. I have let you go to the entire expense of furnishing this + room, though I have an equal share in it.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, that's nothing! You pay me in helping me through my lessons when I am + behind. If you hadn't read my Horace to me the other day I should have + flunked as sure as can be.” + </p> + <p> + “It would be better for you to get your own lesson, Walter.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I suppose it would,” answered his roommate, yawning. “I wish you + could drive this logic into my head. I suppose I am unusually stupid this + morning.” + </p> + <p> + “Suppose we go over it together.” + </p> + <p> + Fifteen minutes later Walter said complacently: “Thanks, old fellow; you + have made it as plain as a pikestaff.” + </p> + <p> + “And very likely you will get a higher mark at the recitation than I.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, perhaps so,” laughed Walter. “I suppose it is because I have more + cheek than you.” + </p> + <p> + “You can do better on slight preparation, certainly. You talk like a + professor when you are on your feet.” + </p> + <p> + “You want to be a professor some time, Gates, don't you?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered his chum, his face flushing, “I should be proud to become + a professor in old Euclid.” + </p> + <p> + “It would be awfully slow, I think,” returned Walter, stifling a yawn. + </p> + <p> + “What then, is your ambition?” + </p> + <p> + “I want to go out among men. I want to take an active part in the world.” + </p> + <p> + “You will have to work harder than you do in college, then.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose I shall. But I am young, Gates. I am only seventeen.” + </p> + <p> + “And I am nineteen, and look twenty-one.” + </p> + <p> + “All the better! The older you look the better, If you are going to be a + college instructor. I would have to wait a long time if I wanted to, even + if I were a good deal wiser than I am now. I am so young, in short, that I + can afford to have a good time.” + </p> + <p> + “It seems to me that is all you think of, Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, well, I'll reform in time and become a sober old duffer like you,” + and Walter Sherwood laughed carelessly. + </p> + <p> + “I hope, at any rate, that you will change your views of life. You know + what Longfellow says: 'Life is real! Life is earnest!'” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes, I know that by heart. But it's no use, Gates, you can't make an + old man of me before my time. Will it disturb you if I play a tune or two + on my violin?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, to tell the truth, it will. I want to get my Greek lesson, and you + had better do the same.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I will read a novel, and you can read over the Greek to me when you + have dug it out.” + </p> + <p> + “I will if you wish, but I am afraid I am spoiling you by doing your + studying for you.” + </p> + <p> + “Remember, I was out late last night.” + </p> + <p> + “You have something almost every evening, Walter.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, well, I'll turn over a new leaf next term.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not begin now?” + </p> + <p> + “If you knew how stupid I feel you wouldn't ask.” + </p> + <p> + Walter stretched himself out on a comfortable lounge, and took up a new + novel which he had partially read, while Gates spread the big Greek + lexicon on the study-table, and opening his Aristophanes, began slowly and + laboriously to translate it into English. + </p> + <p> + Fifteen minutes passed when a knock was heard at the door. + </p> + <p> + “Come in!” called out Walter. + </p> + <p> + He looked up eagerly, hoping the visitor might prove to be one of his + jovial comrades of the night before. But he did not look so well pleased + when, as the door opened, he caught sight of the pudgy figure and shrewd + face of Elijah Daniels, the proprietor of the Euclid Hotel. + </p> + <p> + “Good morning, Mr. Daniels.” he said, rather apprehensively. “So you have + found me out.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I have found you in,” returned the landlord, with a smile. “I hope I + don't intrude upon, your studies, young gentlemen.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I am taking a little rest from my labors,” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + “You were up rather late last evening, Mr. Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + “That's a fact, and you gave us a first-class supper, Daniels. You did + yourself proud.” + </p> + <p> + “I did my best, Mr. Sherwood, and I am glad you were satisfied.” + </p> + <p> + “All the fellows praised the supper.” + </p> + <p> + “That's good. I know what you young gentlemen like, and I get it, no + matter what it costs. I don't make much on the suppers I give the college + boys, but of course I like to please them.” + </p> + <p> + “Your price is quite reasonable, I think.” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad you do. I have brought in the bill for last night's + entertainment, and if you can let me have the money, I shall be glad.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, the fact is, Daniels, I haven't got the money by me this morning.” + </p> + <p> + The landlord's countenance changed. + </p> + <p> + “I like prompt pay,” he said. “It is a good deal of trouble, and, as I + said, there isn't much money to be made.” + </p> + <p> + “That's all right. You won't have to wait long.” + </p> + <p> + “How long, Mr. Sherwood?” + </p> + <p> + “I expect a check for a hundred dollars from my guardian to-day. I wrote + three days since, for I knew you wouldn't like to wait.” + </p> + <p> + “A hundred dollars!” repeated the landlord, feeling a little easier in + mind. + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps your guardian may object to sending it.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, no! He's a nice old fellow, Doctor Mack is. He is very indulgent.” + </p> + <p> + “What name did you mention? + </p> + <p> + “Doctor Mack. Ezekiel Mack.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed! Why, we had a gentleman stopping at the hotel last night of that + name.” + </p> + <p> + “What!” ejaculated Walter, in astonishment. “Do you mean to tell me that + Doctor Mack—my guardian—was at the hotel last night? It can't + be. He would have called on me.” + </p> + <p> + “It may not have been the same man. Now I come to think of it, he didn't + put himself down on the book Doctor Mack. He just put himself down E. + Mack. He seemed a plain sort of man.” + </p> + <p> + “Where did he register from?” asked Walter eagerly. + </p> + <p> + “From Albany.” + </p> + <p> + “Is he at the hotel now?” + </p> + <p> + “He went away by the morning train.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it couldn't have been he,” said Walter, in a tone of relief. “He + doesn't live in Albany. Besides, he would have called on me. No, it must + have been some other Mack.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps you wouldn't have liked to have him catch you at a gay supper, + Mr. Sherwood?” said the landlord shrewdly. + </p> + <p> + “Well, no, I'd a little rather receive him in my room, with a book open + before me.” + </p> + <p> + “He might object to pay out money for such doings.” + </p> + <p> + “He won't know anything about it. Just leave your bill, Mr. Daniels, and + as soon as I get the check I'll call round and pay it.” + </p> + <p> + “There's another bill, too, a livery bill. I brought that along, too.” + </p> + <p> + “How much is it?” asked Walter anxiously. + </p> + <p> + “Eighteen dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “I didn't think it was as much as that!” + </p> + <p> + “Bills mount up faster than you young gentlemen think for. I suppose, + however, you can afford to pay it?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes!” said Walter carelessly. + </p> + <p> + “Your uncle may think it rather steep, eh?” + </p> + <p> + “I wrote him that I had some extra expenses this time.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I suppose you can't do anything for me this morning?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Daniels; just leave both bills, and I feel quite sure that I can pay + you in a day or two. I suppose you can change a check?” + </p> + <p> + “I'll manage to.” + </p> + <p> + The landlord retired, leaving the bills behind him. + </p> + <p> + “Do you know, Sherwood,” said his chum gravely “I think you are foolishly + extravagant.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, perhaps I am.” + </p> + <p> + “You are spending three times as much as I am.” + </p> + <p> + “I'll do better next term. I wish my guardian would hurry along that + check.” + </p> + <p> + Two days later a letter came for Walter in the familiar handwriting of + Doctor Mack. He tore it open hastily, and as he read it he turned pale and + sank into a chair. + </p> + <p> + “What's the matter?” asked Gates. + </p> + <p> + “Matter enough!” answered Walter, in a hollow voice. “My money is lost, + and I've got to leave college!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER TAKES MATTERS PHILOSOPHICALLY + </h3> + <p> + Walter's announcement, recorded at the close of the preceding chapter, + fell like a thunderbolt on his room-mate. + </p> + <p> + “You have lost your money?” repeated Gates, in a tone of incredulity. “You + don't mean it!” + </p> + <p> + “Read that letter, Gates,” said Walter, pushing it over to his chum. + </p> + <p> + The letter was, of course, from Doctor Mack, and ran thus: + </p> + <p> + “DEAR WALTER: Your letter asking for an extra check for one hundred + dollars came to hand three or four days since. I have delayed answering + for two reasons. I am satisfied that you are spending more money than is + necessary, and, moreover, I have shrunk from communicating to you some + unpleasant intelligence. Upon me have devolved the investment and + management of your property, and while I have tried to be cautious, there + have been losses which I regret. In one case three-fourths of an + investment has been lost. Of course, you didn't know this, or you would + have been less free in your expenditures. + </p> + <p> + “I am not prepared to tell you how you stand. I think it will be prudent + for you to leave college at the end of this term, and for a year to seek + some employment. During that time I will do what I can to settle matters + on a better footing, and perhaps at the end of that time you will be able + to return to your studies. You are so young—I think you must be + younger than the majority of your classmates—that you can afford to + lose the time. + </p> + <p> + “I send you a check for sixty dollars in place of a hundred. I wish you to + have your regular term bills sent to me, and I will forward checks in + payment. I will see that you leave Euclid owing no man anything. When you + come home for the vacation we can consult as to the future. I hope you + will not be much depressed or cast down by the news I send. Your money is + not all lost, and I may be able, in the course of twelve months, to + recover in a large measure what has been sunk. + </p> + <p> + “Your affectionate guardian, EZEKIEL MACK.” + </p> + <p> + “A regular sockdolager, isn't it, Gates?” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + “I don't see that it's so bad,” answered Gates slowly. “Your money isn't + all lost.” + </p> + <p> + “But I must leave college.” + </p> + <p> + “True; but, as your guardian says, you are young, and if you come back at + the end of a year you will still be a year younger than I for your + standing. Of course, I am sorry to have you go.” + </p> + <p> + “I am sure of that, Gates.” + </p> + <p> + “Is the prospect of working for a year so unpleasant to you, Walter?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I can't say it is,” said Walter, brightening up, “not if I can choose + my employment. I shouldn't like to go behind the counter in a grocery + store, or—” + </p> + <p> + “Black boots for a living?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, hardly,” said Walter, laughing. + </p> + <p> + “Probably your guardian will consult your preferences.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish I could arrange to travel. I should like to see something of the + world.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not? You might get an agency of some kind. One college vacation—last + summer—I traveled about as book agent.” + </p> + <p> + “How did you like it?” + </p> + <p> + “Not very much. I met with a good many rebuffs, and was occasionally + looked upon with suspicion, as I could see. Still, I made a living, and + brought back thirty dollars to start me on my new term.” + </p> + <p> + “Just what my supper cost the other evening.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; I didn't think it wise to spend the money in the same way.” + </p> + <p> + “You have cheered me up, Gates. I really believe I shall like to spend a + year in some kind of business.” + </p> + <p> + “Write your guardian to that effect. He may be blaming himself for his + agency in your misfortune, and a cheerful letter from you will brighten + him up.” + </p> + <p> + “All right! I will.” + </p> + <p> + Walter sat down and dashed off the following note: + </p> + <p> + “DEAR GUARDIAN: Your letter just received. I won't pretend that I am not + sorry for the loss of my money, but I am sure that you acted for the best. + Don't trouble yourself too much about the matter. Perhaps it will all come + out right in a year or so. In the meantime I think I shall find it not + unpleasant to work for a year if you will let me select the kind of + business I am to follow. + </p> + <p> + “I will make the money you sent me do for the present, and will send you + my term bills as you desire. You can depend upon my settling up as cheap + as possible, though I confess I have not hitherto been nearly as + economical as I might have been. Now that I know it is necessary, you + shall have no reason to complain of me. + </p> + <p> + “Your affectionate ward, WALTER SHERWOOD.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you think of that, Gates?” asked Walter, giving the letter to his + chum to read. + </p> + <p> + “Excellent! It shows the right spirit.” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad you think so.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know, Walter, I think I have more occasion for regret than you? I + must bid farewell to my room-mate and this pleasant room.” + </p> + <p> + “To your room-mate, yes, but not necessarily to the room.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall have to furnish it in very different style for the present. I am + not sure that I can afford a carpet. The luxury of my present + surroundings, I am afraid, will spoil me for humble quarters.” + </p> + <p> + “Don't borrow any trouble about that. I shall leave you the furniture as + it stands, and when I come back to college, even if we are in different + classes, you must take me in again.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course I will agree to an arrangement so much in my favor, but perhaps + your guardian will think you had better sell the furniture and realize + what you can.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I am sure he won't. There's nothing mean about Doctor Mack. You can + take in any one you please in my place, only I am to come back at the end + of a year if things turn out well.” + </p> + <p> + “I heartily hope you will come back, and if you will excuse my saying so, + with a more earnest spirit, and a determination to do justice to your + really excellent talents.” + </p> + <p> + “Good advice! I'll adopt it. I'll begin to do better at once. I was + intending to take a drive this evening, but it would cost me two dollars, + and I will stay at home and save the money.” + </p> + <p> + “Come with me on a walk, instead.” + </p> + <p> + “I will.” + </p> + <p> + “We will go to the top of Mount Legar. At sunset there will be a fine view + from there.” + </p> + <p> + “I must stop on the way and pay Mr. Daniels what I owe him. He will lose a + good deal by my going away.” + </p> + <p> + “True; but his loss will be your gain.” + </p> + <p> + At the outset of their walk the two students called at the hotel, and + found Mr. Daniels on the piazza. + </p> + <p> + “Glad to see you, Mr. Sherwood,” said the landlord briskly. + </p> + <p> + “I think you will be, Mr. Daniels, for I have come to pay your bills.” + </p> + <p> + “Money is always welcome, Mr. Sherwood. You have no idea how much I lose + by trusting students. There was Green, of the last graduating class, left + college owing me forty-five dollars. He has gone West somewhere, and I + never expect to get a cent of my money.” + </p> + <p> + “You came pretty near losing by me, Daniels.” + </p> + <p> + “How is that?” queried the landlord, looking surprised. + </p> + <p> + “I've lost a lot of money, or my guardian has for me, and I've got to + leave college at the end of this term.” + </p> + <p> + “You don't say so!” ejaculated Mr. Daniels regretfully. + </p> + <p> + “It's all true. My guardian wrote me about it this morning.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose you're a good deal cut up about it, Mr. Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I was at first, but I may be able to come back after a year or two. + I shall go into some business, and meanwhile my guardian will do what he + can to recover the money lost. It isn't so bad, after all.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be sorry to have you go, Mr. Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + “You will miss my bills, at any rate. I wouldn't have given that supper + the other evening if I had known how things stood. I would have put the + thirty dollars to better use.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, you've paid up like a gentleman, anyway. I hope you'll come back in + a year as rich as ever. You wanted a team to-night, James told me.” + </p> + <p> + “That was before I got my guardian's letter. I shall walk, instead of + taking a carriage-ride.” + </p> + <p> + “I will let the account stand, if you wish.” + </p> + <p> + “No. I can't afford to run up any bills. Good night, Mr. Daniels.” + </p> + <p> + “You did right, Walter,” said Gates. “It is a bad thing to run up bills.” + </p> + <p> + “Especially when you are poor. It seems odd to be poor.” + </p> + <p> + “I am used to it, Walter. You don't seem very sad over it.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not. That is what puzzles me. I really begin to think I like it.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI + </h2> + <h3> + TRUE FRIEND AND FALSE + </h3> + <p> + A college community is for the most part democratic. A poor student with + talent is quite as likely to be a favorite as the heir to a fortune, often + more so. But there are always some snobs who care more for dollars than + sense. So Walter was destined to find out, for he made no secret of his + loss of fortune. Most of his college friends sympathized with him, but + there was one who proved unreliable. + </p> + <p> + This was Harvey Warner, the son of a man who had made a fortune during the + Civil War, some said as a sutler. Harvey professed to be very + aristocratic, and had paid especial attention to Walter, because he, too, + had the reputation of being wealthy. He had invited Walter to pass a + couple of weeks at the summer residence of the Warners, near Lake George. + This, however, was before he had heard of Walter's loss of fortune. As + soon as he learned this, he decided that the invitation must be withdrawn. + This would be awkward, as he had been on very intimate terms with our + hero, and had been a guest at the banquet. + </p> + <p> + Not foreseeing the effect of his changed circumstances on the mind of his + late friend, Walter, meeting him on the campus the day afterward, called + out, familiarly: “How are you, old fellow? Why didn't you come round to my + room last evening?” + </p> + <p> + “I had another engagement, Sherwood,” answered Warner, stiffly. + </p> + <p> + “You ought to give me the preference,” said Walter, not observing the + other's change of manner. + </p> + <p> + “Ahem! a man must judge for himself, you know. By the way, is it true that + you have lost all your money?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know how much I have lost, but I am not coming back to college + next year.” + </p> + <p> + “You are in hard luck,” said Warner coldly. “By the way, I think we shall + have to give up that plan for the summer.” + </p> + <p> + “What plan?” + </p> + <p> + “Why, you know I invited you to visit me at Lake George.” + </p> + <p> + Walter began to comprehend. + </p> + <p> + “Why, are you not going to be there?” he asked, + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but the house will be full of other fellows, don't you know.” + </p> + <p> + “So that there will be no room for me,” said Walter calmly, looking Warner + full in the face. + </p> + <p> + “Awfully sorry, and all that sort of thing,” drawled Warner. “Besides, I + suppose you will have to go to work.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I expect to go to work—after awhile. Probably I shall take a + few weeks for rest. By the way, when did you find out that your home would + be full—of other fellows?” + </p> + <p> + “Got a letter from my sister this morning. Besides—in your changed + circumstances, don't you know, you might find it awkward to be living in a + style you couldn't keep up.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, Warner. You are very considerate. I really didn't give you + credit for so much consideration.” + </p> + <p> + “Don't mention it! Of course with your good sense you understand?” + </p> + <p> + “I think I do.” + </p> + <p> + “And, by the way, I believe you borrowed two dollars of me last week. If + it is inconvenient for you to pay the whole at once, you might hand me a + dollar.” + </p> + <p> + “And I called that fellow my friend!” said Walter to himself. + </p> + <p> + “You are very considerate again, but I think I would rather pay the whole + at once. Can you change a ten?” + </p> + <p> + Harvey Warner looked surprised. He had jumped to the conclusion that + Walter was the next thing to a pauper, and here he was better supplied + with money than himself. + </p> + <p> + “I am not sure that I have as much money here,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Then come with me to the drug-store; I am going to buy a bottle of + tooth-wash, and will change the bill there.” + </p> + <p> + Warner accepted this proposal. + </p> + <p> + “I'd better make sure of my money while he has it,” he reflected. + </p> + <p> + “I hope you're not very much disappointed about the visit?” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Not at all! I should have had to decline. I have been invited to spend a + month at the Adirondacks with Frank Clifford.” + </p> + <p> + “You don't mean it!” ejaculated Warner enviously. + </p> + <p> + Clifford was a member of an old family, and an invitation from him was + felt to confer distinction. Warner himself would have given a good deal to + be on sufficiently intimate terms to receive such a compliment. + </p> + <p> + “When did he invite you?” he asked suggestively. + </p> + <p> + Walter saw what was in his mind, and answered, with a smile: + </p> + <p> + “He invited me this morning.” + </p> + <p> + “Had he heard—” + </p> + <p> + “Of my loss of fortune? Oh, yes! But why should that make any difference?” + </p> + <p> + “I wouldn't go, if I were you.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” + </p> + <p> + “You are going to be a poor man.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know about that.” + </p> + <p> + “You are poor now, at any rate.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, perhaps so, but am I any the worse for that?” + </p> + <p> + “I thought you would understand my meaning.” + </p> + <p> + “I do, but I am glad that all my friends don't attach the importance you + do to the possession of fortune. Good morning!” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose it's the way of the world!” thought Walter, as his quondam + friend left him. “But, thank Heaven, all are not mercenary! I've got a few + friends left, anyhow.” + </p> + <p> + A few rods farther on he met Victor Creswell, perhaps the richest student + in the junior class. + </p> + <p> + “What's this I hear, Walter?” he asked. “Have you lost your money?” + </p> + <p> + “Some of it, I believe.” + </p> + <p> + “And you are not coming back to college?” + </p> + <p> + “I shall stay out a year. Perhaps I can come back then.” + </p> + <p> + “You needn't leave at all. My governor allows me a hundred dollars a month + for my own use—spending money, you know. I'll give you half of it, + if that will enable you to pull through.” + </p> + <p> + Walter was touched. + </p> + <p> + “You are a friend worth having, Creswell,” he said. “But I really think I + shall enjoy being out of college for a year. I shall find out what is in + me. But I sha'n't forget your generous offer.” + </p> + <p> + “Better accept it, Sherwood. I can get along well enough on fifty dollars + a month.” + </p> + <p> + “I won't accept it for myself, but I'll tell you something. My chum, + Gates, is very hard pushed. You know he depends wholly on himself, and + twenty-five dollars just at this time would be a godsend to him. He is + worried about paying his bills. If, now, you would transfer a little at + your generosity to him—” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know him very well, but if you speak well of him that is enough. + I shall be glad to help him. Let me see how much I can spare.” + </p> + <p> + He drew out a wallet, and from it four ten dollar bills. + </p> + <p> + “Here are forty dollars,” he said. “Give them to him, but don't let him + know where they came from.” + </p> + <p> + “Creswell, you're a trump!” said Walter, shaking his hand vigorously. “You + don't know how happy you will make him.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, that's all right. But I'm sorry you won't let me do something for + you.” + </p> + <p> + “I will if I need it.” + </p> + <p> + “Good!” said Creswell, in a tone of satisfaction. “Now, mind, you don't + hesitate.” + </p> + <p> + Walter, happy in the happiness he was going to confer, made his way + quickly to his own room. Gates sat at the table with a troubled brow, + writing some figures on a piece of paper. + </p> + <p> + “What are you about, Gates?” asked his chum. + </p> + <p> + “I have been thinking.” said Gates wearily, “that perhaps I ought to do + what you have decided to do.” + </p> + <p> + “What's that?” + </p> + <p> + “Leave college. + </p> + <p> + “But why?” + </p> + <p> + “I am so troubled to pay my bills. I wrote to my uncle last week—he + is a well-to-do farmer—asking him if he wouldn't send me fifteen + dollars to help pay my term bills. I promised to come and help him in the + farm work during July.” + </p> + <p> + “What does he say?” asked Walter, smiling, Gates couldn't understand why. + </p> + <p> + “That he never pays for work in advance—he doesn't approve of it.” + </p> + <p> + “He could afford it?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes; he's got a good sum in the savings-bank, but he is a very + cautious man. I don't see how I'm going to get through. Perhaps I had + better take a year away from college.” + </p> + <p> + “There is no need of that. I have some money here for you.” + </p> + <p> + “Some money for me?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” and Walter placed four ten-dollar bills on the table. + </p> + <p> + “But, Walter, you are in no position to lend me money.” + </p> + <p> + “True; the money doesn't come from me.” + </p> + <p> + “But who besides you would do me such a great favor?” + </p> + <p> + “One of the rich fellows in college—no, I can't tell you his name. + You can take it without hesitation.” + </p> + <p> + “But it must have been to you that he lent it.” + </p> + <p> + “No, he understands that it is to be given to you. Will it help you?” + </p> + <p> + “Will it help me? It will carry me through gloriously,” and Gates was + radiant with pleasure. + </p> + <p> + “Are you going to leave college now?” + </p> + <p> + “No; this help is providential. I will never be distrustful again.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish Creswell could see how much happiness his gift has brought with + it,” thought Walter. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER'S EXPERIMENT BEGINS + </h3> + <p> + After a conference between Walter and his guardian it was decided that he + should wait till the first of September before seeking for any business + position. Walter, who was somewhat impulsive, was disposed to start at + once, but Doctor Mack said: “No, you are entitled to a vacation. When your + class resumes study at Euclid, it will be time for you to begin to earn + your living.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not sure that I deserve a vacation,” said Walter frankly. “I have + not studied as hard at I ought.” + </p> + <p> + “Very probably. You have not been in earnest. You are a year older now, + and you have a better understanding of your position.” + </p> + <p> + “You are very charitable, my dear guardian,” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + Doctor Mack smiled. + </p> + <p> + “I am quite aware,” he said, “that old heads are not often to be found on + young shoulders.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you think it will be right for me to enjoy myself this summer?” + </p> + <p> + “I want you to do so.” + </p> + <p> + “One of my college friends, Frank Clifford, has invited me to pass a month + with him in the Adirondacks. The Cliffords have a lodge not far from Blue + Mountain Lake. Frank's mother and sisters will be abroad, and he wants me + to keep him company.” + </p> + <p> + “I can think of no objection. How shall you spend your time?” + </p> + <p> + “In hunting and fishing. There are splendid chances for both up there, so + Clifford says.” + </p> + <p> + “Go and have your good time. When you come back we will talk of your + future plans.” + </p> + <p> + Walter's stay was prolonged to eight weeks, and when he returned it was + already nearing the end of August. He was browned by exposure, and looked + the picture of health. + </p> + <p> + “Now I am ready to go to work, Doctor Mack,” he said. “Have you any plans + for me?” + </p> + <p> + “How would you like to go into a drug-store? I have a college classmate + who is a very successful druggist in Syracuse.” + </p> + <p> + Walter shrugged his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “I don't believe I have a taste for making pills,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “I thought not. What do you think of entering a dry-goods store? I am + acquainted with the head of a prominent establishment in New York.” + </p> + <p> + “It is a very respectable position, but I should feel cabined, cribbed, + confined in it.” + </p> + <p> + “I am at the end of my tether. Have you formed any plans of your own?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, not exactly.” + </p> + <p> + “But you have thought somewhat on the subject?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Walter. + </p> + <p> + “If at all possible, I shall let you have your own way.” + </p> + <p> + “You may think me foolish,” said Walter hesitatingly. + </p> + <p> + “I don't know. Let me hear what you have to propose.” + </p> + <p> + “I thought,” said Walter eagerly, “I would like to go out West.” + </p> + <p> + “What would you do when you got there?” + </p> + <p> + “There must be lots of things to do.” + </p> + <p> + “Very likely. You might buy an ax and clear the virgin forests.” + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid I wouldn't be a success at that.” + </p> + <p> + “You have no definite idea as to what you would do?” + </p> + <p> + “No. I could tell better when I got out there.” + </p> + <p> + “Now, about the expense. How much money would you need? You would require + to live till you begin to earn something.” + </p> + <p> + “How much will it cost me to get to Chicago?” + </p> + <p> + “Say about twenty-five dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “I think, guardian, if you will advance me a hundred dollars, that will be + sufficient.” + </p> + <p> + “For how long a time?” + </p> + <p> + “For a year. You see, I expect to earn my own living by the time I have + spent fifty dollars in all. I should go to a cheap boarding-place, of + course. I should be able to pay my way.” + </p> + <p> + “You will be content, then, with a hundred dollars, Walter?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; perhaps I could make it do on less.” + </p> + <p> + “No; you shall have a hundred. If absolutely necessary, you can send for + more.” + </p> + <p> + “No,” said Walter confidently; “I won't do that. I shall get along + somehow. I want to make a man of myself.” + </p> + <p> + “That is a commendable ambition. Still, sometimes a young man finds it + hard to obtain employment. If you had a trade, now, it might be different. + Suppose, for instance, you were a journeyman tailor, you could readily + find a place in Chicago or any good-sized city.” + </p> + <p> + “I shouldn't care to be a tailor.” + </p> + <p> + “I shouldn't care to employ you if you were,” said his guardian, smiling. + “One thing I would like to guard you against. Don't be too particular + about what you take up. With so small an outfit as you have stipulated + for, you will have to go to work at something soon. Then, again, you won't + be able to live as well as you have been accustomed to do here and in + college.” + </p> + <p> + “I understand that, and am prepared for it. I want to rough it.” + </p> + <p> + “Possibly you will have your wish granted. I don't want to discourage you, + Walter. I only want to prepare you for what may, and probably will, come.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know any one in Chicago, Doctor Mack? I might find it pleasant to + have an acquaintance.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I know a retired merchant named Archer. He lives on Indiana Avenue. + I don't remember the number, but you can easily find his name in the + directory. His name is Allen Archer.” + </p> + <p> + Walter noted the name in a new memorandum book which he had purchased. + </p> + <p> + “Where would you advise me to put up on my arrival in Chicago?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “There are several good houses—the Sherman, Tremont, Palmer House; + but they will be beyond your means. Indeed, any hotel will be. Still you + might go to some good house for a day. That will give you time to hunt up + a modest boarding-house.” + </p> + <p> + “An excellent plan!” said Walter, in a tone of satisfaction. “Do you know, + my dear guardian, I shall go out in the best of spirits. I feel—in + Shakespeare's words—that the world is mine oyster.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope you will be able to open it, Walter. You have my best wishes. + Don't forget that you will have to depend on yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “I won't forget it. I wish it was time for me to start.” + </p> + <p> + “It will come soon enough. You had better get out your clothes, and get + them mended, if necessary, and put in order. Nancy will do all she can for + you, and the tailor will do the rest. Better not take much with you. When + you get settled I will forward your trunk by express.” + </p> + <p> + When Nancy Sprague heard of Walter's plans she was much disturbed. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Master Walter,” she said, in a tragic tone, “is it true that you've + lost all your money and have got to go out into the cold world to make a + living?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe I have lost some money, Nancy, but I rather like the idea of + working for my living.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, you poor child, you little know what it is. I can't bear to think of + it. I can't see how Doctor Mack can let you go.” + </p> + <p> + “I should be very sorry if he refused. It isn't so bad, to work for a + living. Haven't you always done it?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but that's different. I was always poor, and I am used to it.” + </p> + <p> + “I'm going to get used to it.” + </p> + <p> + “Walter—don't tell your guardian what I am saying—but I've got + two hundred dollars in the savings bank, and I shall be very glad to give + you some of it. You will take it, now, won't you? I can get it out + to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + “Nancy, you are a true friend,” said Walter, really moved by the unselfish + devotion of the house-keeper; “but I sha'n't need it. I shall take a + hundred dollars with me, and long before it is gone I shall be earning my + living.” + </p> + <p> + “You'll send for it if you need it?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; if I find I am very hard up, and there is no other way, I will send + for it.” + </p> + <p> + Nancy brightened up, much pleased and relieved by this assurance. + </p> + <p> + “I couldn't bear to think of your suffering for a meal of victuals when we + have so much in the house. I don't see why you can't stay at home and get + a place in the village.” + </p> + <p> + Walter laughed. + </p> + <p> + “It wouldn't suit me at all, Nancy. I am going West to grow up with the + country.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish I could be somewhere near, to look after you.” + </p> + <p> + “It would be of no use, Nancy. Women are in great demand out there—at + any rate in Dakota—and you'd be married in less than no time, if you + went.” + </p> + <p> + “You are only joking now, Master Walter.” + </p> + <p> + “Not at all! I read the other day that of ten schoolma'ams who went out to + Dakota last fall, eight were married within three months.” + </p> + <p> + “Nobody could marry me against my will,” said Nancy resolutely. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps he would find a way of overcoming your objections,” said Walter, + laughing. “But I am afraid Doctor Mack couldn't do without you. He + couldn't spare you and me both.” + </p> + <p> + “That's true,” assented Nancy, who had not been so much alarmed at the + matrimonial dangers hinted at by Walter as might have been anticipated. + Had a good opportunity offered, I am inclined to think Nancy would have + been willing to change her name. After all, she was only forty-nine, and I + have known more than one to surrender single blessedness with all its + charms at and beyond that age. + </p> + <p> + At last the day of departure came. Valise in hand, Walter jumped aboard + the stage that was to convey him to the railroad-station. He shook hands + with his guardian and Nancy, the driver whipped up his horses, and a new + period in Walter's life had commenced. + </p> + <p> + “I wonder how he'll come out?” mused Doctor Mack thoughtfully. “Have I + acted for the best in letting him go? Well, time alone can tell.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VIII + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER BUYS A WATCH + </h3> + <p> + Walter was tempted to stop over at Niagara, as his ticket would have + allowed him to do, but he was also very anxious to reach Chicago and get + to work. “I can visit Niagara some other time,” he reflected. “Now I can + spare neither the money nor the time.” + </p> + <p> + Hour after hour sped by, until with a little thrill of excitement Walter + learned by consulting his railroad guide that he was within fifty miles of + Chicago. He looked out of the car window, and surveyed with interest the + country through which they were speeding at the rate of thirty-five miles + an hour. His attention was drawn from the panorama outside by a voice: + </p> + <p> + “Is this seat engaged?” + </p> + <p> + Walter looked up, and his glance rested on a man of perhaps thirty-five, + dressed in a light suit, and wearing a tall white hat. + </p> + <p> + “No, sir,” answered Walter politely, removing his gripsack from the seat. + </p> + <p> + “I don't want to incommode you,” said the stranger, as he took the place + thus vacated. + </p> + <p> + “You don't in the least,” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + “I suppose you are going to Chicago?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you going farther—out to Dakota, for instance?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir. Chicago is far enough west for me at present.” + </p> + <p> + “I live in Dakota. I have a long journey to make after we reach Chicago.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know about Dakota. Is it a good place for business?” + </p> + <p> + “It is going to be. Yes, Dakota has a bright future. I have a pleasant + little home out there. I had to go East on business, and stayed a little + longer than I intended. In fact I spent more money than I anticipated, and + that makes me a little short.” + </p> + <p> + It struck Walter that his new acquaintance for a stranger was very + confidential. + </p> + <p> + “Is it possible he will propose to borrow money of me?” he asked himself. + He did not quite know what to say, but politeness required him to say + something. + </p> + <p> + “I am sorry,” he replied, in a sympathizing tone. + </p> + <p> + “I should like to take a train this evening for my home,” continued the + stranger. + </p> + <p> + “I hope you will be able to do so.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, there's one drawback. I haven't got money enough to buy a through + ticket. Under these circumstances I am going to offer you a bargain.” + </p> + <p> + Walter looked surprised and expectant. The stranger drew a gold watch from + his pocket—a very handsome gold watch, which looked valuable. + </p> + <p> + “You see that watch?” he said. “How much do you think it is worth?” + </p> + <p> + “It looks like a nice watch. I am no judge of values.” + </p> + <p> + “It cost me ninety dollars six months since. Now I need the money, and I + will sell it to you for twenty-five.” + </p> + <p> + “But that would be a great sacrifice.” + </p> + <p> + “So it would, but I need the money. Of course, if you haven't got the + money—” + </p> + <p> + “I have that amount of money,” said Walter, “but I haven't got it to + spare. I might need it.” + </p> + <p> + “Then all you need to do is to sell the watch or pawn it. You could sell + it for fifty dollars without trouble.” + </p> + <p> + “Why don't you do that?” asked Walter shrewdly. + </p> + <p> + “Because I haven't the time. I want, if possible, to go on to-night. If + you had a wife and two children waiting for you, whom you had not seen for + two months, you wouldn't mind losing a few dollars for the sake of seeing + them a little sooner.” + </p> + <p> + “Very likely,” answered Walter, to whom his companion's explanation seemed + plausible. + </p> + <p> + Walter was tempted, but he reflected that twenty-five dollars represented + a third of the money he had with him, so he put away the temptation, but + with reluctance. He had a silver watch, bought for him, when he entered + college, at a cost of fifteen dollars, and like the majority of boys of + his age he felt that he should much prefer to carry a gold one. Still he + must be prudent. + </p> + <p> + “No,” he said, shaking his head, “I don't think I had better buy the + watch. I presume you will find some one else on the train who would be + glad of the bargain.” + </p> + <p> + “Very likely, but we are near Chicago, and I haven't time to look around. + Come, I'll make you a still better offer, though I ought not to do so. You + may have the watch for twenty dollars. That money will get me through, and + I won't haggle about five dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “Twenty dollars!” repeated Walter thoughtfully. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, look at the watch. Isn't it a beauty?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; I like the appearance of it very much.” + </p> + <p> + “If you get out of money, you can easily pawn it for more than the sum I + ask for it.” + </p> + <p> + Certainly this was an important consideration. Walter felt that he would + be foolish to lose so good a chance. It was a pity that the stranger + should be forced to make such a sacrifice, yet it really seemed that he + would be doing him a favor, as well as benefiting himself, by accepting + his proposition. + </p> + <p> + “You will guarantee it to be solid gold?” he said, with momentary + suspicion. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly. You will see that it is an Elgin watch. Of course you know the + reputation of that make. They don't make any sham watches at their + factory.” + </p> + <p> + “I thought the case might be gilt,” said Walter, half ashamed of his + suspicions. + </p> + <p> + “You do well to be cautious, but I will guarantee the watch to be all I + represent it. I only wish you were a jeweler. Then you could judge for + yourself.” + </p> + <p> + It sounded very plausible. Then, the watch was a very handsome one. + </p> + <p> + “Let me open it and show you the works.” + </p> + <p> + The stranger did so. Walter was no judge of the mechanism of a watch, but + what he saw impressed him favorably. The stranger seemed very frank and + fair-spoken. Walter knew, of course, that in traveling one was likely to + meet with sharpers, but that did not justify him in suspecting everybody + he met. + </p> + <p> + “It would look very nice at the end of my chain,” he thought. “I suppose I + cannot afford it; but, as he says, I can raise money on it at any time.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, young man, what is your decision? You must excuse me for hurrying, + but we are not far from Chicago, and I want to make sure that I can + continue my journey to-night. I shall telegraph to my wife that I am + coming.” + </p> + <p> + “I will take the watch,” said Walter. “There doesn't seem to be much risk + in doing so.” + </p> + <p> + “Bosh! I should say not. Young man, I congratulate you. You have made the + best bargain of your life. Have you got the money handy?” + </p> + <p> + Walter took out two ten-dollar bills and handed them to his companion, + receiving the watch in exchange. + </p> + <p> + “Well, that settles my mind,” said the stranger, in a tone of + satisfaction. “I shall see the old woman and the kids very soon, thanks to + your kindness.” + </p> + <p> + “Don't mention it,” said Walter complacently. “I feel indebted to you, + rather, as you have given me much more than an equivalent for my money.” + </p> + <p> + “That is true, but under present circumstances money is worth a good deal + to me. Now, if you don't mind I will go into the smoking-car and have a + little smoke before we arrive. Will you join me?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir, thank you; I don't smoke.” + </p> + <p> + “Good-day, then. Hope we shall meet again.” + </p> + <p> + Walter responded politely, and the stranger, rising, walked forward to the + front part of the car and disappeared. + </p> + <p> + Walter detached the silver watch from the plated chain to which it was + attached, substituted the new gold watch, and put the silver watch in his + pocket. It occurred to him that if he should really need money it might be + better for him to sell the silver watch and retain the gold one. + </p> + <p> + “I have made thirty dollars at the very least on my purchase,” he + reflected, “for I am sure I can sell the watch for fifty dollars if I wish + to do so. This is a white day for me, as the Romans used to say. I accept + it as a good omen of success. I wish Doctor Mack and Nancy were here to + see it. I think the doctor would give me credit for a little shrewdness.” + </p> + <p> + The car sped on perhaps a dozen miles farther, when the door opened and + the conductor entered, followed by a stout man of perhaps fifty years of + age, who looked flushed and excited. + </p> + <p> + “This gentleman has been robbed of his gold watch,” explained the + conductor. “He is convinced that some one on the train has taken it. Of + course, no one of you is suspected, but I will trouble you to show me your + watches.” + </p> + <p> + As Walter heard these words a terrible fear assailed him. Had he bought a + stolen watch? + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IX + </h2> + <h3> + AN INGENIOUS SCHEME + </h3> + <p> + The passengers, though somewhat surprised, generally showed their watches + with a good grace. One old man produced a silver watch fifty years old. + </p> + <p> + “That watch belonged to my grandfather,” he said. “You don't claim that, + do you?” + </p> + <p> + “Wouldn't take it as a gift,” said the loser crustily. + </p> + <p> + “You couldn't get it in exchange for yours!” retorted the owner. + </p> + <p> + Presently they came to Walter. If he had not attached the gold watch to + his chain, instead of his old silver one, he would have been tempted to + leave it in his pocket and produce the less valuable one. But he was saved + from the temptation, as this would now have been impossible. Besides, had + the gold watch been found on him afterward it would have looked very + suspicious. + </p> + <p> + “Well, youngster,” said the stout man, “show us your watch.” + </p> + <p> + With a flushed face and an uneasy feeling Walter drew out the gold + timepiece. + </p> + <p> + “Is that your watch?” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Yes!” almost shouted the stout passenger, fiercely. “So you are the + thief?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir,” answered Walter, pale but firm. “I am not the thief.” + </p> + <p> + “Where did you get it, then?” + </p> + <p> + “I bought it.” + </p> + <p> + “You bought it? That's a likely story.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, it was taken from me this very afternoon.” + </p> + <p> + “That may be, but I bought it, all the same.” + </p> + <p> + The owner was about to protest, when the conductor said quietly: “Listen + to the young fellow's explanation.” + </p> + <p> + Walter proceeded: + </p> + <p> + “A man came to my seat and told me he wanted to raise enough money to get + to Dakota. He offered me the watch for twenty-five dollars, though he said + it cost him ninety six months ago.” + </p> + <p> + “And you paid him twenty-five dollars?” + </p> + <p> + “No; I had no money to spare, but when he offered it for twenty, and told + me I could more than get my money back either by pawning or selling it, I + made up my mind to purchase, and did so.” + </p> + <p> + “Where is this man?” asked the conductor. + </p> + <p> + “He said he was going into the smoking-car.” + </p> + <p> + “That's a likely story,” sneered the stout gentleman. + </p> + <p> + “Do you charge me with taking the watch?” demanded Walter hotly. “I have + never left this car. Have you seen me before?” + </p> + <p> + “No; but you are probably a confederate of the man from whom you got it. + But I am not sure if there was any such man.” + </p> + <p> + “I will describe him,” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + As he did so, the conductor said: “There was such a man on the train. He + got off at the last station.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know anything about that,” said the claimant; “but I'll trouble + you, young man, for that watch.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you return me the twenty dollars I gave for it?” asked Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Of course not. I don't propose to buy back my own watch.” + </p> + <p> + An elderly gentleman who sat just behind Walter spoke up here. + </p> + <p> + “It is rather hard on the boy,” he said. “I can confirm his story about + the purchase of the watch. I heard the bargaining and saw the + purchase-money paid.” + </p> + <p> + “That makes no difference to me,” said the claimant. “I've identified the + watch and I want it.” + </p> + <p> + Walter removed it from his chain and was about to hand it to the claimant, + when a quiet-looking man, dressed in a drab suit, rose from a seat farther + down the car and came forward. He was a small man, not over five feet five + inches in height, and he would not have weighed over one hundred and + twenty pounds, but there was a look of authority on his face and an accent + of command in his voice. + </p> + <p> + “You needn't give up the watch, my boy,” he said. + </p> + <p> + Walter drew back his hand and turned round in surprise. The claimant + uttered an angry exclamation, and said testily: “By what right do you + interfere?” + </p> + <p> + “The watch isn't yours,” said the small man nonchalantly. + </p> + <p> + “It isn't, hey? Well, of all the impertinent—” + </p> + <p> + “Stop there, Jim Beckwith! You see I know you”—as the stout man + turned pale and clutched at the side of the seat. + </p> + <p> + “Who are you?” he demanded hoarsely. + </p> + <p> + “Detective Green!” + </p> + <p> + The claimant lost all his braggadocio air, and stared at the detective + with a terrified look. + </p> + <p> + “That isn't my name,” he managed to ejaculate. + </p> + <p> + “Very likely not,” said the detective calmly, “but it is one of your + names. It is a very clever game that you and your confederate are playing. + He sells the watch, and you demand it, claiming that it has been stolen + from you. I was present when the watch was sold, and the reason I did not + interfere was because I was waiting for the sequel. How many times have + you played this game?” + </p> + <p> + “There's some mistake,” gasped the other. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps so, but I have some doubts whether you came by it honestly.” + </p> + <p> + “I assure you it is my watch,” cried the other, uneasily. + </p> + <p> + “How much did you pay for it, young man?” asked the detective. + </p> + <p> + “Twenty dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, sir; give the boy twenty dollars, and I shall advise him to + give the watch back to you, as it may be stolen property, which he would + not like to have found in his possession.” + </p> + <p> + “But that will be paying twenty dollars for my own property. It was not to + me he paid the money.” + </p> + <p> + “You will have to look to your confederate for that. I am not sure but I + ought to make you give twenty-five dollars.” + </p> + <p> + This hint led to the stout man's hastily producing two ten-dollar bills, + which he tendered to Walter. + </p> + <p> + “It's an outrage,” he said, “making a man pay for his own property!” + </p> + <p> + “Are you sure that your statements in regard to this man are true?” asked + an important-looking individual on the opposite side of the car. “To my + mind your interference is unwarrantable, not to say outrageous. Justice + has been trampled upon.” + </p> + <p> + The detective looked round sharply. + </p> + <p> + “Do you know the man?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I do. I first made his acquaintance at Joliet prison, where he + served a term of years for robbing a bank. Is that true or not, Jim + Beckwith?” + </p> + <p> + The man known as Beckwith had already started to leave the car, but, + although he heard the question, he didn't come back to answer it. + </p> + <p> + “I generally know what I'm about,” continued the detective, pointedly, “as + those who are unwise enough to criticise my actions find out, sooner or + later.” + </p> + <p> + The important gentleman did not reply, but covered his confusion by + appearing to be absorbed in a daily paper, which he held up before his + face. + </p> + <p> + “You let him off easy,” said the gentleman in the rear seat. “You allowed + him to take the watch. I was surprised at that.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; for, strange as it may seem, it was probably his, though the money + with which he bought it may have been stolen. That watch has been probably + sold a dozen times and recovered the same way. Were it a stolen watch, the + risk would be too great. As it is I had no pretext for arresting him.” + </p> + <p> + “Was it really a ninety-dollar watch?” asked Walter, with interest. + </p> + <p> + “No. I know something about watches, as I find the knowledge useful in my + official capacity. The watch would be a fair bargain at forty-five + dollars, but it is showy, and would readily be taken for one worth + seventy-five or even ninety dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “I shouldn't think the trick would pay,” said the gentleman in the rear + seat. + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” + </p> + <p> + “Twenty dollars isn't a large sum to be divided between two persons, + especially when there's money to be paid for car fare.” + </p> + <p> + “Sometimes the watch is sold for more—generally, I fancy—but + the price was reduced because the purchaser was a boy. Besides, these men + doubtless have other ways of making money. They are well-known confidence + men. If I hadn't been on board the train our young friend would have lost + his twenty dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “It would have been a great loss to me,” said Walter. “I am very much + obliged to you, Mr. Green.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah, you remember my name. Let me give you my card. Some time you may get + into difficulty and want to consult me. Boys of your age are not a match + for an experienced swindler.” + </p> + <p> + He handed Walter a card bearing the name: + </p> + <p> + SILAS GREEN, 97 H Street. + </p> + <p> + Walter put it into his pocket with a polite expression of thanks. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, of course, the cars were steadily approaching Chicago. At + length they entered the great Union Depot, and with the rest of the + passengers Walter alighted carrying his valise in his hand. + </p> + <p> + A few feet in front of him walked Jim Beckwith, but Walter did not care to + join him. He half turned, and as his glance fell on Walter he said, with a + scowl: “If you ever meet me again you'll know me.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I shall!” answered Walter, with emphasis. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER X + </h2> + <h3> + AT THE INDIANA HOUSE + </h3> + <p> + Walter paused before a modest hotel on Monroe Street—we will call it + the Indiana House—and, entering, went up to the desk and inquired + the rates of board. + </p> + <p> + “Are you commercial?” asked the clerk. + </p> + <p> + “Not at present, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “We make special terms for commercial travelers. We will give you a small + room on the third floor for one dollar and a half a day.” + </p> + <p> + This was as cheap as Walter expected to find it at a hotel, and he + signified his acceptance. + </p> + <p> + “Front!” called the clerk. + </p> + <p> + A red-haired boy about Walter's age came forward. + </p> + <p> + “Take this young man up to No. 36,” said the clerk. + </p> + <p> + “Yessir,” answered the bell-boy, pronouncing the two words in one. + </p> + <p> + There was no elevator in the house, and Walter followed the boy up two + flights of stairs to the third landing. The boy opened the door of a room + with a small window looking out into an inner court. + </p> + <p> + “Here you are!” he said, and he put the valise on the floor. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you,” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + As he spoke he drew a dime from his vest pocket and deposited it in the + hand of the red-haired attendant. + </p> + <p> + The effect was magical. The bell-boy's listless manner vanished, his dull + face lighted up, and his manner became brisk. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, sir. Is there anything you want? If you do, I'll get it for + you.” + </p> + <p> + Walter looked about him. Soap, water, towels—all were in sight. + </p> + <p> + “Not just now,” he answered, “but I am going to take a wash, and shall + probably use up all the water. Some time this evening you may bring me + some more.” + </p> + <p> + “All right, sir. Just you ring when you want it.” + </p> + <p> + He went off, and Walter was left alone. First, he took a thorough wash, + which refreshed him very much after his long and dusty ride. Then he + changed his linen, brushed his clothes with a hand-brush he had brought in + his valise and carefully combed his hair. + </p> + <p> + “I feel a hundred per cent. better,” he soliloquized. “Here I am in + Chicago and now the battle of life is to begin.” + </p> + <p> + Walter was sanguine and full of hope. His life had always been easy, and + he did not know what it was to work for a living. Besides, the fact may as + well be told—he had a very comfortable opinion of his own abilities. + He felt that he was no common boy. Was he not a sophomore, or rather a + junior-elect, of Euclid college? Did he not possess a knowledge more or + less extensive of Latin, Greek and mathematics, with a smattering of + French and German, not to speak of logic, rhetoric, etc.? For one of his + age he considered himself quite accomplished, and he persuaded himself + that the world would receive him at his own estimate. It would be very + strange if he could not earn a living, when hundreds and thousands of his + age, without a tithe of his knowledge, managed to live. + </p> + <p> + Walter went downstairs, and, as it would not be supper-time for two hours, + went out to walk. He wanted to get some idea of the busy city which was + for a time at least, to be his home. He walked through Monroe Street until + he reached State. At the corner he caught sight of a palatial structure, + nearly opposite. + </p> + <p> + “What building is that?” he asked of a boy. + </p> + <p> + “Where's year eyes?” returned the boy. “That's the Palmer House.” + </p> + <p> + Walter gazed admiringly at the showy building, and wished that he could + afford to put up there. It was as far ahead of the Indiana House as a city + is ahead of a country village. He continued his walk until he reached the + lake front, and looked with interest at the great sheet of water which + spread out before him like an inland sea. He walked along the lake front + for a few squares, and then, striking back into the city, saw the Tremont + House, the Court-house, the Sherman house, and other handsome buildings. + On his way he met hundreds of people walking briskly, and all seeming + occupied. + </p> + <p> + “If all these people make a living, why shouldn't I?” he asked himself. “I + think I am as smart as the average.” + </p> + <p> + Secretly Walter thought himself a great deal smarter. It must be + remembered that Walter was not quite eighteen—a self-conceited age—and + he over-estimated his strength and ability. On the whole, it is fortunate + that the young do not comprehend the difficult struggle that lies before + them, or they would become discouraged before they had fairly entered upon + it. It is well that they should be hopeful and sanguine. They are more + likely to succeed. + </p> + <p> + Walter wandered around in a desultory way, and it was more than an hour + before he reached the hotel at which he was stopping. As he entered the + public room he started back in surprise, as his glance rested on a man + wearing a white hat. Surely this was the man who had sold him the gold + watch. How did it happen that he was not on the way to Dakota? + </p> + <p> + He coughed, with a view to attracting the attention of his railroad + acquaintance. + </p> + <p> + The ruse succeeded. The man turned, and evidently recognized Walter. He + looked doubtful, not having yet met his confederate nor learned how the + plot had come out. + </p> + <p> + “I believe I met you on the train,” said Walter, smiling. + </p> + <p> + The smile decided the other that it would be safe to acknowledge the + acquaintance. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I remember you now.” + </p> + <p> + “You sold me a watch?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered the other, hesitating. + </p> + <p> + “I thought you wanted to take a train to Dakota this evening?” went on + Walter. + </p> + <p> + “So I do, but it doesn't go till eight o'clock. May I ask what time it is? + You know I sold you my watch.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose that is Chicago time,” said Walter, pointing to a clock on the + left-hand side of the office. + </p> + <p> + “I wonder whether he's got the watch still?” thought the other. “He must + have, as he makes no fuss about it.” + </p> + <p> + Walter was waiting cunningly to see if his railroad acquaintance would + betray himself. + </p> + <p> + “I'm awfully sorry to part with the watch,” he said. “If you keep it, I + may buy it back some time.” + </p> + <p> + “I'm sorry I can't oblige you,” said Walter, “but I have sold it already.” + </p> + <p> + “Sold the watch already!” ejaculated the man in the white hat. “Did you + sell it since you reached Chicago?” + </p> + <p> + “No; I sold it on the train.” + </p> + <p> + “You don't mean it!” exclaimed the other, in amazement. “Who did you sell + it to?” + </p> + <p> + “Jim Beckwith,” answered Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Jim Beckwith!” + </p> + <p> + The man in the white hat stared at Walter with an air of startled + perplexity that almost made our hero laugh. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that's what he said his name was, or rather somebody told me it was + his name.” + </p> + <p> + “Jim Beckwith bought that watch of you!” repeated the stranger slowly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes; do you know him?” + </p> + <p> + “I have heard of him,” said the other. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I nearly forgot to say that he claimed the watch as his—said + you had stolen it from him.” + </p> + <p> + “Jim Beckwith said that?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “And you gave it up to him?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but not till he paid me the twenty dollars I gave for it.” + </p> + <p> + The other was more and more mystified. + </p> + <p> + “Jim Beckwith gave you twenty dollars?” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Yes. That leaves me all right. If you want to buy it back at any time you + must apply to him.” + </p> + <p> + The man in the white hat stared at Walter as if he was a museum freak. + </p> + <p> + “Boy,” he said, in a tone of enforced admiration, “you're smart!” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad you think so, sir,” returned Walter. “You pay me a compliment.” + </p> + <p> + “How old are you?” + </p> + <p> + “Seventeen.” + </p> + <p> + “A seventeen-year-old boy who can get the better of Jim Beckwith is smart, + and no mistake.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps you wouldn't mind telling me whether it's true that the watch + belongs to Mr. Beckwith, as he says?” + </p> + <p> + “I bought it of another man, who may have stolen it from him,” said he of + the white hat, cautiously. + </p> + <p> + “Well, you'll have to settle with him. I'm out of it!” + </p> + <p> + While Walter was speaking, an extraordinary change came over the + countenance of the man in the white hat. The color faded from his cheeks + and he half rose from his seat. He was not looking at Walter, but beyond + him, toward the door. Walter turned, following his look, and when he saw + who had entered he understood the situation. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XI + </h2> + <h3> + THE MAN FROM DAKOTA + </h3> + <p> + The man who had just entered the reading-room was no other than Detective + Green. + </p> + <p> + He nodded pleasantly to Walter. + </p> + <p> + “So you have put up here,” he said. “Well, it is a good place. And is this + gentleman a friend of yours?” indicating the man in the white hat. + </p> + <p> + “I bought the watch from him.” + </p> + <p> + “Ha! I thought so. I see you know me, Steve Ashton.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir,” answered Ashton, nervously. “I hope you are well.” + </p> + <p> + “You are very kind. Then you really hope I am well?” + </p> + <p> + “Of course. Why shouldn't I?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, there are some of your companions, I hear, who are not so cordial—Jim + Beckwith, for instance. By the way, you have some business arrangements + with Jim Beckwith?” + </p> + <p> + “I know him, sir,” answered Astern, hesitatingly. “You know him well, I + suspect. So you sold my young friend here a watch?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “At a remarkable sacrifice?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir. It was worth more than he paid for it.” + </p> + <p> + “And yet it seemed likely to be a losing bargain for him. It would have + been—but for me.” + </p> + <p> + Ashton looked at Walter inquiringly. The latter smiled. + </p> + <p> + “You gave me credit for being smarter than I was,” said Walter. “Mr. + Green, here, came to my assistance.” + </p> + <p> + “I think, Mr. Ashton,” said Detective Green, with suavity, “that you have + a wife and family in Dakota?” + </p> + <p> + “I, sir—” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; and it was to obtain money to join them that you sold your watch on + the train?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir,” answered Ashton, faintly. + </p> + <p> + “I am going to give you a bit of advice. It will be wise for you to go to + Dakota, as you planned. This is a wicked city—in spots—and I + am afraid you have been keeping bad company. How long have you known + Beckwith?” + </p> + <p> + “About six months.” + </p> + <p> + “And he drew you into this business?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I thought so. You are new to the profession. Still, I knew you. I make it + a point to get acquainted with the new men. Is the watch honestly yours?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Get it back from Beckwith, and then drop his acquaintance. If necessary, + leave Chicago. Have you a trade?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir. I am a machinist.” + </p> + <p> + “It is a good trade. Go back to it. Is that advice friendly?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir,” answered Ashton, with more confidence. “I didn't expect to get + friendly advice from Detective Green.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps not. You didn't know me, that was all. You looked upon me as an + enemy, I suppose?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I am an enemy to those who are incurably bad. I think you were meant for + an honest man.” + </p> + <p> + “So I was, sir. I should be still if I hadn't met with Jim Beckwith.” + </p> + <p> + “Have done with him, then. If you follow my advice you need not fear + meeting with me again.” + </p> + <p> + The detective went up to the desk, bought a cigar and then left the room, + with a nod to Ashton and Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Will you follow his advice?” asked Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I will. Hereafter I will depend upon honest work for an honest + livelihood. What is your name?” + </p> + <p> + “Walter Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, Walter Sherwood, I am glad I did not succeed in robbing you. Yet I + am glad I met you. It will lead to my reformation. Will you give me your + hand?” + </p> + <p> + “Willingly.” + </p> + <p> + Steve Ashton shook the proffered hand energetically. + </p> + <p> + “If I can do you a favor at any time I shall be glad to do so.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps you can. I cannot afford to live at a hotel. Can you recommend me + to some respectable but modest-priced boarding-house?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. The widow of a machinist who used to be employed in the same shop as + myself keeps a few boarders. I think she would take you for six dollars a + week, or five if you have a friend to room with you.” + </p> + <p> + “Can you show me the place after supper—that is, unless you are in a + hurry to start for Dakota?” He added, with a smile. + </p> + <p> + “I never was in Dakota in my life,” said Ashton. “I told you a lie.” + </p> + <p> + “I was beginning to think so.” + </p> + <p> + “But I shall drop all that. From this time on you can trust me.” + </p> + <p> + After supper Walter went round with Ashton to a house in Harrison Street—the + boarding-house referred to. The door was opened by a careworn woman of + middle age. + </p> + <p> + “How do you do, Mr. Ashton?” she said, with an inquiring look. + </p> + <p> + “Very well, thank you, Mrs. Canfield. Have you any rooms vacant?” + </p> + <p> + “Are you asking for yourself?” + </p> + <p> + “No, for my young friend here, Mr. Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you want a large room or a small one?” asked Mrs. Canfield, + brightening up a little. + </p> + <p> + “That depends a little on the price,” answered Walter. + </p> + <p> + “I can give you a hall bedroom and board for five dollars and a half a + week.” + </p> + <p> + “Can you show me the room?” + </p> + <p> + “Be kind enough to follow me.” + </p> + <p> + Walter followed the landlady up a narrow staircase, or rather two of them, + and was shown a hall bedroom, which seemed to be uncomfortably full, + though it only contained a bedstead, a chair, a very small bureau and a + washstand. There was scarcely room for him to stand unless he stood on the + bed. It was indeed vastly different from his nice college room and from + his comfortable chamber at home. + </p> + <p> + “I should like to see a larger room,” said Walter, not venturing to make + any comment on the hall room. + </p> + <p> + He was shown an adjoining apartment, about ten feet by twelve. It was + small, but decidedly preferable to the other. + </p> + <p> + “How much do you charge for this room, Mrs. Canfield?” + </p> + <p> + “I shall have to charge you six dollars if you occupy it alone, but if you + can get another young gentleman to occupy it with you I will say ten + dollars for the two.” + </p> + <p> + “I will take it alone at first. Can I move in tomorrow morning?” + </p> + <p> + “I will have it ready for you by eleven o'clock.” + </p> + <p> + “That will do.” + </p> + <p> + “How do you like it?” asked Ashton, when they were in the street. + </p> + <p> + “I think I can make it do.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose you have been used to something better?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “I can direct you to a better house.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, but six dollars a week is all I can afford at present. I have + no income, but I shall look for a place at once.” + </p> + <p> + “You haven't any trade, have you?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Walter, with a smile. Brought up as he had been, it seemed + odd to be asked if he had a trade. + </p> + <p> + “Some trades pay very well. I have a nephew who is a bricklayer. He gets + from three to four dollars a day.” + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid I should not like that business. Besides, it would take a + good while to learn it.” + </p> + <p> + Walter smiled to himself as he pictured some of his aristocratic college + friends seeing him laying bricks. He was not a snob, nor would he have + disdained to notice a friend or school companion filling such a position, + but he felt that Providence must have something in store for him more + congenial, though perhaps less lucrative. + </p> + <p> + “I have a cousin who is a carpenter,” proceeded Ashton. “He makes two + dollars and a half a day, and supports a wife and three children in + comfort.” + </p> + <p> + “I wonder if I could support a family on fifteen dollars a week?” thought + Walter. “Fortunately, I have only to support myself. I ought to be able to + do that in a large city like Chicago.” + </p> + <p> + Reared in comfort, Walter knew very little of the competition and + struggles of workingmen, and had an idea that he would be able easily to + command a salary of ten dollars a week, though he was wholly disqualified + for any special line of business. This he set down as the minimum. Paying + six dollars a week for board, he calculated that he could get along on + this salary with extreme economy. Fortunately, he was pretty well provided + with clothing, or would be when he had sent for his trunk, and would not + find it necessary for some time to come to purchase anything, except + probably a pair of shoes, a necktie, or some trifle. Then probably his pay + would soon be raised, and this would make him comfortable. + </p> + <p> + That evening Walter went to Hooley's Theater and occupied a dollar seat. + It was hardly prudent, but he had seventy dollars still, and that seemed + to him a large sum. He enjoyed the play, and got a sound night's rest + after it. + </p> + <p> + The next morning he settled his hotel bill, took his gripsack in his hand, + and walked over to his new boarding-house. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XII + </h2> + <h3> + IN SEARCH OF EMPLOYMENT + </h3> + <p> + “Wanted—A young man of seventeen or eighteen in an insurance office, + No. 169 La Salle Street.” + </p> + <p> + This notice attracted the attention of Walter as he ran his eyes over the + advertising columns of the Chicago <i>Times</i> on the second day after + his arrival in the city. + </p> + <p> + “I think that will suit me,” he said to himself. “It is a nice, + respectable business, and I think I should like it. I will go to the + office and make inquiries.” + </p> + <p> + He entered a large building, devoted to offices, and ascended to the third + story, where he found the office of Perkins & Windermere, the names + given in the advertisement. A young man of about his own age was coming + out of the office as he entered—an unsuccessful applicant, Walter + inferred. + </p> + <p> + Opening the door, he saw a man of about forty seated in a revolving chair + at a desk. + </p> + <p> + “I believe you advertised for an assistant,” began Walter, as the occupant + of the chair turned round. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Mr. Perkins—for it was he—eying Walter with a + scrutinizing glance. + </p> + <p> + “I would like to apply for the position.” + </p> + <p> + “Humph! Do you know anything of the insurance business?” + </p> + <p> + “Not practically, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “That's against you.” + </p> + <p> + “I think I could soon familiarize myself with it so as to make myself + useful.” + </p> + <p> + “How old are you?” + </p> + <p> + “Very nearly eighteen.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you live in Chicago?” + </p> + <p> + “I do now. I have recently come from the East.” + </p> + <p> + “What education have you?” + </p> + <p> + “I spent two years at Euclid College,” answered Walter, with conscious + pride. + </p> + <p> + “So you are a college student?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Humph! That won't do you any good.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope it won't do me any harm, sir,” said Walter, somewhat nettled. + </p> + <p> + “No, unless it has made you conceited. I am a graduate of the People's + College.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't think I have heard of that, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I mean the common school. Don't think much of college myself. They don't + help in our business. They didn't have any insurance companies in Greece + or Rome, did they?” + </p> + <p> + “I never heard of any, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I thought not. You see, we of to-day are rather ahead of Demosthenes and + Cicero, and those old fellows. I suppose Rome was quite a sizable place.” + </p> + <p> + “I have always heard so,” answered Walter. + </p> + <p> + “I'll bet a quarter it wasn't as big or as smart a place as Chicago. I + don't believe they had any such hotel there as the Palmer House, or any + dry-good store as big as Marshall Field's.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't believe they did,” Walter admitted. + </p> + <p> + “Did Rome ever win the baseball championship?” demanded Mr. Perkins. + </p> + <p> + “No, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I thought not. Then what's the use in spending four years over those old + fellers? How is it going to help you?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't expect it will help me to earn a living, sir. Do you think you + can employ me?” + </p> + <p> + “What are your ideas as to a salary, young man?” + </p> + <p> + “I thought of ten dollars,” said Walter, hesitatingly. + </p> + <p> + “Ten dollars!” ejaculated Mr. Perkins. “Just what I thought. Because + you've been to college you think you are worth a big salary.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you call that a big salary, sir?” asked Walter, disconcerted. + </p> + <p> + “It wouldn't be if you had a couple of years' experience, but for a + beginner it is simply—enormous.” + </p> + <p> + “What did you expect to pay?” asked Walter, in a depressed tone. + </p> + <p> + “Five dollars is about the figure.” + </p> + <p> + “I couldn't work for that, sir. It wouldn't pay my board.” + </p> + <p> + “Where are you boarding—at the Palmer House?” inquired Perkins, + rather sarcastically. + </p> + <p> + “No, sir. I am at a cheap boarding-house on Harrison Street, where I pay + six dollars a week,” answered Walter, with spirit. + </p> + <p> + “Then I don't think we can make a bargain, although I rather like your + looks.” + </p> + <p> + This, at any rate, was a little encouraging. + </p> + <p> + “But I can't pay your figure. I'll tell you what you'd better do.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be glad of any advice.” + </p> + <p> + “Become an agent. You look as if you had a gift of the gab. A successful + life insurance agent will make a good deal more than ten dollars a week.” + </p> + <p> + “Can I get such a position?” asked Walter, hopefully. + </p> + <p> + “Yes. I'll employ you myself, on a commission, of course. You'll be paid + according to your work I've known an agent to make a hundred and + twenty-five dollars in a single week.” + </p> + <p> + “If you think I can do it, sir, I'll try.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well. Have you ever studied life insurance?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir, but I have a general idea of it.” + </p> + <p> + “I will give you some documents—instructions to agents, etc. Take + these home, study them, and come to me when you think you understand it + well enough to talk people into it.” + </p> + <p> + Mr. Perkins opened his desk, and selecting some papers handed them to + Walter. + </p> + <p> + “When you come again, if there is anything you don't see into, let me + know, and I'll explain it to you.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, sir.” + </p> + <p> + Walter went home and set himself to studying the insurance documents given + him by Mr. Perkins. Here he found his college training of service. It was + like studying a science, and Walter, who went to work systematically, soon + came to understand the system, with the arguments for and against it. He + made calculations of the expenses attending the different classes of life + insurance, selecting the ages of thirty, forty and fifty as illustrations. + The result was that when he went round to the office the next day he felt + considerable confidence in his ability to talk up insurance. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Perkins seemed surprised to see him so soon. + </p> + <p> + “Do you think you understand the duties of a canvasser?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “You haven't devoted much time to it. You only took the documents + yesterday.” + </p> + <p> + “True, sir; but I have spent several hours in examining them.” + </p> + <p> + “Were there any things you did not understand?” + </p> + <p> + Walter mentioned one or two points. + </p> + <p> + “Now, that I may get an idea of your working ability, suppose you try to + insure me. I will take the part of an ordinary business man who is + unfamiliar with the subject.” + </p> + <p> + Walter was not bashful, and saw at once the value of this suggestion. + </p> + <p> + Without going into details, it may be stated that he acquitted himself + very creditably. + </p> + <p> + “You surprise me,” Mr. Perkins admitted. “You seem to have made yourself + quite familiar with the subject. I will take you into my employment as an + agent and allow you half commission.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you wish me to operate in the city?” + </p> + <p> + “It will be better for you to start outside. I will send you to Elm Bank, + about fifteen miles distant. Once there, I shall leave you to your own + discretion. I will pay your fare there and back, and trust to your doing + something to repay me for the outlay.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, sir.” + </p> + <p> + Walter took the necessary directions, and after dinner took a train out to + the suburban town which I have called Elm Bank, though this is not the + real name. He congratulated himself on so soon obtaining employment, + though it remained to be seen how he would succeed. However, Walter was + sanguine, not as yet having put himself in a position to meet the rebuffs + which are sure to lie in wait for agents of any kind. He thought over his + prospects with pleased anticipations. He felt that the position was much + higher than that of a boy in an office. It was one usually filled by men + of maturity and business experience. Besides, if successful, the rewards + would be ample. The thought of the agent who made a hundred and + twenty-five dollars in a single week occurred to him and encouraged him. + He would have been content with a salary of ten dollars a week, but here + was a business which might lead to a great deal more. + </p> + <p> + He seated himself next to a girl of sixteen, with a pleasant face and + frank, cordial manner. + </p> + <p> + Presently the girl tried to raise the window—she occupied the seat + next to it—but it resisted her efforts. + </p> + <p> + “Will you allow me to try?” asked Walter, politely. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you. You are very kind.” + </p> + <p> + Walter leaned over and succeeded in raising it. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you,” said the young lady. “I am only going to Elm Bank, but I like + the fresh air, even for a short distance.” + </p> + <p> + Here was a surprise for Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Are you going to Elm Bank?” he said. “So am I.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIII + </h2> + <h3> + A YOUNG INSURANCE AGENT + </h3> + <p> + “You don't live in Elm Bank?” said the young girl, inquiringly. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Walter, swelling with pardonable pride. “I am going there + on business.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you ever been there before?” asked his fair companion. + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “You look young to be in business.” + </p> + <p> + “I haven't been in business long,” returned Walter, wondering if he looked + so very young. Then he added, with a sudden impulse, “I am an insurance + agent.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you? I—I thought—” + </p> + <p> + “What did you think?” asked Walter, a little curious. + </p> + <p> + “I would rather not say it.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish you would.” + </p> + <p> + “You will promise not to be offended?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “I have been told that insurance agents are very cheeky.” + </p> + <p> + Walter laughed. + </p> + <p> + “I don't know about that,” he said. “I haven't been in the business long + enough yet. Do you know if any insurance agents have visited Elm Bank + lately?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I don't think so.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps you would like to have your life insured?” said Walter, with a + humorous look. + </p> + <p> + “Can you insure me fifty cents' worth?” + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid not.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I must put it off, for that is all the money I have.” + </p> + <p> + Conversation drifted into other channels, and was kept up till the cars + slowed down and the conductor, putting his head in at the door, called + out, “Elm Bank.” + </p> + <p> + Walter and his companion rose and, leaving the car, stepped out on the + platform. Walter asked leave to carry a small bundle belonging to the + young lady. + </p> + <p> + “Could you recommend any one who is likely to want his life insured?” he + asked. + </p> + <p> + His companion pointed to a small house some quarter of a mile distant, but + plainly visible on account of its high location. + </p> + <p> + “That house belongs to a German named Louis Fishbach,” she said. “He has a + little money, and earns good wages in a shoe shop. He has a wife and four + young children. Perhaps he will be willing to insure.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you. I will try him.” + </p> + <p> + “I will leave you here, as I live in a different direction. I am sure I am + much obliged to you for your politeness, Mr.—” Here she hesitated. + </p> + <p> + “Sherwood,” supplied Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Sherwood. My name is Jennie Gilbert.” + </p> + <p> + “Good afternoon, Miss Jennie,” said Walter, politely removing his hat. + </p> + <p> + He stopped a moment and watched the retreating figure of the young girl. + </p> + <p> + “I hope I shall meet her again some time,” he said to himself. + </p> + <p> + “I say, who be you?” + </p> + <p> + Walter turned quickly, and found himself confronted by a stout, hulking + young fellow, broad-shouldered, and dressed in country fashion. He was, + judging from his appearance, about twenty-one years of age. His tone and + face indicated that he was displeased. + </p> + <p> + “Why do you want to know?” asked Walter coldly. + </p> + <p> + “Why do I want to know? I'll tell you why I want to know. I ain't goin' to + have any city dude chinning up to my best girl.” + </p> + <p> + “Is Miss Jennie Gilbert your best girl?” asked Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Well, she can be if she wants to be. I picked her out a year ago, and as + soon as she is old enough I'm goin' to let her know it.” + </p> + <p> + “Then she isn't your best girl now?” + </p> + <p> + “No matter whether she is or not. I ain't goin' to have you paying + 'tentions to her.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't see what business it is of yours,” retorted Walter. + </p> + <p> + “You'll find out if I give you a lickin'!” growled the other, handling the + stick which he carried in a suggestive manner. + </p> + <p> + Walter was inclined to retort in kind, but all at once it struck him as + foolish to get into a quarrel about a girl whom he had known less than an + hour. + </p> + <p> + “If it will make you feel any better,” he said, “I'll tell you that I got + acquainted with Miss Gilbert in the cars this afternoon. I never met her + before, and, as I live in Chicago, I don't suppose I shall ever meet her + again.” + </p> + <p> + The young man's face cleared up. + </p> + <p> + “Come, that's honest,” he said. “I thought you wanted to cut me out.” + </p> + <p> + “If Miss Gilbert likes you I shan't interfere,” said Walter. “Now I'm + going to talk business. I would like to insure your life.” + </p> + <p> + “What's that? You ain't a doctor, be you?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + Walter proceeded to explain in as simple terms as he could command the + object and methods of life insurance. + </p> + <p> + The young man scratched his head. + </p> + <p> + “When do I get the money?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “It is paid after your death.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it won't do me any good.” + </p> + <p> + “No; but suppose you have a wife and children—you would like to + leave them something, wouldn't you?” + </p> + <p> + “I might live longer than my wife,” suggested the young man triumphantly. + </p> + <p> + Walter found that his new acquaintance could only be influenced by + considerations of personal advantage, and was compelled to give up the + attempt to insure him. + </p> + <p> + He kept on his way till he reached the house of Mr. Fishbach, to whom he + had been recommended. + </p> + <p> + Fortunately for his purpose, the shoe shop in which the German was + employed was closed for the day, and Walter found him at home mending a + wagon in the back yard. + </p> + <p> + “Good afternoon, Mr. Fishbach,” said Walter, raising his hat politely. + </p> + <p> + “I don't know who you are,” answered Mr. Fishbach, with a scrutinizing + glance. + </p> + <p> + “I should like to insure your life.” + </p> + <p> + “You want to insure my life—what's dat?” + </p> + <p> + “If you will tell me your age, I will explain to you.” + </p> + <p> + “I was forty-nine next Christmas. You ain't the census man, eh?” + </p> + <p> + “No; that is quite another matter. Now, Mr. Fishbach,” continued Walter, + referring to a pamphlet in his hand, “if you will pay to the company which + I represent forty-four dollars every year, when you die a thousand dollars + will be paid to your wife, or any one else you may name.” + </p> + <p> + “You won't pay me till I am dead, eh?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “How will I know you pay then?” + </p> + <p> + “We do business on the square. We keep our promises.” + </p> + <p> + “You pay the money to my widow, eh?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. If you pay twice as much we will pay two thousand dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “What good will that do me, eh?” + </p> + <p> + “You will leave your wife comfortable, won't you?” + </p> + <p> + “If she gets much money she'll maybe marry again.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps so.” + </p> + <p> + “And the money will go to her second husband, eh?” + </p> + <p> + “If she chooses to give it to him.” + </p> + <p> + “By jiminy, that won't suit me. I will spend my money myself.” + </p> + <p> + “But if you die, how will your wife and children get along?” + </p> + <p> + “What makes you think I'm goin' to die, eh? Do I look delicate?” + </p> + <p> + As Walter surveyed the stout, rotund figure of Mr. Fishbach he could not + help laughing at the idea of his being delicate. + </p> + <p> + “You look likely to live,” he was forced to admit. “Still, life is + uncertain.” + </p> + <p> + “You can't scare Louis Fishbach, young man. My father lived till + seventy-seven and my mother was seventy-five. My children can take care of + themselves when I die, and they can look after the old woman.” + </p> + <p> + Walter used such other arguments as occurred to him, but his German friend + was not to be moved, and he rather despondently put his documents into his + pocket and went out into the street. + </p> + <p> + “I had no idea I should find it so difficult,” he reflected. + </p> + <p> + Life insurance seemed to him so beneficent, and so necessary a protection + for those who would otherwise be unprovided for, that he could not + understand how any one who cared for his wife and children could fail to + avail himself of its advantages. + </p> + <p> + After leaving the house of Mr. Fishbach he kept on in the same direction. + Being unacquainted in Elm Bank, he had to trust to chance to guide him. + </p> + <p> + A little distance beyond was an old-fashioned, two-story house. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps I had better call,” thought Walter, and he entered the path that + led to the side door. He had scarcely taken three steps when he was + startled by a scream that seemed to proceed from the interior. + </p> + <p> + “Help! help!” was the cry that reached him. + </p> + <p> + He started to run, and on reaching the door opened it without ceremony. + The sight that confronted him was one to test his courage. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIV + </h2> + <h3> + AN EXCITING ENCOUNTER + </h3> + <p> + To understand the scene in which Walter became an actor a brief + explanation is necessary. + </p> + <p> + The occupant of the house was a woman of perhaps thirty-five. Her husband, + Ephraim Gregory, was employed in Chicago, and went to and from the city + every day. It was somewhat inconvenient to live at Elm Bank, but both he + and his wife were fond of the country, and were willing to submit to some + inconvenience for the sake of the sweet, pure air and rural surroundings. + They had one child, a little girl of five. + </p> + <p> + Twenty minutes previous Mrs. Gregory had been sitting at her sewing, with + little Rosa on the floor beside her, when, without the ceremony of a + knock, the outer door was opened and a tall, powerful man, whose garb and + general appearance indicated that he was a tramp, entered the room. + </p> + <p> + “What do you want?” asked Mrs. Gregory, rising in alarm. + </p> + <p> + “I'm hungry,” answered the tramp, in a hoarse voice. + </p> + <p> + He might be hungry, but his breath indicated that he had been drinking. + Mrs. Gregory would gladly have dismissed him, but she was afraid to do so. + If only her husband had been at home! + </p> + <p> + “Sit down,” she said, “and I will find you something.” + </p> + <p> + She went to the pantry and returned with some bread and cold meat, which + she set before her uncouth visitor. + </p> + <p> + “If you will wait five minutes I will make you some tea,” she said. + </p> + <p> + “I don't want any slops,” said her visitor, scornfully. “Give me brandy.” + </p> + <p> + “I have none.” + </p> + <p> + “Then whisky, gin—anything!” + </p> + <p> + “We don't keep liquors in the house. My husband and I never drink them.” + </p> + <p> + At this he swore in a manner that terrified his unwilling hostess, and + anathematized her for a temperance crank. This aroused her spirit. + </p> + <p> + “If you want liquor,” she said, “you may go where it is sold. I won't + supply it to you or anybody else. If you want hot tea you can have it.” + </p> + <p> + “Give it to me, then.” + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Gregory hastened to steep some tea—she had hot water all ready—and + set it before the ruffian. He ate and drank eagerly, voraciously, and did + not leave a crumb behind him. He had certainly spoken the truth when he + said he was hungry. Then he arose, and she hoped he would go. But he + turned to her with a significant look. + </p> + <p> + “I want money,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “I can give you none,” she answered, her heart sinking. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes, you can.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you a thief?” she demanded, with a flash of spirit. + </p> + <p> + “You can call me that if you like.” + </p> + <p> + There was little hope of shaming him, she saw. + </p> + <p> + “Look here, missis,” he went on roughly, “you've got money in the house, + and I must have it.” + </p> + <p> + “How do you know that I have money in the house?” + </p> + <p> + “Your husband brought some home last night. It is here now.” + </p> + <p> + This was true, and she was startled to find how much this man knew. + </p> + <p> + “Do you know my husband?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I know him. His name is Ephraim Gregory. He had some money paid him + yesterday and it is here. I don't know where it is, but you do. Get it, + and be quick about it!” + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Gregory saw by this time that her visitor was a desperate villain and + that she was in a critical position. He might, since he knew so much, know + the amount of money which her husband had entrusted to her for + safekeeping. If she could buy him off for five dollars she would do so. + </p> + <p> + “Will you go if I give you five dollars?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + He laughed. + </p> + <p> + “No, I won't. Why should I take five dollars when you have a hundred + here?” + </p> + <p> + She turned pale. The worst was true, then. This man had in some mysterious + manner discovered the exact sum which she had in charge. Why had not her + husband kept it in his own possession? It would have been more prudent. + </p> + <p> + “I can't give you the money,” she said, pale but resolute. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes, you will!” he answered mockingly. + </p> + <p> + “Go away, please,” she said in a pleading tone. “I have given you a meal, + though you had no claim on me. Let that be sufficient.” + </p> + <p> + “You can't fool me!” he replied roughly. “Bring me the money, or it will + be the worse for you.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot!” she gasped. + </p> + <p> + “Then, by Heaven, I'll brain you!” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke he raised the chair on which he had been sitting and held it + in position above his head, ready to bring it down upon the helpless + woman. + </p> + <p> + Then it was that she uttered the piercing scream which brought Walter into + the house. + </p> + <p> + His astonished glance rested on the terrified woman, with her little girl + clinging in alarm to her dress, cowering beneath the chair which seemed + ready to descend upon her. + </p> + <p> + Walter did not hesitate a moment. Though the tramp was possessed of twice + his strength, he darted forward and grasped him by the arm. + </p> + <p> + “What are you about?” he demanded sternly. + </p> + <p> + The tramp turned at the unexpected interference and partially lowered the + chair. + </p> + <p> + “What business is it of yours, you impudent young jackanapes?” he growled. + </p> + <p> + “I will make it my business,” said Walter, bravely. “I won't see a lady + struck down by a ruffian!” + </p> + <p> + “Take care how you talk. I can twist you round my finger, you manikin!” + “What does this man want?” asked Walter, turning to Mrs. Gregory. + </p> + <p> + “He demands money,” was her answer. + </p> + <p> + “So he is a thief!” exclaimed Walter, contemptuously. + </p> + <p> + “I'll fix you for that!” growled the tramp, with a frown. + </p> + <p> + Walter quickly explored the room in search of a weapon, for he saw that he + would have to defend himself. + </p> + <p> + There was a fireplace in the apartment, and resting beside it was a poker + of large size. Walter sprang for this, and, grasping it firmly, brandished + it in a threatening manner. + </p> + <p> + “Go upstairs, madam,” he said, “and lock yourself in. I will attend to + this man.” + </p> + <p> + The tramp burst into a contemptuous laugh. + </p> + <p> + “Why, you young whippersnapper!” he said, “I could handle half a dozen + boys like you.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't like to leave you in the power of this man,” said Mrs. Gregory. + “He will kill you.” + </p> + <p> + “Right you are, ma'am!”' growled the giant. “That's just what I am going + to do.” + </p> + <p> + The lady turned pale. She was frightened, but her concern for Walter's + safety overcame her fear for herself. + </p> + <p> + “I shall stay here,” she said, “It would be cowardly to leave you.” + </p> + <p> + “Take my advice, boy,” growled the tramp, “and clear out of here. It is no + concern of yours.” + </p> + <p> + Walter did not answer, but, keen, alert, vigilant, he fixed his eye warily + on his formidable opponent. + </p> + <p> + “Well, youngster,” said the tramp impatiently, “did you hear me?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I heard you.” + </p> + <p> + “Leave this room, or I'll smash you!” + </p> + <p> + “Smash away!” retorted Walter. + </p> + <p> + Though he was barely five feet six inches in height, while the tramp was + fully six feet, his muscles had been toughened by exercise in the college + gymnasium and by rowing in the college crew, and he was wonderfully quick + in his motions. + </p> + <p> + Feeling that the time for forbearance was over, and irritated beyond + measure by Walter's audacity, the tramp prepared to carry out his threat. + He raised the chair and with a downward sweep aimed at Walter's head. + </p> + <p> + Had the blow taken effect, this story would never have been written. But + Walter's quick eye foresaw the movement, and, springing aside, he dodged + the blow and brought down the poker on the muscular part of the giant's + arm with what force he could command. There was a howl of pain, and the + tramp's arm hung limp and lifeless at his side, while with the other he + clasped it in evident suffering. + </p> + <p> + “You murderous young villain!” he shrieked. “I'll kill you for that!” + </p> + <p> + Walter felt that he was in a dangerous position. + </p> + <p> + “Leave the room, please!” he said to Mrs. Gregory. “You will be in my + way.” She obeyed, for her champion had shown himself worthy to command, + and Walter sprang to the other side of the table, placing it between him + and his foe. + </p> + <p> + By this time the tramp had got ready for an attack. He dashed round the + table after Walter, and finally succeeded, in spite of the boy's activity, + in grasping him by the shoulder. + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” he said, with a deep sigh of content, “I've got you now. I'll pay + you for that blow!” + </p> + <p> + Walter felt that he had never been in such a tight place before. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XV + </h2> + <h3> + THE EXCITEMENT DEEPENS + </h3> + <p> + Walter was fortunate enough not to lose his head under any circumstances. + He noticed that his opponent held him by his right hand, and it was his + right arm which had been lamed. Naturally, therefore, it had lost some of + its strength. This was his opportunity. With a sudden twist he wriggled + out of the giant's grasp, and, understanding that it was dangerous to be + at too close quarters, he threw open the outer door and dashed into the + yard. + </p> + <p> + Whether this would, on the whole, have helped him, was uncertain, as the + tramp could probably outrun him, but just in the nick of time a team + appeared, driven by a young man, perhaps twenty-five, of remarkable size. + Hiram Nutt was six feet six inches in height, the tallest man in the + county, and he was as athletic as he was tall. He tipped the scales at two + hundred and ten pounds, and was famous for his feats of strength. He was a + farmer's son and lived at Elm Bank. + </p> + <p> + When he saw Walter dash out of the house, pursued by an ill-looking tramp, + he thought it high time to interfere. + </p> + <p> + “What's up?” he demanded, still retaining his seat in the wagon. + </p> + <p> + “None of your business!” retorted the tramp, too angry to be prudent, “The + kid's been impudent, and I'm going to pound him to a jelly.” + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, Walter was leading the tramp a chase round the wagon, narrowly + escaping seizure. + </p> + <p> + “Help me!” exclaimed Walter, panting. + </p> + <p> + “If you do, I'll lay you out!” exclaimed the pursuer, who had been too + much occupied to notice the formidable size of the young man in the wagon. + </p> + <p> + Hiram Nutt smiled—a smile of conscious strength. + </p> + <p> + “Jump in the wagon, boy!” he said. “I'll take care of you.” + </p> + <p> + Walter obeyed directions, and the tramp tried to follow him. + </p> + <p> + But in an instant Hiram had risen to his full height and, leaping to the + ground, hurried to the rear of the vehicle and caught hold of the tramp. + The latter tried to resist, but he was like a child in the grasp of a man. + He looked up in amazement, for he was proud of his strength. + </p> + <p> + “What museum did you escape from, you—monster?” he panted. + </p> + <p> + Hiram laughed. + </p> + <p> + “Never mind,” he said. “It's well I'm here. Now, boy, who is this man?” + </p> + <p> + “I found him in that house, ready to strike down the lady who lives there + because she would not give him what money she had.” + </p> + <p> + Hiram Nutt's brows contracted. + </p> + <p> + “Why, you thieving scoundrel!” he cried, vigorously shaking his captive, + “you dared to threaten Mrs. Gregory? Did he hurt the lady?” he added + anxiously. + </p> + <p> + “No; I heard her cry for help and rushed in. Then he turned upon me.” + </p> + <p> + “He might have killed you!” + </p> + <p> + “I wish I had!” ejaculated the tramp, with a scowl. + </p> + <p> + “Where is Mrs. Gregory now?” + </p> + <p> + “I told her to go upstairs.” + </p> + <p> + Just then the lady, who from an upper window had observed the discomfiture + and capture of her enemy, came out. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Mr. Nutt,” she exclaimed, “I am so glad you came along! I was afraid + this brave boy would get hurt.” + </p> + <p> + “It isn't he that will get hurt now,” said Nutt, significantly. “How came + this fellow in your house?” + </p> + <p> + “He came in half an hour ago and asked for food.” + </p> + <p> + “And you gave it to him?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; I got ready a lunch for him and made him some tea, though he wanted + liquor.” + </p> + <p> + “And this was the way of repaying the favor?” + </p> + <p> + “He had heard in some way that my husband brought home some money last + evening and he demanded it. I wish, Mr. Nutt, you would take charge of it + till my husband comes home. I don't dare to have it in the house.” + </p> + <p> + “It won't be necessary, for there comes your husband.” + </p> + <p> + It was true. Ephraim Gregory turned the corner of the street, and paused + in surprise at the spectacle before him. + </p> + <p> + “What's the matter, Lucy?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + She briefly explained. + </p> + <p> + “I am so glad you are at home,” she sighed. “But how do you happen to come + so early?” + </p> + <p> + “I think it was a presentiment of evil. I thought of the money I had left + with you, and it occurred to me that it might expose you to danger. So I + got leave of absence and took an early train for Elm Bank.” + </p> + <p> + “What shall I do with this fellow, Mr. Gregory?” asked Hiram. + </p> + <p> + “I'll go into the house and get a rope to tie him. Then we'll take him to + the lock-up.” + </p> + <p> + “Let me go!” said the tramp, uneasily. “I was only joking.” + </p> + <p> + “You carried the joke too far, my friend,” said Hiram, significantly. + “I'll take you round to the lock-up—by way of joke—and Judge + Jones will sentence you to the penitentiary—just to help the joke + along.” + </p> + <p> + “Let me go!” whined the tramp, now thoroughly subdued. “I am a poor man, + and that's what led me to do wrong.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose you never indulged in such a little joke before?” + </p> + <p> + “No; this is the first time.” + </p> + <p> + “Probably you are a church member when you are at home,” said Hiram, in a + tone of sarcasm. “You're a good man gone wrong, ain't you?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said the tramp. + </p> + <p> + “You look like it. Such good men as you are better off in jail.” + </p> + <p> + “I'll leave town and never come back—I will, on my honor!” pleaded + the tramp, earnestly. + </p> + <p> + “I don't put any confidence in what you say. Ah, here's the rope. Now, + hold still, if you know what's best for yourself.” + </p> + <p> + The tramp attempted resistance, but a little vigorous shaking up by his + captor soon brought him to terms. In five minutes, with his hands and feet + firmly tied, he was on his way to the lock-up. Mr. Gregory and Walter + accompanied him in the wagon. + </p> + <p> + “Now, Mr. Sherwood,” said Gregory, when their errand was completed, “I + want to thank you for your brave defense of my wife.” + </p> + <p> + “I only did what any one would do under the same circumstances,” said + Walter, modestly. + </p> + <p> + “Any one of the requisite courage. You put yourself in danger.” + </p> + <p> + “I didn't think of that, Mr. Gregory.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I suppose not, but it is proper that I should think of it. You have + placed me under an obligation that I shall not soon forget. You must do me + the favor to come home to supper with me and pass the night. Will it + interfere seriously with your business?” + </p> + <p> + “I am a life-insurance agent,” said Walter, “or, at least, I am trying to + be, but have not yet succeeded in writing a policy.” + </p> + <p> + “I have been thinking of insuring my life for a small sum. If you come + home with me you may talk me into doing it.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I will certainly accept your invitation,” said Walter, smiling. + </p> + <p> + “My wife made me promise to keep you. She wants to show her gratitude. + Besides, you may be wanted to appear against the prisoner to-morrow + morning.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be glad to help him to his deserts,” said Walter. “The sooner he + is locked up the better it will be for the community.” + </p> + <p> + Walter had no reason to regret his acceptance of the invitation. Mrs. + Gregory exerted herself to the utmost in providing an appetizing supper, + far in advance of anything he would have had set before him at his + boarding-house, Mrs. Canfield being an indifferent cook. Generally her + butter was strong and her tea weak, while the contrary should have been + the case, and her biscuit heavy with saleratus. Walter thoroughly enjoyed + his supper, and was almost ashamed of his appetite. But it gave his + hostess great pleasure to see his appreciation of the meal, and she took + it as a compliment to herself as a cook. + </p> + <p> + After supper Walter and Mr. Gregory sat down to business. He explained the + methods of the insurance company for which he was acting as agent, and + found Mr. Gregory an interested and intelligent listener. + </p> + <p> + “You may write me a policy for a thousand dollars,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “You will need to pass a medical examination,” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly; will our village physician do?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Then take your hat and walk over with me. It is only half-a-mile + distant.” + </p> + <p> + The whole matter was adjusted that evening, and Walter was pleased to feel + that he had made a successful start in his new business. + </p> + <p> + The next morning the tramp was brought before Justice Jones, who arranged + to hold court early to oblige Walter and Mr. Gregory, and the prisoner + received a sentence of a year's confinement. He gave the name of Barney + Fogg, and under that name received his sentence. He scowled fiercely while + Walter was giving his evidence, and as he was taken from the court-room + handcuffed, he turned toward our hero and said: “It's your turn now, young + bantam, but I'll be even with you yet.” + </p> + <p> + “What a terrible man!” said Mr. Gregory, shuddering. “I hope I shall never + see him again.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVI + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER GOES INTO A NEW BUSINESS + </h3> + <p> + One swallow doesn't make a summer, and one policy doesn't establish the + success of an insurance agent. Walter received from Mr. Perkins five + dollars commission on the policy he had written at Elm Bank, and this + encouraged him to renewed efforts. But in the fortnight following he only + succeeded in writing a policy for two hundred and fifty dollars, for a man + who designed it to meet his funeral expenses. For this Walter received one + dollar and a quarter. He made numerous other attempts, but he found, + though he understood the subject thoroughly, that his youth operated + against him. He decided that he was wasting his time, and one morning he + waited on Mr. Perkins and resigned his agency. + </p> + <p> + “Have you anything else in view?” asked that gentleman. + </p> + <p> + “No, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Then why don't you keep on till you have secured another position?” + </p> + <p> + “Because it takes up my time, and prevents my getting anything else.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know but you are right, Mr. Sherwood. You have made a good + beginning, and if you were ten years older I think you would make a + successful agent.” + </p> + <p> + “I can't afford to wait ten years,” returned Walter, with a smile. + </p> + <p> + “If ever you want to come back, I will start you again.” + </p> + <p> + Walter thanked Mr. Perkins, and left the office. + </p> + <p> + He now began to explore the columns of the daily papers, in the hope of + finding some opening, but met with the usual rebuffs and refusals when he + called upon advertisers. + </p> + <p> + At length he saw the following advertisement in the Chicago <i>Tribune:</i> + </p> + <p> + “WANTED—A confidential clerk at a salary of fifteen dollars per + week. As a guarantee of fidelity, a small deposit will be required. LOCKE + & GREEN, No. 257 1-2 State Street.” + </p> + <p> + “Fifteen dollars a week!” repeated Walter hopefully. “That will support me + very comfortably. If I get it I will change my boarding-place, for I don't + like Mrs. Canfield's table. I shall feel justified in paying a little more + than I do now.” + </p> + <p> + The only thing that troubled him was as to the deposit. Though he had + economized as closely as he knew how, he had made quite an inroad upon his + small capital, and had only forty-six dollars left. He had been in Chicago + four weeks, and had not yet been able to write home that he had found a + permanent position. He had written about his insurance agency, and had not + failed to chronicle his first success. + </p> + <p> + This letter Doctor Mack had read to his housekeeper, Miss Nancy Sprague. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Nancy,” he said, “Walter is at work.” + </p> + <p> + “You don't say so, doctor! What is he doing?” + </p> + <p> + “He is a life-insurance agent.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that a good business?” + </p> + <p> + “Walter writes that one agent is making a hundred and twenty-five dollars + a week,” answered the doctor, with a humorous twinkle in his eye. + </p> + <p> + “I'm glad Master Walter has got such a good business,” said the + housekeeper, brightening up. “That's a great sum for a boy like him to + make.” + </p> + <p> + “It isn't he that has made it, Nancy. There are very few that do, and + those have to be old and experienced men.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, he'll make a good living, anyhow.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps so,” answered the doctor dubiously, for he understood better than + Nancy how precarious were the chances of an inexperienced agent. He was + not at all surprised when Walter wrote later that though he had met with + some success, he thought it better to look for a situation with a regular + salary attached. + </p> + <p> + “He's gaining a little knowledge of the world,” thought the guardian. “I + don't think he'll be able to indulge in luxurious living for the present. + It won't be long, probably, before he runs out of money.” + </p> + <p> + It was with a hopeful spirit that Walter started for the office of Locke + & Green. He was pretty well acquainted with Chicago by this time, and + had no difficulty in locating any office in the business part of the city. + </p> + <p> + No indication was given in the advertisement of the business carried on by + Locke & Green. As to that, however, Walter felt indifferent. His chief + concern was the weekly salary of fifteen dollars, which he needed very + much. + </p> + <p> + Arrived at the number indicated, Walter ran upstairs, and with some + difficulty found the office in a small room on the fourth floor. A card on + the door bore the names: + </p> + <h3> + LOCKE & GREEN + </h3> + <p> + Again there was no clue to the business carried on by the firm. + </p> + <p> + Walter was not sure whether he ought to knock, but finally decided to open + the door and enter. He found himself in a room scarcely larger than a + small bedroom, with a small desk in one corner. At this sat a man with + long hair, industriously writing in a large blank book. He glanced at + Walter as the door opened. + </p> + <p> + “Wait a moment, young man!” he said, in a deep bass voice. “I will be at + leisure in two minutes.” + </p> + <p> + He wrinkled up his face, turned back several pages, appeared thoughtfully + considering some problem, and then wrote again rapidly. + </p> + <p> + Finally he turned—he was seated in a revolving chair—and + placing his two hands together, palms inward, said abruptly: “Well, young + man, what can I do for you?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe you advertised in the <i>Tribune</i> this morning for a + confidential clerk?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like to apply for the position, if it is still vacant.” + </p> + <p> + “We have not yet filled the place,” said Mr. Locke. “We have had several + applications, but the post is a very responsible one, and we are, of + course, very particular.” + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid my chance is very small, then,” thought Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Still, I like your appearance, and it is possible that you may suit. Have + you business experience?” + </p> + <p> + “Not much, sir. Indeed, till a short time since I was a college student.” + </p> + <p> + “Yale or Harvard?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir; Euclid College.” + </p> + <p> + “Ahem; small, but very respectable. Your name?” + </p> + <p> + “Walter Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + “How long were you in college?” + </p> + <p> + “Two years.” + </p> + <p> + “Left of your own accord?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Just so. I thought perhaps you might have been suspended or expelled.” + </p> + <p> + “I can refer you on that point to the president or any of the professors.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I will take your word for it.” + </p> + <p> + “I left college on account of losing my property.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah, indeed!” said Mr. Locke doubtfully. “Perhaps you noticed that we + require a small deposit as a guarantee of fidelity.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir. I have a little money.” + </p> + <p> + Mr. Locke looked relieved. + </p> + <p> + “Of course,” continued he loftily, “doing the business we do, money is of + comparatively little importance to us, except as a guarantee of fidelity. + How much did you say you had?” + </p> + <p> + “I didn't say, sir. I could deposit twenty-five dollars with you.” + </p> + <p> + Mr. Locke shrugged his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “That is very little,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “True, sir, but it is a good deal to me. It will be enough to insure my + fidelity.” + </p> + <p> + “We had a young man here this morning,” said Mr. Locke musingly, “who was + willing to deposit a hundred dollars with us.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed, sir! I wonder you did not take him.” + </p> + <p> + “We should, so far as the money went, but I could see by his appearance + that there was no business in him. Our clerk must be quick, sharp, alert. + The young man was very much disappointed.” + </p> + <p> + “I couldn't deposit any such sum as that, Mr. Locke.” + </p> + <p> + “It will not be necessary. Still, twenty-five dollars is very small. You + couldn't say thirty, could you? That is merely equal to two weeks' + salary.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir. I might be willing to deposit thirty dollars. May I ask what + business you are interested in?” + </p> + <p> + “We have control for the Western States of a valuable patent—a + folding-table—and we have several hundred agents out, who report in + general by letter.” + </p> + <p> + “That accounts for the small office,” thought Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Come here a moment, and I will give you an idea how we carry on business. + Here, for instance, is a page devoted to B. Schenck. He is operating for + us in Minnesota. You will observe that his remittances for the last four + weeks aggregate three hundred and sixty-seven dollars. He has been doing + very well, but we have others who do better. On the next page is our + account with G. Parker. His month's work amounts to two hundred and + eighty-nine dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “What would my duties be, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “To keep the office when I am out, receive letters, and answer them, and + see agents.” + </p> + <p> + “I think I could do that, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Hours from nine to five. I think you will suit me. If at the end of the + week I don't find you satisfactory, I will pay you your wages and return + your money.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, sir. I accept the position.” + </p> + <p> + “You may as well hand me the money, and go to work to-day.” Walter drew + out thirty dollars, the greater part of his little store, and handed it to + Mr. Locke. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Locke tucked it carelessly into his vest pocket, and taking his hat + said: “Sit down here, and if any agents come in, tell them I will be back + at one o'clock. That is all you will need to do to-day.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVII + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER'S VISITORS + </h3> + <p> + Walter sat down at the desk complacently. He had parted with thirty + dollars, but it was on deposit with his new employer, and would be + returned to him whenever his engagement terminated. He only hoped that his + services would prove satisfactory. He meant to do his best. On fifteen + dollars a week he could live very comfortably, and even save money. He + felt that it would be prudent to do this, as he did not wish to call upon + his guardian for any remittances during the year. + </p> + <p> + “I sha'n't have to work very hard,” thought Walter. + </p> + <p> + In default of any other employment he looked over the large ledger + committed to his charge. It appeared to contain certain accounts with + different agents, all of whom seemed to be meeting with very good success, + judging from the amount of remittances credited to them. + </p> + <p> + In about half-an-hour there was a knock at the door. + </p> + <p> + “Come in!” called out Walter. + </p> + <p> + A man of about thirty-five entered briskly. He was rather shabbily + dressed, and his red face indicated possible indulgence in intoxicating + liquor. “Is Mr. Locke in?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “No, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I wanted to see him.” + </p> + <p> + “I am his confidential clerk,” said Walter proudly. “Are you an agent?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I am an agent. I suppose I ought to see him.” + </p> + <p> + “He will be back at one o'clock.” + </p> + <p> + “I can't stop, as I have been away for some weeks and want to go out and + see my family at Barrington.” + </p> + <p> + “If you wish to leave any message I will give it to Mr. Locke as soon as + he returns.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps that will do. My name is Jerome Grigson. Tell Mr. Locke I have + met with excellent success in Ohio. In the last four weeks I have sold + goods to the amount of four hundred and seventeen dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “I should think it was doing remarkably well,” observed Walter. + </p> + <p> + “It is; but any one could sell for Locke business chiefly in Mr. Locke's + hands. How long have you been in the office?” + </p> + <p> + “Not long,” answered Walter, who did not care to admit that his term of + service covered less than an hour. + </p> + <p> + “You've a good place with a rising firm. Mind you keep it!” + </p> + <p> + “I will try to,” said Walter earnestly. + </p> + <p> + “They're square men, Locke & Green. I never worked for squarer men.” + </p> + <p> + This was pleasant to hear. Walter felt that he Had made no mistake in + parting with his thirty Dollars. + </p> + <p> + “Well, I must be going. Have you taken down my name?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; Jerome Grigson.” + </p> + <p> + “Right. Say, I will look in some time to-morrow and bring in a check for + four hundred and seventeen dollars. + </p> + <p> + “Very well, sir.” + </p> + <p> + Mr. Grigson left the office. Twenty minutes Later a boy of about his own + age opened the door. He glanced at Walter diffidently. + </p> + <p> + “You advertised for a confidential clerk,” he said. “Is—is the place + filled?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Walter, in a tone of satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + “You don't want anybody else, do you?” asked the youth, looking + disappointed. + </p> + <p> + “Not at present, but we might be able to employ you as an agent.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it hard work? + </p> + <p> + “Well, of course you will have to exert yourself,” said Walter + condescendingly, toying with a pen as he spoke, “but successful men can + earn good wages with us.” + </p> + <p> + He was talking as if he was one of the partners, but it is a way young + clerks have. + </p> + <p> + “Are you one of the firm?” asked the young man doubtfully. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Walter, “not exactly. Mr. Locke will be in about one + o'clock, and if you will come round a little after that you can talk with + him about an agency. I will put in a good word for you,” he added, in a + patronizing tone. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, sir. I'd like to get a place.” + </p> + <p> + The youth departed and Walter was left alone. But not for long. A + middle-aged man entered and looked inquiringly at Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Are you Mr. Green?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “No, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “I have seen Mr. Locke, but I thought you might be Mr. Green.” + </p> + <p> + Walter felt flattered to be taken for one of the firm. + </p> + <p> + “I am the confidential clerk,” he said. “Can I do anything for you?” + </p> + <p> + “I wanted to see Mr. Locke and pay him some money.” + </p> + <p> + “I will take it and receipt for it,” said Walter briskly. + </p> + <p> + “Well, I suppose that will do, as you are the clerk.” + </p> + <p> + “What name?” asked Walter, opening the book. + </p> + <p> + “Jonas Damon. Here is a check on the Corndish National Bank of Illinois + for two hundred and twenty-seven dollars. I have made it payable to Locke + & Green.” + </p> + <p> + “All right,” said Walter, in a businesslike tone. + </p> + <p> + “If you wish to see Mr. Locke he will be in at one o'clock,” he added, as + he put the check in his vest pocket. + </p> + <p> + “No, I am obliged to go out of town in half-an-hour. It isn't necessary to + see him. He would rather see the check.” + </p> + <p> + Mr. Damon laughed, and so did Walter. It Made him feel quite like a + business man to be installed in an office, receiving and crediting checks. + </p> + <p> + “Have you been long in our employment?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “About six months.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope you have found it satisfactory?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I have made an excellent living. How much salary do you get?” + </p> + <p> + “Fifteen dollars a week,” answered Walter rather complacently. + </p> + <p> + “You look like a smart young fellow. You'd easily make double the money as + an agent.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you for the suggestion. I may undertake that some time. I have been + a life-insurance agent.” + </p> + <p> + “Did it pay?” + </p> + <p> + “Not as well as I hoped. I think I shall like my present place better.” + </p> + <p> + “I must be going. Tell Mr. Locke I will be in to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + “All right.” + </p> + <p> + “It is evident,” thought Walter, “that I am in the employ of a substantial + and prosperous firm. The duties are certainly very light and pleasant. I + am in luck to get a clerkship here. It is rather surprising Mr. Locke + didn't ask for references.” + </p> + <p> + Then it occurred to him that the deposit was taken as a substitute for + references. Then again Walter flattered himself that his personal + appearance might have produced a favorable impression upon his employer + and had some influence in leading to an engagement. + </p> + <p> + His next caller was a young man, dark and sallow, with a slight mustache. + </p> + <p> + “Is this the office of Locke & Green?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you describe Mr. Locke to me?” asked the young man, who appeared to + be laboring under some excitement. + </p> + <p> + Walter was rather surprised at such a request, but complied with it. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he's the man,” said his visitor, slapping his hands together + impetuously. “He's the man that cheated me out of fifty dollars!” + </p> + <p> + “You must be mistaken,” said Walter. “How did he cheat you out of it?” + </p> + <p> + “One moment—are you his confidential clerk?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “I thought so,” returned the young man, laughing wildly. “So was I.” + </p> + <p> + “You were his clerk?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, for two weeks. I paid him fifty dollars good money as security.” + </p> + <p> + “You did?” repeated Walter, with some anxiety. + </p> + <p> + “Yes; at the end of two weeks he told me I would not suit.” + </p> + <p> + “But he paid you your wages and returned you your money?” + </p> + <p> + “No, he didn't!” exploded the young man. “He told me to come round on + Monday morning and he would pay me.” + </p> + <p> + “Well?” + </p> + <p> + “I called Monday, and he was gone! He had moved, the scoundrel! I should + like to choke him!” + </p> + <p> + “Was it this office?” + </p> + <p> + “No. Let me see that book! Ah, it is the same that I kept. Have you, too, + given him money?” + </p> + <p> + “I deposited thirty dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah, it is the same old game! You will never see a cent of it again.” + </p> + <p> + “But,” said Walter, “I don't understand. He is doing a good business. I + have had calls from two of his agents. One of them handed me this check,” + and he drew out the check Mr. Damon had given him. + </p> + <p> + The young man took it and laughed bitterly. + </p> + <p> + “I don't believe there is any such bank,” he said. “I never heard of it.” + </p> + <p> + “Then why should the agent hand me the check?” + </p> + <p> + “To pull wool over your eyes. These agents are in league with this man + Locke. That wasn't his name when he engaged me.” + </p> + <p> + “What was it then?” + </p> + <p> + “He called himself Libby. Libby & Richmond, that was the name of the + firm.” + </p> + <p> + “What made you think he might have changed his name?” + </p> + <p> + “Because the advertisement reads the same.” + </p> + <p> + “And you really think it is the same man?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I feel sure of it.” + </p> + <p> + “He will be back at one o'clock. If you will wait till then you can see + for yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “I'll wait!” said the young man, grinding his teeth. “I will confront the + swindler face to face. I will demand my money.” + </p> + <p> + The door opened and some one put in his head, but before Walter or his + visitor could see who it was it closed again. + </p> + <p> + Fifteen minutes later a telegraph boy entered the office. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVIII + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER IS TURNED ADRIFT + </h3> + <p> + “Mr. Sherwood?” said the telegraph messenger inquiringly. + </p> + <p> + “That is my name,” answered Walter. + </p> + <p> + “A message for you.” + </p> + <p> + Walter opened the note, and read as follows: + </p> + <p> + “I am called out of the city. You may close up at four, and leave the key + with the janitor. Report for duty to-morrow morning. LOCKE.” + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” asked the young man eagerly. + </p> + <p> + Walter showed him the note. + </p> + <p> + “It looks to me like some trick,” said the stranger. + </p> + <p> + “But I don't see any object in it.” + </p> + <p> + “He has your thirty dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “And I have a check for over two hundred.” + </p> + <p> + “I would rather have the thirty dollars. What shall you do?” + </p> + <p> + “There is nothing to do but follow directions.” + </p> + <p> + The young man shrugged his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “Then you will come round to-morrow morning?” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly.” + </p> + <p> + “I'll look in upon you. I want to see this Mr. Locke, though I doubt if + that is his name.” + </p> + <p> + Walter was disposed to think the young man too suspicious. He was of a + sanguine temperament, and he tried to persuade himself that there was + really no good reason to suspect Mr. Locke of unfair dealing. He laid + considerable stress upon the favorable reports of the agents who had + called upon him during the day. + </p> + <p> + At length four o'clock came, and he closed up the office, leaving the key + with the janitor. He went home, not quite knowing whether he was to be + congratulated or not. He decided not to say anything just yet about his + engagement, lest it might turn out to be deceptive. Had he been quite sure + that it was substantial and to be relied upon, he would have written to + his guardian to announce the good news, but he thought it best to wait. + </p> + <p> + The next morning he went to the office, arriving at the hour agreed upon. + </p> + <p> + “Please give me the key to Locke & Green's office,” he said to the + janitor. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Locke's given up the room,” was the startling reply. + </p> + <p> + Walter was dismayed. + </p> + <p> + “Given up the room! Have you seen him?” he inquired. + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “When?” + </p> + <p> + “He called yesterday afternoon, an hour after you went away, and got the + key from me. In about ten minutes he came down again, carrying a ledger in + his hand. + </p> + <p> + “'I have taken another office,' he said. 'This is not large enough for + me.' + </p> + <p> + “'Have you told your clerk?' I asked him. + </p> + <p> + “'Yes, I have sent a message to him,' he replied carelessly.” + </p> + <p> + Walter sank against the door. He felt limp and helpless. Mr. Locke had + gone off, and carried his thirty dollars with him. There was hardly room + to doubt that it was a case of deliberate swindling. + </p> + <p> + True, he had the check in his possession—a check for two hundred and + twenty-seven dollars—but, even if it were genuine, it was made out + in favor of Locke & Green, and would be of no service to him, though + in that case it would insure Mr. Locke's calling upon him. Should such be + the Case, he determined that he would not give up the Check till his + thirty dollars were returned. + </p> + <p> + Walter walked slowly out of the building. When he reached Dearborn Street + he went into the office of a private banker, and, showing the check, + asked, “Is there any such bank as this?” + </p> + <p> + “I never heard of any,” said the banker. + </p> + <p> + Walter turned pale. + </p> + <p> + “Then you think it is bogus?” + </p> + <p> + “Very likely. Under what circumstances did you receive it?” + </p> + <p> + Walter explained. + </p> + <p> + “I am sorry to say that you are probably the victim of a confidence man, + or firm. I think I saw an expose of some similar swindlers in the <i>Inter-Ocean</i> + a few weeks since. Did you give the fellow any money?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; thirty dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “You will have to whistle for it, in all probability.” + </p> + <p> + Walter's heart felt as heavy as lead. He had less than twenty dollars now, + and his small balance would last him less than three weeks. What should he + do then? Should he write to his guardian for more money? He hated to do + this, and, above all, he hated to confess that he had been victimized. + </p> + <p> + In the next three days he answered several advertisements, and made + personal applications for employment. But no one seemed to want him. In + one case he was offered three dollars a week as an office boy, but he had + not got quite so low down as to accept this place and salary. It struck + Walter as very singular that one who had spent two years at college, and + possessed a fair knowledge of Latin, Greek, and mathematics, should be in + so little request. He envied the small office boys whom he saw on the + street, and even the busy newsboys, who appeared to be making an income. + They had work to do, and he had none. He decided that he must reduce his + expenses, and accordingly hired a poor hall-bedroom for a dollar and a + quarter a week, and took his meals at restaurants. + </p> + <p> + One day he went into Kinsley's restaurant, on Adams Street, feeling the + need of a good meal, and sat down at a table. He gave his order, and ate + his dinner with appetite. He was about to rise from the table when, + casting his eye about the room, he started in surprise, as at a + neighboring table he saw the familiar face of Mr. Jonas Damon, whose check + he held in his pocket. + </p> + <p> + Instantly his resolve was taken. He would speak to Mr. Damon, and try to + ascertain something about the check. + </p> + <p> + He walked over to the table, and touching Damon on the shoulder, said: + “Mr. Damon, I believe?” + </p> + <p> + The man looked up quickly, and a little change in his countenance showed + that he recognised Walter; but he assumed a stolid look, and said: “Were + you speaking to me, young man?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “What did you call me?” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Damon.” + </p> + <p> + “You're off the track. That isn't my name.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps not,” said Walter resolutely; “but when you called at Locke & + Green's office and handed me a check you said your name was Jonas Damon.” + </p> + <p> + “Ho, ho!” laughed Damon. “So I gave you a check, did I?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, for two hundred and twenty-seven dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “That's news to me. I'm not in a position to give such checks as that.” + </p> + <p> + “I have got the check with me now.” + </p> + <p> + “Why didn't you cash it?” + </p> + <p> + “It was not made payable to me.” + </p> + <p> + “Then why didn't you give it to the party it was made out to?” + </p> + <p> + “Because he disappeared.” + </p> + <p> + “That's a strange story. Do you know what I think?” + </p> + <p> + “No; but I should like to.” + </p> + <p> + “I think you are a confidence man, and are trying to take in a poor + countryman. But I've read about you fellows in the papers, and I am on my + guard. You'd better go away, or I may call a policeman.” + </p> + <p> + This certainly was turning the tables on Walter with a vengeance. For a + fellow like Damon to accuse him of being a confidence man was something + like the wolf's charge against the lamb in AEsop's fable. + </p> + <p> + Damon saw that Walter looked perplexed, and followed up the attack. + </p> + <p> + “If anybody has given you a check,” he said, “I don't see what you've got + to complain about. You'd better make use of it if you can.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you deny that your name is Damon?” + </p> + <p> + “Of course I do. My name is Kellogg—Nelson Kellogg, of Springfield, + Illinois. I am in the city to buy goods.” + </p> + <p> + “And you don't know Mr. Locke, of Locke & Green?” + </p> + <p> + “Never heard of the gentleman. If you've got a check of his, you'd better + advertise for him. I wish my name was Locke. I shouldn't mind receiving it + myself.” + </p> + <p> + Here the waiter came up with Mr. Damon's order, and that gentleman + addressed himself to disposing of it. + </p> + <p> + Walter left the restaurant slowly, and walked in a dejected manner in the + direction of the Palmer House. He began to think that he was a failure. + When he was a student of Euclid College he was in his own estimation, a + person of importance. Now he felt his insignificance. If the world owed + him a living, it seemed doubtful if it was inclined to pay the debt. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIX + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER MEETS PROFESSOR ROBINSON + </h3> + <p> + Two weeks passed. Walter applied for all sorts of situations, but obtained + no engagement. Meanwhile his money steadily diminished, till he awoke one + morning to find only seventy-five cents in his purse. Things were getting + decidedly serious. + </p> + <p> + “I wonder if there is any poorhouse in Chicago,” thought Walter, not + wholly in jest. “It is not the sort of home I should prefer, but it is + better than genteel starvation.” + </p> + <p> + He went out, breakfasted, and at the restaurant picked up a copy of the + Chicago <i>Times</i>. This was a piece of luck, for it saved him from the + small expenditure necessary to secure it. He turned to the department of + Help Wanted, and looking down the column came to this notice: + </p> + <p> + “WANTED—By a traveling lecturer, a young man who can make himself + generally useful; one who plays the violin preferred. Apply to PROFESSOR + ROBINSON, Hotel Brevoort.” + </p> + <p> + Walter knew this hotel. It was located on Madison Street, and was on the + European plan. + </p> + <p> + “That will suit me,” he said to himself. “I must lose no time in making + application. I can play the violin fairly well. If it will help me to a + position, I will bless the violin.” + </p> + <p> + In ten minutes he was at the hotel, inquiring for Professor Robinson. + </p> + <p> + “He is in his room,” said the clerk, “You can go up at once.” + </p> + <p> + Guided by a bell-boy, Walter reached the door of No. 65 and knocked. + </p> + <p> + “Come in!” said a deep bass voice. + </p> + <p> + Opening the door he found himself in the presence of a stout man, inclined + to be tall, with a long, full beard, who glanced at him inquiringly. + </p> + <p> + “Professor Robinson, I believe?” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + “I am the man,” answered the professor. + </p> + <p> + “I have come to apply for a position. I have read your advertisement in + the <i>Times</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “Just so! Let me look at you.” + </p> + <p> + Walter blushed a little while the professor transfixed him with his + glittering eye. He anxiously hoped that he would bear inspection. + </p> + <p> + “Humph! I think you'll do. How old are you?” + </p> + <p> + “Eighteen.” + </p> + <p> + In fact, Walter's birthday had been passed in Chicago. + </p> + <p> + “You are rather young. Can you play on the violin?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Let me hear you.” + </p> + <p> + The professor pointed to a violin on the bed. + </p> + <p> + “I am glad he doesn't expect me to furnish the violin,” Walter said to + himself. + </p> + <p> + He took the instrument from its case, and trying the strings began to play + a series of familiar airs. The violin was not a Stradivarius, but it was + of good quality, and responded satisfactorily to the efforts of the young + musician. Professor Robinson listened attentively, and nodded his + approval. + </p> + <p> + “You play better than the last young man I had.” + </p> + <p> + Walter was glad to hear it. + </p> + <p> + “I may as well tell you the nature of your duties, in case I engage you. I + call myself a traveling lecturer, but this may convey an erroneous idea. I + am the discoverer of Professor Robinson's Liquid Balm, which is warranted + to cure more diseases than any other patent preparation in existence. I + won't go into particulars, for these can be read in my circular. Now, it + is my custom to go from one town to another, engage a hall if the weather + requires, otherwise gather a crowd around me in a public place, and + lecture about the merits of my remarkable preparation. You, besides + assisting me in a general way, are expected to draw and entertain the + crowd by your performance on the violin. Can you sing?” + </p> + <p> + Walter shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid,” he said, “that if I should undertake to sing it would drive + away the crowd.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well! It isn't necessary, though it would have helped. Now, what are + your ideas as to compensation?” + </p> + <p> + As the professor spoke, he leaned back in his chair and awaited a reply. + </p> + <p> + “I hardly know what it would be right to ask,” returned Walter + hesitatingly. “How much did you pay your last assistant?” + </p> + <p> + “I paid him fifteen dollars a month and his traveling expenses.” + </p> + <p> + This was a good deal more than Walter had made since he had undertaken to + earn his own living, yet there seemed small chance of laying up anything + out of it. + </p> + <p> + “May I ask, sir,” he inquired, “do you meet with pretty good success in + disposing of your balm?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; the public knows a good thing when it is brought to its attention.” + </p> + <p> + “Would you be willing to pay my expenses and ten per cent. commission on + sales?” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you prefer this to a stated salary?” + </p> + <p> + “Because it would be an incentive to do my best. Then if I helped you to a + successful sale I should be paid in proportion.” + </p> + <p> + “I have an idea. You look blooming and healthy. Are you willing I should + advertise you as one who has been snatched from death by my celebrated + balm?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't think I would like it, sir. It would be imposing upon the + public.” + </p> + <p> + “I merely suggested it, but I won't insist upon it. I suppose you are + thoroughly honest and reliable?” + </p> + <p> + Walter smiled. + </p> + <p> + “I don't know that my assurance will satisfy you, but I can truly say that + I am.” + </p> + <p> + “You look it, and I trust a good deal to appearances. I will accept your + assurance.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Can you join me at once?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I will expect you to bring your baggage here during the day—the + sooner the better. You will then receive your instructions.” + </p> + <p> + Walter was very glad to hear this, for his purse was so nearly exhausted + that it was comforting to think his lodging and meals would hereafter be + paid by some one else. When he came to reflect upon the nature of his + duties—general assistant to a quack doctor, playing on village + commons and in country halls to draw a crowd of prospective customers, he + felt that it was hardly a thing to be proud of. With his college training + he ought to be qualified for something better, but the cold, hard fact + stared him in the face that it was the only employment that offered, and + he must accept it or starve. Walter had become practical. His limited + acquaintance with the world had made him so, and he was not going to + refuse bread and butter because it was offered by a quack doctor. + </p> + <p> + Within an hour Walter had given up his room—the rent had been paid + in advance—and transferred his luggage to the Hotel Brevoort, where + he was assigned a small apartment on the upper floor. + </p> + <p> + “I shall leave the city in two days,” said the professor. “I have put an + advertisement into the daily papers which brings customers to the hotel, + but I depend chiefly upon my sales on the road.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you travel on the cars?” asked Walter. + </p> + <p> + “No; I have a neat wagon in which I carry a supply of bottles of balm, and + this enables me to stop where I like. I prefer villages to very large + towns and cities. It is better for me to visit places where there are no + drug-stores, as the people are more dependent on what is brought to them.” + </p> + <p> + “When you are in the city shall I get my commission?” + </p> + <p> + “Ahem! I am not clear as to that,” answered Professor Robinson + thoughtfully. “You see you are not called upon to play.” + </p> + <p> + “Suppose you give me five per cent. in Chicago and large places.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well. I will do so. I will settle with you at the end of every week, + if that will be satisfactory.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + Two days afterward a light wagon drew up in front of the hotel, drawn by a + strong horse, and Walter helped the professor to put a trunk of medicine + in the back part. Then he seated himself with Professor Robinson on the + front seat, and they set out in the direction of the suburbs. + </p> + <p> + A new life was opening before Walter. What it would lead to he could not + guess. At any rate, it promised him a living, and this was a practical + advantage which he had learned to appreciate. + </p> + <p> + “How long have you been in this business, professor?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Ten years,” answered the professor. + </p> + <p> + “How did you happen to go into it?” + </p> + <p> + “I'll tell you. Ten years ago I found myself in a tight place. I was on my + uppers, as the actors say. A friend, who was a drug clerk, gave me the + recipe for my balm, I borrowed a hundred dollars, had a quantity made up, + and set out on the road.” + </p> + <p> + “And now?” + </p> + <p> + “Now I am worth fifteen thousand dollars, well invested, and can make a + good living every year.” + </p> + <p> + All this was encouraging to Walter. He was eager to begin his work. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XX + </h2> + <h3> + ON THE ROAD + </h3> + <p> + On a small common, near the center of the village of Brandon—for + special reasons I do not give the real names of places visited by the + travelers—Professor Robinson halted his wagon and signed to Walter + to commence playing. + </p> + <p> + “Give 'em something popular,” he said. + </p> + <p> + Walter struck up “Annie Rooney,” and followed it up with “McGinty.” + </p> + <p> + Within ten minutes fifty persons were gathered about the wagon. Then the + professor held up his hand and Walter stopped. + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” began the professor, “my young assistant will soon charm you + again with the dulcet strains of his violin. But it is necessary for me to + combine business with pleasure, and it affords me satisfaction to call + your attention to the surpassing merits of my Liquid Balm, only + twenty-five cents a bottle. It is a sovereign remedy for most of the + diseases that flesh is heir to. All diseases of the stomach, liver, and + lungs are, if not cured, very greatly mitigated by this wonderful + medicine. It is the only remedy for consumption that can be relied upon. + Why, gentlemen, a year since I was selling in a small town in Ohio. Among + those who gathered about me was a hollow-cheeked man with a churchyard + cough. He asked me if I would undertake to cure him. I answered that I + would guarantee nothing, but was convinced that his life would be + prolonged by the use of my balm. He bought half-a-dozen bottles. Where do + you think that man is now?” + </p> + <p> + Voice in the crowd: “In the grave.” + </p> + <p> + “Not a bit of it, gentlemen. He is hale and hearty, his face is full, his + color healthy, and he tips the scales at one hundred and seventy-five + pounds. I was myself surprised at the extraordinary efficacy of my + wonderful medicine. He used in all a dozen bottles, giving me a second + order later on, and so for the paltry sum of three dollars was drawn back + from the brink of the grave, and restored to life and health. Now, who + will buy a bottle?” + </p> + <p> + This appeal sold eight bottles. + </p> + <p> + A saffron-faced man came forward and asked if the balm could cure + liver-complaint. + </p> + <p> + “My friend,” said the professor, “if you will try the balm—you ought + to have half-a-dozen bottles, as it is uncertain when I shall come this + way again—your liver will become O. K. and your face will be as + fresh and blooming as that of a twelve-year-old boy.” + </p> + <p> + This prospect seemed so encouraging that the saffron-faced man bought four + bottles, and took the professor's address. + </p> + <p> + At the end of about twenty minutes Walter struck up again, a lively + dancing tune, and was listened to with evident pleasure. + </p> + <p> + When all who desired the balm seemed to have invested, the professor + brought out a supply of toilet soaps, and sold to the amount of a couple + of dollars. + </p> + <p> + At the end of two hours he packed up his wares, Walter took a seat beside + him, and they started for the next village. + </p> + <p> + “You had a pretty good sale, professor,” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Yes; as well as I can calculate I took in about ten dollars.” + </p> + <p> + Walter reflected with pleasure that his commission would amount to a + dollar. + </p> + <p> + The professor had another way of utilizing remedies. When he put up for + the night at a hotel, he usually succeeded in paying a part of his hotel + bill in medicine or toilet articles. As his average profits on the former + were seventy per cent., and on the latter forty, it may be seen that this + was greatly to his advantage. Walter did not wonder that he had already + accumulated a small competence. + </p> + <p> + On the fourth evening, as Walter was leaving the supper-table, a tall + young man, looking something like the stock pictures of Uncle Sam, came up + to him. + </p> + <p> + “Say, young fellow,” he commenced, “some of us young people are going to + have a dance at the schoolhouse hall, but we haven't got no fiddler. Peter + Jackson, who generally plays for us, has got the lumbago and can't play. + What'll you charge?” + </p> + <p> + “What do you generally pay Mr. Jackson?” asked Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Three dollars an evening.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think I can play as well as he?” + </p> + <p> + “You kin play enough sight better. He can't play no tunes that ain't fifty + years old.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, I will charge you the same, that is, if the professor doesn't + object.” + </p> + <p> + “Go ahead and see him and let me know.” + </p> + <p> + Walter sought the professor and laid the matter before him. + </p> + <p> + “All right!” was the answer. “I've no objection. You can give me one-third + of the money and keep the rest yourself. Is that satisfactory?” + </p> + <p> + “Perfectly so, sir.” Walter played till one o'clock. He felt rather tired + when he got through, but he saw that he was making a favorable impression, + and the two dollars which he would receive for himself would be of great + service. + </p> + <p> + The man who first spoke to him paid him the money. + </p> + <p> + “I hope I gave satisfaction,” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, you did, and no mistake; but some of the girls were sorry they + couldn't have you for a partner.” + </p> + <p> + Walter blushed. + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid,” he said, “that I couldn't play and dance, too.” + </p> + <p> + At his age few young men are indifferent to the favorable opinion of young + ladies, and Walter would have been glad to have participated in the + dancing. However, just at present, money was more acceptable to him than + anything else. + </p> + <p> + When the week was concluded, the professor looked over his accounts and + ascertained that Walter's commission amounted to nine dollars and sixty + cents. The two dollars he had received for outside services carried his + week's earnings to nearly twelve dollars. + </p> + <p> + He had been out with Professor Robinson a month when he had a surprise. It + was in the town of Glenwood. His violin drew the usual crowd, who were + listening with complimentary attention, when a young man, who casually + paused to judge of the musician's merits, started in amazement. + </p> + <p> + “By Jove!” he exclaimed to a young lady who accompanied him. “That's my + classmate, Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean, Hugh?” asked the young lady. + </p> + <p> + “I mean that the young man who is playing the violin is my college + classmate, Walter Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + “But what on earth can have put him in such a position? Is he poor?” + </p> + <p> + “He had the reputation of being rich in college, but I remember that at + the close of the sophomore year he was reported to have lost his money.” + </p> + <p> + “He is nice-looking!” said the young lady, after a critical examination of + Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and he's no end of a nice fellow. I am truly sorry that he is so + reduced.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall you go and speak to him?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; but I shall have to wait till he is at leisure.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I will go home by myself and leave you to confer together; and, by + the way, Hugh, you know we are to have a little company to-night. Do you + think your friend would play for us? He really plays uncommonly well.” + </p> + <p> + “I will invite him as a guest. I shouldn't want to treat him as a + professional performer. We can afford to treat him as an equal, for he is + of good family, and brought up as a gentleman.” + </p> + <p> + “I am quite willing to receive him as such.” + </p> + <p> + Hugh Longwood remained in the crowd, and when the playing was over pushed + up to the wagon. Walter was assisting the professor in serving out bottles + of the famous balm. + </p> + <p> + “You may give me a bottle, Walter,” said Longwood. + </p> + <p> + “By gracious, Hugh Longwood!” exclaimed Walter. “Who would have expected + to see you here?” + </p> + <p> + “This is my home. But we certainly do meet under strange circumstances. + What on earth led you into this business?” + </p> + <p> + “Thrift, thrift, Hugh,” answered Walter, with a smile. “Let me tell you + that I am making a good living and benefiting my fellow men.” + </p> + <p> + “But it is such a change from Euclid College.” + </p> + <p> + “True.” + </p> + <p> + “Such a come down!” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know about that. I am afraid my career there was not particularly + creditable. Now I am working and earning my own living. Can you wait till + we get through here? Then I will talk with you as long as you like.” + </p> + <p> + “Agreed. I am curious to hear of your adventures.” Professor Robinson + proposed to stay in Glenwood overnight, so that Walter had plenty of time + to see his friend. + </p> + <p> + “My sister is to have a party of friends this evening, and she commissions + me to invite you.” + </p> + <p> + “But,” hesitated Walter, “I have no dress suit here.” + </p> + <p> + “You look well enough.” + </p> + <p> + “Besides, I am filling a very humble position.” + </p> + <p> + “We know who you are, and that you are a gentleman. That is enough. Will + you come?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I will,” answered Walter, heartily. “It will be like a taste of the + old life.” + </p> + <p> + “And if we should ask you to favor us on the violin?” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be glad to contribute to the pleasure of the evening. But you + haven't told me why you are not back at college.” + </p> + <p> + “My father is anxious to have me help him in his business. His health is + not what it was. Not being likely to set the river on fire in any literary + profession, I decided to give up the college for the counting-room.” + </p> + <p> + “I think you did right.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXI + </h2> + <h3> + MISS LONGWOOD'S PARTY + </h3> + <p> + At eight o'clock Walter reached the Longwood mansion. It would have been + early for a party in the city, but Glenwood people were sensible, and, + beginning early, were able to close in good season. + </p> + <p> + The house was a handsome one, and the rooms, tastefully furnished, were + blazing with light, and already half full. + </p> + <p> + Walter was quite at home in society, and advancing, greeted Hugh and his + sister, by whom he was cordially received, and introduced to other members + of the family. + </p> + <p> + About nine o'clock dancing commenced. Walter did not think it out of place + to ask the hand of Laura Longwood, being so intimate with her brother. She + had just accepted his invitation to dance, when a dark-complexioned young + man, dressed in the extreme of the fashion, and evidently possessing a + very high opinion of his appearance and position, approached, and with a + ceremonious bow said: “Miss Longwood, may I have the pleasure of dancing + with you?” + </p> + <p> + “Not this time, Mr. Murdock,” answered the young lady. “I am engaged to + Mr. Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + Murdock upon this turned his glance upon Walter, whose dress, it must be + confessed, was scarcely befitting the occasion, but it will readily be + understood that he could not carry a dress suit about with him. + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” said Murdock, and his scornful glance spoke volumes. + </p> + <p> + “Let me introduce you to Mr. Sherwood, my brother's friend,” continued the + young lady. + </p> + <p> + “I am indeed honored by the introduction,” said Murdock, bowing very low. + </p> + <p> + Walter colored, for it was evident that the tone was ironical. He bowed + coldly, but did not speak. + </p> + <p> + The music struck up, and the dancing began. Though Walter was plainly + dressed, he was a good dancer, and Miss Longwood had no occasion to be + ashamed of her partner. + </p> + <p> + Murdock approached Hugh Longwood, who was busy in forming sets and was not + dancing. + </p> + <p> + “Who is that dancing with your sister?” he asked abruptly. + </p> + <p> + “A college friend of mine—Walter Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + “He looks poor.” + </p> + <p> + “I believe he has met with a reverse of fortune.” + </p> + <p> + “His face looks familiar. I am quite sure I have seen him somewhere.” + </p> + <p> + “He only arrived in town to-day.” + </p> + <p> + “I have it! He was playing the violin for a faker on the town common this + afternoon.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; it was there I met him.” + </p> + <p> + “Good heavens! and you invited him to your party?” + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” demanded Hugh coldly. + </p> + <p> + “The assistant and companion of a wandering faker!” + </p> + <p> + “No, Mr. Murdock, I did not invite him, for my sister saved me the + trouble.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't see how you could sanction her doing it.” + </p> + <p> + “It strikes me, Murdock, you are interfering beyond your province. Walter + Sherwood, you will be good enough to remember, is a gentleman by birth and + education, and a college classmate of mine.” + </p> + <p> + “That may all be, but think of his position!” + </p> + <p> + “Suppose we drop this discussion,” said Hugh frigidly. “I shall invite + whom I please, and shall ask advice of no one.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, if you take it that way, I will be silent.” + </p> + <p> + “It will be as well.” + </p> + <p> + The dance was over, and Murdock, approaching Miss Longwood once more, + asked her hand for the next dance. She accepted, and they took their + places on the floor. + </p> + <p> + “I can hardly expect to equal your last partner,” said Murdock, in an + ill-tempered tone. + </p> + <p> + Laura Longwood looked at him for a moment without speaking. She was + ashamed of his ill breeding. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps not,” she answered composedly. “Mr. Sherwood is a very good + dancer.” + </p> + <p> + “I did not refer to that. I referred rather to his social position.” + </p> + <p> + “He is of good family, I believe, but you need not be too modest as + regards yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “You overwhelm me,” returned Murdock, with an exaggerated bow; “and you + really think me the equal of Mr. Sherwood?” + </p> + <p> + “Is it necessary to discuss this question?” asked Laura, becoming more and + more disgusted with her partner. + </p> + <p> + “I think I saw the gentleman this afternoon playing the violin on the + wagon of a traveling faker.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I saw him also.” + </p> + <p> + “It is an excellent position for a young man—of family!” continued + Murdock, with a scornful curl of the lip. + </p> + <p> + “Suppose we change the subject, Mr. Murdock,” said Laura Longwood, with + dignity. “If you desire a similar position you can speak to Mr. Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + “You are really very—very amusing, Miss Longwood,” said Murdock, + biting his lip. “I really don't aspire to such prominence. Besides, I + don't play on the violin.” + </p> + <p> + “That is a pity. It is a very fine instrument.” + </p> + <p> + When the dance was concluded Murdock sought another, but was rather curtly + refused. His efforts to injure Walter had only led to his own + discomfiture. When, a little later, he saw Walter a second time dancing + with Miss Longwood, he began to hate him. + </p> + <p> + During the last hour Walter obligingly consented to play on his favorite + instrument, and his performance gave pleasure to the entire company, + Murdock alone excepted. + </p> + <p> + When the party broke up, it chanced that Murdock and Walter took leave at + the same time. Walter was slightly in advance when Murdock, quickening his + pace, came up with him. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Sherwood, I believe,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir,” answered Walter. “I believe I am addressing Mr. Murdock.” + </p> + <p> + “You are. I hope you will pardon my giving you a little kindly advice.” + </p> + <p> + “I certainly will if it is friendly,” answered Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Then, don't you think you were a little out of place this evening?” + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean?” asked Walter quickly. “Where was I out of place?” + </p> + <p> + “At Miss Longwood's party.” + </p> + <p> + “Why should I be? She invited me.” + </p> + <p> + “No doubt.” + </p> + <p> + “As her brother's friend and classmate.” + </p> + <p> + “That is all very well, but you don't seem to consider your present + position.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you be good enough to tell me what is my present position?” + </p> + <p> + “You know better than I can tell you. You are the assistant of a low + faker.” + </p> + <p> + “I accompany Professor Robinson as a musical assistant, if that is what + you mean.” + </p> + <p> + “Professor Robinson!” repeated Murdock scornfully. “Where did he get his + title?” + </p> + <p> + “You will have to ask him,” said Walter, smiling. + </p> + <p> + “That is not the point, however. You are in his employ?” + </p> + <p> + “Well?” + </p> + <p> + “And yet you attend an evening party given by a young lady of high social + position.” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Murdock, you may be surprised to learn that it is by no means the + first social party of the kind that I have attended.” + </p> + <p> + “That was before you became a faker.” + </p> + <p> + “You will oblige me by not calling me a faker. I am earning my living + honestly. I don't know your business.” + </p> + <p> + “I am a lawyer,” said Murdock haughtily. + </p> + <p> + “I wish you success in your chosen profession.” + </p> + <p> + “You are truly kind!” said Murdock, in an unpleasant tone. + </p> + <p> + Walter looked at him gravely. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Murdock,” he said, “you have volunteered to give me advice.” + </p> + <p> + “Which you are not inclined to take.” + </p> + <p> + “Because I consider you officious in offering it. Now let me give you some + advice.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be grateful, I am sure.” + </p> + <p> + “Then let me advise you hereafter to mind your own business!” + </p> + <p> + “You are impertinent!” said Murdock angrily. + </p> + <p> + “That is my opinion of you. One thing more; you are quite at liberty to + advise Miss Longwood not to take any notice of me.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall do so.” + </p> + <p> + “And you may be sure that I shall not call upon her without an invitation. + It is hardly necessary to say this, as I leave town to-morrow, and it may + be a long time before I visit Glenwood again.” + </p> + <p> + Murdock heard this with satisfaction, for Walter's good looks and the + evident favor with which he was regarded by Laura Longwood had made him + jealous. He could not help, however, launching a final sarcasm. + </p> + <p> + “Don't think me unkind, my good fellow!” he said patronizingly. “I feel + kindly disposed and as a proof will ask you to send round a bottle of your + balm to my office. Shall I pay for it in advance?” + </p> + <p> + “No. I will mention your request to the professor, and he will probably be + glad to furnish you with his medicine. Goodnight!” + </p> + <p> + They had reached the hotel, and Walter entered. + </p> + <p> + “That fellow is a snob,” he said to himself. “He wishes me to feel that + one in my position cannot be a gentleman. If he is one, I don't want to + be. All his sneers won't make me ashamed of earning my living by an honest + use of any gift that God has given me.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXII + </h2> + <h3> + AN ADVENTURE + </h3> + <p> + Three months passed without any incident worth recording. Professor + Robinson's success was variable, but upon the whole he had reason to feel + encouraged. He was an excellent salesman, and his balm, though it could + not perform all the wonderful cures claimed for it, really had merit, and + this helped materially. + </p> + <p> + So far as Walter was concerned, he found the professor an indulgent and + honorable employer, whose word was as good as his bond. Every Saturday + night there was a statement of sales for the week, and Walter was paid his + commission of ten per cent. Though he was obliged to make some + disbursements, the largest being for a suit of clothes, he found himself, + at the end of fourteen weeks, possessed of a balance of a hundred dollars. + This was a source of great satisfaction to Walter, who had known in + Chicago how inconvenient it was to be without money. + </p> + <p> + One day the professor found himself in a Minnesota village. He had secured + a vacant lot on the principal street for the display of his merchandise. + He met with rather unusual success, a local celebration having drawn a + considerable crowd to the town of Warwick. Walter, after playing on the + violin, passed among the crowd with a supply of bottles of balm, while the + professor was expatiating in an eloquent manner upon its merits. Among the + crowd his attention was drawn to a roughly dressed man, in hunting + costume, wearing a sombrero with a broad brim. His face was dark and his + expression sinister. His eyes were very black and keen. He looked like a + Spaniard, and the thought came to Waiter that he would make an ideal + highway-man. He was leaning carelessly against the fence that separated + the lot from the street. As Walter approached he moved slightly and + accosted him. + </p> + <p> + “Say, young feller, is it all true that he”—with a jerk of his hand + toward the professor—“says about this balm?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir,” answered Walter, in a business-like tone. “It is a very + valuable remedy in all cases of bruise, sprain, rheumatism, headache, and + other kindred troubles. Can I sell you a bottle?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I don't mind,” and the stranger drew out a silver quarter and + tendered it in payment. + </p> + <p> + “Do you sell much of this stuff?” he asked carelessly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, we have large sales.” + </p> + <p> + “You are making money fast, I reckon?” + </p> + <p> + “We are doing very well,” answered Walter, cautiously. + </p> + <p> + “It's an easy life to lead.” + </p> + <p> + “Not so very easy. We are on the road early and late.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you stop here overnight?” + </p> + <p> + “No; I think we will push on to Fremont.” + </p> + <p> + “You'll get there late.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps so. We shall not commence our sales till to-morrow. + </p> + <p> + “Why is he so inquisitive?” thought Walter, and as he turned back to scan + once more the face of his recent customer he became more and more + distrustful of him. + </p> + <p> + “Does that man live in town?” he inquired of a boy. + </p> + <p> + “Who? That man leaning against the fence?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + The boy shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “I never saw him before,” he said. “I guess he came to the celebration.” + </p> + <p> + When the sale was over Walter and the professor went to the hotel for + supper. Walter caught sight of the mysterious stranger in the barroom, and + could not avoid seeing that he himself was an object of attention. Why + this should be he did not understand. If only he were a mind-reader and + could interpret the man's thoughts it would have relieved his anxiety, for + in spite of himself he was becoming anxious and apprehensive, though he + could not explain why. + </p> + <p> + At supper the stranger sat opposite him. He ate heartily and with great + rapidity, yet found time to glance repeatedly at Walter and his employer, + as if he felt an interest in them. + </p> + <p> + Walter sought the professor after supper and communicated to him his + fears. + </p> + <p> + Professor Robinson shrugged his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “Your imagination is running away with you,” he said. “I don't see + anything extraordinary about this stranger, except that he is far from + good-looking.” + </p> + <p> + “Don't you think he has a sinister look?” + </p> + <p> + “He is as homely as the ace of spades, if that is what you mean. Suppose + he is. All homely men are not suspicious characters. If they were, how + would we be judged?” and the professor laughed in a jolly way. + </p> + <p> + “You have quite decided to go through to Fremont this evening?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; I want to reach Stillman on Saturday—there is to be a county + fair there—and to make it in time we must be moving to-night.” + </p> + <p> + Of course, there was no more to be said. Walter did not care to interfere + with the professor's plans, and he was ashamed to admit that he was + nervous and alarmed. Perhaps his fears were groundless. He began to think + so when at seven o'clock the stable-boy brought round a powerful black + horse to the front of the inn, and the stranger who had given him so much + anxiety vaulted into the saddle and rode away, without even turning to + look at him. + </p> + <p> + “Who is that fellow?” he asked of an old man who stood near, smoking a + clay pipe. + </p> + <p> + The old man looked thoughtfully at the stranger, who had now ridden out of + the yard. + </p> + <p> + “Seems to me I've seen that face before,” he said slowly, “but I can't + rightly tell where.” + </p> + <p> + “He doesn't look like a farmer.” + </p> + <p> + “No. If he lived anywhere within twenty miles I'd know him. He's a + stranger.” + </p> + <p> + “His looks don't recommend him.” + </p> + <p> + “You're right there, boy.” + </p> + <p> + “I shouldn't be surprised to hear that he was an outlaw.” + </p> + <p> + “One of Jesse James' band, mayhap,” suggested the old man, with a smile. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he looks it.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, he's gone, so he won't trouble us.” + </p> + <p> + This was a consoling thought to Walter. He carried a hundred dollars in + his pocket, and he had worked too hard for it to feel reconciled to its + loss. The stranger, judging from his appearance, was quite capable of + relieving him of it; but now he had ridden away, doubtless on business of + his own, and the chances were that they would never meet again. + </p> + <p> + About eight o'clock Professor Robinson's team was brought round to the + door, and he and Walter clambered upon the seat and were under way. + </p> + <p> + “Were you ever robbed, professor?” asked Walter. + </p> + <p> + The professor smiled. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “By a highwayman?” + </p> + <p> + “No, by my assistant, a young man who occupied your place. He had been + with me four weeks, and I reposed a good deal of confidence in him, as I + do in you.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope you won't repent your confidence in me, professor.” + </p> + <p> + “I am sure I shall not. But to come back to my story, Charles Wright was a + good-looking, smooth-faced fellow of twenty, and had a good turn for + business. The trouble with him was that he was extravagant and never had a + cent ahead.” + </p> + <p> + “Did he earn as much as I do?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, for business with me was unusually good at the time he was with me. + However, he never could save money. Usually we occupied different rooms at + the hotels we stopped at, but one night the hotel was crowded and we were + obliged to room together. Now, as you know, I am a sound sleeper. I am + asleep five minutes after my head touches the pillow, and even a + thunder-storm during the night would scarcely waken me. On some accounts + this is an advantage, but, as you will see, it turned out unluckily for me + on the night I am speaking of. I awoke at the usual time—seven + o'clock—and on opening my eyes I saw at once that my young assistant + was not in the room. This gave me no uneasiness. I presumed that he had + waked after a good night's sleep and was taking a morning walk. I rose + from the bed, put on my clothes leisurely, and it was only after I was + completely dressed that I felt in my pocket for my wallet. Then I made a + startling discovery. The wallet was gone!” + </p> + <p> + “Was there much money in it?” + </p> + <p> + “About a hundred and ten dollars. Fortunately I had about fifty dollars, + besides, in another pocket, so that I was not left quite penniless.” + </p> + <p> + “Was your assistant the thief?” + </p> + <p> + “There is no doubt about it. He had gone downstairs at five o'clock, told + the clerk he was going for a walk, and did not show up after that.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you seen or heard of him since?” + </p> + <p> + “No; I may meet him again some time, but I doubt if I should have him + arrested. He injured himself more than he did me. I lost a hundred dollars + or more, but he lost a good place and his character for honesty. Depend + upon it, Walter, honesty is the best policy in the long run.” + </p> + <p> + “I am sure of that, sir.” + </p> + <p> + Four miles from the hotel they entered a wood, through which the road ran + for half a mile. It was dark, but not completely dark. A few stars sent + down a faint light. By the light of these stars Walter descried a man, + mounted on a large horse, stationed motionless in the middle of the road, + apparently waiting for them to come up. + </p> + <p> + “Professor,” he exclaimed, clutching his employer by the arm, “that's the + man we saw at the hotel.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIII + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER AND THE HIGHWAYMAN + </h3> + <p> + The professor was startled at the exclamation, but was unwilling to + believe that the man before him was a highwayman. + </p> + <p> + “My friend,” he said, “won't you move to one side? You are in my path.” + </p> + <p> + “We have a little business together,” said the horseman, grimly, as he + drew out and presented a revolver, “that must be attended to first.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you wish a bottle of balm?” inquired Professor Robinson, in a + tremulous voice. + </p> + <p> + “No; you may need one yourself unless we come to terms.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean?” + </p> + <p> + “Hand over your pocketbook, old man, and be quick about it.” + </p> + <p> + “I presume you are joking,” said the professor nervously. + </p> + <p> + “You won't find it much of a joke!” + </p> + <p> + “Are you a—highwayman?” gasped the professor. + </p> + <p> + The other gave a quick, short laugh. + </p> + <p> + “You may call me that if you like,” he said. + </p> + <p> + Now, Professor Robinson had, as was natural, a decided objection to + surrendering his money, and, though there seemed little chance of + producing an effect on the mind of the outlaw, ventured to remonstrate. + </p> + <p> + “My friend,” he said, “if you are in want, I will lend, nay, give you five + dollars, out of a spirit of humanity; but I trust you will not jeopardize + your liberty by descending to robbery.” + </p> + <p> + “Five dollars won't do, old man! Hand over your wallet, with all there is + in it, and dry up that Sunday-school talk.” + </p> + <p> + “What shall I do, Walter?” asked the poor professor. + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid you will have to let him have it, professor.” + </p> + <p> + “That's where your head is level, boy!” said the highwayman approvingly. + “Just fling over your wallet, and be quick about it.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell him to ride up and get it,” said Walter, in an undertone. + </p> + <p> + Though the professor did not understand Walter's object in suggesting + this, he was in a mood to be guided by any one, and repeated Walter's + words. + </p> + <p> + “Anything to oblige,” said the stranger. + </p> + <p> + “Don't give it to him till I say the word,” whispered Walter. + </p> + <p> + The highwayman, lowering his revolver, rode up alongside of the wagon and + held out his hand for the wallet. + </p> + <p> + Walter had conceived a bold scheme for disarming him and rendering him + harmless. + </p> + <p> + “Give the wallet to me, professor,” he said. + </p> + <p> + His employer meekly obeyed. + </p> + <p> + Then Walter, rising, dropped the wallet on the floor of the wagon, and + reaching over suddenly grasped the revolver from the unsuspecting robber, + and before he recovered from his amazement brought down the whip with + terrible force on the flanks of his horse. The startled animal gave a + spring that nearly unseated his rider and dashed madly down the road. + </p> + <p> + The robber was furious. As soon as he could he regained control of his + steed and galloped back. + </p> + <p> + “Give me that revolver!” he shouted, in a rage. + </p> + <p> + Walter held the weapon in his hand and steadily pointed it at its late + owner. + </p> + <p> + “I'll give you the contents if you don't ride off.” + </p> + <p> + “Confound you, you young rascal! If you don't give me back my weapon I'll + kill you!” + </p> + <p> + It was an empty threat, as Walter well knew. + </p> + <p> + “Do you hear me?” he said quietly. + </p> + <p> + The robber scanned him curiously. He had thought him a mere boy, without + spirit or courage. Now he was compelled to revise his opinion of him. + Threats would not answer. He must have recourse to strategy. + </p> + <p> + “You're smart, youngster. I'll give you credit for that,” he said, in a + milder tone. “You've got the best of me, I admit.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Walter, “I have the advantage of you.” + </p> + <p> + “I meant to take your money, but I won't do it now.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you!” said Walter, with an ironical smile. + </p> + <p> + “Just give me back that weapon of mine, and I'll ride off and let you + alone.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't think it would be wise.” + </p> + <p> + The highwayman frowned. + </p> + <p> + “Don't be a fool, youngster!” he said. “Do you doubt my word?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know you well enough to decide whether you are to be trusted, but + I guess I'll keep the revolver.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you will have robbed me.” + </p> + <p> + “Walter,” said the professor nervously, “perhaps you had better give him + back his weapon. He has promised not to molest us further.” + </p> + <p> + “That's where you talk sense, old man,” said the robber approvingly. + “You're a gentleman, you are.” + </p> + <p> + “You hear, Walter?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, youngster, you hear? Give me back my weapon and we'll part friends.” + </p> + <p> + “And I trust, my friend, you will see the error of your ways and adopt + some honest business.” + </p> + <p> + “I will, old man, believe me!” said the robber, in a melodramatic tone. “I + was not always thus.” + </p> + <p> + “You will have my best wishes for your prosperity, and if you are in need + I will give you five dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I will not take advantage of your liberal offer. Only give me the + revolver and I will ride away.” + </p> + <p> + “Come, Walter, give the man his revolver.” + </p> + <p> + “Professor,” said Walter, quietly, “you must excuse me, I can't comply + with your request. This man is humbugging you. If I give him back the + revolver you will have to give him your wallet too.” + </p> + <p> + “Didn't I promise to ride away?” demanded the outlaw, angrily. + </p> + <p> + “Yes; but I have no confidence in your promise. Now, go at once, or I + fire!” + </p> + <p> + Walter pointed the revolver full at the robber's head. He met the + unflinching gaze of Walter's resolute eyes and saw that our hero was in + earnest. + </p> + <p> + “Do you mean to keep my property?” he demanded hoarsely. + </p> + <p> + “No; come round to the hotel in Fremont to-morrow morning and you shall + have your weapon.” + </p> + <p> + With an execration the outlaw turned his horse and dashed off at full + speed. + </p> + <p> + “There, he is gone!” said Walter, sinking back in his seat with an air of + relief. His nerves had been at high tension, though he was outwardly calm, + for he knew that he had to deal with a desperate man, and feared a sudden + attack, which might have resulted disastrously for him. + </p> + <p> + “I don't know whether you have done right, Walter,” said the professor, in + a tone of mild deprecation. + </p> + <p> + “Surely, professor, you would not have had me give back the revolver?” + </p> + <p> + “He promised to ride off and leave us to ourselves.” + </p> + <p> + “What is the word of such a man worth? He would have ridden off, but he + would have carried with him your wallet and mine. Was there much money in + yours?” + </p> + <p> + “Two hundred and fifty dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “That's too much to lose. Take my advice, professor, and put the greater + part of the money in one of your pockets. That is what I have done, for I + suspected that this gentleman would lie in wait for us.” + </p> + <p> + “What put it into your head to seize the pistol, Walter? If your attempt + had miscarried he might have shot you.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't propose to give up my money without a struggle. When the time + came to act I moved suddenly upon the enemy. I did not propose to fail.” + </p> + <p> + “You were very quick. You were like a flash of lightning.” + </p> + <p> + “I meant to be,” said Walter, smiling. “I haven't attended a gymnasium for + nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think he will attack us again?” asked the professor timidly. + </p> + <p> + “No; he has no revolver and I have. Besides, I don't mean to be taken at a + disadvantage. If you will drive, I will hold the revolver ready for + instant use.” + </p> + <p> + There was no further interruption during their ride, and about ten o'clock + they drew up in front of the hotel in Fremont. Rooms were secured, and + both Walter and the professor retired to rest. + </p> + <p> + About seven o'clock the next morning there was a knock at Walter's door. + He opened it, half dressed, and found a boy of sixteen with a note in his + hand. + </p> + <p> + “A gentleman gave me this for you,” he said. + </p> + <p> + Walter opened the note and read these lines, which had been hastily + scribbled: + </p> + <p> + “Give the bearer my revolver. I have a long journey before me and shall + need it. + </p> + <h3> + “YOU KNOW WHO.” + </h3> + <p> + “Where is the gentleman who gave you the note?” asked Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Down the road a piece. He asked me to be quick.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell him,” said Walter, putting the note in his vest pocket, “that he + will have to come here himself.” + </p> + <p> + He finished his toilet and went down to breakfast, but the robber did not + put in an appearance. He probably thought that Walter was laying a trap + for him. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0024" id="link2HCH0024"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIV + </h2> + <h3> + AN ATTEMPT TO RECOVER THE REVOLVER + </h3> + <p> + As Walter had been brought up with a strict sense of honesty, he was + somewhat in doubt whether he ought to keep the revolver, which was a + handsome one, silver-mounted. He decided, however, that it would be + quixotic to disarm himself and put the outlaw in a position to renew his + attack, as he undoubtedly would, if only because he would wish to get even + with the boy who had humiliated him. Walter had, to be sure, promised to + give it up if the owner called for it, but he meant at the same time to + secure his arrest. + </p> + <p> + He did not mention to the professor that he had received a letter from the + owner of the weapon, as his employer would have insisted upon his giving + it up. Professor Robinson was a timid man, and, though he was of stout + build and possessed a fair measure of strength, he had not as much spirit + as some boys of ten. + </p> + <p> + “What are you going to do with the revolver, Walter?” he asked uneasily, + as they set out on their way from Fremont to Stilwell. + </p> + <p> + “I am going to carry it with me, professor.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you had better withdraw the charges.” + </p> + <p> + “Why should I?” + </p> + <p> + “The weapon might go off.” + </p> + <p> + “I mean that it shall if the owner makes another attack upon us.” + </p> + <p> + “You don't think he will?” asked the professor, nervously. + </p> + <p> + “I think it very probable.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish we had never met him,” said the unhappy professor. + </p> + <p> + “So do I; but as we have, we must make the best of it.” + </p> + <p> + “If you had only given him back the revolver we should have had no more + trouble.” + </p> + <p> + “Pardon me, professor, I think we should have had a great deal of trouble. + Once give the fellow his old advantage over us and he would use it.” + </p> + <p> + “I never had such an experience before,” complained the professor, looking + at Walter reproachfully, as if he thought that somehow it was the fault of + his young assistant. + </p> + <p> + Walter smiled. + </p> + <p> + “Do you know, professor,” he said, “your remark reminds me of a statement + in an Irish paper to this effect: 'Several persons have died during the + last year who never died before.'” + </p> + <p> + “I don't see the point,” said the professor, peevishly. + </p> + <p> + They were about half-way to the next town when Walter heard the sound of a + galloping horse behind him. + </p> + <p> + Looking out of the side of the wagon, he saw the now familiar figure of + the outlaw as he rode up alongside. He looked critically at Walter, and + saw that the coveted revolver was in our hero's hand, ready for action. + </p> + <p> + “Why didn't you give the revolver to my messenger this morning, boy?” he + demanded, with a frown. + </p> + <p> + “I didn't think it would be safe,” Walter answered significantly. + </p> + <p> + “Didn't you know it was my property?” + </p> + <p> + “I wasn't sure of it.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean by that?” + </p> + <p> + “I didn't know whether you had paid for it.” + </p> + <p> + “You are impudent. Professor Robinson, will you make the boy give me back + my revolver?” + </p> + <p> + “I have told him to,” answered the professor, in an apologetic tone, “but + he won't obey me.” + </p> + <p> + “Then why don't you discharge him? I wouldn't keep a boy in my employ who + disobeyed me.” + </p> + <p> + “I am well satisfied with him, except on this point.” + </p> + <p> + “I am ready to leave you, professor, if you say the word,” said Walter, + and he made a motion as if to jump out of the wagon. + </p> + <p> + “No, no!” exclaimed the professor, in alarm. “I don't want you to leave + me.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I won't. I think it might be bad for you if I did,” said Walter, + with a significant look at the horseman. + </p> + <p> + “Well, boy,” said the outlaw, harshly, “I can't waste my time here. You + sent me a message to come for my revolver myself if I wanted it.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, here I am. Now give me the weapon.” + </p> + <p> + “I think I shall have to decline.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you going back on your word?” demanded the outlaw. + </p> + <p> + “Not exactly.” + </p> + <p> + “Then what do you propose to do?” + </p> + <p> + “Keep along with us till we reach Stilwell. Then we will go before a + magistrate. You will make your demand for the weapon, and in his presence + I will surrender it.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you take me for a fool?” thundered the robber. + </p> + <p> + “No, and I want you to understand that I am not a fool, either.” + </p> + <p> + “You are acting like a fool and a knave.” + </p> + <p> + “I should certainly be acting like a fool if I gave up the revolver, and + had it immediately pointed at me or my companion, with a demand for our + money.” + </p> + <p> + “But I gave you my word—” + </p> + <p> + “Of course you did, but I put no confidence in your word.” + </p> + <p> + While this conversation was going on the poor professor looked on and + listened with an expression of helplessness on his broad face. He was + essentially a man of peace, and was by no means fitted to deal with a + highwayman. + </p> + <p> + “Look here,” said the outlaw, after a pause, and in a milder tone, “I have + a special attachment for that weapon, or I would drop the whole matter and + buy another one. But this was given me by an old pal, now dead, and I set + great store by it. Professor, although the revolver is mine by rights, I + will waive all that and offer you twenty-five dollars for it. That will + pay you for all the trouble I have put you to.” + </p> + <p> + Professor Robinson, though not a mean man, was fond of money, and this + offer tempted him. It would be getting twenty-five dollars for nothing, + and that was a piece of good luck not likely to present itself every day. + </p> + <p> + “I accept your offer,” he said gladly. + </p> + <p> + “But I don't,” put in Walter, calmly. “Allow me to say that the professor + has no claim to the weapon. I took it with my own hand, and it has never + been in his possession.” + </p> + <p> + “All right! Then I'll give you twenty-five dollars for it.” + </p> + <p> + “I decline your offer.” + </p> + <p> + “I'd like to wring your neck, you young thief!” + </p> + <p> + “I have no doubt you would.” + </p> + <p> + “Once more, and for the last time, will you give me back that revolver?” + </p> + <p> + “I have told you when and on what conditions I would surrender it.” + </p> + <p> + “When?” + </p> + <p> + “At Stilwell, in the presence of a magistrate.” + </p> + <p> + “You are very crafty. You want me to be arrested for attempted robbery.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that is my wish.” + </p> + <p> + “I've a great mind to snatch the revolver from you.” + </p> + <p> + “Come on, then!” said Walter, holding it firmly, pointing at the outlaw. + </p> + <p> + “You've got the drop on me, youngster, but mark my word, I'll have that + weapon yet, and I'll punish you for giving me all this trouble.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you anything more to say?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “Then suppose you ride on. We have been delayed long enough.” + </p> + <p> + The robber did go, but aimed a volley of imprecations at Walter, of which + the latter took no notice. + </p> + <p> + In the early evening they arrived at Stilwell and secured rooms at the + hotel. + </p> + <p> + Among the guests was a cattleman from Dakota, who had been to Chicago with + a herd of cattle and was now on his way back. He was loud in his + complaints of a highwayman whom he had met two days previous, who had + relieved him of a wallet containing five hundred dollars. + </p> + <p> + “Won't you describe him?” asked Walter, struck by a sudden suspicion. + </p> + <p> + The cattle dealer did so. His description tallied with the personal + appearance of Walter's enemy. + </p> + <p> + “Was he on foot?” asked Walter. + </p> + <p> + “No; he was on a black horse.” + </p> + <p> + Walter nodded. + </p> + <p> + “I know him,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Has he robbed you?” + </p> + <p> + “No; I have robbed him.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean?” inquired the cattle dealer, in wonder. + </p> + <p> + “Do you recognize this?” and Walter exhibited the revolver. + </p> + <p> + “Yes; it looks like the revolver he pointed at me.” + </p> + <p> + “Probably it is.” + </p> + <p> + “But how do you happen to have it?” + </p> + <p> + “I took it from him.” + </p> + <p> + “You—a mere boy!” exclaimed the cattle dealer, incredulously. + </p> + <p> + “Yes. I will tell you about it.” + </p> + <p> + And Walter gave an account of the circumstances under which the revolver + had come into his possession. + </p> + <p> + “It is a handsome weapon,” said the cattle dealer, taking it into his + hands and examining it. “It must be worth a hundred dollars.” + </p> + <p> + “I think I shall keep it for my own use,” said Walter, quietly. + </p> + <p> + “I'll give you seventy-five dollars for it.” + </p> + <p> + “I would rather not part with it. Indeed, I should not feel justified in + selling it, considering the way it came into my hands.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, boy, you're a smart one; but I surmise you haven't seen the last of + the owner.” + </p> + <p> + The speaker was right. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0025" id="link2HCH0025"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXV + </h2> + <h3> + DICK RANNEY'S SCHEME + </h3> + <p> + Dick Ranney—for the first time we give the name of the highwayman—had + no intention of going away without his revolver. It had been his constant + companion for years, and had served him well during his connection with + the famous band of Jesse James. Now, his leader dead, he was preying upon + the community on his own account. So daring and so full of resources was + he that he had never been arrested but once, and then managed to escape + from the cabin in which he was temporarily confined. + </p> + <p> + The weapon he was so anxious to recover had been given him by his old + commander, and for this reason, and also because the revolver was a very + handsome and valuable one, he was willing to expose himself to the risk of + capture in order to recover it. + </p> + <p> + The opposition he met with from a “beardless boy”—as he styled + Walter—irritated and surprised him. He was fifty pounds heavier than + Walter, and he had expected that a mere boy would give in almost + immediately. But he saw that he had misjudged the lad. He was little more + than a boy in years and appearance, but he evidently had a man's courage + and spirit. Ranney would have secured another revolver if he had not felt + so certain of recovering his own. After his last failure he began to + consider what course to adopt. + </p> + <p> + It was easy to find out the professor's route. He knew that he was to stay + a night at Stilwell, and to Stilwell he went. He did not venture into the + village until nightfall, and then, for reasons easy to divine, he + abstained from visiting the hotel. + </p> + <p> + Looking about for a confederate, his attention was drawn to a boy of + sixteen who was sawing wood in front of a humble cottage half a mile from + the village. + </p> + <p> + “I see you know how to work,” said Dick Ranney, affably, as he leaned + carelessly against the fence. + </p> + <p> + “I know how, but I don't like it,” answered the boy, pausing in his task. + </p> + <p> + “I don't blame you. I don't like that kind of work myself.” + </p> + <p> + “I guess you don't have to do it now,” answered the boy, glancing at the + neat and expensive attire of his new acquaintance. + </p> + <p> + “Well, no; I can do better.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you in business?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Ranney, vaguely. “I am traveling for a house in New York.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like that.” + </p> + <p> + “Give me your name. I may be able to give you a place some day.” + </p> + <p> + “My name is Oren Trott.” + </p> + <p> + Dick Ranney took out a note-book and put the name down, greatly to the + boy's satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + “By the way,” went on Ranney, “do you want to earn half a dollar?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Oren, with alacrity. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps I can put you in the way of doing so. Do you know the hotel + people?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir. I worked there for a short time.” + </p> + <p> + “All the better. Then you know about the house, the location of rooms, + etc.?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “There are two parties staying there in whom I am interested. One is + Professor Robinson.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I know—the man that sells bottles of balm.” + </p> + <p> + “The same.” + </p> + <p> + “I saw him come into town with his wagon.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I want to find what room he will occupy to-night. The fact is,” he + continued, as he noted Oren's look of surprise, “the man owes me quite a + sum of money and is trying to evade payment.” + </p> + <p> + “He doesn't look like that kind of man,” said Oren, thoughtfully. + </p> + <p> + “My boy, you are young and are hardly qualified to judge of a man by his + appearance. The man looks honest, I admit, but he's slippery. And, by the + way, did you notice a young fellow in the wagon with him?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir; he isn't much larger than I am.” + </p> + <p> + “Exactly so. Well, I want to find out what room he occupies, also.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir,” answered Oren, looking a little surprised. + </p> + <p> + “You see,” explained Dick Ranney, “I want to make the professor a call, + and I can perhaps tell from the outside whether he is in or not. He will + avoid meeting me if he can. Now, do you think you can find out for me what + I require?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Then go at once.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall I find you here when I get back?” asked Oren, cautiously. + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “I wouldn't like to take all that trouble for nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “You won't. Here is a quarter in advance, and I will give you the fifty + cents besides if you find out what I wish.” + </p> + <p> + “Good for you! You're a gentleman!” said Oren, with an expression of + satisfaction on his honest country face. + </p> + <p> + Two hours later Walter and the cattle dealer returned from a walk they had + taken together. Walter found his new acquaintance, though not an educated + man, an agreeable companion, and by no means deficient in shrewdness, + though he had allowed himself to be robbed by Dick Ranney. + </p> + <p> + They went up to the desk for their keys. + </p> + <p> + “Will you two gentlemen do me a favor?” asked the clerk. + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” asked the cattle dealer. + </p> + <p> + “A gentleman and lady have just arrived and want to stay here to-night, + but the number of our rooms is limited and we are full. Now, if you, sir, + will go into Mr. Sherwood's room—there are two beds there—we + shall be able to give the party yours.” + </p> + <p> + “I have no objection if he hasn't,” said the cattle dealer. + </p> + <p> + “I have none whatever,” said Walter, cheerfully. + </p> + <p> + “Then we can fix it. I am sure I am very much obliged to you both. By the + way, Mr. Sherwood, there was a boy here a little while since who was + anxious to find out what room you occupied, also what room was Professor + Robinson's.” + </p> + <p> + “A boy?” repeated Walter, puzzled. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, a village boy—Oren Trott.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't know any such boy.” + </p> + <p> + “He is a good, industrious lad.” + </p> + <p> + “That may all be, but what does he want to know about my room for?” + </p> + <p> + “That's the question I put to him. I found him very close-mouthed at + first, but finally he admitted that he was employed by some man—a + stranger in the village—to find out.” + </p> + <p> + Walter and the cattle dealer exchanged glances. The same thought had come + to each. + </p> + <p> + “Did he describe the man?” + </p> + <p> + “No; it seems he did not take much notice of him.” + </p> + <p> + “Was that all the boy wanted to know?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “He didn't say what the man's object was in seeking this information?” + </p> + <p> + “No. Probably he didn't know.” + </p> + <p> + Walter and his new friend, whom we will call Manning, went upstairs. + </p> + <p> + “What does it all mean, Mr. Manning?” asked Walter. + </p> + <p> + “It probably means that our old friend proposes to make a call upon you + during the night.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you really think so?” asked Walter, naturally startled at the + suggestion. + </p> + <p> + “Yes. You still have his revolver, you know.” + </p> + <p> + “I think he will find me ready for him,” said Walter, resolutely. + </p> + <p> + “He will find us ready, you mean,” corrected Manning. “You know I am going + to be your roommate.” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad of that, under the circumstances.” + </p> + <p> + “So am I. I should like to recover the money the fellow robbed me of. I + should like to know his name.” + </p> + <p> + “I can tell you that. I was examining the revolver this afternoon, when I + saw a name engraved upon it in very small letters.” + </p> + <p> + “What name?” + </p> + <p> + “R. Ranney.” + </p> + <p> + “Then,” said Manning, in excitement, “he is the famous Dick Ranney, + formerly with Jesse James.” + </p> + <p> + “I never heard of him.” + </p> + <p> + “He is well known in this Western country. Why, there is a reward of a + thousand dollars offered for his apprehension.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like to earn that money,” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + “You shall; and this very night, if I can bring it about.” + </p> + <p> + “Half of the reward should be yours.” + </p> + <p> + “I am rich enough without It. As to the money the fellow robbed me of, I + shall try to recover that, though the loss won't in the least embarrass + me.” + </p> + <p> + “How do you think Ranney will try to get into the room?” + </p> + <p> + “Through the window. The casements are loose, and nothing could be + easier.” + </p> + <p> + Walter went to the window and found that there was no way of fastening it. + </p> + <p> + “I think we could fasten it with a knife.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't want it fastened,” said Manning. + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” + </p> + <p> + “I want Mr. Ranney to get into the room. Once in, we must secure him. If + we are smart, our enterprising visitor will find himself in a trap.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0026" id="link2HCH0026"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVI + </h2> + <h3> + THE EVENTS OF A NIGHT + </h3> + <p> + In the country it may safely be assumed that by twelve o'clock at night + every sound and healthy person will be asleep. Dick Ranney gave an extra + margin of half an hour, and thirty minutes after midnight made his + appearance in the hotel yard. Thanks to the information given by his young + messenger, Oren Trott, who, of course, did not know that in this way he + was assisting a dishonest scheme, he was able to fix at once upon the + windows of the rooms occupied by Walter and the professor. + </p> + <p> + He decided to enter Walter's chamber first, partly because he wanted his + revolver, which would be of service to him in case he were attacked. Then, + again, he wanted the satisfaction of triumphing over the boy who had had + the audacity to defy him—a full-grown man, and one whose name had + carried terror to many a traveler. + </p> + <p> + There was a long ladder leaning against the stable. Dick Ranney could not + call this providential without insinuating that Providence was fighting on + the side of the transgressor, but he called it, appropriately, a “stroke + of luck,” as indeed it seemed at the time. + </p> + <p> + He secured the ladder and put it up against the window of Walter's room. + The window, as he could see, was partly open, it being a summer night. + </p> + <p> + Dick Ranney observed this with a grim smile of satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + “He's making things easy for me,” he said to himself. + </p> + <p> + As softly and cautiously as a cat he ascended the ladder, but not softly + enough to escape the vigilant ear of Manning, who was expecting him. + </p> + <p> + Manning at the sound stepped from the bed—he had thrown himself on + the outside, without undressing—and stepped into a closet, as he did + not wish Ranney to learn that there were two persons in the chamber. + Walter was awake, but he lay in bed motionless and with his eyes closed. + The revolver was in Manning's hands, but he had placed his clothing + temptingly over a chair between the bed and the window, but in such a + position that his companion on coming out of the closet would be between + the window and the burglar. Dick Ranney stood on the ladder and looked in. + </p> + <p> + What he saw reassured him. Walter was in bed, and seemed to be fast + asleep. + </p> + <p> + “The coast is clear,” he murmured softly. “Now, where is the revolver?” + </p> + <p> + He could not see it, but this did not trouble him. Probably the boy had it + under his pillow, and in that case he could obtain it without trouble. + Meanwhile, it would be well to secure the boy's pocketbook. Though he + underrated Walter's wealth, he thought he might have twenty dollars, and + this would be worth taking. + </p> + <p> + He lifted the window softly and entered the room. In order to deaden the + sound of his steps he had taken off his shoes and placed them on the + ground beside the foot of the ladder. + </p> + <p> + Having entered the room, he strode softly to the chair over which Walter + had thrown his clothes and began to feel in the pockets of his pantaloons. + There was a purse in one of the pockets which contained a few small silver + coins, but it is needless to say that Walter had disposed of his stock of + bank bills elsewhere. He felt that prevention of robbery was better than + the recovery of the goods stolen. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, Manning, whose hearing was keen, was made aware through it that + the burglar had entered the room. He opened the door of the closet and, + walking into the center of the apartment, placed himself, revolver in + hand, in front of the window. + </p> + <p> + Though his motions were gentle, the outlaw's ears were quick. He turned + swiftly, and with a look of dismay realized that he had walked into a + trap. He had not felt afraid to encounter a boy of eighteen, but here was + a resolute man, who had the advantage of being armed, and well armed. + </p> + <p> + Dick Ranney surveyed him for a minute in silence, but was very busily + thinking what were his chances of escape. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said Manning, “we meet again!” + </p> + <p> + “Again?” repeated Ranney, in a questioning tone. + </p> + <p> + “Yes. When we last met, you had the drop on me and relieved me of my + wallet. To-night I have the drop on you.” + </p> + <p> + Dick Ranney paused for reflection. + </p> + <p> + “That's so,” he said. “Do you want your wallet back?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Then we'll make a bargain. Give me that revolver, promise not to raise + the house, and I will give you back your wallet.” + </p> + <p> + “With all the money inside?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't think I will,” said Manning, after a pause. + </p> + <p> + “Don't be a fool! Come, be quick, or the boy will wake up.” + </p> + <p> + “He is awake already,” said Walter, raising his head from the pillow. + </p> + <p> + “Were you awake when I entered the room?” asked Dick Ranney, quickly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Fooled again!” exclaimed Ranney, bitterly. “Boy, I believe you are my + evil genius. Till I met you, I thought myself a match for any one.” + </p> + <p> + “You were more than a match for me,” said Manning, “but he wins best who + wins last.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, what do you mean to do?” asked Ranney, doggedly. + </p> + <p> + “To capture you, Dick Ranney, and hand you over to the law which you have + so persistently violated.” + </p> + <p> + “That you will never do,” said Ranney, and he dashed toward the window, + thrusting Manning to one side. + </p> + <p> + But what he saw increased his dismay. The ladder had been removed, and if + he would leave the room he must leap to the ground, a distance of over + twenty feet. + </p> + <p> + “Confusion!” he exclaimed. “The ladder is gone!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I directed the stable-boy to keep awake and remove it,” explained + Manning. + </p> + <p> + “I may be taken, but I will be revenged first,” shouted Dick Ranney, and + he flung himself on Manning, who, unprepared for the sudden attack, sank + to the floor, with Ranney on top. But the outlaw's triumph was + short-lived. Walter sprang to Manning's rescue, seized the revolver, and, + aiming it at the burglar, cried quickly: + </p> + <p> + “Get up, or I'll fire!” + </p> + <p> + Dick Ranney rose sullenly. He paid Walter the compliment of believing he + meant what he said. + </p> + <p> + “It's your turn, boy,” he muttered. + </p> + <p> + “Stay where you are!” ordered Walter, and he walked slowly backward, still + covering the robber with the revolver, till he reached the door opening + into the entry. + </p> + <p> + Dick Ranney watched him closely, and did not offer any opposition, for it + occurred to him that the opening of the door would afford him a better + chance for flight. + </p> + <p> + No sooner, therefore, was the door open than he prepared to avail himself + of the opportunity, running the risk of a bullet wound, when his plans + were frustrated by the entrance of two village constables—strong, + sturdy men. + </p> + <p> + “Dick Ranney, do you surrender?” asked Walter, in a clear, resolute tone. + </p> + <p> + Ranney looked slowly from one to the other and calculated the chances. The + ladder was gone and he found himself facing four foes, three of them + strong men, some of them armed. + </p> + <p> + “It's all up with me!” he said quietly. “I surrender.” + </p> + <p> + “You do wisely,” remarked Manning. “Now, will you restore my wallet?” + </p> + <p> + The outlaw took it out of his pocket and handed it over. + </p> + <p> + “There it is,” he said. “I suppose you won't me to pay interest for the + use of the money.” + </p> + <p> + The two constables advanced, and one of them took out a pair of handcuffs. + </p> + <p> + “Hold out your hands!” he said. + </p> + <p> + The burglar did so. He saw that opposition would not benefit him, and he + yielded to the inevitable with a good grace. + </p> + <p> + “It seems I walked into a trap,” he said. “If you don't mind telling me, + were you expecting me?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Did the boy betray me?” he asked quickly. + </p> + <p> + “No; the boy suspected nothing wrong, but his questions excited + suspicion.” + </p> + <p> + “Dick Ranney,” said the outlaw, apostrophizing himself, “you're a fool! I + should like to kick you!” + </p> + <p> + “I think you were imprudent, Mr. Ranney,” said Manning, + </p> + <p> + “It was this revolver that undid me,” said Ranney. “I wanted to recover + it, for it was given me by my old captain. It was never out of my + possession till that boy snatched it from me. I suppose it was to be,” and + he sighed, comforted, perhaps, by the thought that it would have been + useless to struggle against fate. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0027" id="link2HCH0027"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVII + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER BECOMES A CAPITALIST + </h3> + <p> + Professor Robinson slumbered on, blissfully unconscious of the events that + had made the night an exciting one. When he came downstairs early in the + morning he strayed accidentally into the room where Dick Ranney was + confined under guard. Being short-sighted, he did not see the captive + until Ranney hailed him. + </p> + <p> + “Good morning, professor!” + </p> + <p> + The professor skipped nimbly back and gazed at the prisoner in alarm. + </p> + <p> + “You here?” he exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Dick, grimly. + </p> + <p> + “But how did it happen?” + </p> + <p> + “I came to the hotel a little after midnight to make you a call, but went + first to the room of your assistant.” + </p> + <p> + “What, after midnight?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. It is hardly necessary to explain what happened. Here I am!” + </p> + <p> + “Ah, my friend,” said the professor, “this may be fortunate for you, if it + leads you to consider and reflect upon the errors of your life.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, stow that!” exclaimed Ranney, in disgust. “I'm not that kind of a + man. I follow my own course and take the consequences.” + </p> + <p> + The professor shook his head sadly and went out. Later, when he heard what + had happened, he said to Walter: “If that man had come into my room at + midnight I should have died of fright.” + </p> + <p> + “There was no occasion to be alarmed,” returned Walter, “We were prepared + for him.” + </p> + <p> + “I—I am afraid I was never cut out for a hero,” said the professor. + “My nervous system is easily upset.” + </p> + <p> + The plain truth was that Professor Robinson was a born coward, though he + was stronger and more muscular, probably, than Grant, Sherman or Sheridan. + But it is not brawn and muscle that make a hero, but the spirit that + animates the man, and of this spirit the professor had very little. Yet in + after years when he had retired from business and was at leisure to live + over again his past life, he used to tell with thrilling effect how he and + Walter had trapped and captured the daring outlaw, Dick Ranney, and + received admiring compliments upon his courage and prowess, which he + complacently accepted, though he knew how little he deserved them. + </p> + <p> + It so chanced that Stilwell was the county seat and court was in session + at that time, and nearly ready to wind up its business. It was owing to + this circumstance that the trial of Dick Ranney was held at once. By + request Walter and the professor remained to bear testimony against the + prisoner, and Manning also strengthened the case against him. Within less + than a week the trial was concluded, a verdict of guilty was brought in, + and the prisoner sentenced to a ten years' term of imprisonment. + </p> + <p> + Dick Ranney heard the sentence with philosophical calmness. + </p> + <p> + “My good friend,” said the professor, “I trust that in your long years of + confinement you will reflect upon—” + </p> + <p> + “Don't worry about that,” interrupted Dick. “I sha'n't be in prison three + months.” + </p> + <p> + “But I thought—” + </p> + <p> + “Bolts and bars can be broken, professor. When I do get out I will inquire + what part of the country you are in and will make you a visit.” + </p> + <p> + This promise, so far from cheering Professor Robinson, seemed to + disconcert him extremely, and he shortened his talk with his road + acquaintance. + </p> + <p> + After the trial was over Walter was waited upon by an official, who + tendered him the reward of one thousand dollars offered for the capture of + Dick Ranney. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Manning has waived his claim in your favor,” explained the official, + “and therefore there is no question that to you belongs the reward.” + </p> + <p> + “There are two others whose services deserve recognition,” said Walter; + “the two constables who made the arrest.” + </p> + <p> + “There is no additional sum at our command,” explained the official. + </p> + <p> + “None is needed,” returned Walter. “I shall pay each a hundred dollars out + of the reward which has been awarded to me.” + </p> + <p> + It is needless to say that the two constables, both of whom were poor men + with large families, were very grateful for this substantial recognition + of their services. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0028" id="link2HCH0028"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVIII + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER GOES OUT OF BUSINESS + </h3> + <p> + By the time Walter received his prize of eight hundred dollars he had + saved enough out of his wages to make nearly a thousand. He reflected with + pride that this money had not been left him, but was the fruit of his own + exertions. He resolved to say nothing in his letters home of his good + fortune, but wait till he returned, when he would have the pleasure of + taking his guardian by surprise. + </p> + <p> + A day later he received a letter from Doctor Mack, which had been + forwarded from one place to another, and was now nearly three weeks old. + </p> + <p> + It ran thus: + </p> + <p> + DEAR WALTER: You give but scanty intelligence of your progress and + success, or want of it. I respect you for your determination to support + yourself, but I don't want you to carry your independence too far. As you + have never fitted yourself for any kind of business, I presume your + earnings are small. I should not be surprised to hear that you are + straitened for money. If you are, don't let your pride prevent your + informing me. I can easily send you fifty dollars, for your property was + not all lost, and it is not fitting that you should deprive yourself of + the comforts of life when there is no occasion for it. + </p> + <p> + “Nancy often speaks of you, and, indeed, I may say that we both miss you + very much, and wish the year were up, so that you might return to us. I + have hopes of righting your property, so that you may go back to Euclid + College at the beginning of the fall session. I am glad to learn by your + last letter that your health is excellent. Once more, don't hesitate to + write to me for money if you need a remittance. + </p> + <p> + “Your affectionate guardian, + </p> + <h3> + “EZEKIEL MACK.” + </h3> + <p> + Walter smiled as he finished reading the letter. + </p> + <p> + “I wonder what my good guardian would say,” he soliloquized, “if he knew + that I had nearly a thousand dollars saved up? He would open his eyes, I + fancy.” + </p> + <p> + He sat down at once and made a reply, in the course of which he said: + “Don't trouble yourself to send me money. I can get along with the wages I + receive. When I left home I made up my mind not to call upon you for help, + and I am glad to say there is no occasion to do so as yet. I think my + year's absence from college will do me good. I am ashamed when I consider + how poorly I appreciated the advantages of study, and how foolishly I + spent my time and money. If I ever go back to college I shall turn over a + new leaf. I have seen something of the world and gained some experience of + life, and feel about half a dozen years older than when I left college.” + </p> + <p> + When Doctor Mack, a week later, read these lines he smiled contentedly. + </p> + <p> + “My experiment is working well,” he said. “It is making a man of Walter. + He has been a drone, hitherto. Now he has become a worker, and, though I + may not like him better, for he was always near to my heart, I respect him + more.” + </p> + <p> + A week later Walter, on returning from a walk, found a middle-aged + stranger in conversation with Professor Robinson. + </p> + <p> + The professor seemed a little embarrassed when Walter entered. + </p> + <p> + “I have some news for you, Walter,” he said. “I am afraid it will not be + welcome to you.” + </p> + <p> + “Please let me hear it, professor,” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + “This gentleman is Nahum Snodgrass, of Chicago, who has been for some + years a traveler for a large wholesale-drug-house.” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad to meet you, Mr. Snodgrass,” said Walter, politely. + </p> + <p> + Snodgrass, who was a thin, dry-looking man, nodded briefly. + </p> + <p> + “I have just sold out my business to him,” went on Professor Robinson, + “and henceforth shall aim to live more easily and enjoy the presence of my + family.” + </p> + <p> + “I congratulate you, professor,” said Walter. “I think you deserve a life + of leisure.” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Snodgrass is willing to take you into his employ, but he does not + think he can afford to pay you as much as I did.” + </p> + <p> + “No,” said Snodgrass, clearing his throat, “I find that Professor Robinson + has been foolishly liberal. The ten per cent. commission which he has paid + you is simply—stu—pendous!” + </p> + <p> + Walter smiled. + </p> + <p> + “I have not been in the habit of taking that view of it,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps not, but I do,” said Snodgrass, firmly. “You are a very young + man, and ought not to expect much pay. I will give you two dollars a week + and pay your traveling expenses.” + </p> + <p> + “I beg to decline your offer, Mr. Snodgrass,” said Walter, politely. “I + have thought of changing my business before, but was unwilling to leave + the professor. As we are strangers, I need have no further hesitation.” + </p> + <p> + “Young man,” said Snodgrass, “I think you are making a mistake. It will + not be so easy getting another place as you suppose.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps not, but I can afford to live a few weeks without work.” + </p> + <p> + “Your savings will soon go”—Snodgrass knew nothing of Walter's prize + money—“and then what will you do?” + </p> + <p> + “Trust to luck,” answered Walter, lightly. + </p> + <p> + Nahum Snodgrass shook his head gloomily. He thought Walter a very foolish + young man. + </p> + <p> + Had Walter lost his position two months earlier it would have been a + serious matter to him, but now, with a capital of nearly a thousand + dollars, he could afford to be independent. As he expressed it, he could + afford to be idle for a few weeks. Still, he didn't wish to remain + unemployed for a long time. He felt happier when at work, but wished to + secure some employment that would be congenial. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Snodgrass,” said the professor, “I think you are making a mistake in + not employing Walter Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + Nahum Snodgrass shrugged his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “I don't mean to pay away all my profits to an assistant,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “But you can't get along alone very well.” + </p> + <p> + “I will try, unless I can find some one that will take what I am willing + to pay.” + </p> + <p> + He finally succeeded in doing this. A young man of eighteen, employed in a + drug-store in town, who was on the point of being discharged, agreed to + take the position, and stepped into Walter's place. To anticipate a + little, he disappeared two weeks later, carrying with him fifty dollars + belonging to his employer. + </p> + <p> + Walter stayed two days longer at the hotel, and then, sending his valise + ahead to Burnton, twenty miles farther on, started to walk the distance. + He was in a mountainous country, and the scenery was wild and attractive, + so that he felt that this arrangement would prove agreeable to him. He + provided himself with a stout staff and started at good speed. He had + accomplished about eight miles, when he was overtaken by a shabbily + dressed traveler riding on the back of a fine horse. The horseman + slackened his pace when he reached Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Good morning, stranger!” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Good morning!” responded Walter, turning his head. + </p> + <p> + “I am glad to have company. It's a lonesome stretch of road here.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Walter, carelessly. “But there isn't any danger, is + there?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, there might be. A friend of mine was stabbed and robbed here three + months since.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; and though I haven't much money with me, I shouldn't like to be + robbed of what I have.” + </p> + <p> + “It would be inconvenient.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you carry much money with you?” asked the other, in a careless tone. + </p> + <p> + Walter was not disposed to take a stranger into his confidence. + </p> + <p> + “Not much!” he responded. + </p> + <p> + “You are prudent. Are you armed?” + </p> + <p> + Walter drew out Dick Ranney's revolver, which he still carried. The + stranger eyed him respectfully. + </p> + <p> + “That's a mighty handsome weapon,” he said. “Just let me look at it.” + </p> + <p> + Walter began to think he had fallen in with a highwayman again. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0029" id="link2HCH0029"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIX + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER BUYS A HORSE + </h3> + <p> + “You can look at the pistol as I hold it,” said Walter, in response to the + request recorded at the close of the preceding chapter. + </p> + <p> + “I say,” remarked the stranger suddenly, “don't you want to buy a horse?” + </p> + <p> + “How much do you ask for the horse?” he inquired. + </p> + <p> + “I want to get her off my hands. Give me fifty dollars, and she's yours.” + </p> + <p> + Walter had a pad in his satchel and a fountain pen in his pocket. He + hastily wrote out the following form: + </p> + <p> + “In consideration of fifty dollars by me received, I give and transfer to + Walter Sherwood my roan horse.” Here followed a brief description of the + animal. + </p> + <p> + “Now put your name there, and I will hand you the money,” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, stranger! You've got a good bargain.” + </p> + <p> + “I agree to that,” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + “I suppose the horse is sound?” he said inquiringly. + </p> + <p> + “Sound as a die! Don't you take no trouble about that. It goes to my heart + to give her up. Good-by, old gal!” + </p> + <p> + Walter touched the horse lightly with his whip, and she bounded forward. + After a few miles he reached a town of good size. Riding along the main + street his attention was drawn to a printed notice in front of a store. It + read thus: + </p> + <h3> + “HORSE STOLEN! + </h3> + <p> + “Stolen from the subscriber, on the evening of the twenty-fifth, a roan + mare, eight years old and sixteen hands high, with a white mark between + the eyes. Answers to the name of Bess. Whoever will return her to the + subscriber, or give information that will lead to her recovery, will + receive a suitable reward. + </p> + <p> + “COLONEL RICHARD OWEN, Shelby.” + </p> + <p> + A terrible suspicion entered Walter's mind. He recognized the white mark. + Then he called “Bess.” The mare half turned her head and whinnied. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0030" id="link2HCH0030"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXX + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER FINDS HIMSELF IN A TIGHT PLACE + </h3> + <p> + Walter had hardly time to consider what to do in the light of the + discovery he had made before the matter was taken out of his hands. + </p> + <p> + “Young feller, you'd better get off that hoss!” fell on his ears in a + rough voice. + </p> + <p> + He turned, and saw two stalwart men eyeing him suspiciously. + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” said Walter earnestly, “till I read this notice I had no idea + that the horse was stolen.” + </p> + <p> + “That's neither here nor there. You'd better get off the hoss.” + </p> + <p> + Walter felt that this was a command, and obeyed at once. + </p> + <p> + “Very well, gentlemen,” he said. “I will leave the horse in your hands, + and depend upon you to return it to the owner.” + </p> + <p> + As Walter spoke he turned to walk off, but the man who had first accosted + him got in his way. + </p> + <p> + “I don't want to have any trouble with you, sir. Please get out of my way, + and let me go.” + </p> + <p> + “Not by a long shot.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you propose to do with me?” + </p> + <p> + “Take you to the lockup.” + </p> + <p> + Walter was now really alarmed. + </p> + <p> + “You'll have to go with us, young feller!” said Crane. + </p> + <p> + “And leave the hoss?” asked Penton. “We'd ought to take charge of it, and + get the reward.” + </p> + <p> + “That's so, Penton. You go and get a constable. We'll stand by the hoss.” + </p> + <p> + Penton hurried off, and returned shortly with a constable in uniform. + </p> + <p> + “What's up?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “This young feller's rid into town with Colonel Richard Owen's hoss.” + </p> + <p> + “But I'd ought to secure the hoss,” said the constable, who felt that + perhaps he might be entitled to the reward offered. + </p> + <p> + “Look here, Cyrus Stokes, you secure the thief—that's your lookout.” + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” said Walter, “I object to being called a thief. I have + already told you I did not steal the horse.” + </p> + <p> + The constable seized Walter by the arm and walked off with him. To add to + his mortification, people whom they met on the street looked at him + curiously. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0031" id="link2HCH0031"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXI + </h2> + <h3> + IN THE LOCKUP + </h3> + <p> + The lockup was a basement room under the engine-house. There were four + cells, about four by eight, and into one of these Walter was put. The cell + opposite was occupied by a drunken tramp, who looked up stupidly as Walter + entered, and hiccoughed: “Glad to see you sonny.” + </p> + <p> + “And I must stay in here overnight—with that man?” + </p> + <p> + “Hoss-stealers mustn't be particular,” said the constable. + </p> + <p> + “Can you tell me where Colonel Owen lives—the man that owns the + horse?” + </p> + <p> + “You ought to know that!” + </p> + <p> + “Is there any lawyer in this village?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, there's two, an old man and a young one.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like to see one of them. Can you ask one of them to come here?” + </p> + <p> + “It's a leetle out of my way,” suggested Constable Stokes. + </p> + <p> + The constable pocketed with alacrity the half-dollar our hero tendered + him, and said briskly. “I'll send him right off.” + </p> + <p> + “I shay,” interjected the tramp, “send me a lawyer, too.” + </p> + <p> + “The same man will do for you,” replied the constable. “A lawyer won't do + you no good, though.” + </p> + <p> + “We're victims of tyrannical 'pression!” said the tramp gloomily. “What + are you in for, young feller?” + </p> + <p> + “I'm charged with stealing a horse.” + </p> + <p> + “Smart boy!” said the tramp admiringly. “I didn't think you was up to + hoss-stealin'.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not. The charge is false.” + </p> + <p> + “That's right! Stick to it! Deny everything. That's what I do.” Half an + hour later the outer door was opened and the constable reappeared, + followed by a young man of about thirty. + </p> + <p> + “This is Mr. Barry, the lawyer,” he said. “Mr. Barry, here is the key. You + can keep it and let yourself out if you will be responsible for the safe + custody of the prisoner.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Mr. Stokes, I will give you my word that he shall not escape. Which + is my client?” + </p> + <p> + “You don't look like a criminal, certainly,” said the lawyer, with a rapid + survey of his new client. + </p> + <p> + “I hope not.” + </p> + <p> + “But one can't go by appearances wholly. As your lawyer, for I will + undertake your case, I must ask you to trust me entirely, and give me your + full confidence. + </p> + <p> + “First, let me ask your name.” + </p> + <p> + “Walter Sherwood.” + </p> + <p> + “It will now be necessary for you to tell me frankly whether you stole the + horse or not.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course I did not,” answered Walter indignantly. + </p> + <p> + “You must excuse my asking the question. I did not believe you guilty, but + it was necessary for me to know positively from your own lips. You must + not be sensitive.” + </p> + <p> + “I have no right to be, but I find myself in a very trying position.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course, but I will try to get you out of it. Now, will you tell me in + detail how the horse came into your possession?” + </p> + <p> + Walter told the story, and the lawyer listened attentively. + </p> + <p> + “Have you any proof of what you assert?” he asked, when Walter finished. + </p> + <p> + “There was no one present.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose not. Did no papers pass between you and this man?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes!” answered Walter quickly, and he drew out the receipt which he + had drawn up and got Hank Wilson to sign. + </p> + <p> + “Come, this is very important!” said Mr. Barry cheerfully. “It is a very + valuable confirmation of your story. Will you trust me with it?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Is there any suggestion you have to offer, Mr. Sherwood? Sometimes I find + that my clients give me valuable assistance that way.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish you would telegraph to Colonel Owen to come here.” + </p> + <p> + “Probably he has been sent for, but if not I will request him to come. Do + you know the colonel?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir; I never heard his name till I read the advertisement. Do you + know anything of him, Mr. Barry?” + </p> + <p> + “He is the owner of a large estate in Shelby, and is a thorough gentleman + of the old school.” + </p> + <p> + “All the better! I would rather deal with such a man. Besides, by + describing the man of whom I bought the horse I may put him in the way of + capturing the real thief.” + </p> + <p> + “Well thought of. May I ask, Mr. Sherwood, if you are from this part of + the country?” + </p> + <p> + “No; I am a native of New York State. + </p> + <p> + “A year ago I was a member of the sophomore class of Euclid College.” + </p> + <p> + “That is strange!” ejaculated Barry. “What is strange?” + </p> + <p> + “Colonel Owen, the owner of the horse, is an old graduate of the same + institution.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it possible?” exclaimed Walter, in genuine amazement. + </p> + <p> + “It is quite true. I am glad to have made the discovery. It will + prepossess him in your favor, and this, I need hardly say, will be a great + point gained. Well, I believe I have obtained all the data I require, and + I will now go home and think over your case. I wish I could take you with + me.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish you could; I hate to be left in such a place.” + </p> + <p> + “Cheer up, Mr. Sherwood. It won't be for long, I predict. You may rest + assured of my best efforts in your behalf. I will at once telegraph for + Colonel Owen.” + </p> + <p> + The evening glided wearily away. Walter threw himself on his pallet and + was nearly asleep when a confused noise was heard outside, and heavy blows + were rained upon the outer door. + </p> + <p> + “What does it mean?” asked Walter, bewildered. + </p> + <p> + He listened intently, and there came to his ears a shout which made him + turn pale with terror. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0032" id="link2HCH0032"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXII + </h2> + <h3> + AN AWFUL MOMENT + </h3> + <p> + “Bring out the hoss thief! Lynch him! Lynch him!” + </p> + <p> + “What's up?” asked the tramp drowsily, opening his eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Bring out the hoss thief!” cried a dozen rough voices, as the battering + at the door was repeated. + </p> + <p> + “They want you, young feller!” he continued, as he caught the meaning of + the cry. + </p> + <p> + “What shall we do?” asked Walter helplessly. + </p> + <p> + “They don't want me,” returned the tramp complacently. “It's you they + want!” + </p> + <p> + “You will stand by me?” implored Walter, eager for any help. + </p> + <p> + “Won't do no good! There's a crowd of them. You're in a bad box, young + feller!” + </p> + <p> + “Have you got a pistol?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + Then it flashed upon Walter that he still had the revolver which belonged + to Dick Ranney. + </p> + <p> + “I will sell my life dearly!” thought Walter, “They shan't kill me without + some resistance.” + </p> + <p> + “Open the door, or it'll be wuss for ye!” cried a rough voice. + </p> + <p> + The door was strong, but it did not long withstand the fierce attacks made + upon it. Walter, by the light that came in through a crevice, saw it sway + and gradually yield to the impetuous attacks of the mob. + </p> + <p> + “Here's the hoss thief!” exclaimed the leader, throwing the light into the + cell occupied by the inebriate. + </p> + <p> + The tramp was alarmed and completely sobered by the terrible suggestion. + </p> + <p> + “I ain't the man!” he said. “It's that young feller yonder.” + </p> + <p> + The man with the lantern turned in the direction of the other cell. + </p> + <p> + “He's only a kid!” he said doubtfully. + </p> + <p> + “All the same, he's the hoss thief!” said the tramp earnestly. + </p> + <p> + “Is he telling the truth?” asked the leader, turning to the men who were + just behind him. + </p> + <p> + “He looks most like the hoss thief!” said Dan Muggins. “The other's a + milk-and-water chap, just out of boardin'-school.” + </p> + <p> + “You're right! Smash in the cage!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0033" id="link2HCH0033"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXIII + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER SAVES ANOTHER'S LIFE + </h3> + <p> + Meanwhile the feelings of Walter were hard to describe. He saw that + perhaps his only chance of life lay in remaining quiet and letting the + mistake remain uncorrected. + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, the poor wretch was as much entitled to life as he. + </p> + <p> + “He's the hoss thief!” shrieked the tramp. “Ask him if he isn't.” + </p> + <p> + The leader, who had him by the collar, paused, and the words of the + captive seemed to make some impression on him. + </p> + <p> + “We don't want to make no mistake,” he said. “Mebbe we might ask him.” + </p> + <p> + “You hear what this man says?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Walter, in husky accents. + </p> + <p> + “Is it true? Are you the hoss thief?” + </p> + <p> + “No!” + </p> + <p> + And the poor tramp would have been dragged away, but Walter, his face + pale, but resolute, held up his hand to secure attention. + </p> + <p> + “Listen!” he said. “I am not a horse thief, but I was put here charged + with stealing the horse of Colonel Owen.” + </p> + <p> + “Just as I said, gentlemen,” chimed in the inebriate. + </p> + <p> + “Then we've got the wrong one!” said the leader. “Here, you can go!” + </p> + <p> + “We must have you!” went on the leader, approaching Walter's cell. + </p> + <p> + “What do you want to do with me?” asked Walter, with sinking heart. + </p> + <p> + “String you up! That's the way we serve hoss thieves!” + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen!” said Walter, “you are making a terrible mistake. + </p> + <p> + “Didn't you say just now you was the thief?” + </p> + <p> + “No; I said I was put in here charged with horse-stealing.” + </p> + <p> + An assault was made on the door of his cell, and within three minutes + Walter was dragged out. + </p> + <p> + He began to speak, but was roughly ordered to shut up. + </p> + <p> + The line of march was resumed, and a quarter of a mile distant they passed + through a gate and began the ascent of a hill, at the summit of which was + a grove of tall trees. Walter shuddered and his heart sank within him, for + he understood only too well what fate was in store for him. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0034" id="link2HCH0034"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXIV + </h2> + <h3> + A TERRIBLE ORDEAL + </h3> + <p> + At the summit of the hill Walter's captors came to a halt. + </p> + <p> + “Young man,” said the leader sternly, “your hours are numbered. Have you + anything to say?” + </p> + <p> + “I have a good deal to say,” answered Walter, finding his voice and + speaking indignantly. “Even if I were guilty, which I am not, you have no + right to condemn me to death untried.” + </p> + <p> + One of the masked men, who had hitherto stood in the background, came + forward, and in clear, ringing accents spoke: + </p> + <p> + “The lad says right. He has not been proved guilty, and I for one believe + him innocent.” + </p> + <p> + “I thank God,” said Walter, “that there is one among you whose heart is + not wholly hardened. I stand here a boy—barely eighteen years old. + Is there no one among you who has a son of my age?” + </p> + <p> + “The boy is right,” said another in a deep voice. “Men, we are acting like + cowards and brutes.” + </p> + <p> + “So say I!” a third man broke in, and he ranged himself beside the other + two. + </p> + <p> + “This is all folly!” exclaimed the leader angrily. “You men are milksops + and chicken-hearted.” Walter's face flamed. + </p> + <p> + “Will you allow this?” he exclaimed, as the leader seized him by the + collar and drew him to a tree. + </p> + <p> + “I won't!” said the first man to pronounce in his favor. “Seth Pendleton, + let go your hold!” + </p> + <p> + “Look out!” cried Pendleton fiercely, “or you may swing, too!” + </p> + <p> + “You hear what he says,” said Walter's friend. “Why are you so hard on the + boy?” + </p> + <p> + “Why am I so hard on horse thieves? I'll tell you. Ten years ago I had a + horse that was as dear to me as a brother. One morning I found the stable + door open and the horse gone. I followed him, but I never recovered him.” + </p> + <p> + “Who stole him?” + </p> + <p> + “A man named Dick Ranney, who has since become a noted highwayman.” + </p> + <p> + This was astonishing news to Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Do you know where Dick Ranney is now?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “I heard that he had been captured.” + </p> + <p> + “I am the one who captured him, and for this I received a reward of a + thousand dollars!” answered Walter. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0035" id="link2HCH0035"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXV + </h2> + <h3> + THE EMPTY JAIL + </h3> + <p> + Walter drew from his pocket a folded paper. + </p> + <p> + “Read that!” he said. + </p> + <h3> + “MR. WALTER SHERWOOD: + </h3> + <p> + “I have pleasure in sending you the reward for the capture of the noted + criminal, Dick Ranney. + </p> + <p> + “MILES GRAY, Sheriff.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall I tell you the story?” asked Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Yes! Yes!” exclaimed more than one. + </p> + <p> + Walter gave an account of the affair in a clear, distinct manner. + </p> + <p> + “Now, gentlemen,” said Walter, as he concluded, “do you believe that I + would stoop to steal a horse?” + </p> + <p> + There were shouts of “No! No!” + </p> + <p> + And Walter might have gone scot free had he chosen, but he did not choose. + </p> + <p> + “No, gentlemen,” he said, “take me back to the lockup. + </p> + <p> + “The door is broken!” + </p> + <p> + “That will make no difference with me. I prefer to stand trial and let my + innocence be proved.” + </p> + <p> + “He's a brave lad!” said more than one. + </p> + <p> + “I wish my John would turn out like him,” added one of Walter's original + supporters. “You shall go with me, and have the best bed in the house,” he + continued. + </p> + <p> + Walter accepted this proposal with thanks. + </p> + <p> + Of all that had passed during the night Constable Stokes was blissfully + unconscious. At an early hour he bent his steps toward the jail. When he + saw the door broken he was astounded. + </p> + <p> + He felt it necessary to report what had happened to some magistrate. He + had walked but a few steps when he met Mr. Barry, Walter's lawyer. + </p> + <p> + “And how is my young client this morning, Stokes?” inquired the lawyer + pleasantly. + </p> + <p> + “Blessed if I know! He's bolted!” + </p> + <p> + “That is amazing! Let me see how it was done.” + </p> + <p> + “The door was broken from the outside!” he said, after a pause. + </p> + <p> + “Was it?” + </p> + <p> + “Of course it was.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you don't think the men could have done it?” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0036" id="link2HCH0036"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXVI + </h2> + <h3> + COLONEL RICHARD OWEN + </h3> + <p> + At this moment a boy of fifteen made his way from the street to the rear + entrance. It was Arthur Waters, the son of a jeweler. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps I can tell you something about it,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Last night I heard a noise in the street, and, getting up, I went to the + window. I saw a lot of men filing through the street, all wearing masks.” + </p> + <p> + “They must have been in search of the prisoners to lynch them!” said the + lawyer, turning pale. + </p> + <p> + “And you think they broke open the doors, Mr. Barry?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “And what would they do with the prisoners?” + </p> + <p> + “Hang them, I fear, without judge or jury.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't mind the man, sir, but I hope the boy escaped.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, constable. I am alive and well, as you see.” + </p> + <p> + Both the lawyer and the constable looked up, and there, to their great + relief, stood Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Where did you come from?” asked the lawyer quickly. + </p> + <p> + Walter told his story, adding: “Constable Stokes, I give myself into your + hands.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps, as I am his counsel,” said the lawyer, “I had better take him + with me.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that will be the best way,” said the constable. + </p> + <p> + Walter was ushered into the office of the lawyer. + </p> + <p> + At this moment the office door opened, and an old gentleman entered. + </p> + <p> + The lawyer rose from his seat with alacrity. + </p> + <p> + “Colonel Owen,” he exclaimed, “I am glad to see you.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir. I received your telegram, and came by the first morning train. + So the man who stole my horse has been caught?” + </p> + <p> + “The man who is charged with the theft has been caught,” said Mr. Barry. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Barry, you have not introduced me to this young gentleman,” continued + Colonel Owen, eyeing Walter with favor. + </p> + <p> + “I didn't know that you would care for an introduction,” said the lawyer + demurely. + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” asked the old gentleman, opening his eyes in surprise. + </p> + <p> + “Because he is the horse thief!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0037" id="link2HCH0037"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXVII + </h2> + <h3> + WALTER IS VINDICATED + </h3> + <p> + “Bless my soul!” ejaculated the colonel. “Surely you are joking.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I assure you I am not.” + </p> + <p> + “Then how does it happen that Mr. Sherwood is sitting here in your office + instead of being—” + </p> + <p> + “In the lockup?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “I was taken to the lockup, Colonel Owen,” said Walter, “but about + midnight a lynching party broke it open and took me out. + </p> + <p> + “But I made an appeal to my captors, and was able to prove to them I + received a reward not long since for the capture of the famous outlaw, + Dick Ranney.” + </p> + <p> + Colonel Owen sank into a chair. + </p> + <p> + “I never heard the like!” he was heard to say. + </p> + <p> + “Do you mind telling me, young man, why you were arrested, or why you fell + under suspicion?” + </p> + <p> + “I was arrested while on the horse's back.” + </p> + <p> + “Ha! But how did that happen?” + </p> + <p> + “I bought her of a man whom I met on the highway.” + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” said the lawyer, “I find that the court is in session and all + is ready for the trial.” + </p> + <p> + “By the way, colonel, are you not a graduate of Euclid?” asked the lawyer. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir, and I am proud of the dear old college,” rejoined the colonel, + warmly. + </p> + <p> + “I agree with you,” said Walter. “I have passed two years in the college.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, young man, here's my hand. My heart is always warm toward a Euclid + man—” + </p> + <p> + “Even if you have to prosecute him for horse-stealing,” suggested Lawyer + Barry slyly. + </p> + <p> + “Really, this is very painful!” said the colonel. “I wish I could get rid + of it.” + </p> + <p> + “You can say in court that you are convinced of the young man's + innocence.” + </p> + <p> + “And I will! And afterward I shall insist on Mr. Sherwood's driving home + with me and making me a visit.” + </p> + <p> + Great was the surprise of Mr. Crane and Mr. Penton when they saw the horse + thief approach the court room arm in arm with Colonel Owen. + </p> + <p> + The trial began, and presently Crane and Penton were called on to testify. + </p> + <p> + “Did you see the prisoner steal the mare?” demanded Barry sharply. + </p> + <p> + “No, but—” + </p> + <p> + “It stands to reason that he did, or he wouldn't have had her in his + possession.” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Sherwood, you may take the stand.” + </p> + <p> + Walter gave a brief account of the way in which he became possessed of + Bess. + </p> + <p> + “Does Mr. Sherwood's story seem probable?” now remarked the judge. + </p> + <p> + “I am convinced that it is true,” said the colonel promptly. + </p> + <p> + The judge saw how matters stood and discharged the prisoner. + </p> + <p> + “We're left!” said Crane, in a tragic whisper. + </p> + <p> + “Now, Mr. Sherwood,” said the colonel, taking Walter's arm, “you must + accompany me to Shelby.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0038" id="link2HCH0038"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXVIII + </h2> + <h3> + AN OPENING AT SHELBY + </h3> + <p> + At length they reached Shelby. Colonel Owen lived in a large and handsome + mansion with ample grounds. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” he said, “I have a comfortable home, but my boys are away, and my + wife and I feel lonely in this large house. It will brighten us both to + have a young face at the table.” + </p> + <p> + How could Walter feel otherwise than pleased. He was charmed with Mrs. + Owen. + </p> + <p> + “I am glad to see you,” she said. “May I call you Walter?” + </p> + <p> + “I wish you would, Mrs. Owen,” said Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Did you find your horse, Richard?” she added. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my dear.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you see the man that stole it?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my dear,” with a quiet wink at Walter. + </p> + <p> + “I invited the horse thief to come and make us a visit.” + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Owen certainly was amazed. + </p> + <p> + “You did!” she ejaculated. “When is he coming?” + </p> + <p> + “He is here already.” + </p> + <p> + “I don't understand you at all, Richard. You seem to be joking.” + </p> + <p> + “Not at all! There he stands!” and the colonel pointed to Walter. + </p> + <p> + “What, Walter?” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps I had better go to the hotel,” suggested Walter. + </p> + <p> + “No, no! I can't believe anything evil of a young man with your face,” + said Mrs. Owen. “I am glad my husband brought you home with him.” + </p> + <p> + “I am sure you will both be kind to me,” said Walter earnestly, “and I + shall appreciate it the more because I have neither father nor mother.” + </p> + <p> + One afternoon Colonel Owen came in radiant. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Walter,” he said, “I've got some work for you to do.” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Hayward, the teacher of our classical school, is summoned to his + home. The question is, Who shall take his place till the end of the school + year? + </p> + <p> + “I have mentioned your name to the trustees, who are ready to accept you + on my recommendation.” + </p> + <p> + “There is nothing I should like better,” he said, “but do you think I am + competent?” + </p> + <p> + “You ought to be able to teach any of the classes that will come under + your charge. How are you in mathematics?” + </p> + <p> + “I don't think I shall have any difficulty there, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you're better off than I am.” + </p> + <p> + “How much salary shall I receive?” asked Walter, who was beginning to grow + interested. + </p> + <p> + “Twenty-five dollars a week. That's what the trustees authorize me to + offer you.” + </p> + <p> + “That will be quite satisfactory. How my old chums will stare when I tell + them I am getting twenty-five dollars a week for teaching a classical + school. I suppose,” added Walter, hesitating, “I ought to look out for a + boarding-place.” + </p> + <p> + “What, and leave us?” asked the old lady reproachfully. + </p> + <p> + “But, Colonel Owen, remember that I shall be earning a good salary.” + </p> + <p> + “You can find a use for it. It will help make up for some of the losses + you have incurred. Shall I say you will accept the post?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sir. I will try it, and hope to succeed.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0039" id="link2HCH0039"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXIX + </h2> + <h3> + THE NEW MASTER + </h3> + <p> + On the platform of the main schoolroom in the Shelby Classical Institute + stood Colonel Owen and Walter Sherwood. + </p> + <p> + “My young friends,” began Colonel Owen, “you are all aware that your + respected teacher, Mr. Haywood, is obliged to be absent for the remainder + of the term. I have been able to secure as his substitute Mr. Walter + Sherwood, who will do his best to carry on the work which Mr. Haywood has + so auspiciously commenced. I hope you will receive him cordially and + uphold him in his task.” + </p> + <p> + Walter felt some diffidence as he realized what a responsibility had been + placed upon him. + </p> + <p> + He cleared his throat and spoke a few words. + </p> + <p> + “Colonel Owen has introduced me to you and expressed a hope in which I + join him—that you will receive me cordially and uphold me in my + work. I will now go about among the seats, make inquiries as to your + progress, and arrange the classes.” + </p> + <p> + This short speech made a favorable impression upon all the pupils with two + exceptions. These were the largest scholars—Ben Buffum and Enoch + Snow. What they thought of Walter may be gathered from their conversation + as they walked home together. + </p> + <p> + “What do you think of the new master, Ben?” said Enoch. + </p> + <p> + “I s'pose he'll do. He ought to, if he's been to college; but I'll tell + you what, Enoch, it riles me to have a boy of my own age set over me.” + </p> + <p> + “Me ditto!” + </p> + <p> + “He would do for a primary school, but when it comes to young men like us, + I don't like to let people know that he's my teacher.” + </p> + <p> + “It's all right for the others to obey him, but you and I are just as + strong as he, and maybe stronger.” + </p> + <p> + “I guess I could floor him in wrestling.” + </p> + <p> + “You're too much for me, Ben, and I think I can stand up to him, and maybe + lick him.” + </p> + <p> + “It's likely you can. Now, there was Hayward—he was a big man. I + didn't mind obeying him.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you talking about Mr. Sherwood?” asked Harry Howe, a boy of fourteen. + </p> + <p> + “No, I'm not. I'm talking about Mr. Hayward.” + </p> + <p> + “How do you like the new teacher?” + </p> + <p> + “He's only a boy. He'll have a hard row to hoe.” + </p> + <p> + “Who'll make it hard for him?” + </p> + <p> + “Enoch and I.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it will be a shame. He seems to be a perfect gentleman.” + </p> + <p> + “Gentleman! He's only a boy, like ourselves.” + </p> + <p> + “At any rate, he knows enough to teach us.” + </p> + <p> + “That may be, but he can't keep order.” + </p> + <p> + “Why can't he?” + </p> + <p> + “You'll see whether he can or not,” said Ben, significantly. + </p> + <p> + “Are you going to make trouble?” + </p> + <p> + “It isn't best for small boys to know too much.” + </p> + <p> + Walter had not failed to notice the half-rebellious demeanor of his two + oldest pupils. Moreover, he had been warned by the janitor of the building + that they would be likely to give him trouble. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0040" id="link2HCH0040"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XL. + </h2> + <h3> + BEN IS SUBDUED + </h3> + <p> + Ben Buffum was biding his time. + </p> + <p> + In the seat in front of Ben sat Albert Frost, a much smaller boy. + </p> + <p> + One day, toward the close of the afternoon, a loud shriek was heard in the + neighborhood of Ben Buffum's desk. + </p> + <p> + Walter looked up and saw Albert in tears. + </p> + <p> + “What is the matter, Albert?” asked Walter. + </p> + <p> + “Ben Buffum stuck a pin in my leg,” answered the boy. “Is that true, + Buffum?” demanded Walter sternly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is,” answered Ben, with provoking calmness. + </p> + <p> + Walter's temper was stirred, but he asked in his ordinary tones: “Why did + you do it?” + </p> + <p> + “Because I chose,” answered Ben. + </p> + <p> + “Then,” said Walter, giving full vent to his scorn, “you are a + contemptible coward and brute! + </p> + <p> + “You forget that in this schoolroom I am the master, and consider it my + duty to defend my pupils, even the smallest, from the violence of brutes.” + </p> + <p> + “He'll have to pay for this,” he muttered to himself. “I can lick you, + Walter!” he said, with an insolent leer. + </p> + <p> + He had hardly got the words out of his mouth when Walter was upon him. He + was wonderfully quick in his movements, whereas Ben, though powerful, was + slow, and before he well knew what was going to happen he was dragged by + the collar from his seat into the middle of the floor. Walter let go for a + minute, and Ben, mad all over, prepared to grasp him in a bearlike hug. A + stinging blow in the face convinced him that he had entirely underrated + the powers of the teacher. He tried to return the blow, but, unable to + defend himself, found his own blow parried and another planted in his + chest, causing him to stagger. Then Ben lost all caution, and with a + furious cry rushed upon Walter, in hope of throwing him down by wrestling. + But, instead, he found himself lying on his back on the floor, looking up + at the teacher. + </p> + <p> + Ben got up slowly and “pitched in” once more, but in about a minute he + found himself again in a recumbent position. + </p> + <p> + “Have you had enough?” asked Walter. + </p> + <p> + “I hit my head,” answered Ben, in a sulky tone. + </p> + <p> + “I hope you are not seriously hurt,” said Walter, quietly. “If you would + like to be dismissed now, you may go. I shall be glad to see you back here + to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + Without a word, but looking intensely mortified, Ben took his hat and + slunk out of the room. + </p> + <p> + When he had gone Walter said: “Scholars, I want to ask of you a favor. Ben + is mortified by what has happened. I wish you would all abstain from + reminding him of it. In that case the lesson he has received may do him + good.” + </p> + <p> + The next day Ben Buffum stayed at home, and did not show himself on the + street till evening. When he found that no one spoke to him of the affair + he took courage to go to school the day after. Walter overtook him on the + way and hailed him in a friendly manner with: “We will forget all about + that little affair day before yesterday, Ben. You are pretty strong.” + </p> + <p> + “I couldn't do nothin' against you.” + </p> + <p> + “No, because I have taken lessons in boxing.” + </p> + <p> + “I'd like to box.” + </p> + <p> + “If you'll come round and see me this evening, Ben, I'll give you the + first lesson.” + </p> + <p> + The scholars were very much surprised to see Ben and the teacher walking + to school together, and were further surprised at the wonderful change for + the better that took place in the once rebellious pupil. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0041" id="link2HCH0041"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XLI + </h2> + <p> + <a name="link2H_CONC" id="link2H_CONC"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CONCLUSION + </h2> + <p> + Mrs. Deborah Simpkins, a near neighbor of Doctor Mack, was an ill-natured + gossip, and had always disliked Walter because he once interfered to + prevent a boy of hers from abusing a young companion. One day about two + months later she put on her bonnet and with a smile of malicious + satisfaction walked over to the doctor's house. + </p> + <p> + “How do you do, Mrs. Sprague?” she said. “I thought I'd run over and have + a chat with you.” + </p> + <p> + “Come in, Mrs. Simpkins,” said Nancy, civilly, but not cordially, for she + did not like her visitor. + </p> + <p> + “I've got something unpleasant to tell you,” went on the widow, as she sat + down in a rocker. “I'm awful sorry.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you?” said Nancy, dryly. “What's it all about?” + </p> + <p> + “I got a letter from my niece Sophrony, out in Iowa, yesterday, and she + sent me a cuttin' from an old paper. It's somethin' awful!” + </p> + <p> + “Is it?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and it's about Walter Sherwood!” continued Mrs. Simpkins, + triumphantly. + </p> + <p> + “He hasn't met with an accident, has he?” inquired Nancy, turning pale. + </p> + <p> + “It's wuss than that!” answered the widow, nodding her head ominously. + </p> + <p> + “Worse than an accident?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; leastways, I call it so.” + </p> + <p> + “Let me hear it, then, Mrs. Simpkins.” + </p> + <p> + “Here 'tis; you can read it for yourself.” + </p> + <p> + This was the paragraph: + </p> + <p> + “A young man named Walter Sherwood was arrested yesterday, charged with + stealing a valuable mare belonging to Colonel Richard Owen. We understand + his trial is to take place this morning.” + </p> + <p> + “When is the paper dated?” asked Nancy, who did not appear so much + overcome as her visitor expected. + </p> + <p> + “Over two months since. Walter Sherwood is probably in jail now. I feel + for you and the doctor,” said Mrs. Simpkins, in a tone far from + sympathetic, fixing her beadlike eyes on the housekeeper. + </p> + <p> + “That's very good of you, but, as we got a letter from Walter yesterday, + there ain't no call to be troubled.” + </p> + <p> + “Did he write from the jail?” + </p> + <p> + “Don't be a fool, Mrs. Simpkins! He wrote from the town of Shelby, where + he has been teaching a classic school, and he inclosed the program of the + exhibition. Perhaps you would like to look at it.” + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Simpkins took the paper, and looked intensely disappointed as she saw + that Nancy had only told the truth. + </p> + <p> + “He teach school! A boy like him!” she ejaculated. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Mrs. Simpkins, and it's been a great success. They want him to go + back next year, but the doctor prefers to have him finish out his college + course. We're expecting him home every day.” + </p> + <p> + There was a noise heard as of the front door opening, and a moment later + Walter was in the room. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Walter!” exclaimed Nancy, overjoyed, in her excitement throwing her + arms around his neck. “I'm so glad to see you!” + </p> + <p> + “And I am glad to see you, Nancy, How's my guardian?” + </p> + <p> + “He's well, and will be home soon.” + </p> + <p> + “Good afternoon, Mrs. Simpkins,” said Walter, politely. + </p> + <p> + “Mrs. Simpkins has just been telling me that you were in jail for + horse-stealing,” said Nancy. “She is much pleased to find it all a + mistake.” + </p> + <p> + Walter laughed. + </p> + <p> + “I am still more pleased,” he remarked. “I find school-teaching much + pleasanter.” + </p> + <p> + “I guess I must be goin',” said Mrs. Simpkins, hurriedly. + </p> + <p> + When Doctor Mack returned he welcomed Walter with a joy not inferior to + that of his housekeeper. + </p> + <p> + “And so you have succeeded?” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Yes; the trustees of the Shelby Classical School want me to come back, as + my predecessor has accepted a position in New York. But I think I had + better return to college and finish out my course. I have a thousand + dollars saved up, and a little more, and I think with economy I can pay my + own way for the remainder of the course.” + </p> + <p> + “It won't be necessary, Walter.” + </p> + <p> + “But, as my property is lost—” + </p> + <p> + “You must forgive me, Walter, for deceiving you, but you have just as much + property as ever—indeed, more, as you only drew one hundred dollars + in the past year.” + </p> + <p> + “But, doctor, why, then, did you lead me to think otherwise?” + </p> + <p> + “It wasn't altogether a falsehood. About a hundred dollars had been lost + in an investment, and I made that a pretext for withdrawing you from + college. I saw that you were wasting your time and acquiring expensive + habits, so I thought the best remedy would be a year of active life, in + which you would be thrown upon your own resources.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, doctor. It has made a man of me. I shall go back to old + Euclid and work in earnest. I have been a teacher myself, and I understand + what a teacher has a right to expect from his pupils.” + </p> + <p> + “Then my experiment has been a success, and your year of probation has + done you good.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope to prove it to you, my dear guardian.” + </p> + <p> + Walter returned to college, and two years later graduated, valedictorian + of his class. The money he had earned in his year of probation he devoted + to helping the needy members of his class to obtain an education. Gates + alone received three hundred dollars, and it saved the poor fellow from + leaving college a year before graduation. Walter intends to study law, and + it is predicted that he will win success at the bar. For whatever success + he may achieve he will be inclined to give the credit to his year of + probation. + </p> + <h3> + THE END + </h3> + <div style="height: 6em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Walter Sherwood's Probation, by Horatio Alger + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WALTER SHERWOOD'S PROBATION *** + +***** This file should be named 5993-h.htm or 5993-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/9/9/5993/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Charles Franks and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team + +HTML file produced by David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + + +</pre> + + </body> +</html> diff --git a/5993.txt b/5993.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91429d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/5993.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7848 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Walter Sherwood's Probation, by Horatio Alger + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Walter Sherwood's Probation + +Author: Horatio Alger + + +Release Date: June, 2004 [EBook #5993] +This file was first posted on October 9, 2002 +Last Updated: April 10, 2013 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WALTER SHERWOOD'S PROBATION *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Charles Franks and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team + + + + + + + + +WALTER SHERWOOD'S PROBATION + +By Horatio Alger, Jr. + +Author of "Facing the World," "Hector's Inheritance," "Helping Himself," +"Jack's Ward," Etc., Etc., + + + + +CHAPTER I + +WALTER SHERWOOD'S LETTER + + +"Here's a letter for you, Doctor Mack," said the housekeeper, as +she entered the plain room used as a library and sitting-room by her +employer, Doctor Ezekiel Mack. "It's from Walter, I surmise." This was a +favorite word with Miss Nancy Sprague, who, though a housekeeper, prided +herself on having been a schoolmistress in her earlier days. + +"Indeed, Nancy. Let me see it. Walter is really getting attentive. His +last letter came to hand only two days since. He hasn't forgotten his +old guardian." + +"Oh, no, sir. He'll never do that. He has a predilection for his old +home. His heart is in the right place." + +"Just so. I wish I felt as sure about his head." + +Doctor Mack adjusted his spectacles, for he was rising sixty, and his +eyes required assistance, and opened the letter. As he read it his +forehead contracted, and he looked disturbed. A perusal of the letter +may help us to understand why. It ran as follows: + +"DEAR GUARDIAN: You will be surprised at hearing from me so soon again, +but I am really forced to write. I find college life much more expensive +than I supposed it would be. A fellow is expected to join two or three +societies, and each costs money. I know you wouldn't have me appear +mean. Then the students have been asked to contribute to a fund for the +enlargement of the library, and almost every day there is a demand for +money for one object or another. As it is nearly the end of the term, +I calculate that with a check for an extra hundred dollars I can get +along. I am awfully sorry to ask for it, but it will come out of +the money father left me, and I am sure he would wish me to keep up +appearances, and not fall behind the rest of the boys. + +"I stand fairly well in my studies, and I expect to be stroke oar of +the college boat club. Besides this, I have been elected catcher of the +college baseball club. I am thought to excel in athletic sports, and +really enjoy my college life very much. Please send me the check by +return of mail. Affectionately yours, WALTER." + +Doctor Mack laid the letter on the table, and slowly removed the glasses +from his nose. + +"One hundred dollars!" he repeated. "That is the second extra check he +has written for, this term. Then his regular term bills will come due in +two weeks. He is spending more than three times as much as I did when in +college. Forty years have made a difference, no doubt, but not so great +a difference as that. I hope the boy isn't falling into extravagant +habits. I care for that more than for the money. His father left a good +fortune, of which fact he is unfortunately aware, but I don't mean that +it shall spoil him. Now, what shall I do. Shall I send him the check or +not?" + +Doctor Mack leaned back in his chair, and thought busily. He felt +anxious about his ward, who had entered college early and was now only +seventeen. Walter Sherwood was a boy of excellent talent and popular +manners, but he was inclined to be self-indulgent and had a large +capacity for "enjoyment." His guardian had fondly hoped that he would +lead the class in scholarship, but instead of this he was only doing +"fairly well" in his studies. To be sure, he excelled in athletic +sports, but, as Doctor Mack reflected, this was not generally considered +the chief aim in a college course, except by some of the students +themselves. + +"I wish I knew just how Walter is making out," thought the doctor. Then, +after a pause, he resumed, with a sudden inspiration: "Why shouldn't +I know? I'll go over to Euclid to-morrow with out giving Walter any +intimation of my visit, and see for myself." + +It may be stated here that Walter Sherwood was a member of the sophomore +class in Euclid College, situated in the town of the same name. If +the reader does not find Euclid in a list of American colleges, it is +because for special reasons I have thought it best to conceal the real +name of the college, not wishing to bring the Institution into possible +disrepute. There are some who might misjudge the college, because it +contained some students who made an unprofitable use of their time. + +"Nancy," said Doctor Mack at the supper-table, "you may pack a hand-bag +for me. I shall start on a journey to-morrow morning." + +"Where to, sir, if I may make so bold as to inquire?" + +"I think of going to Euclid." + +"To see Master Walter?" + +"Exactly." + +"You haven't heard any bad news, I hope?" said the housekeeper +anxiously. + +"Oh, no." + +"Then he isn't sick?" + +"Quite the contrary. He is quite strong and athletic, I should judge, +from his letter." + +"He will be glad to see you, sir." + +"Well, perhaps so. But you know, Nancy, young people don't miss their +parents and guardians as much as they are missed at home. They have +plenty of excitement and society at college." + +"Yes, sir, that's true, but I'm sure Master Walter won't forget his old +home. If you have room for some cookies I will put some into the bag. +Walter is fond of them." + +"No, I think you needn't do It, Nancy, He has a good boarding-house, and +no doubt he gets all the cakes he wants. By the way, I want to take the +boy by surprise, so don't write and let him know I'm coming." + +"No, sir, I won't." + +This was exactly what the housekeeper had intended to do, for she +presumed upon her long service in the family to write a few lines +occasionally to the boy whom she had known from the age of six. + +"Of course I shall be pleased to give him any message from you." + +"Thank you, Doctor Mack. Tell him if he catches cold I can send him +some camomile. Camomile tea is excellent in such cases. My mother and +grandmother used it all their lives." + +"You seem to forget that I am a doctor, Nancy. Not that I object to +camomile tea--in its place--though I can truly say that I never hankered +after it." + +"How long will you be gone, doctor?" + +"I can't say exactly. You see, Euclid is nearly two hundred miles off. +and I don't know whether I can make connections." + +"Oh, well, don't hurry! No doubt Walter will want to keep you with him +as long as possible." + +"I don't feel so sure of that," thought the doctor shrewdly. "Boys are +not usually so fond of the society of their guardians, though I don't +doubt Walter has a sincere regard for me. He is a warm-hearted boy." + +Doctor Mack was no longer in active practice. Three years before he had +selected an assistant--a young Doctor Winthrop--in whom his patients +had come to feel confidence, so that when he wanted to go away for a few +days there was no serious objection. Unlike some elderly practitioners, +Doctor Mack did not feel in the least jealous of his young assistant, +but was very glad to note his popularity. + +"If any one calls for me, Nancy," he said, "say that I am away for a day +or two and they can't do better than go to Doctor Winthrop." + +"There are some that like you best, sir." + +"No doubt, no doubt! They're used to me, you know. There's a good deal +in that. Any that please can wait for me, but my advice to them is to go +to Doctor Winthrop." + +Nancy packed the doctor's hand-bag, putting in a change of linen, a comb +and brush, an extra pair of socks and a couple of handkerchiefs. Then, +seeing that there was plenty of room, she slipped in a small box of +cookies and a little camomile. The doctor discovered them soon after he +started on his journey, and with a smile tossed the camomile out of the +window, while he gave the cookies to a poor woman who was traveling with +a couple of small children in the same car as himself. So that Nancy +Sprague's thoughtfulness was not wholly lost, though the intended +recipient did not benefit by it. + +Doctor Mack had to wait over at a junction for three hours, owing to +some irregularities of the trains, and did not reach Euclid till rather +a late hour in the afternoon. He went to the Euclid Hotel, and entered +his name, + +E. MACK, Albany, + +without adding M.D., and substituting Albany for the small village, +thirty miles away, where he made his home. + +"Strategy, doctor, strategy!" he said to himself, "I have come to spy +out the land, and must not make myself too conspicuous. I am traveling, +as it were, incognito." + + + + +CHAPTER II + +DR. MACK GETS SOME INFORMATION + + +The Euclid Hotel was distant about half a mile from the college +buildings. It would hardly have paid expenses but for the patronage it +received from the parents and friends of the students, who, especially +on public occasions, were drawn to visit Euclid, and naturally put up at +the hotel. Then the students, tired, perhaps, of the fare at the college +commons, dropped in often and ordered a dinner. So, take it all in +all, Euclid Hotel benefited largely by the presence of the college. No +students, however, were permitted to board there, as it was thought +by the college professors that the atmosphere of the hotel would be +detrimental to college discipline and the steady habits they desired to +inculcate in the young men under their care. + +"I wonder," thought Doctor Mack, after supper was over, "whether I had +better go round to the college and make an evening call on Walter?" + +He was tempted to do so, for he was fond of his young ward and would +have enjoyed seeing him. But then he wished, unobserved, to judge for +himself whether Walter was making good use of his privileges, and this +made it injudicious for him to disclose his presence in the college +town. + +He strolled out into the tavern yard, and observed a young man engaged +in some light duties. + +"Good evening, sir," said the young man, respectfully. + +"Good evening, I suppose you are connected with the hotel?" + +"Yes, sir; but I would rather be connected with the college." + +"Then you have a taste for study?" + +"Yes, sir. I began to prepare for college, and had made some progress +in Latin and Greek, when my father died, and that put an end to my +prospects." + +"That was a pity. Has it destroyed your taste for study?" + +"No, I spend an hour after I am through work in keeping up my Latin and +Greek, but of course I make slow progress." + +"Naturally. Now I have no doubt there are many students who do not +appreciate their privileges as much as you do." + +"I know it, sir. There are pretty lively boys in college. Have you a son +there?" + +"No." + +"I didn't know but what you might have." + +"What do you mean by lively?" + +"I mean they care more to have a good time than to get on in their +studies." + +"What do they do?" + +"Well, some of them belong to societies, and have a good time whenever +they meet. Frequently they give little suppers at the hotel here, and +keep it up till a late hour." + +"Do the faculty know of this?" + +"They may surmise something, but they don't interfere. Of course, it +pays Mr. Daniels, the landlord, for he charges a good round sum, and, +as there is no other place for the boys to go, they must pay it. There's +going to be a supper here to-night." + +"Indeed!" + +"It is given by one of the sophomores, Walter Sherwood." + +"What name did you mention?" asked Doctor Mack, startled. + +"Walter Sherwood. Do you know him?" + +"I know a family by the name of Sherwood," answered Doctor Mack, +evasively. "What sort of a young man is he?" + +"I don't call him a young man. He is only seventeen or eighteen--one of +the youngest members of the class. He is very popular among his mates--a +regular jolly boy he is." + +"Does he stand well in his scholarship?" + +The young man laughed. + +"I don't think he troubles himself much about studies," he replied, +"from all I hear; but he is pretty smart, learns easily, and manages to +keep up respectably." + +Doctor Mack's heart sank within him. Was this the best that could be +said about his ward, the son of his old friend? + +"Do you think he is dissipated?" he asked, uneasily. + +"Not that I ever heard. He is fond of having a good time, and drinks +wine at his suppers, but he isn't what you would call intemperate. He +would do better work in college if he wasn't so rich." + +"So he is rich, then?" + +"He must be, for he spends a good deal of money. Pendleton, one of his +classmates, told me that he spent more money than any one in the class." + +"That is why he needs so many extra checks," thought the guardian +soberly. + +"I am sorry he doesn't make better use of his privileges," he said +aloud. + +"Yes, sir, it is a pity. If he didn't care so much for a good time he +might stand at the head of his class--so Pendleton thinks." + +"If he were a poor boy, now, you think the result would be different?" +asked Doctor Mack, thoughtfully. + +"Yes, sir, I have no doubt of it." + +"When does the supper commence?" + +"At half-past eight o'clock." + +"How long will it keep up?" + +"Till near midnight. The landlord makes it a point to have them close +before twelve. I hope they won't disturb you, sir." + +"Are they likely to make much noise?" + +"Well, sir, they make speeches, and do a good deal of singing. Then, +college songs are naturally noisy." + +"Yes, so I hear." + +"What is the number of your room?" + +"Number nine." + +"Why, you are nearly opposite the room where they will have their +supper. I am afraid you won't stand much chance of sleeping early." + +"Oh, never mind! I shall get an idea of what a college supper is like." + +"So you will. If you open the transom over your door you will have the +full benefit of all that goes on." + +"That will suit me very well," thought Doctor Mack. + +"If you would like to be farther away, the landlord would no doubt +change your room." + +"Oh, no," said the doctor hastily. "It will suit me very well for once +to listen to college songs and get an idea of how college boys enjoy +themselves." + +"A very sensible old gentleman!" thought James Holden. "Some men of his +age would make a fuss." + +A little before the time when the students were expected to arrive +Doctor Mack shut himself up in his room, taking care to open the +transom. He had ascertained from the young man, his informant, that +supper had been engaged for twelve, and that the price charged per plate +was two dollars and a half, all to be paid by Walter Sherwood. + +"That makes thirty dollars," he reflected. "No wonder Walter writes +for extra checks. I wonderin this thirty dollars is to figure as a +contribution to the library?" + +From his window he could see the students as they approached the hotel. +Finally he caught sight of Walter, with a college friend on each sides +with whom he was chatting gaily. + +"What a change!" thought Doctor Mack. "It seems only yesterday that +Walter started for college, a bashful, unformed boy, full of good +resolutions, and determined to distinguish himself in scholarship. Now +he has become a gay butterfly. And, what is worse, he has learned to +deceive his old guardian, and his chief aim seems to be to have a good +time. What can I do to change his course?" + +The good doctor's face assumed a thoughtful look. + +"I can tell better after what I shall hear to-night," he said to +himself. + +It was not long before the guests were all assembled and the feast was +to begin. + +Some one rapped for attention, and then Doctor Mack recognized the voice +of his young ward. + +"Gentlemen," he said, "I am glad to welcome you to this festal board. +After spending ten or a dozen hours in hard study"--laughter and +applause--"we find it pleasant to close our books, to relax our learned +brows"--more laughter--"and show our appreciation of the good things of +life. As Horace, your favorite, says"--I won't insult you by offering to +translate his well-known words--_"dulce est desipere in loco_. That is +what has brought us here to-night We want to _desipere in loco._" + +"So we do! Good for you!" exclaimed one and another. + +"I regret," Walter continued, "that all the professors have declined my +urgent invitation to be present on this occasion. Professor Griggs"--the +professor of mathematics--"said he would not break away from his regular +diet of logarithms and radicals." Great laughter. "I have expressly +requested Mr. Daniels to provide no logarithms to-night. They don't +agree with my constitution." + +"Nor with mine!" "Nor with mine!" echoed one and another. + +"I shall expect you all, after the banquet, to do something for the +general entertainment. I stipulate, however, that none of the company +address us in Latin or Greek."--"We won't!" "We won't!"--"Sufficient for +the recitation-room is the evil thereof. But I have spoken long enough. +There are times when silence is golden, and one of those times is at +hand. Brethren, the feast awaits you! Pitch in!" + +The speaker took his seat, and then there was a noise of clinking +glasses, and knives and forks came to the front. The banquet had begun. + + + + +CHAPTER III + +A COLLEGE BANQUET + + +There was a rattling of knives and forks, a clink of glasses, and a buzz +of conversation. Doctor Mack was able to hear considerable of it. +There were anecdotes of the professors, accounts of narrow escapes from +"flunking" in the recitation-room, and remarks by no means complimentary +to some of the text-books in use in college. It was evident that the +collegians assembled cared more for a good time than for study. Yet +these seemed to be the chosen associates of his ward, the doctor +reflected. + +As the feast proceeded, he grew more sober. He felt that college life, +however much it was doing for the faithful students, was only fostering +self-indulgence in his ward. + +"Something must be done!" reflected Doctor Mack. "Desperate diseases +require desperate remedies." + +Again the chairman rapped for order, and again Walter's voice was heard. + +"Brothers," he said, "the material part of our banquet is ended. We have +gratified our appetites with the savory dishes provided by our friend +Daniels. We have quaffed the rare Falernian wine, of a vintage unknown +to Horace; we have quickened our wits, as I trust, under those favorable +conditions, and the time has now come for the feast of reason and the +flow of soul. Exhausted as we are by our labors in the classroom"--great +laughter--"we have sought refreshment in the way that is most agreeable. +It's a way we have at old Euclid! Sing!" + +Immediately the assembled company started up the well-known college +song: + + "It's a way we have at old Euclid, + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + To drive dull care away. + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + To drive dull care away. + + "And we think it is no sin, sir, + To take the Freshmen in, sir, + And ease them of their tin, sir, + To drive dull care away. + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + It's a way we have at old Euclid, + To drive dull care away." + +There were other verses, but these will serve as specimens. All joined +in the chorus, and Doctor Mack, who remembered his own college life, +felt almost tempted to add his voice to those of the young men in the +opposite room. + +"But, pshaw!" he thought. "What would Walter and his friends think to +hear an old graybeard like me taking part in the convivial songs? There +is no great harm in singing college songs, if it is accompanied by good +work in the recitation-room." + +"Brothers," resumed Walter, "we will do our best to drive dull care +away. Let us forget, this happy evening, that there are such things as +logarithms, and sines, and tangents, and Greek tragedies. To-night our +hearts shall be uplifted by sentiment and song. Brother Corbett, you +will oblige us with 'Rumsty Ho!'" + +A young man with a pleasant voice sang this song, one unfamiliar to the +doctor: + + "A beggar man laid himself down to sleep, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + A beggar man laid himself down to sleep + By the banks of the Mersey, so high and steep, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + + "Two thieves came walking by that way, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + Two thieves came walking by that way, + And they came to the place where the old man lay, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + + "They stole his wallet and they stole his staff, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho! + They stole his wallet and they stole his staff, + And then broke out in a great horse-laugh, + Rumsty Ho! rumsty Ho!" + +There was more of this song, too. Next came "Crambambuli," and then +"Cocach-lunk" both of which were familiar to the doctor. + +Then Walter said: "Brothers, I have great pleasure in stating that +Professor Griggs has concluded to honor our dinner by his learned +presence, and has consented to address us. Permit me to introduce +Professor Theophilus Griggs." + +One of the company had made up as the mathematical professor. In a nasal +tone he made a rambling speech, in which he introduced mathematical +allusions, and used some of the favorite phrases of the rather dull +and prosy instructor, with whom all the students were familiar, some to +their sorrow. It seemed to be very amusing to the boys present, as shown +by their hearty laughter, but of course Doctor Mack could not appreciate +it. + +Other songs and other speeches followed. Though for the most part +college songs, there were some of a more serious character. Time slipped +by, and at length Doctor Mack saw by his watch that it was half-past +eleven. + +"How long will they keep it up, I wonder?" he asked himself. "I feel +drowsy." + +He was answered by the chairman. + +"Brothers," he said, "time waits for no man. The hour has arrived when, +according to agreement, we must wind up our festivities. Hand in hand we +will sing 'Auld Lang Syne,' hoping, at some auspicious season after the +coming vacation is over, to have another good time. I thank you all for +accepting my invitation, and hope you have enjoyed yourselves." + +"Three cheers for Sherwood!" cried one of the company. + +They were given with a will. Then the parting song was sung, and the +students retired to their rooms in one of the college dormitories. + +Doctor Mack went thoughtfully to bed. + +"It is well I came," he reflected. "Walter has done nothing decidedly +wrong as yet, but it is evident he is not improving." + +"Well," said James Holdens as he met Doctor Mack the next morning, "did +you hear the boys last night?" + +"I couldn't very well help it," answered the doctor, smiling. "That +young Sherwood seems to be very popular." + +"Yes, sir; he is very free with his money." + +"In what other way does he spend it?" + +"Mr. Daniels keeps half a dozen horses to let to students and others. +Sherwood hires a team at least twice a week, and of course it counts +up." + +"I was not able to spend money in that way when I attended college." + +"Then you are a college graduate?" said Holden. + +"Yes." + +"Did you graduate at Euclid?" + +"No; I am a Yale man." + +"I congratulate you, sir; I should like to graduate from Yale. + +"I hope you may, some time, my young friend. You would derive more +benefit, I'll be bound, than those young roysterers of last evening." + +"I hope they didn't keep you awake, sir." + +"They certainly did as long as they stayed. I should have gone to bed +soon afterward, but that I had something on my mind. By the way, don't +mention to any of the students that they had an unseen listener." + +"No, sir." + +Doctor Mack took the first train after breakfast, and returned to his +home without seeing his ward. + +Nancy Sprague questioned him eagerly. + +"And how is Master Walter?" she asked. + +"Very well, indeed, Nancy." + +"Was he surprised to see you?" + +"He didn't see me, Nancy." + +"He didn't see you!" ejaculated the housekeeper. + +"No; the fact was, I went away on a matter of business, and it was not +convenient to call on Walter. But I heard him." + +"I don't see how you could have been near him without seeing him." + +"I shall see him soon, Nancy, and so will you. In two weeks vacation +will be here. Examinations are near, and I might have interfered with +his studies," the doctor added, with a little innocent evasion. + +"To be sure, sir! To be sure! I make no doubt Master Walter is a great +scholar." + +"I have very strong doubts on that point myself," thought Doctor Mack, +but he did not care to express himself thus to Nancy. + +"I am so glad the dear boy is coming home soon," murmured the +housekeeper. "He has been studying so hard he needs a good long rest. I +will make some cookies expressly for him after he comes. I don't believe +he gets any at college." + +"I wonder what Nancy would say if she could have seen Walter presiding +at the supper, and heard the songs?" thought Doctor Mack. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +THE DAY AFTER THE FEAST + + +The same morning, in a comfortably furnished room in Simpson Hall, sat, +or rather lounged, Walter Sherwood. + +"I feel sleepy this morning, Gates," he said to his chum. "I can't fix +my mind on this confounded logic." + +"No wonder, Sherwood. You have good reason to be tired after last +evening." + +"That's so! We had a good time, though. I am sorry you couldn't accept +my invitation." + +"I couldn't afford it, Sherwood. You know we are very differently +situated. You are rich, while I am the oldest son of a country minister, +with all I can do to get through college. As it is, I shall be in debt." + +"Why not be in debt to me? You never would accept anything from me." + +"Yes, I did. I have let you go to the entire expense of furnishing this +room, though I have an equal share in it." + +"Oh, that's nothing! You pay me in helping me through my lessons when +I am behind. If you hadn't read my Horace to me the other day I should +have flunked as sure as can be." + +"It would be better for you to get your own lesson, Walter." + +"Well, I suppose it would," answered his roommate, yawning. "I wish you +could drive this logic into my head. I suppose I am unusually stupid +this morning." + +"Suppose we go over it together." + +Fifteen minutes later Walter said complacently: "Thanks, old fellow; you +have made it as plain as a pikestaff." + +"And very likely you will get a higher mark at the recitation than I." + +"Well, perhaps so," laughed Walter. "I suppose it is because I have more +cheek than you." + +"You can do better on slight preparation, certainly. You talk like a +professor when you are on your feet." + +"You want to be a professor some time, Gates, don't you?" + +"Yes," answered his chum, his face flushing, "I should be proud to +become a professor in old Euclid." + +"It would be awfully slow, I think," returned Walter, stifling a yawn. + +"What then, is your ambition?" + +"I want to go out among men. I want to take an active part in the +world." + +"You will have to work harder than you do in college, then." + +"I suppose I shall. But I am young, Gates. I am only seventeen." + +"And I am nineteen, and look twenty-one." + +"All the better! The older you look the better, If you are going to be +a college instructor. I would have to wait a long time if I wanted to, +even if I were a good deal wiser than I am now. I am so young, in short, +that I can afford to have a good time." + +"It seems to me that is all you think of, Sherwood." + +"Oh, well, I'll reform in time and become a sober old duffer like you," +and Walter Sherwood laughed carelessly. + +"I hope, at any rate, that you will change your views of life. You know +what Longfellow says: 'Life is real! Life is earnest!'" + +"Oh, yes, I know that by heart. But it's no use, Gates, you can't make +an old man of me before my time. Will it disturb you if I play a tune or +two on my violin?" + +"Well, to tell the truth, it will. I want to get my Greek lesson, and +you had better do the same." + +"No, I will read a novel, and you can read over the Greek to me when you +have dug it out." + +"I will if you wish, but I am afraid I am spoiling you by doing your +studying for you." + +"Remember, I was out late last night." + +"You have something almost every evening, Walter." + +"Oh, well, I'll turn over a new leaf next term." + +"Why not begin now?" + +"If you knew how stupid I feel you wouldn't ask." + +Walter stretched himself out on a comfortable lounge, and took up a +new novel which he had partially read, while Gates spread the big Greek +lexicon on the study-table, and opening his Aristophanes, began slowly +and laboriously to translate it into English. + +Fifteen minutes passed when a knock was heard at the door. + +"Come in!" called out Walter. + +He looked up eagerly, hoping the visitor might prove to be one of his +jovial comrades of the night before. But he did not look so well pleased +when, as the door opened, he caught sight of the pudgy figure and shrewd +face of Elijah Daniels, the proprietor of the Euclid Hotel. + +"Good morning, Mr. Daniels." he said, rather apprehensively. "So you +have found me out." + +"No, I have found you in," returned the landlord, with a smile. "I hope +I don't intrude upon, your studies, young gentlemen." + +"Well, I am taking a little rest from my labors," said Walter. + +"You were up rather late last evening, Mr. Sherwood." + +"That's a fact, and you gave us a first-class supper, Daniels. You did +yourself proud." + +"I did my best, Mr. Sherwood, and I am glad you were satisfied." + +"All the fellows praised the supper." + +"That's good. I know what you young gentlemen like, and I get it, no +matter what it costs. I don't make much on the suppers I give the +college boys, but of course I like to please them." + +"Your price is quite reasonable, I think." + +"I am glad you do. I have brought in the bill for last night's +entertainment, and if you can let me have the money, I shall be glad." + +"Well, the fact is, Daniels, I haven't got the money by me this +morning." + +The landlord's countenance changed. + +"I like prompt pay," he said. "It is a good deal of trouble, and, as I +said, there isn't much money to be made." + +"That's all right. You won't have to wait long." + +"How long, Mr. Sherwood?" + +"I expect a check for a hundred dollars from my guardian to-day. I wrote +three days since, for I knew you wouldn't like to wait." + +"A hundred dollars!" repeated the landlord, feeling a little easier in +mind. + +"Yes." + +"Perhaps your guardian may object to sending it." + +"Oh, no! He's a nice old fellow, Doctor Mack is. He is very indulgent." + +"What name did you mention? + +"Doctor Mack. Ezekiel Mack." + +"Indeed! Why, we had a gentleman stopping at the hotel last night of +that name." + +"What!" ejaculated Walter, in astonishment. "Do you mean to tell me that +Doctor Mack--my guardian--was at the hotel last night? It can't be. He +would have called on me." + +"It may not have been the same man. Now I come to think of it, he didn't +put himself down on the book Doctor Mack. He just put himself down E. +Mack. He seemed a plain sort of man." + +"Where did he register from?" asked Walter eagerly. + +"From Albany." + +"Is he at the hotel now?" + +"He went away by the morning train." + +"Then it couldn't have been he," said Walter, in a tone of relief. "He +doesn't live in Albany. Besides, he would have called on me. No, it must +have been some other Mack." + +"Perhaps you wouldn't have liked to have him catch you at a gay supper, +Mr. Sherwood?" said the landlord shrewdly. + +"Well, no, I'd a little rather receive him in my room, with a book open +before me." + +"He might object to pay out money for such doings." + +"He won't know anything about it. Just leave your bill, Mr. Daniels, and +as soon as I get the check I'll call round and pay it." + +"There's another bill, too, a livery bill. I brought that along, too." + +"How much is it?" asked Walter anxiously. + +"Eighteen dollars." + +"I didn't think it was as much as that!" + +"Bills mount up faster than you young gentlemen think for. I suppose, +however, you can afford to pay it?" + +"Oh, yes!" said Walter carelessly. + +"Your uncle may think it rather steep, eh?" + +"I wrote him that I had some extra expenses this time." + +"Then I suppose you can't do anything for me this morning?" + +"No, Daniels; just leave both bills, and I feel quite sure that I can +pay you in a day or two. I suppose you can change a check?" + +"I'll manage to." + +The landlord retired, leaving the bills behind him. + +"Do you know, Sherwood," said his chum gravely "I think you are +foolishly extravagant." + +"Well, perhaps I am." + +"You are spending three times as much as I am." + +"I'll do better next term. I wish my guardian would hurry along that +check." + +Two days later a letter came for Walter in the familiar handwriting of +Doctor Mack. He tore it open hastily, and as he read it he turned pale +and sank into a chair. + +"What's the matter?" asked Gates. + +"Matter enough!" answered Walter, in a hollow voice. "My money is lost, +and I've got to leave college!" + + + + +CHAPTER V + +WALTER TAKES MATTERS PHILOSOPHICALLY + + +Walter's announcement, recorded at the close of the preceding chapter, +fell like a thunderbolt on his room-mate. + +"You have lost your money?" repeated Gates, in a tone of incredulity. +"You don't mean it!" + +"Read that letter, Gates," said Walter, pushing it over to his chum. + +The letter was, of course, from Doctor Mack, and ran thus: + +"DEAR WALTER: Your letter asking for an extra check for one hundred +dollars came to hand three or four days since. I have delayed answering +for two reasons. I am satisfied that you are spending more money than is +necessary, and, moreover, I have shrunk from communicating to you +some unpleasant intelligence. Upon me have devolved the investment and +management of your property, and while I have tried to be cautious, +there have been losses which I regret. In one case three-fourths of an +investment has been lost. Of course, you didn't know this, or you would +have been less free in your expenditures. + +"I am not prepared to tell you how you stand. I think it will be prudent +for you to leave college at the end of this term, and for a year to seek +some employment. During that time I will do what I can to settle matters +on a better footing, and perhaps at the end of that time you will be +able to return to your studies. You are so young--I think you must be +younger than the majority of your classmates--that you can afford to +lose the time. + +"I send you a check for sixty dollars in place of a hundred. I wish you +to have your regular term bills sent to me, and I will forward checks +in payment. I will see that you leave Euclid owing no man anything. When +you come home for the vacation we can consult as to the future. I hope +you will not be much depressed or cast down by the news I send. Your +money is not all lost, and I may be able, in the course of twelve +months, to recover in a large measure what has been sunk. + +"Your affectionate guardian, EZEKIEL MACK." + +"A regular sockdolager, isn't it, Gates?" said Walter. + +"I don't see that it's so bad," answered Gates slowly. "Your money isn't +all lost." + +"But I must leave college." + +"True; but, as your guardian says, you are young, and if you come back +at the end of a year you will still be a year younger than I for your +standing. Of course, I am sorry to have you go." + +"I am sure of that, Gates." + +"Is the prospect of working for a year so unpleasant to you, Walter?" + +"No, I can't say it is," said Walter, brightening up, "not if I can +choose my employment. I shouldn't like to go behind the counter in a +grocery store, or--" + +"Black boots for a living?" + +"Well, hardly," said Walter, laughing. + +"Probably your guardian will consult your preferences." + +"I wish I could arrange to travel. I should like to see something of the +world." + +"Why not? You might get an agency of some kind. One college +vacation--last summer--I traveled about as book agent." + +"How did you like it?" + +"Not very much. I met with a good many rebuffs, and was occasionally +looked upon with suspicion, as I could see. Still, I made a living, and +brought back thirty dollars to start me on my new term." + +"Just what my supper cost the other evening." + +"Yes; I didn't think it wise to spend the money in the same way." + +"You have cheered me up, Gates. I really believe I shall like to spend a +year in some kind of business." + +"Write your guardian to that effect. He may be blaming himself for his +agency in your misfortune, and a cheerful letter from you will brighten +him up." + +"All right! I will." + +Walter sat down and dashed off the following note: + +"DEAR GUARDIAN: Your letter just received. I won't pretend that I am +not sorry for the loss of my money, but I am sure that you acted for the +best. Don't trouble yourself too much about the matter. Perhaps it will +all come out right in a year or so. In the meantime I think I shall find +it not unpleasant to work for a year if you will let me select the kind +of business I am to follow. + +"I will make the money you sent me do for the present, and will send you +my term bills as you desire. You can depend upon my settling up as +cheap as possible, though I confess I have not hitherto been nearly as +economical as I might have been. Now that I know it is necessary, you +shall have no reason to complain of me. + +"Your affectionate ward, WALTER SHERWOOD." + +"What do you think of that, Gates?" asked Walter, giving the letter to +his chum to read. + +"Excellent! It shows the right spirit." + +"I am glad you think so." + +"Do you know, Walter, I think I have more occasion for regret than you? +I must bid farewell to my room-mate and this pleasant room." + +"To your room-mate, yes, but not necessarily to the room." + +"I shall have to furnish it in very different style for the present. +I am not sure that I can afford a carpet. The luxury of my present +surroundings, I am afraid, will spoil me for humble quarters." + +"Don't borrow any trouble about that. I shall leave you the furniture as +it stands, and when I come back to college, even if we are in different +classes, you must take me in again." + +"Of course I will agree to an arrangement so much in my favor, but +perhaps your guardian will think you had better sell the furniture and +realize what you can." + +"No, I am sure he won't. There's nothing mean about Doctor Mack. You can +take in any one you please in my place, only I am to come back at the +end of a year if things turn out well." + +"I heartily hope you will come back, and if you will excuse my saying +so, with a more earnest spirit, and a determination to do justice to +your really excellent talents." + +"Good advice! I'll adopt it. I'll begin to do better at once. I was +intending to take a drive this evening, but it would cost me two +dollars, and I will stay at home and save the money." + +"Come with me on a walk, instead." + +"I will." + +"We will go to the top of Mount Legar. At sunset there will be a fine +view from there." + +"I must stop on the way and pay Mr. Daniels what I owe him. He will lose +a good deal by my going away." + +"True; but his loss will be your gain." + +At the outset of their walk the two students called at the hotel, and +found Mr. Daniels on the piazza. + +"Glad to see you, Mr. Sherwood," said the landlord briskly. + +"I think you will be, Mr. Daniels, for I have come to pay your bills." + +"Money is always welcome, Mr. Sherwood. You have no idea how much I lose +by trusting students. There was Green, of the last graduating class, +left college owing me forty-five dollars. He has gone West somewhere, +and I never expect to get a cent of my money." + +"You came pretty near losing by me, Daniels." + +"How is that?" queried the landlord, looking surprised. + +"I've lost a lot of money, or my guardian has for me, and I've got to +leave college at the end of this term." + +"You don't say so!" ejaculated Mr. Daniels regretfully. + +"It's all true. My guardian wrote me about it this morning." + +"I suppose you're a good deal cut up about it, Mr. Sherwood." + +"Well, I was at first, but I may be able to come back after a year or +two. I shall go into some business, and meanwhile my guardian will do +what he can to recover the money lost. It isn't so bad, after all." + +"I shall be sorry to have you go, Mr. Sherwood." + +"You will miss my bills, at any rate. I wouldn't have given that supper +the other evening if I had known how things stood. I would have put the +thirty dollars to better use." + +"Well, you've paid up like a gentleman, anyway. I hope you'll come back +in a year as rich as ever. You wanted a team to-night, James told me." + +"That was before I got my guardian's letter. I shall walk, instead of +taking a carriage-ride." + +"I will let the account stand, if you wish." + +"No. I can't afford to run up any bills. Good night, Mr. Daniels." + +"You did right, Walter," said Gates. "It is a bad thing to run up +bills." + +"Especially when you are poor. It seems odd to be poor." + +"I am used to it, Walter. You don't seem very sad over it." + +"I am not. That is what puzzles me. I really begin to think I like it." + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +TRUE FRIEND AND FALSE + + +A college community is for the most part democratic. A poor student with +talent is quite as likely to be a favorite as the heir to a fortune, +often more so. But there are always some snobs who care more for dollars +than sense. So Walter was destined to find out, for he made no secret of +his loss of fortune. Most of his college friends sympathized with him, +but there was one who proved unreliable. + +This was Harvey Warner, the son of a man who had made a fortune during +the Civil War, some said as a sutler. Harvey professed to be very +aristocratic, and had paid especial attention to Walter, because he, +too, had the reputation of being wealthy. He had invited Walter to pass +a couple of weeks at the summer residence of the Warners, near Lake +George. This, however, was before he had heard of Walter's loss of +fortune. As soon as he learned this, he decided that the invitation must +be withdrawn. This would be awkward, as he had been on very intimate +terms with our hero, and had been a guest at the banquet. + +Not foreseeing the effect of his changed circumstances on the mind of +his late friend, Walter, meeting him on the campus the day afterward, +called out, familiarly: "How are you, old fellow? Why didn't you come +round to my room last evening?" + +"I had another engagement, Sherwood," answered Warner, stiffly. + +"You ought to give me the preference," said Walter, not observing the +other's change of manner. + +"Ahem! a man must judge for himself, you know. By the way, is it true +that you have lost all your money?" + +"I don't know how much I have lost, but I am not coming back to college +next year." + +"You are in hard luck," said Warner coldly. "By the way, I think we +shall have to give up that plan for the summer." + +"What plan?" + +"Why, you know I invited you to visit me at Lake George." + +Walter began to comprehend. + +"Why, are you not going to be there?" he asked, + +"Yes, but the house will be full of other fellows, don't you know." + +"So that there will be no room for me," said Walter calmly, looking +Warner full in the face. + +"Awfully sorry, and all that sort of thing," drawled Warner. "Besides, I +suppose you will have to go to work." + +"Yes, I expect to go to work--after awhile. Probably I shall take a few +weeks for rest. By the way, when did you find out that your home would +be full--of other fellows?" + +"Got a letter from my sister this morning. Besides--in your changed +circumstances, don't you know, you might find it awkward to be living in +a style you couldn't keep up." + +"Thank you, Warner. You are very considerate. I really didn't give you +credit for so much consideration." + +"Don't mention it! Of course with your good sense you understand?" + +"I think I do." + +"And, by the way, I believe you borrowed two dollars of me last week. If +it is inconvenient for you to pay the whole at once, you might hand me a +dollar." + +"And I called that fellow my friend!" said Walter to himself. + +"You are very considerate again, but I think I would rather pay the +whole at once. Can you change a ten?" + +Harvey Warner looked surprised. He had jumped to the conclusion that +Walter was the next thing to a pauper, and here he was better supplied +with money than himself. + +"I am not sure that I have as much money here," he said. + +"Then come with me to the drug-store; I am going to buy a bottle of +tooth-wash, and will change the bill there." + +Warner accepted this proposal. + +"I'd better make sure of my money while he has it," he reflected. + +"I hope you're not very much disappointed about the visit?" he said. + +"Not at all! I should have had to decline. I have been invited to spend +a month at the Adirondacks with Frank Clifford." + +"You don't mean it!" ejaculated Warner enviously. + +Clifford was a member of an old family, and an invitation from him was +felt to confer distinction. Warner himself would have given a good deal +to be on sufficiently intimate terms to receive such a compliment. + +"When did he invite you?" he asked suggestively. + +Walter saw what was in his mind, and answered, with a smile: + +"He invited me this morning." + +"Had he heard--" + +"Of my loss of fortune? Oh, yes! But why should that make any +difference?" + +"I wouldn't go, if I were you." + +"Why not?" + +"You are going to be a poor man." + +"I don't know about that." + +"You are poor now, at any rate." + +"Well, perhaps so, but am I any the worse for that?" + +"I thought you would understand my meaning." + +"I do, but I am glad that all my friends don't attach the importance you +do to the possession of fortune. Good morning!" + +"I suppose it's the way of the world!" thought Walter, as his quondam +friend left him. "But, thank Heaven, all are not mercenary! I've got a +few friends left, anyhow." + +A few rods farther on he met Victor Creswell, perhaps the richest +student in the junior class. + +"What's this I hear, Walter?" he asked. "Have you lost your money?" + +"Some of it, I believe." + +"And you are not coming back to college?" + +"I shall stay out a year. Perhaps I can come back then." + +"You needn't leave at all. My governor allows me a hundred dollars a +month for my own use--spending money, you know. I'll give you half of +it, if that will enable you to pull through." + +Walter was touched. + +"You are a friend worth having, Creswell," he said. "But I really think +I shall enjoy being out of college for a year. I shall find out what is +in me. But I sha'n't forget your generous offer." + +"Better accept it, Sherwood. I can get along well enough on fifty +dollars a month." + +"I won't accept it for myself, but I'll tell you something. My chum, +Gates, is very hard pushed. You know he depends wholly on himself, and +twenty-five dollars just at this time would be a godsend to him. He is +worried about paying his bills. If, now, you would transfer a little at +your generosity to him--" + +"I don't know him very well, but if you speak well of him that is +enough. I shall be glad to help him. Let me see how much I can spare." + +He drew out a wallet, and from it four ten dollar bills. + +"Here are forty dollars," he said. "Give them to him, but don't let him +know where they came from." + +"Creswell, you're a trump!" said Walter, shaking his hand vigorously. +"You don't know how happy you will make him." + +"Oh, that's all right. But I'm sorry you won't let me do something for +you." + +"I will if I need it." + +"Good!" said Creswell, in a tone of satisfaction. "Now, mind, you don't +hesitate." + +Walter, happy in the happiness he was going to confer, made his way +quickly to his own room. Gates sat at the table with a troubled brow, +writing some figures on a piece of paper. + +"What are you about, Gates?" asked his chum. + +"I have been thinking." said Gates wearily, "that perhaps I ought to do +what you have decided to do." + +"What's that?" + +"Leave college. + +"But why?" + +"I am so troubled to pay my bills. I wrote to my uncle last week--he is +a well-to-do farmer--asking him if he wouldn't send me fifteen dollars +to help pay my term bills. I promised to come and help him in the farm +work during July." + +"What does he say?" asked Walter, smiling, Gates couldn't understand +why. + +"That he never pays for work in advance--he doesn't approve of it." + +"He could afford it?" + +"Oh, yes; he's got a good sum in the savings-bank, but he is a very +cautious man. I don't see how I'm going to get through. Perhaps I had +better take a year away from college." + +"There is no need of that. I have some money here for you." + +"Some money for me?" + +"Yes," and Walter placed four ten-dollar bills on the table. + +"But, Walter, you are in no position to lend me money." + +"True; the money doesn't come from me." + +"But who besides you would do me such a great favor?" + +"One of the rich fellows in college--no, I can't tell you his name. You +can take it without hesitation." + +"But it must have been to you that he lent it." + +"No, he understands that it is to be given to you. Will it help you?" + +"Will it help me? It will carry me through gloriously," and Gates was +radiant with pleasure. + +"Are you going to leave college now?" + +"No; this help is providential. I will never be distrustful again." + +"I wish Creswell could see how much happiness his gift has brought with +it," thought Walter. + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +WALTER'S EXPERIMENT BEGINS + + +After a conference between Walter and his guardian it was decided +that he should wait till the first of September before seeking for any +business position. Walter, who was somewhat impulsive, was disposed +to start at once, but Doctor Mack said: "No, you are entitled to a +vacation. When your class resumes study at Euclid, it will be time for +you to begin to earn your living." + +"I am not sure that I deserve a vacation," said Walter frankly. "I have +not studied as hard at I ought." + +"Very probably. You have not been in earnest. You are a year older now, +and you have a better understanding of your position." + +"You are very charitable, my dear guardian," said Walter. + +Doctor Mack smiled. + +"I am quite aware," he said, "that old heads are not often to be found +on young shoulders." + +"Then you think it will be right for me to enjoy myself this summer?" + +"I want you to do so." + +"One of my college friends, Frank Clifford, has invited me to pass a +month with him in the Adirondacks. The Cliffords have a lodge not far +from Blue Mountain Lake. Frank's mother and sisters will be abroad, and +he wants me to keep him company." + +"I can think of no objection. How shall you spend your time?" + +"In hunting and fishing. There are splendid chances for both up there, +so Clifford says." + +"Go and have your good time. When you come back we will talk of your +future plans." + +Walter's stay was prolonged to eight weeks, and when he returned it +was already nearing the end of August. He was browned by exposure, and +looked the picture of health. + +"Now I am ready to go to work, Doctor Mack," he said. "Have you any +plans for me?" + +"How would you like to go into a drug-store? I have a college classmate +who is a very successful druggist in Syracuse." + +Walter shrugged his shoulders. + +"I don't believe I have a taste for making pills," he said. + +"I thought not. What do you think of entering a dry-goods store? I am +acquainted with the head of a prominent establishment in New York." + +"It is a very respectable position, but I should feel cabined, cribbed, +confined in it." + +"I am at the end of my tether. Have you formed any plans of your own?" + +"Well, not exactly." + +"But you have thought somewhat on the subject?" + +"Yes," answered Walter. + +"If at all possible, I shall let you have your own way." + +"You may think me foolish," said Walter hesitatingly. + +"I don't know. Let me hear what you have to propose." + +"I thought," said Walter eagerly, "I would like to go out West." + +"What would you do when you got there?" + +"There must be lots of things to do." + +"Very likely. You might buy an ax and clear the virgin forests." + +"I am afraid I wouldn't be a success at that." + +"You have no definite idea as to what you would do?" + +"No. I could tell better when I got out there." + +"Now, about the expense. How much money would you need? You would +require to live till you begin to earn something." + +"How much will it cost me to get to Chicago?" + +"Say about twenty-five dollars." + +"I think, guardian, if you will advance me a hundred dollars, that will +be sufficient." + +"For how long a time?" + +"For a year. You see, I expect to earn my own living by the time I have +spent fifty dollars in all. I should go to a cheap boarding-place, of +course. I should be able to pay my way." + +"You will be content, then, with a hundred dollars, Walter?" + +"Yes; perhaps I could make it do on less." + +"No; you shall have a hundred. If absolutely necessary, you can send for +more." + +"No," said Walter confidently; "I won't do that. I shall get along +somehow. I want to make a man of myself." + +"That is a commendable ambition. Still, sometimes a young man finds +it hard to obtain employment. If you had a trade, now, it might be +different. Suppose, for instance, you were a journeyman tailor, you +could readily find a place in Chicago or any good-sized city." + +"I shouldn't care to be a tailor." + +"I shouldn't care to employ you if you were," said his guardian, +smiling. "One thing I would like to guard you against. Don't be too +particular about what you take up. With so small an outfit as you have +stipulated for, you will have to go to work at something soon. Then, +again, you won't be able to live as well as you have been accustomed to +do here and in college." + +"I understand that, and am prepared for it. I want to rough it." + +"Possibly you will have your wish granted. I don't want to discourage +you, Walter. I only want to prepare you for what may, and probably will, +come." + +"Do you know any one in Chicago, Doctor Mack? I might find it pleasant +to have an acquaintance." + +"Yes, I know a retired merchant named Archer. He lives on Indiana +Avenue. I don't remember the number, but you can easily find his name in +the directory. His name is Allen Archer." + +Walter noted the name in a new memorandum book which he had purchased. + +"Where would you advise me to put up on my arrival in Chicago?" he +asked. + +"There are several good houses--the Sherman, Tremont, Palmer House; but +they will be beyond your means. Indeed, any hotel will be. Still you +might go to some good house for a day. That will give you time to hunt +up a modest boarding-house." + +"An excellent plan!" said Walter, in a tone of satisfaction. "Do +you know, my dear guardian, I shall go out in the best of spirits. I +feel--in Shakespeare's words--that the world is mine oyster." + +"I hope you will be able to open it, Walter. You have my best wishes. +Don't forget that you will have to depend on yourself." + +"I won't forget it. I wish it was time for me to start." + +"It will come soon enough. You had better get out your clothes, and get +them mended, if necessary, and put in order. Nancy will do all she can +for you, and the tailor will do the rest. Better not take much with you. +When you get settled I will forward your trunk by express." + +When Nancy Sprague heard of Walter's plans she was much disturbed. + +"Oh, Master Walter," she said, in a tragic tone, "is it true that you've +lost all your money and have got to go out into the cold world to make a +living?" + +"I believe I have lost some money, Nancy, but I rather like the idea of +working for my living." + +"Oh, you poor child, you little know what it is. I can't bear to think +of it. I can't see how Doctor Mack can let you go." + +"I should be very sorry if he refused. It isn't so bad, to work for a +living. Haven't you always done it?" + +"Yes, but that's different. I was always poor, and I am used to it." + +"I'm going to get used to it." + +"Walter--don't tell your guardian what I am saying--but I've got two +hundred dollars in the savings bank, and I shall be very glad to give +you some of it. You will take it, now, won't you? I can get it out +to-morrow." + +"Nancy, you are a true friend," said Walter, really moved by the +unselfish devotion of the house-keeper; "but I sha'n't need it. I shall +take a hundred dollars with me, and long before it is gone I shall be +earning my living." + +"You'll send for it if you need it?" + +"Yes; if I find I am very hard up, and there is no other way, I will +send for it." + +Nancy brightened up, much pleased and relieved by this assurance. + +"I couldn't bear to think of your suffering for a meal of victuals when +we have so much in the house. I don't see why you can't stay at home and +get a place in the village." + +Walter laughed. + +"It wouldn't suit me at all, Nancy. I am going West to grow up with the +country." + +"I wish I could be somewhere near, to look after you." + +"It would be of no use, Nancy. Women are in great demand out there--at +any rate in Dakota--and you'd be married in less than no time, if you +went." + +"You are only joking now, Master Walter." + +"Not at all! I read the other day that of ten schoolma'ams who went out +to Dakota last fall, eight were married within three months." + +"Nobody could marry me against my will," said Nancy resolutely. + +"Perhaps he would find a way of overcoming your objections," said +Walter, laughing. "But I am afraid Doctor Mack couldn't do without you. +He couldn't spare you and me both." + +"That's true," assented Nancy, who had not been so much alarmed at the +matrimonial dangers hinted at by Walter as might have been anticipated. +Had a good opportunity offered, I am inclined to think Nancy would have +been willing to change her name. After all, she was only forty-nine, and +I have known more than one to surrender single blessedness with all its +charms at and beyond that age. + +At last the day of departure came. Valise in hand, Walter jumped aboard +the stage that was to convey him to the railroad-station. He shook hands +with his guardian and Nancy, the driver whipped up his horses, and a new +period in Walter's life had commenced. + +"I wonder how he'll come out?" mused Doctor Mack thoughtfully. "Have I +acted for the best in letting him go? Well, time alone can tell." + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +WALTER BUYS A WATCH + + +Walter was tempted to stop over at Niagara, as his ticket would have +allowed him to do, but he was also very anxious to reach Chicago and get +to work. "I can visit Niagara some other time," he reflected. "Now I can +spare neither the money nor the time." + +Hour after hour sped by, until with a little thrill of excitement Walter +learned by consulting his railroad guide that he was within fifty miles +of Chicago. He looked out of the car window, and surveyed with interest +the country through which they were speeding at the rate of thirty-five +miles an hour. His attention was drawn from the panorama outside by a +voice: + +"Is this seat engaged?" + +Walter looked up, and his glance rested on a man of perhaps thirty-five, +dressed in a light suit, and wearing a tall white hat. + +"No, sir," answered Walter politely, removing his gripsack from the +seat. + +"I don't want to incommode you," said the stranger, as he took the place +thus vacated. + +"You don't in the least," said Walter. + +"I suppose you are going to Chicago?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Are you going farther--out to Dakota, for instance?" + +"No, sir. Chicago is far enough west for me at present." + +"I live in Dakota. I have a long journey to make after we reach +Chicago." + +"I don't know about Dakota. Is it a good place for business?" + +"It is going to be. Yes, Dakota has a bright future. I have a pleasant +little home out there. I had to go East on business, and stayed a little +longer than I intended. In fact I spent more money than I anticipated, +and that makes me a little short." + +It struck Walter that his new acquaintance for a stranger was very +confidential. + +"Is it possible he will propose to borrow money of me?" he asked +himself. He did not quite know what to say, but politeness required him +to say something. + +"I am sorry," he replied, in a sympathizing tone. + +"I should like to take a train this evening for my home," continued the +stranger. + +"I hope you will be able to do so." + +"Well, there's one drawback. I haven't got money enough to buy a through +ticket. Under these circumstances I am going to offer you a bargain." + +Walter looked surprised and expectant. The stranger drew a gold watch +from his pocket--a very handsome gold watch, which looked valuable. + +"You see that watch?" he said. "How much do you think it is worth?" + +"It looks like a nice watch. I am no judge of values." + +"It cost me ninety dollars six months since. Now I need the money, and I +will sell it to you for twenty-five." + +"But that would be a great sacrifice." + +"So it would, but I need the money. Of course, if you haven't got the +money--" + +"I have that amount of money," said Walter, "but I haven't got it to +spare. I might need it." + +"Then all you need to do is to sell the watch or pawn it. You could sell +it for fifty dollars without trouble." + +"Why don't you do that?" asked Walter shrewdly. + +"Because I haven't the time. I want, if possible, to go on to-night. If +you had a wife and two children waiting for you, whom you had not seen +for two months, you wouldn't mind losing a few dollars for the sake of +seeing them a little sooner." + +"Very likely," answered Walter, to whom his companion's explanation +seemed plausible. + +Walter was tempted, but he reflected that twenty-five dollars +represented a third of the money he had with him, so he put away the +temptation, but with reluctance. He had a silver watch, bought for him, +when he entered college, at a cost of fifteen dollars, and like the +majority of boys of his age he felt that he should much prefer to carry +a gold one. Still he must be prudent. + +"No," he said, shaking his head, "I don't think I had better buy the +watch. I presume you will find some one else on the train who would be +glad of the bargain." + +"Very likely, but we are near Chicago, and I haven't time to look +around. Come, I'll make you a still better offer, though I ought not to +do so. You may have the watch for twenty dollars. That money will get me +through, and I won't haggle about five dollars." + +"Twenty dollars!" repeated Walter thoughtfully. + +"Yes, look at the watch. Isn't it a beauty?" + +"Yes; I like the appearance of it very much." + +"If you get out of money, you can easily pawn it for more than the sum I +ask for it." + +Certainly this was an important consideration. Walter felt that he would +be foolish to lose so good a chance. It was a pity that the stranger +should be forced to make such a sacrifice, yet it really seemed that he +would be doing him a favor, as well as benefiting himself, by accepting +his proposition. + +"You will guarantee it to be solid gold?" he said, with momentary +suspicion. + +"Certainly. You will see that it is an Elgin watch. Of course you know +the reputation of that make. They don't make any sham watches at their +factory." + +"I thought the case might be gilt," said Walter, half ashamed of his +suspicions. + +"You do well to be cautious, but I will guarantee the watch to be all I +represent it. I only wish you were a jeweler. Then you could judge for +yourself." + +It sounded very plausible. Then, the watch was a very handsome one. + +"Let me open it and show you the works." + +The stranger did so. Walter was no judge of the mechanism of a watch, +but what he saw impressed him favorably. The stranger seemed very frank +and fair-spoken. Walter knew, of course, that in traveling one was +likely to meet with sharpers, but that did not justify him in suspecting +everybody he met. + +"It would look very nice at the end of my chain," he thought. "I suppose +I cannot afford it; but, as he says, I can raise money on it at any +time." + +"Well, young man, what is your decision? You must excuse me for +hurrying, but we are not far from Chicago, and I want to make sure that +I can continue my journey to-night. I shall telegraph to my wife that I +am coming." + +"I will take the watch," said Walter. "There doesn't seem to be much +risk in doing so." + +"Bosh! I should say not. Young man, I congratulate you. You have made +the best bargain of your life. Have you got the money handy?" + +Walter took out two ten-dollar bills and handed them to his companion, +receiving the watch in exchange. + +"Well, that settles my mind," said the stranger, in a tone of +satisfaction. "I shall see the old woman and the kids very soon, thanks +to your kindness." + +"Don't mention it," said Walter complacently. "I feel indebted to you, +rather, as you have given me much more than an equivalent for my money." + +"That is true, but under present circumstances money is worth a good +deal to me. Now, if you don't mind I will go into the smoking-car and +have a little smoke before we arrive. Will you join me?" + +"No, sir, thank you; I don't smoke." + +"Good-day, then. Hope we shall meet again." + +Walter responded politely, and the stranger, rising, walked forward to +the front part of the car and disappeared. + +Walter detached the silver watch from the plated chain to which it was +attached, substituted the new gold watch, and put the silver watch in +his pocket. It occurred to him that if he should really need money it +might be better for him to sell the silver watch and retain the gold +one. + +"I have made thirty dollars at the very least on my purchase," he +reflected, "for I am sure I can sell the watch for fifty dollars if I +wish to do so. This is a white day for me, as the Romans used to say. I +accept it as a good omen of success. I wish Doctor Mack and Nancy were +here to see it. I think the doctor would give me credit for a little +shrewdness." + +The car sped on perhaps a dozen miles farther, when the door opened and +the conductor entered, followed by a stout man of perhaps fifty years of +age, who looked flushed and excited. + +"This gentleman has been robbed of his gold watch," explained the +conductor. "He is convinced that some one on the train has taken it. Of +course, no one of you is suspected, but I will trouble you to show me +your watches." + +As Walter heard these words a terrible fear assailed him. Had he bought +a stolen watch? + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +AN INGENIOUS SCHEME + + +The passengers, though somewhat surprised, generally showed their +watches with a good grace. One old man produced a silver watch fifty +years old. + +"That watch belonged to my grandfather," he said. "You don't claim that, +do you?" + +"Wouldn't take it as a gift," said the loser crustily. + +"You couldn't get it in exchange for yours!" retorted the owner. + +Presently they came to Walter. If he had not attached the gold watch to +his chain, instead of his old silver one, he would have been tempted +to leave it in his pocket and produce the less valuable one. But he +was saved from the temptation, as this would now have been impossible. +Besides, had the gold watch been found on him afterward it would have +looked very suspicious. + +"Well, youngster," said the stout man, "show us your watch." + +With a flushed face and an uneasy feeling Walter drew out the gold +timepiece. + +"Is that your watch?" he said. + +"Yes!" almost shouted the stout passenger, fiercely. "So you are the +thief?" + +"No, sir," answered Walter, pale but firm. "I am not the thief." + +"Where did you get it, then?" + +"I bought it." + +"You bought it? That's a likely story." + +"Why, it was taken from me this very afternoon." + +"That may be, but I bought it, all the same." + +The owner was about to protest, when the conductor said quietly: "Listen +to the young fellow's explanation." + +Walter proceeded: + +"A man came to my seat and told me he wanted to raise enough money to +get to Dakota. He offered me the watch for twenty-five dollars, though +he said it cost him ninety six months ago." + +"And you paid him twenty-five dollars?" + +"No; I had no money to spare, but when he offered it for twenty, and +told me I could more than get my money back either by pawning or selling +it, I made up my mind to purchase, and did so." + +"Where is this man?" asked the conductor. + +"He said he was going into the smoking-car." + +"That's a likely story," sneered the stout gentleman. + +"Do you charge me with taking the watch?" demanded Walter hotly. "I have +never left this car. Have you seen me before?" + +"No; but you are probably a confederate of the man from whom you got it. +But I am not sure if there was any such man." + +"I will describe him," said Walter. + +As he did so, the conductor said: "There was such a man on the train. He +got off at the last station." + +"I don't know anything about that," said the claimant; "but I'll trouble +you, young man, for that watch." + +"Will you return me the twenty dollars I gave for it?" asked Walter. + +"Of course not. I don't propose to buy back my own watch." + +An elderly gentleman who sat just behind Walter spoke up here. + +"It is rather hard on the boy," he said. "I can confirm his story +about the purchase of the watch. I heard the bargaining and saw the +purchase-money paid." + +"That makes no difference to me," said the claimant. "I've identified +the watch and I want it." + +Walter removed it from his chain and was about to hand it to the +claimant, when a quiet-looking man, dressed in a drab suit, rose from a +seat farther down the car and came forward. He was a small man, not over +five feet five inches in height, and he would not have weighed over one +hundred and twenty pounds, but there was a look of authority on his face +and an accent of command in his voice. + +"You needn't give up the watch, my boy," he said. + +Walter drew back his hand and turned round in surprise. The claimant +uttered an angry exclamation, and said testily: "By what right do you +interfere?" + +"The watch isn't yours," said the small man nonchalantly. + +"It isn't, hey? Well, of all the impertinent--" + +"Stop there, Jim Beckwith! You see I know you"--as the stout man turned +pale and clutched at the side of the seat. + +"Who are you?" he demanded hoarsely. + +"Detective Green!" + +The claimant lost all his braggadocio air, and stared at the detective +with a terrified look. + +"That isn't my name," he managed to ejaculate. + +"Very likely not," said the detective calmly, "but it is one of your +names. It is a very clever game that you and your confederate are +playing. He sells the watch, and you demand it, claiming that it has +been stolen from you. I was present when the watch was sold, and the +reason I did not interfere was because I was waiting for the sequel. How +many times have you played this game?" + +"There's some mistake," gasped the other. + +"Perhaps so, but I have some doubts whether you came by it honestly." + +"I assure you it is my watch," cried the other, uneasily. + +"How much did you pay for it, young man?" asked the detective. + +"Twenty dollars." + +"Very well, sir; give the boy twenty dollars, and I shall advise him to +give the watch back to you, as it may be stolen property, which he would +not like to have found in his possession." + +"But that will be paying twenty dollars for my own property. It was not +to me he paid the money." + +"You will have to look to your confederate for that. I am not sure but I +ought to make you give twenty-five dollars." + +This hint led to the stout man's hastily producing two ten-dollar bills, +which he tendered to Walter. + +"It's an outrage," he said, "making a man pay for his own property!" + +"Are you sure that your statements in regard to this man are true?" +asked an important-looking individual on the opposite side of the car. +"To my mind your interference is unwarrantable, not to say outrageous. +Justice has been trampled upon." + +The detective looked round sharply. + +"Do you know the man?" he asked. + +"No." + +"Well, I do. I first made his acquaintance at Joliet prison, where he +served a term of years for robbing a bank. Is that true or not, Jim +Beckwith?" + +The man known as Beckwith had already started to leave the car, but, +although he heard the question, he didn't come back to answer it. + +"I generally know what I'm about," continued the detective, pointedly, +"as those who are unwise enough to criticise my actions find out, sooner +or later." + +The important gentleman did not reply, but covered his confusion by +appearing to be absorbed in a daily paper, which he held up before his +face. + +"You let him off easy," said the gentleman in the rear seat. "You +allowed him to take the watch. I was surprised at that." + +"Yes; for, strange as it may seem, it was probably his, though the +money with which he bought it may have been stolen. That watch has been +probably sold a dozen times and recovered the same way. Were it a +stolen watch, the risk would be too great. As it is I had no pretext for +arresting him." + +"Was it really a ninety-dollar watch?" asked Walter, with interest. + +"No. I know something about watches, as I find the knowledge useful in +my official capacity. The watch would be a fair bargain at forty-five +dollars, but it is showy, and would readily be taken for one worth +seventy-five or even ninety dollars." + +"I shouldn't think the trick would pay," said the gentleman in the rear +seat. + +"Why not?" + +"Twenty dollars isn't a large sum to be divided between two persons, +especially when there's money to be paid for car fare." + +"Sometimes the watch is sold for more--generally, I fancy--but the +price was reduced because the purchaser was a boy. Besides, these +men doubtless have other ways of making money. They are well-known +confidence men. If I hadn't been on board the train our young friend +would have lost his twenty dollars." + +"It would have been a great loss to me," said Walter. "I am very much +obliged to you, Mr. Green." + +"Ah, you remember my name. Let me give you my card. Some time you may +get into difficulty and want to consult me. Boys of your age are not a +match for an experienced swindler." + +He handed Walter a card bearing the name: + +SILAS GREEN, 97 H Street. + +Walter put it into his pocket with a polite expression of thanks. + +Meanwhile, of course, the cars were steadily approaching Chicago. At +length they entered the great Union Depot, and with the rest of the +passengers Walter alighted carrying his valise in his hand. + +A few feet in front of him walked Jim Beckwith, but Walter did not care +to join him. He half turned, and as his glance fell on Walter he said, +with a scowl: "If you ever meet me again you'll know me." + +"Yes, I shall!" answered Walter, with emphasis. + + + + +CHAPTER X + +AT THE INDIANA HOUSE + + +Walter paused before a modest hotel on Monroe Street--we will call it +the Indiana House--and, entering, went up to the desk and inquired the +rates of board. + +"Are you commercial?" asked the clerk. + +"Not at present, sir." + +"We make special terms for commercial travelers. We will give you a +small room on the third floor for one dollar and a half a day." + +This was as cheap as Walter expected to find it at a hotel, and he +signified his acceptance. + +"Front!" called the clerk. + +A red-haired boy about Walter's age came forward. + +"Take this young man up to No. 36," said the clerk. + +"Yessir," answered the bell-boy, pronouncing the two words in one. + +There was no elevator in the house, and Walter followed the boy up two +flights of stairs to the third landing. The boy opened the door of a +room with a small window looking out into an inner court. + +"Here you are!" he said, and he put the valise on the floor. + +"Thank you," said Walter. + +As he spoke he drew a dime from his vest pocket and deposited it in the +hand of the red-haired attendant. + +The effect was magical. The bell-boy's listless manner vanished, his +dull face lighted up, and his manner became brisk. + +"Thank you, sir. Is there anything you want? If you do, I'll get it for +you." + +Walter looked about him. Soap, water, towels--all were in sight. + +"Not just now," he answered, "but I am going to take a wash, and shall +probably use up all the water. Some time this evening you may bring me +some more." + +"All right, sir. Just you ring when you want it." + +He went off, and Walter was left alone. First, he took a thorough wash, +which refreshed him very much after his long and dusty ride. Then he +changed his linen, brushed his clothes with a hand-brush he had brought +in his valise and carefully combed his hair. + +"I feel a hundred per cent. better," he soliloquized. "Here I am in +Chicago and now the battle of life is to begin." + +Walter was sanguine and full of hope. His life had always been easy, and +he did not know what it was to work for a living. Besides, the fact may +as well be told--he had a very comfortable opinion of his own abilities. +He felt that he was no common boy. Was he not a sophomore, or rather a +junior-elect, of Euclid college? Did he not possess a knowledge more +or less extensive of Latin, Greek and mathematics, with a smattering of +French and German, not to speak of logic, rhetoric, etc.? For one of his +age he considered himself quite accomplished, and he persuaded himself +that the world would receive him at his own estimate. It would be very +strange if he could not earn a living, when hundreds and thousands of +his age, without a tithe of his knowledge, managed to live. + +Walter went downstairs, and, as it would not be supper-time for two +hours, went out to walk. He wanted to get some idea of the busy city +which was for a time at least, to be his home. He walked through Monroe +Street until he reached State. At the corner he caught sight of a +palatial structure, nearly opposite. + +"What building is that?" he asked of a boy. + +"Where's year eyes?" returned the boy. "That's the Palmer House." + +Walter gazed admiringly at the showy building, and wished that he could +afford to put up there. It was as far ahead of the Indiana House as +a city is ahead of a country village. He continued his walk until he +reached the lake front, and looked with interest at the great sheet of +water which spread out before him like an inland sea. He walked along +the lake front for a few squares, and then, striking back into the city, +saw the Tremont House, the Court-house, the Sherman house, and other +handsome buildings. On his way he met hundreds of people walking +briskly, and all seeming occupied. + +"If all these people make a living, why shouldn't I?" he asked himself. +"I think I am as smart as the average." + +Secretly Walter thought himself a great deal smarter. It must be +remembered that Walter was not quite eighteen--a self-conceited +age--and he over-estimated his strength and ability. On the whole, it is +fortunate that the young do not comprehend the difficult struggle that +lies before them, or they would become discouraged before they had +fairly entered upon it. It is well that they should be hopeful and +sanguine. They are more likely to succeed. + +Walter wandered around in a desultory way, and it was more than an hour +before he reached the hotel at which he was stopping. As he entered the +public room he started back in surprise, as his glance rested on a man +wearing a white hat. Surely this was the man who had sold him the gold +watch. How did it happen that he was not on the way to Dakota? + +He coughed, with a view to attracting the attention of his railroad +acquaintance. + +The ruse succeeded. The man turned, and evidently recognized Walter. He +looked doubtful, not having yet met his confederate nor learned how the +plot had come out. + +"I believe I met you on the train," said Walter, smiling. + +The smile decided the other that it would be safe to acknowledge the +acquaintance. + +"Yes, I remember you now." + +"You sold me a watch?" + +"Yes," answered the other, hesitating. + +"I thought you wanted to take a train to Dakota this evening?" went on +Walter. + +"So I do, but it doesn't go till eight o'clock. May I ask what time it +is? You know I sold you my watch." + +"I suppose that is Chicago time," said Walter, pointing to a clock on +the left-hand side of the office. + +"I wonder whether he's got the watch still?" thought the other. "He must +have, as he makes no fuss about it." + +Walter was waiting cunningly to see if his railroad acquaintance would +betray himself. + +"I'm awfully sorry to part with the watch," he said. "If you keep it, I +may buy it back some time." + +"I'm sorry I can't oblige you," said Walter, "but I have sold it +already." + +"Sold the watch already!" ejaculated the man in the white hat. "Did you +sell it since you reached Chicago?" + +"No; I sold it on the train." + +"You don't mean it!" exclaimed the other, in amazement. "Who did you +sell it to?" + +"Jim Beckwith," answered Walter. + +"Jim Beckwith!" + +The man in the white hat stared at Walter with an air of startled +perplexity that almost made our hero laugh. + +"Yes, that's what he said his name was, or rather somebody told me it +was his name." + +"Jim Beckwith bought that watch of you!" repeated the stranger slowly. + +"Yes; do you know him?" + +"I have heard of him," said the other. + +"Oh, I nearly forgot to say that he claimed the watch as his--said you +had stolen it from him." + +"Jim Beckwith said that?" + +"Yes." + +"And you gave it up to him?" + +"Yes, but not till he paid me the twenty dollars I gave for it." + +The other was more and more mystified. + +"Jim Beckwith gave you twenty dollars?" he said. + +"Yes. That leaves me all right. If you want to buy it back at any time +you must apply to him." + +The man in the white hat stared at Walter as if he was a museum freak. + +"Boy," he said, in a tone of enforced admiration, "you're smart!" + +"I am glad you think so, sir," returned Walter. "You pay me a +compliment." + +"How old are you?" + +"Seventeen." + +"A seventeen-year-old boy who can get the better of Jim Beckwith is +smart, and no mistake." + +"Perhaps you wouldn't mind telling me whether it's true that the watch +belongs to Mr. Beckwith, as he says?" + +"I bought it of another man, who may have stolen it from him," said he +of the white hat, cautiously. + +"Well, you'll have to settle with him. I'm out of it!" + +While Walter was speaking, an extraordinary change came over the +countenance of the man in the white hat. The color faded from his cheeks +and he half rose from his seat. He was not looking at Walter, but beyond +him, toward the door. Walter turned, following his look, and when he saw +who had entered he understood the situation. + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +THE MAN FROM DAKOTA + + +The man who had just entered the reading-room was no other than +Detective Green. + +He nodded pleasantly to Walter. + +"So you have put up here," he said. "Well, it is a good place. And is +this gentleman a friend of yours?" indicating the man in the white hat. + +"I bought the watch from him." + +"Ha! I thought so. I see you know me, Steve Ashton." + +"Yes, sir," answered Ashton, nervously. "I hope you are well." + +"You are very kind. Then you really hope I am well?" + +"Of course. Why shouldn't I?" + +"Well, there are some of your companions, I hear, who are not so +cordial--Jim Beckwith, for instance. By the way, you have some business +arrangements with Jim Beckwith?" + +"I know him, sir," answered Astern, hesitatingly. "You know him well, I +suspect. So you sold my young friend here a watch?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"At a remarkable sacrifice?" + +"Yes, sir. It was worth more than he paid for it." + +"And yet it seemed likely to be a losing bargain for him. It would have +been--but for me." + +Ashton looked at Walter inquiringly. The latter smiled. + +"You gave me credit for being smarter than I was," said Walter. "Mr. +Green, here, came to my assistance." + +"I think, Mr. Ashton," said Detective Green, with suavity, "that you +have a wife and family in Dakota?" + +"I, sir--" + +"Yes; and it was to obtain money to join them that you sold your watch +on the train?" + +"Yes, sir," answered Ashton, faintly. + +"I am going to give you a bit of advice. It will be wise for you to go +to Dakota, as you planned. This is a wicked city--in spots--and I +am afraid you have been keeping bad company. How long have you known +Beckwith?" + +"About six months." + +"And he drew you into this business?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I thought so. You are new to the profession. Still, I knew you. I make +it a point to get acquainted with the new men. Is the watch honestly +yours?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Get it back from Beckwith, and then drop his acquaintance. If +necessary, leave Chicago. Have you a trade?" + +"Yes, sir. I am a machinist." + +"It is a good trade. Go back to it. Is that advice friendly?" + +"Yes, sir," answered Ashton, with more confidence. "I didn't expect to +get friendly advice from Detective Green." + +"Perhaps not. You didn't know me, that was all. You looked upon me as an +enemy, I suppose?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I am an enemy to those who are incurably bad. I think you were meant +for an honest man." + +"So I was, sir. I should be still if I hadn't met with Jim Beckwith." + +"Have done with him, then. If you follow my advice you need not fear +meeting with me again." + +The detective went up to the desk, bought a cigar and then left the +room, with a nod to Ashton and Walter. + +"Will you follow his advice?" asked Walter. + +"Yes, I will. Hereafter I will depend upon honest work for an honest +livelihood. What is your name?" + +"Walter Sherwood." + +"Then, Walter Sherwood, I am glad I did not succeed in robbing you. Yet +I am glad I met you. It will lead to my reformation. Will you give me +your hand?" + +"Willingly." + +Steve Ashton shook the proffered hand energetically. + +"If I can do you a favor at any time I shall be glad to do so." + +"Perhaps you can. I cannot afford to live at a hotel. Can you recommend +me to some respectable but modest-priced boarding-house?" + +"Yes. The widow of a machinist who used to be employed in the same +shop as myself keeps a few boarders. I think she would take you for six +dollars a week, or five if you have a friend to room with you." + +"Can you show me the place after supper--that is, unless you are in a +hurry to start for Dakota?" He added, with a smile. + +"I never was in Dakota in my life," said Ashton. "I told you a lie." + +"I was beginning to think so." + +"But I shall drop all that. From this time on you can trust me." + +After supper Walter went round with Ashton to a house in Harrison +Street--the boarding-house referred to. The door was opened by a +careworn woman of middle age. + +"How do you do, Mr. Ashton?" she said, with an inquiring look. + +"Very well, thank you, Mrs. Canfield. Have you any rooms vacant?" + +"Are you asking for yourself?" + +"No, for my young friend here, Mr. Sherwood." + +"Do you want a large room or a small one?" asked Mrs. Canfield, +brightening up a little. + +"That depends a little on the price," answered Walter. + +"I can give you a hall bedroom and board for five dollars and a half a +week." + +"Can you show me the room?" + +"Be kind enough to follow me." + +Walter followed the landlady up a narrow staircase, or rather two of +them, and was shown a hall bedroom, which seemed to be uncomfortably +full, though it only contained a bedstead, a chair, a very small bureau +and a washstand. There was scarcely room for him to stand unless he +stood on the bed. It was indeed vastly different from his nice college +room and from his comfortable chamber at home. + +"I should like to see a larger room," said Walter, not venturing to make +any comment on the hall room. + +He was shown an adjoining apartment, about ten feet by twelve. It was +small, but decidedly preferable to the other. + +"How much do you charge for this room, Mrs. Canfield?" + +"I shall have to charge you six dollars if you occupy it alone, but if +you can get another young gentleman to occupy it with you I will say ten +dollars for the two." + +"I will take it alone at first. Can I move in tomorrow morning?" + +"I will have it ready for you by eleven o'clock." + +"That will do." + +"How do you like it?" asked Ashton, when they were in the street. + +"I think I can make it do." + +"I suppose you have been used to something better?" + +"Yes." + +"I can direct you to a better house." + +"Thank you, but six dollars a week is all I can afford at present. I +have no income, but I shall look for a place at once." + +"You haven't any trade, have you?" + +"No," answered Walter, with a smile. Brought up as he had been, it +seemed odd to be asked if he had a trade. + +"Some trades pay very well. I have a nephew who is a bricklayer. He gets +from three to four dollars a day." + +"I am afraid I should not like that business. Besides, it would take a +good while to learn it." + +Walter smiled to himself as he pictured some of his aristocratic college +friends seeing him laying bricks. He was not a snob, nor would he +have disdained to notice a friend or school companion filling such a +position, but he felt that Providence must have something in store for +him more congenial, though perhaps less lucrative. + +"I have a cousin who is a carpenter," proceeded Ashton. "He makes two +dollars and a half a day, and supports a wife and three children in +comfort." + +"I wonder if I could support a family on fifteen dollars a week?" +thought Walter. "Fortunately, I have only to support myself. I ought to +be able to do that in a large city like Chicago." + +Reared in comfort, Walter knew very little of the competition and +struggles of workingmen, and had an idea that he would be able easily +to command a salary of ten dollars a week, though he was wholly +disqualified for any special line of business. This he set down as the +minimum. Paying six dollars a week for board, he calculated that he +could get along on this salary with extreme economy. Fortunately, he was +pretty well provided with clothing, or would be when he had sent for his +trunk, and would not find it necessary for some time to come to purchase +anything, except probably a pair of shoes, a necktie, or some trifle. +Then probably his pay would soon be raised, and this would make him +comfortable. + +That evening Walter went to Hooley's Theater and occupied a dollar seat. +It was hardly prudent, but he had seventy dollars still, and that seemed +to him a large sum. He enjoyed the play, and got a sound night's rest +after it. + +The next morning he settled his hotel bill, took his gripsack in his +hand, and walked over to his new boarding-house. + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +IN SEARCH OF EMPLOYMENT + + +"Wanted--A young man of seventeen or eighteen in an insurance office, +No. 169 La Salle Street." + +This notice attracted the attention of Walter as he ran his eyes over +the advertising columns of the Chicago _Times_ on the second day after +his arrival in the city. + +"I think that will suit me," he said to himself. "It is a nice, +respectable business, and I think I should like it. I will go to the +office and make inquiries." + +He entered a large building, devoted to offices, and ascended to the +third story, where he found the office of Perkins & Windermere, the +names given in the advertisement. A young man of about his own age +was coming out of the office as he entered--an unsuccessful applicant, +Walter inferred. + +Opening the door, he saw a man of about forty seated in a revolving +chair at a desk. + +"I believe you advertised for an assistant," began Walter, as the +occupant of the chair turned round. + +"Yes," replied Mr. Perkins--for it was he--eying Walter with a +scrutinizing glance. + +"I would like to apply for the position." + +"Humph! Do you know anything of the insurance business?" + +"Not practically, sir." + +"That's against you." + +"I think I could soon familiarize myself with it so as to make myself +useful." + +"How old are you?" + +"Very nearly eighteen." + +"Do you live in Chicago?" + +"I do now. I have recently come from the East." + +"What education have you?" + +"I spent two years at Euclid College," answered Walter, with conscious +pride. + +"So you are a college student?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Humph! That won't do you any good." + +"I hope it won't do me any harm, sir," said Walter, somewhat nettled. + +"No, unless it has made you conceited. I am a graduate of the People's +College." + +"I don't think I have heard of that, sir." + +"I mean the common school. Don't think much of college myself. They +don't help in our business. They didn't have any insurance companies in +Greece or Rome, did they?" + +"I never heard of any, sir." + +"I thought not. You see, we of to-day are rather ahead of Demosthenes +and Cicero, and those old fellows. I suppose Rome was quite a sizable +place." + +"I have always heard so," answered Walter. + +"I'll bet a quarter it wasn't as big or as smart a place as Chicago. I +don't believe they had any such hotel there as the Palmer House, or any +dry-good store as big as Marshall Field's." + +"I don't believe they did," Walter admitted. + +"Did Rome ever win the baseball championship?" demanded Mr. Perkins. + +"No, sir." + +"I thought not. Then what's the use in spending four years over those +old fellers? How is it going to help you?" + +"I don't expect it will help me to earn a living, sir. Do you think you +can employ me?" + +"What are your ideas as to a salary, young man?" + +"I thought of ten dollars," said Walter, hesitatingly. + +"Ten dollars!" ejaculated Mr. Perkins. "Just what I thought. Because +you've been to college you think you are worth a big salary." + +"Do you call that a big salary, sir?" asked Walter, disconcerted. + +"It wouldn't be if you had a couple of years' experience, but for a +beginner it is simply--enormous." + +"What did you expect to pay?" asked Walter, in a depressed tone. + +"Five dollars is about the figure." + +"I couldn't work for that, sir. It wouldn't pay my board." + +"Where are you boarding--at the Palmer House?" inquired Perkins, rather +sarcastically. + +"No, sir. I am at a cheap boarding-house on Harrison Street, where I pay +six dollars a week," answered Walter, with spirit. + +"Then I don't think we can make a bargain, although I rather like your +looks." + +This, at any rate, was a little encouraging. + +"But I can't pay your figure. I'll tell you what you'd better do." + +"I shall be glad of any advice." + +"Become an agent. You look as if you had a gift of the gab. A successful +life insurance agent will make a good deal more than ten dollars a +week." + +"Can I get such a position?" asked Walter, hopefully. + +"Yes. I'll employ you myself, on a commission, of course. You'll be +paid according to your work I've known an agent to make a hundred and +twenty-five dollars in a single week." + +"If you think I can do it, sir, I'll try." + +"Very well. Have you ever studied life insurance?" + +"No, sir, but I have a general idea of it." + +"I will give you some documents--instructions to agents, etc. Take these +home, study them, and come to me when you think you understand it well +enough to talk people into it." + +Mr. Perkins opened his desk, and selecting some papers handed them to +Walter. + +"When you come again, if there is anything you don't see into, let me +know, and I'll explain it to you." + +"Thank you, sir." + +Walter went home and set himself to studying the insurance documents +given him by Mr. Perkins. Here he found his college training of +service. It was like studying a science, and Walter, who went to work +systematically, soon came to understand the system, with the arguments +for and against it. He made calculations of the expenses attending the +different classes of life insurance, selecting the ages of thirty, forty +and fifty as illustrations. The result was that when he went round to +the office the next day he felt considerable confidence in his ability +to talk up insurance. + +Mr. Perkins seemed surprised to see him so soon. + +"Do you think you understand the duties of a canvasser?" he asked. + +"Yes, sir." + +"You haven't devoted much time to it. You only took the documents +yesterday." + +"True, sir; but I have spent several hours in examining them." + +"Were there any things you did not understand?" + +Walter mentioned one or two points. + +"Now, that I may get an idea of your working ability, suppose you try +to insure me. I will take the part of an ordinary business man who is +unfamiliar with the subject." + +Walter was not bashful, and saw at once the value of this suggestion. + +Without going into details, it may be stated that he acquitted himself +very creditably. + +"You surprise me," Mr. Perkins admitted. "You seem to have made yourself +quite familiar with the subject. I will take you into my employment as +an agent and allow you half commission." + +"Do you wish me to operate in the city?" + +"It will be better for you to start outside. I will send you to Elm +Bank, about fifteen miles distant. Once there, I shall leave you to your +own discretion. I will pay your fare there and back, and trust to your +doing something to repay me for the outlay." + +"Very well, sir." + +Walter took the necessary directions, and after dinner took a train out +to the suburban town which I have called Elm Bank, though this is not +the real name. He congratulated himself on so soon obtaining employment, +though it remained to be seen how he would succeed. However, Walter +was sanguine, not as yet having put himself in a position to meet the +rebuffs which are sure to lie in wait for agents of any kind. He thought +over his prospects with pleased anticipations. He felt that the position +was much higher than that of a boy in an office. It was one usually +filled by men of maturity and business experience. Besides, if +successful, the rewards would be ample. The thought of the agent who +made a hundred and twenty-five dollars in a single week occurred to +him and encouraged him. He would have been content with a salary of ten +dollars a week, but here was a business which might lead to a great deal +more. + +He seated himself next to a girl of sixteen, with a pleasant face and +frank, cordial manner. + +Presently the girl tried to raise the window--she occupied the seat next +to it--but it resisted her efforts. + +"Will you allow me to try?" asked Walter, politely. + +"Thank you. You are very kind." + +Walter leaned over and succeeded in raising it. + +"Thank you," said the young lady. "I am only going to Elm Bank, but I +like the fresh air, even for a short distance." + +Here was a surprise for Walter. + +"Are you going to Elm Bank?" he said. "So am I." + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +A YOUNG INSURANCE AGENT + + +"You don't live in Elm Bank?" said the young girl, inquiringly. + +"No," answered Walter, swelling with pardonable pride. "I am going +there on business." + +"Have you ever been there before?" asked his fair companion. + +"No." + +"You look young to be in business." + +"I haven't been in business long," returned Walter, wondering if he +looked so very young. Then he added, with a sudden impulse, "I am an +insurance agent." + +"Are you? I--I thought--" + +"What did you think?" asked Walter, a little curious. + +"I would rather not say it." + +"I wish you would." + +"You will promise not to be offended?" + +"Yes." + +"I have been told that insurance agents are very cheeky." + +Walter laughed. + +"I don't know about that," he said. "I haven't been in the business long +enough yet. Do you know if any insurance agents have visited Elm Bank +lately?" + +"No, I don't think so." + +"Perhaps you would like to have your life insured?" said Walter, with a +humorous look. + +"Can you insure me fifty cents' worth?" + +"I am afraid not." + +"Then I must put it off, for that is all the money I have." + +Conversation drifted into other channels, and was kept up till the cars +slowed down and the conductor, putting his head in at the door, called +out, "Elm Bank." + +Walter and his companion rose and, leaving the car, stepped out on the +platform. Walter asked leave to carry a small bundle belonging to the +young lady. + +"Could you recommend any one who is likely to want his life insured?" he +asked. + +His companion pointed to a small house some quarter of a mile distant, +but plainly visible on account of its high location. + +"That house belongs to a German named Louis Fishbach," she said. "He has +a little money, and earns good wages in a shoe shop. He has a wife and +four young children. Perhaps he will be willing to insure." + +"Thank you. I will try him." + +"I will leave you here, as I live in a different direction. I am sure I +am much obliged to you for your politeness, Mr.--" Here she hesitated. + +"Sherwood," supplied Walter. + +"Mr. Sherwood. My name is Jennie Gilbert." + +"Good afternoon, Miss Jennie," said Walter, politely removing his hat. + +He stopped a moment and watched the retreating figure of the young girl. + +"I hope I shall meet her again some time," he said to himself. + +"I say, who be you?" + +Walter turned quickly, and found himself confronted by a stout, hulking +young fellow, broad-shouldered, and dressed in country fashion. He was, +judging from his appearance, about twenty-one years of age. His tone and +face indicated that he was displeased. + +"Why do you want to know?" asked Walter coldly. + +"Why do I want to know? I'll tell you why I want to know. I ain't goin' +to have any city dude chinning up to my best girl." + +"Is Miss Jennie Gilbert your best girl?" asked Walter. + +"Well, she can be if she wants to be. I picked her out a year ago, and +as soon as she is old enough I'm goin' to let her know it." + +"Then she isn't your best girl now?" + +"No matter whether she is or not. I ain't goin' to have you paying +'tentions to her." + +"I don't see what business it is of yours," retorted Walter. + +"You'll find out if I give you a lickin'!" growled the other, handling +the stick which he carried in a suggestive manner. + +Walter was inclined to retort in kind, but all at once it struck him as +foolish to get into a quarrel about a girl whom he had known less than +an hour. + +"If it will make you feel any better," he said, "I'll tell you that I +got acquainted with Miss Gilbert in the cars this afternoon. I never met +her before, and, as I live in Chicago, I don't suppose I shall ever meet +her again." + +The young man's face cleared up. + +"Come, that's honest," he said. "I thought you wanted to cut me out." + +"If Miss Gilbert likes you I shan't interfere," said Walter. "Now I'm +going to talk business. I would like to insure your life." + +"What's that? You ain't a doctor, be you?" + +"No." + +Walter proceeded to explain in as simple terms as he could command the +object and methods of life insurance. + +The young man scratched his head. + +"When do I get the money?" he asked. + +"It is paid after your death." + +"Then it won't do me any good." + +"No; but suppose you have a wife and children--you would like to leave +them something, wouldn't you?" + +"I might live longer than my wife," suggested the young man +triumphantly. + +Walter found that his new acquaintance could only be influenced by +considerations of personal advantage, and was compelled to give up the +attempt to insure him. + +He kept on his way till he reached the house of Mr. Fishbach, to whom he +had been recommended. + +Fortunately for his purpose, the shoe shop in which the German was +employed was closed for the day, and Walter found him at home mending a +wagon in the back yard. + +"Good afternoon, Mr. Fishbach," said Walter, raising his hat politely. + +"I don't know who you are," answered Mr. Fishbach, with a scrutinizing +glance. + +"I should like to insure your life." + +"You want to insure my life--what's dat?" + +"If you will tell me your age, I will explain to you." + +"I was forty-nine next Christmas. You ain't the census man, eh?" + +"No; that is quite another matter. Now, Mr. Fishbach," continued Walter, +referring to a pamphlet in his hand, "if you will pay to the company +which I represent forty-four dollars every year, when you die a thousand +dollars will be paid to your wife, or any one else you may name." + +"You won't pay me till I am dead, eh?" + +"No." + +"How will I know you pay then?" + +"We do business on the square. We keep our promises." + +"You pay the money to my widow, eh?" + +"Yes. If you pay twice as much we will pay two thousand dollars." + +"What good will that do me, eh?" + +"You will leave your wife comfortable, won't you?" + +"If she gets much money she'll maybe marry again." + +"Perhaps so." + +"And the money will go to her second husband, eh?" + +"If she chooses to give it to him." + +"By jiminy, that won't suit me. I will spend my money myself." + +"But if you die, how will your wife and children get along?" + +"What makes you think I'm goin' to die, eh? Do I look delicate?" + +As Walter surveyed the stout, rotund figure of Mr. Fishbach he could not +help laughing at the idea of his being delicate. + +"You look likely to live," he was forced to admit. "Still, life is +uncertain." + +"You can't scare Louis Fishbach, young man. My father lived till +seventy-seven and my mother was seventy-five. My children can take care +of themselves when I die, and they can look after the old woman." + +Walter used such other arguments as occurred to him, but his German +friend was not to be moved, and he rather despondently put his documents +into his pocket and went out into the street. + +"I had no idea I should find it so difficult," he reflected. + +Life insurance seemed to him so beneficent, and so necessary a +protection for those who would otherwise be unprovided for, that he +could not understand how any one who cared for his wife and children +could fail to avail himself of its advantages. + +After leaving the house of Mr. Fishbach he kept on in the same +direction. Being unacquainted in Elm Bank, he had to trust to chance to +guide him. + +A little distance beyond was an old-fashioned, two-story house. + +"Perhaps I had better call," thought Walter, and he entered the path +that led to the side door. He had scarcely taken three steps when he was +startled by a scream that seemed to proceed from the interior. + +"Help! help!" was the cry that reached him. + +He started to run, and on reaching the door opened it without ceremony. +The sight that confronted him was one to test his courage. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +AN EXCITING ENCOUNTER + + +To understand the scene in which Walter became an actor a brief +explanation is necessary. + +The occupant of the house was a woman of perhaps thirty-five. Her +husband, Ephraim Gregory, was employed in Chicago, and went to and from +the city every day. It was somewhat inconvenient to live at Elm Bank, +but both he and his wife were fond of the country, and were willing to +submit to some inconvenience for the sake of the sweet, pure air and +rural surroundings. They had one child, a little girl of five. + +Twenty minutes previous Mrs. Gregory had been sitting at her sewing, +with little Rosa on the floor beside her, when, without the ceremony of +a knock, the outer door was opened and a tall, powerful man, whose garb +and general appearance indicated that he was a tramp, entered the room. + +"What do you want?" asked Mrs. Gregory, rising in alarm. + +"I'm hungry," answered the tramp, in a hoarse voice. + +He might be hungry, but his breath indicated that he had been drinking. +Mrs. Gregory would gladly have dismissed him, but she was afraid to do +so. If only her husband had been at home! + +"Sit down," she said, "and I will find you something." + +She went to the pantry and returned with some bread and cold meat, which +she set before her uncouth visitor. + +"If you will wait five minutes I will make you some tea," she said. + +"I don't want any slops," said her visitor, scornfully. "Give me +brandy." + +"I have none." + +"Then whisky, gin--anything!" + +"We don't keep liquors in the house. My husband and I never drink them." + +At this he swore in a manner that terrified his unwilling hostess, and +anathematized her for a temperance crank. This aroused her spirit. + +"If you want liquor," she said, "you may go where it is sold. I won't +supply it to you or anybody else. If you want hot tea you can have it." + +"Give it to me, then." + +Mrs. Gregory hastened to steep some tea--she had hot water all +ready--and set it before the ruffian. He ate and drank eagerly, +voraciously, and did not leave a crumb behind him. He had certainly +spoken the truth when he said he was hungry. Then he arose, and she +hoped he would go. But he turned to her with a significant look. + +"I want money," he said. + +"I can give you none," she answered, her heart sinking. + +"Oh, yes, you can." + +"Are you a thief?" she demanded, with a flash of spirit. + +"You can call me that if you like." + +There was little hope of shaming him, she saw. + +"Look here, missis," he went on roughly, "you've got money in the house, +and I must have it." + +"How do you know that I have money in the house?" + +"Your husband brought some home last night. It is here now." + +This was true, and she was startled to find how much this man knew. + +"Do you know my husband?" she asked. + +"Yes, I know him. His name is Ephraim Gregory. He had some money paid +him yesterday and it is here. I don't know where it is, but you do. Get +it, and be quick about it!" + +Mrs. Gregory saw by this time that her visitor was a desperate villain +and that she was in a critical position. He might, since he knew so +much, know the amount of money which her husband had entrusted to her +for safekeeping. If she could buy him off for five dollars she would do +so. + +"Will you go if I give you five dollars?" she asked. + +He laughed. + +"No, I won't. Why should I take five dollars when you have a hundred +here?" + +She turned pale. The worst was true, then. This man had in some +mysterious manner discovered the exact sum which she had in charge. Why +had not her husband kept it in his own possession? It would have been +more prudent. + +"I can't give you the money," she said, pale but resolute. + +"Oh, yes, you will!" he answered mockingly. + +"Go away, please," she said in a pleading tone. "I have given you a +meal, though you had no claim on me. Let that be sufficient." + +"You can't fool me!" he replied roughly. "Bring me the money, or it will +be the worse for you." + +"I cannot!" she gasped. + +"Then, by Heaven, I'll brain you!" + +As he spoke he raised the chair on which he had been sitting and held +it in position above his head, ready to bring it down upon the helpless +woman. + +Then it was that she uttered the piercing scream which brought Walter +into the house. + +His astonished glance rested on the terrified woman, with her little +girl clinging in alarm to her dress, cowering beneath the chair which +seemed ready to descend upon her. + +Walter did not hesitate a moment. Though the tramp was possessed of +twice his strength, he darted forward and grasped him by the arm. + +"What are you about?" he demanded sternly. + +The tramp turned at the unexpected interference and partially lowered +the chair. + +"What business is it of yours, you impudent young jackanapes?" he +growled. + +"I will make it my business," said Walter, bravely. "I won't see a lady +struck down by a ruffian!" + +"Take care how you talk. I can twist you round my finger, you manikin!" +"What does this man want?" asked Walter, turning to Mrs. Gregory. + +"He demands money," was her answer. + +"So he is a thief!" exclaimed Walter, contemptuously. + +"I'll fix you for that!" growled the tramp, with a frown. + +Walter quickly explored the room in search of a weapon, for he saw that +he would have to defend himself. + +There was a fireplace in the apartment, and resting beside it was a +poker of large size. Walter sprang for this, and, grasping it firmly, +brandished it in a threatening manner. + +"Go upstairs, madam," he said, "and lock yourself in. I will attend to +this man." + +The tramp burst into a contemptuous laugh. + +"Why, you young whippersnapper!" he said, "I could handle half a dozen +boys like you." + +"I don't like to leave you in the power of this man," said Mrs. Gregory. +"He will kill you." + +"Right you are, ma'am!"' growled the giant. "That's just what I am going +to do." + +The lady turned pale. She was frightened, but her concern for Walter's +safety overcame her fear for herself. + +"I shall stay here," she said, "It would be cowardly to leave you." + +"Take my advice, boy," growled the tramp, "and clear out of here. It is +no concern of yours." + +Walter did not answer, but, keen, alert, vigilant, he fixed his eye +warily on his formidable opponent. + +"Well, youngster," said the tramp impatiently, "did you hear me?" + +"Yes, I heard you." + +"Leave this room, or I'll smash you!" + +"Smash away!" retorted Walter. + +Though he was barely five feet six inches in height, while the tramp +was fully six feet, his muscles had been toughened by exercise in +the college gymnasium and by rowing in the college crew, and he was +wonderfully quick in his motions. + +Feeling that the time for forbearance was over, and irritated beyond +measure by Walter's audacity, the tramp prepared to carry out his +threat. He raised the chair and with a downward sweep aimed at Walter's +head. + +Had the blow taken effect, this story would never have been written. But +Walter's quick eye foresaw the movement, and, springing aside, he dodged +the blow and brought down the poker on the muscular part of the giant's +arm with what force he could command. There was a howl of pain, and the +tramp's arm hung limp and lifeless at his side, while with the other he +clasped it in evident suffering. + +"You murderous young villain!" he shrieked. "I'll kill you for that!" + +Walter felt that he was in a dangerous position. + +"Leave the room, please!" he said to Mrs. Gregory. "You will be in my +way." She obeyed, for her champion had shown himself worthy to command, +and Walter sprang to the other side of the table, placing it between him +and his foe. + +By this time the tramp had got ready for an attack. He dashed round +the table after Walter, and finally succeeded, in spite of the boy's +activity, in grasping him by the shoulder. + +"Ah!" he said, with a deep sigh of content, "I've got you now. I'll pay +you for that blow!" + +Walter felt that he had never been in such a tight place before. + + + + +CHAPTER XV + +THE EXCITEMENT DEEPENS + + +Walter was fortunate enough not to lose his head under any +circumstances. He noticed that his opponent held him by his right hand, +and it was his right arm which had been lamed. Naturally, therefore, it +had lost some of its strength. This was his opportunity. With a sudden +twist he wriggled out of the giant's grasp, and, understanding that it +was dangerous to be at too close quarters, he threw open the outer door +and dashed into the yard. + +Whether this would, on the whole, have helped him, was uncertain, as +the tramp could probably outrun him, but just in the nick of time a +team appeared, driven by a young man, perhaps twenty-five, of remarkable +size. Hiram Nutt was six feet six inches in height, the tallest man in +the county, and he was as athletic as he was tall. He tipped the scales +at two hundred and ten pounds, and was famous for his feats of strength. +He was a farmer's son and lived at Elm Bank. + +When he saw Walter dash out of the house, pursued by an ill-looking +tramp, he thought it high time to interfere. + +"What's up?" he demanded, still retaining his seat in the wagon. + +"None of your business!" retorted the tramp, too angry to be prudent, +"The kid's been impudent, and I'm going to pound him to a jelly." + +Meanwhile, Walter was leading the tramp a chase round the wagon, +narrowly escaping seizure. + +"Help me!" exclaimed Walter, panting. + +"If you do, I'll lay you out!" exclaimed the pursuer, who had been too +much occupied to notice the formidable size of the young man in the +wagon. + +Hiram Nutt smiled--a smile of conscious strength. + +"Jump in the wagon, boy!" he said. "I'll take care of you." + +Walter obeyed directions, and the tramp tried to follow him. + +But in an instant Hiram had risen to his full height and, leaping to the +ground, hurried to the rear of the vehicle and caught hold of the tramp. +The latter tried to resist, but he was like a child in the grasp of a +man. He looked up in amazement, for he was proud of his strength. + +"What museum did you escape from, you--monster?" he panted. + +Hiram laughed. + +"Never mind," he said. "It's well I'm here. Now, boy, who is this man?" + +"I found him in that house, ready to strike down the lady who lives +there because she would not give him what money she had." + +Hiram Nutt's brows contracted. + +"Why, you thieving scoundrel!" he cried, vigorously shaking his captive, +"you dared to threaten Mrs. Gregory? Did he hurt the lady?" he added +anxiously. + +"No; I heard her cry for help and rushed in. Then he turned upon me." + +"He might have killed you!" + +"I wish I had!" ejaculated the tramp, with a scowl. + +"Where is Mrs. Gregory now?" + +"I told her to go upstairs." + +Just then the lady, who from an upper window had observed the +discomfiture and capture of her enemy, came out. + +"Oh, Mr. Nutt," she exclaimed, "I am so glad you came along! I was +afraid this brave boy would get hurt." + +"It isn't he that will get hurt now," said Nutt, significantly. "How +came this fellow in your house?" + +"He came in half an hour ago and asked for food." + +"And you gave it to him?" + +"Yes; I got ready a lunch for him and made him some tea, though he +wanted liquor." + +"And this was the way of repaying the favor?" + +"He had heard in some way that my husband brought home some money last +evening and he demanded it. I wish, Mr. Nutt, you would take charge of +it till my husband comes home. I don't dare to have it in the house." + +"It won't be necessary, for there comes your husband." + +It was true. Ephraim Gregory turned the corner of the street, and paused +in surprise at the spectacle before him. + +"What's the matter, Lucy?" he asked. + +She briefly explained. + +"I am so glad you are at home," she sighed. "But how do you happen to +come so early?" + +"I think it was a presentiment of evil. I thought of the money I had +left with you, and it occurred to me that it might expose you to danger. +So I got leave of absence and took an early train for Elm Bank." + +"What shall I do with this fellow, Mr. Gregory?" asked Hiram. + +"I'll go into the house and get a rope to tie him. Then we'll take him +to the lock-up." + +"Let me go!" said the tramp, uneasily. "I was only joking." + +"You carried the joke too far, my friend," said Hiram, significantly. +"I'll take you round to the lock-up--by way of joke--and Judge Jones +will sentence you to the penitentiary--just to help the joke along." + +"Let me go!" whined the tramp, now thoroughly subdued. "I am a poor man, +and that's what led me to do wrong." + +"I suppose you never indulged in such a little joke before?" + +"No; this is the first time." + +"Probably you are a church member when you are at home," said Hiram, in +a tone of sarcasm. "You're a good man gone wrong, ain't you?" + +"Yes," said the tramp. + +"You look like it. Such good men as you are better off in jail." + +"I'll leave town and never come back--I will, on my honor!" pleaded the +tramp, earnestly. + +"I don't put any confidence in what you say. Ah, here's the rope. Now, +hold still, if you know what's best for yourself." + +The tramp attempted resistance, but a little vigorous shaking up by his +captor soon brought him to terms. In five minutes, with his hands and +feet firmly tied, he was on his way to the lock-up. Mr. Gregory and +Walter accompanied him in the wagon. + +"Now, Mr. Sherwood," said Gregory, when their errand was completed, "I +want to thank you for your brave defense of my wife." + +"I only did what any one would do under the same circumstances," said +Walter, modestly. + +"Any one of the requisite courage. You put yourself in danger." + +"I didn't think of that, Mr. Gregory." + +"No, I suppose not, but it is proper that I should think of it. You have +placed me under an obligation that I shall not soon forget. You must do +me the favor to come home to supper with me and pass the night. Will it +interfere seriously with your business?" + +"I am a life-insurance agent," said Walter, "or, at least, I am trying +to be, but have not yet succeeded in writing a policy." + +"I have been thinking of insuring my life for a small sum. If you come +home with me you may talk me into doing it." + +"Then I will certainly accept your invitation," said Walter, smiling. + +"My wife made me promise to keep you. She wants to show her gratitude. +Besides, you may be wanted to appear against the prisoner to-morrow +morning." + +"I shall be glad to help him to his deserts," said Walter. "The sooner +he is locked up the better it will be for the community." + +Walter had no reason to regret his acceptance of the invitation. Mrs. +Gregory exerted herself to the utmost in providing an appetizing supper, +far in advance of anything he would have had set before him at his +boarding-house, Mrs. Canfield being an indifferent cook. Generally her +butter was strong and her tea weak, while the contrary should have +been the case, and her biscuit heavy with saleratus. Walter thoroughly +enjoyed his supper, and was almost ashamed of his appetite. But it gave +his hostess great pleasure to see his appreciation of the meal, and she +took it as a compliment to herself as a cook. + +After supper Walter and Mr. Gregory sat down to business. He explained +the methods of the insurance company for which he was acting as agent, +and found Mr. Gregory an interested and intelligent listener. + +"You may write me a policy for a thousand dollars," he said. + +"You will need to pass a medical examination," said Walter. + +"Certainly; will our village physician do?" + +"Yes." + +"Then take your hat and walk over with me. It is only half-a-mile +distant." + +The whole matter was adjusted that evening, and Walter was pleased to +feel that he had made a successful start in his new business. + +The next morning the tramp was brought before Justice Jones, who +arranged to hold court early to oblige Walter and Mr. Gregory, and the +prisoner received a sentence of a year's confinement. He gave the name +of Barney Fogg, and under that name received his sentence. He scowled +fiercely while Walter was giving his evidence, and as he was taken from +the court-room handcuffed, he turned toward our hero and said: "It's +your turn now, young bantam, but I'll be even with you yet." + +"What a terrible man!" said Mr. Gregory, shuddering. "I hope I shall +never see him again." + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +WALTER GOES INTO A NEW BUSINESS + + +One swallow doesn't make a summer, and one policy doesn't establish the +success of an insurance agent. Walter received from Mr. Perkins five +dollars commission on the policy he had written at Elm Bank, and this +encouraged him to renewed efforts. But in the fortnight following he +only succeeded in writing a policy for two hundred and fifty dollars, +for a man who designed it to meet his funeral expenses. For this Walter +received one dollar and a quarter. He made numerous other attempts, but +he found, though he understood the subject thoroughly, that his youth +operated against him. He decided that he was wasting his time, and one +morning he waited on Mr. Perkins and resigned his agency. + +"Have you anything else in view?" asked that gentleman. + +"No, sir." + +"Then why don't you keep on till you have secured another position?" + +"Because it takes up my time, and prevents my getting anything else." + +"I don't know but you are right, Mr. Sherwood. You have made a good +beginning, and if you were ten years older I think you would make a +successful agent." + +"I can't afford to wait ten years," returned Walter, with a smile. + +"If ever you want to come back, I will start you again." + +Walter thanked Mr. Perkins, and left the office. + +He now began to explore the columns of the daily papers, in the hope of +finding some opening, but met with the usual rebuffs and refusals when +he called upon advertisers. + +At length he saw the following advertisement in the Chicago _Tribune:_ + +"WANTED--A confidential clerk at a salary of fifteen dollars per week. +As a guarantee of fidelity, a small deposit will be required. LOCKE & +GREEN, No. 257 1-2 State Street." + +"Fifteen dollars a week!" repeated Walter hopefully. "That will support +me very comfortably. If I get it I will change my boarding-place, for +I don't like Mrs. Canfield's table. I shall feel justified in paying a +little more than I do now." + +The only thing that troubled him was as to the deposit. Though he had +economized as closely as he knew how, he had made quite an inroad upon +his small capital, and had only forty-six dollars left. He had been in +Chicago four weeks, and had not yet been able to write home that he had +found a permanent position. He had written about his insurance agency, +and had not failed to chronicle his first success. + +This letter Doctor Mack had read to his housekeeper, Miss Nancy Sprague. + +"Well, Nancy," he said, "Walter is at work." + +"You don't say so, doctor! What is he doing?" + +"He is a life-insurance agent." + +"Is that a good business?" + +"Walter writes that one agent is making a hundred and twenty-five +dollars a week," answered the doctor, with a humorous twinkle in his +eye. + +"I'm glad Master Walter has got such a good business," said the +housekeeper, brightening up. "That's a great sum for a boy like him to +make." + +"It isn't he that has made it, Nancy. There are very few that do, and +those have to be old and experienced men." + +"Well, he'll make a good living, anyhow." + +"Perhaps so," answered the doctor dubiously, for he understood better +than Nancy how precarious were the chances of an inexperienced agent. He +was not at all surprised when Walter wrote later that though he had met +with some success, he thought it better to look for a situation with a +regular salary attached. + +"He's gaining a little knowledge of the world," thought the guardian. +"I don't think he'll be able to indulge in luxurious living for the +present. It won't be long, probably, before he runs out of money." + +It was with a hopeful spirit that Walter started for the office of Locke +& Green. He was pretty well acquainted with Chicago by this time, and +had no difficulty in locating any office in the business part of the +city. + +No indication was given in the advertisement of the business carried +on by Locke & Green. As to that, however, Walter felt indifferent. His +chief concern was the weekly salary of fifteen dollars, which he needed +very much. + +Arrived at the number indicated, Walter ran upstairs, and with some +difficulty found the office in a small room on the fourth floor. A card +on the door bore the names: + +LOCKE & GREEN + +Again there was no clue to the business carried on by the firm. + +Walter was not sure whether he ought to knock, but finally decided to +open the door and enter. He found himself in a room scarcely larger than +a small bedroom, with a small desk in one corner. At this sat a man with +long hair, industriously writing in a large blank book. He glanced at +Walter as the door opened. + +"Wait a moment, young man!" he said, in a deep bass voice. "I will be at +leisure in two minutes." + +He wrinkled up his face, turned back several pages, appeared +thoughtfully considering some problem, and then wrote again rapidly. + +Finally he turned--he was seated in a revolving chair--and placing his +two hands together, palms inward, said abruptly: "Well, young man, what +can I do for you?" + +"I believe you advertised in the _Tribune_ this morning for a +confidential clerk?" + +"Yes." + +"I should like to apply for the position, if it is still vacant." + +"We have not yet filled the place," said Mr. Locke. "We have had several +applications, but the post is a very responsible one, and we are, of +course, very particular." + +"I am afraid my chance is very small, then," thought Walter. + +"Still, I like your appearance, and it is possible that you may suit. +Have you business experience?" + +"Not much, sir. Indeed, till a short time since I was a college +student." + +"Yale or Harvard?" + +"No, sir; Euclid College." + +"Ahem; small, but very respectable. Your name?" + +"Walter Sherwood." + +"How long were you in college?" + +"Two years." + +"Left of your own accord?" + +"Oh, yes, sir." + +"Just so. I thought perhaps you might have been suspended or expelled." + +"I can refer you on that point to the president or any of the +professors." + +"Oh, I will take your word for it." + +"I left college on account of losing my property." + +"Ah, indeed!" said Mr. Locke doubtfully. "Perhaps you noticed that we +require a small deposit as a guarantee of fidelity." + +"Yes, sir. I have a little money." + +Mr. Locke looked relieved. + +"Of course," continued he loftily, "doing the business we do, money +is of comparatively little importance to us, except as a guarantee of +fidelity. How much did you say you had?" + +"I didn't say, sir. I could deposit twenty-five dollars with you." + +Mr. Locke shrugged his shoulders. + +"That is very little," he said. + +"True, sir, but it is a good deal to me. It will be enough to insure my +fidelity." + +"We had a young man here this morning," said Mr. Locke musingly, "who +was willing to deposit a hundred dollars with us." + +"Indeed, sir! I wonder you did not take him." + +"We should, so far as the money went, but I could see by his appearance +that there was no business in him. Our clerk must be quick, sharp, +alert. The young man was very much disappointed." + +"I couldn't deposit any such sum as that, Mr. Locke." + +"It will not be necessary. Still, twenty-five dollars is very small. +You couldn't say thirty, could you? That is merely equal to two weeks' +salary." + +"Yes, sir. I might be willing to deposit thirty dollars. May I ask what +business you are interested in?" + +"We have control for the Western States of a valuable patent--a +folding-table--and we have several hundred agents out, who report +in general by letter." + +"That accounts for the small office," thought Walter. + +"Come here a moment, and I will give you an idea how we carry on +business. Here, for instance, is a page devoted to B. Schenck. He is +operating for us in Minnesota. You will observe that his remittances for +the last four weeks aggregate three hundred and sixty-seven dollars. He +has been doing very well, but we have others who do better. On the next +page is our account with G. Parker. His month's work amounts to two +hundred and eighty-nine dollars." + +"What would my duties be, sir?" + +"To keep the office when I am out, receive letters, and answer them, and +see agents." + +"I think I could do that, sir." + +"Hours from nine to five. I think you will suit me. If at the end of the +week I don't find you satisfactory, I will pay you your wages and return +your money." + +"Very well, sir. I accept the position." + +"You may as well hand me the money, and go to work to-day." Walter drew +out thirty dollars, the greater part of his little store, and handed it +to Mr. Locke. + +Mr. Locke tucked it carelessly into his vest pocket, and taking his hat +said: "Sit down here, and if any agents come in, tell them I will be +back at one o'clock. That is all you will need to do to-day." + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +WALTER'S VISITORS + + +Walter sat down at the desk complacently. He had parted with thirty +dollars, but it was on deposit with his new employer, and would be +returned to him whenever his engagement terminated. He only hoped that +his services would prove satisfactory. He meant to do his best. On +fifteen dollars a week he could live very comfortably, and even save +money. He felt that it would be prudent to do this, as he did not wish +to call upon his guardian for any remittances during the year. + +"I sha'n't have to work very hard," thought Walter. + +In default of any other employment he looked over the large ledger +committed to his charge. It appeared to contain certain accounts with +different agents, all of whom seemed to be meeting with very good +success, judging from the amount of remittances credited to them. + +In about half-an-hour there was a knock at the door. + +"Come in!" called out Walter. + +A man of about thirty-five entered briskly. He was rather shabbily +dressed, and his red face indicated possible indulgence in intoxicating +liquor. "Is Mr. Locke in?" he asked. + +"No, sir." + +"I wanted to see him." + +"I am his confidential clerk," said Walter proudly. "Are you an agent?" + +"Yes, I am an agent. I suppose I ought to see him." + +"He will be back at one o'clock." + +"I can't stop, as I have been away for some weeks and want to go out and +see my family at Barrington." + +"If you wish to leave any message I will give it to Mr. Locke as soon as +he returns." + +"Perhaps that will do. My name is Jerome Grigson. Tell Mr. Locke I have +met with excellent success in Ohio. In the last four weeks I have sold +goods to the amount of four hundred and seventeen dollars." + +"I should think it was doing remarkably well," observed Walter. + +"It is; but any one could sell for Locke business chiefly in Mr. Locke's +hands. How long have you been in the office?" + +"Not long," answered Walter, who did not care to admit that his term of +service covered less than an hour. + +"You've a good place with a rising firm. Mind you keep it!" + +"I will try to," said Walter earnestly. + +"They're square men, Locke & Green. I never worked for squarer men." + +This was pleasant to hear. Walter felt that he Had made no mistake in +parting with his thirty Dollars. + +"Well, I must be going. Have you taken down my name?" + +"Yes, sir; Jerome Grigson." + +"Right. Say, I will look in some time to-morrow and bring in a check for +four hundred and seventeen dollars. + +"Very well, sir." + +Mr. Grigson left the office. Twenty minutes Later a boy of about his own +age opened the door. He glanced at Walter diffidently. + +"You advertised for a confidential clerk," he said. "Is--is the place +filled?" + +"Yes," answered Walter, in a tone of satisfaction. + +"You don't want anybody else, do you?" asked the youth, looking +disappointed. + +"Not at present, but we might be able to employ you as an agent." + +"Is it hard work? + +"Well, of course you will have to exert yourself," said Walter +condescendingly, toying with a pen as he spoke, "but successful men can +earn good wages with us." + +He was talking as if he was one of the partners, but it is a way young +clerks have. + +"Are you one of the firm?" asked the young man doubtfully. + +"No," answered Walter, "not exactly. Mr. Locke will be in about one +o'clock, and if you will come round a little after that you can talk +with him about an agency. I will put in a good word for you," he added, +in a patronizing tone. + +"Thank you, sir. I'd like to get a place." + +The youth departed and Walter was left alone. But not for long. A +middle-aged man entered and looked inquiringly at Walter. + +"Are you Mr. Green?" he asked. + +"No, sir." + +"I have seen Mr. Locke, but I thought you might be Mr. Green." + +Walter felt flattered to be taken for one of the firm. + +"I am the confidential clerk," he said. "Can I do anything for you?" + +"I wanted to see Mr. Locke and pay him some money." + +"I will take it and receipt for it," said Walter briskly. + +"Well, I suppose that will do, as you are the clerk." + +"What name?" asked Walter, opening the book. + +"Jonas Damon. Here is a check on the Corndish National Bank of Illinois +for two hundred and twenty-seven dollars. I have made it payable to +Locke & Green." + +"All right," said Walter, in a businesslike tone. + +"If you wish to see Mr. Locke he will be in at one o'clock," he added, +as he put the check in his vest pocket. + +"No, I am obliged to go out of town in half-an-hour. It isn't necessary +to see him. He would rather see the check." + +Mr. Damon laughed, and so did Walter. It Made him feel quite like a +business man to be installed in an office, receiving and crediting +checks. + +"Have you been long in our employment?" he asked. + +"About six months." + +"I hope you have found it satisfactory?" + +"Yes, I have made an excellent living. How much salary do you get?" + +"Fifteen dollars a week," answered Walter rather complacently. + +"You look like a smart young fellow. You'd easily make double the money +as an agent." + +"Thank you for the suggestion. I may undertake that some time. I have +been a life-insurance agent." + +"Did it pay?" + +"Not as well as I hoped. I think I shall like my present place better." + +"I must be going. Tell Mr. Locke I will be in to-morrow." + +"All right." + +"It is evident," thought Walter, "that I am in the employ of a +substantial and prosperous firm. The duties are certainly very light and +pleasant. I am in luck to get a clerkship here. It is rather surprising +Mr. Locke didn't ask for references." + +Then it occurred to him that the deposit was taken as a substitute +for references. Then again Walter flattered himself that his personal +appearance might have produced a favorable impression upon his employer +and had some influence in leading to an engagement. + +His next caller was a young man, dark and sallow, with a slight +mustache. + +"Is this the office of Locke & Green?" he asked. + +"Yes, sir." + +"Will you describe Mr. Locke to me?" asked the young man, who appeared +to be laboring under some excitement. + +Walter was rather surprised at such a request, but complied with it. + +"Yes, he's the man," said his visitor, slapping his hands together +impetuously. "He's the man that cheated me out of fifty dollars!" + +"You must be mistaken," said Walter. "How did he cheat you out of it?" + +"One moment--are you his confidential clerk?" + +"Yes." + +"I thought so," returned the young man, laughing wildly. "So was I." + +"You were his clerk?" + +"Yes, for two weeks. I paid him fifty dollars good money as security." + +"You did?" repeated Walter, with some anxiety. + +"Yes; at the end of two weeks he told me I would not suit." + +"But he paid you your wages and returned you your money?" + +"No, he didn't!" exploded the young man. "He told me to come round on +Monday morning and he would pay me." + +"Well?" + +"I called Monday, and he was gone! He had moved, the scoundrel! I should +like to choke him!" + +"Was it this office?" + +"No. Let me see that book! Ah, it is the same that I kept. Have you, +too, given him money?" + +"I deposited thirty dollars." + +"Ah, it is the same old game! You will never see a cent of it again." + +"But," said Walter, "I don't understand. He is doing a good business. +I have had calls from two of his agents. One of them handed me this +check," and he drew out the check Mr. Damon had given him. + +The young man took it and laughed bitterly. + +"I don't believe there is any such bank," he said. "I never heard of +it." + +"Then why should the agent hand me the check?" + +"To pull wool over your eyes. These agents are in league with this man +Locke. That wasn't his name when he engaged me." + +"What was it then?" + +"He called himself Libby. Libby & Richmond, that was the name of the +firm." + +"What made you think he might have changed his name?" + +"Because the advertisement reads the same." + +"And you really think it is the same man?" + +"Yes, I feel sure of it." + +"He will be back at one o'clock. If you will wait till then you can see +for yourself." + +"I'll wait!" said the young man, grinding his teeth. "I will confront +the swindler face to face. I will demand my money." + +The door opened and some one put in his head, but before Walter or his +visitor could see who it was it closed again. + +Fifteen minutes later a telegraph boy entered the office. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +WALTER IS TURNED ADRIFT + + +"Mr. Sherwood?" said the telegraph messenger inquiringly. + +"That is my name," answered Walter. + +"A message for you." + +Walter opened the note, and read as follows: + +"I am called out of the city. You may close up at four, and leave the +key with the janitor. Report for duty to-morrow morning. LOCKE." + +"What is it?" asked the young man eagerly. + +Walter showed him the note. + +"It looks to me like some trick," said the stranger. + +"But I don't see any object in it." + +"He has your thirty dollars." + +"And I have a check for over two hundred." + +"I would rather have the thirty dollars. What shall you do?" + +"There is nothing to do but follow directions." + +The young man shrugged his shoulders. + +"Then you will come round to-morrow morning?" he said. + +"Certainly." + +"I'll look in upon you. I want to see this Mr. Locke, though I doubt if +that is his name." + +Walter was disposed to think the young man too suspicious. He was of a +sanguine temperament, and he tried to persuade himself that there was +really no good reason to suspect Mr. Locke of unfair dealing. He laid +considerable stress upon the favorable reports of the agents who had +called upon him during the day. + +At length four o'clock came, and he closed up the office, leaving the +key with the janitor. He went home, not quite knowing whether he was to +be congratulated or not. He decided not to say anything just yet about +his engagement, lest it might turn out to be deceptive. Had he been +quite sure that it was substantial and to be relied upon, he would have +written to his guardian to announce the good news, but he thought it +best to wait. + +The next morning he went to the office, arriving at the hour agreed +upon. + +"Please give me the key to Locke & Green's office," he said to the +janitor. + +"Mr. Locke's given up the room," was the startling reply. + +Walter was dismayed. + +"Given up the room! Have you seen him?" he inquired. + +"Yes." + +"When?" + +"He called yesterday afternoon, an hour after you went away, and got the +key from me. In about ten minutes he came down again, carrying a ledger +in his hand. + +"'I have taken another office,' he said. 'This is not large enough for +me.' + +"'Have you told your clerk?' I asked him. + +"'Yes, I have sent a message to him,' he replied carelessly." + +Walter sank against the door. He felt limp and helpless. Mr. Locke had +gone off, and carried his thirty dollars with him. There was hardly room +to doubt that it was a case of deliberate swindling. + +True, he had the check in his possession--a check for two hundred and +twenty-seven dollars--but, even if it were genuine, it was made out in +favor of Locke & Green, and would be of no service to him, though in +that case it would insure Mr. Locke's calling upon him. Should such be +the Case, he determined that he would not give up the Check till his +thirty dollars were returned. + +Walter walked slowly out of the building. When he reached Dearborn +Street he went into the office of a private banker, and, showing the +check, asked, "Is there any such bank as this?" + +"I never heard of any," said the banker. + +Walter turned pale. + +"Then you think it is bogus?" + +"Very likely. Under what circumstances did you receive it?" + +Walter explained. + +"I am sorry to say that you are probably the victim of a confidence +man, or firm. I think I saw an expose of some similar swindlers in the +_Inter-Ocean_ a few weeks since. Did you give the fellow any money?" + +"Yes, sir; thirty dollars." + +"You will have to whistle for it, in all probability." + +Walter's heart felt as heavy as lead. He had less than twenty dollars +now, and his small balance would last him less than three weeks. What +should he do then? Should he write to his guardian for more money? He +hated to do this, and, above all, he hated to confess that he had been +victimized. + +In the next three days he answered several advertisements, and made +personal applications for employment. But no one seemed to want him. In +one case he was offered three dollars a week as an office boy, but he +had not got quite so low down as to accept this place and salary. It +struck Walter as very singular that one who had spent two years +at college, and possessed a fair knowledge of Latin, Greek, and +mathematics, should be in so little request. He envied the small office +boys whom he saw on the street, and even the busy newsboys, who appeared +to be making an income. They had work to do, and he had none. He +decided that he must reduce his expenses, and accordingly hired a poor +hall-bedroom for a dollar and a quarter a week, and took his meals at +restaurants. + +One day he went into Kinsley's restaurant, on Adams Street, feeling the +need of a good meal, and sat down at a table. He gave his order, and +ate his dinner with appetite. He was about to rise from the table +when, casting his eye about the room, he started in surprise, as at a +neighboring table he saw the familiar face of Mr. Jonas Damon, whose +check he held in his pocket. + +Instantly his resolve was taken. He would speak to Mr. Damon, and try to +ascertain something about the check. + +He walked over to the table, and touching Damon on the shoulder, said: +"Mr. Damon, I believe?" + +The man looked up quickly, and a little change in his countenance showed +that he recognised Walter; but he assumed a stolid look, and said: "Were +you speaking to me, young man?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"What did you call me?" + +"Mr. Damon." + +"You're off the track. That isn't my name." + +"Perhaps not," said Walter resolutely; "but when you called at Locke +& Green's office and handed me a check you said your name was Jonas +Damon." + +"Ho, ho!" laughed Damon. "So I gave you a check, did I?" + +"Yes, for two hundred and twenty-seven dollars." + +"That's news to me. I'm not in a position to give such checks as that." + +"I have got the check with me now." + +"Why didn't you cash it?" + +"It was not made payable to me." + +"Then why didn't you give it to the party it was made out to?" + +"Because he disappeared." + +"That's a strange story. Do you know what I think?" + +"No; but I should like to." + +"I think you are a confidence man, and are trying to take in a poor +countryman. But I've read about you fellows in the papers, and I am on +my guard. You'd better go away, or I may call a policeman." + +This certainly was turning the tables on Walter with a vengeance. For a +fellow like Damon to accuse him of being a confidence man was something +like the wolf's charge against the lamb in AEsop's fable. + +Damon saw that Walter looked perplexed, and followed up the attack. + +"If anybody has given you a check," he said, "I don't see what you've +got to complain about. You'd better make use of it if you can." + +"Do you deny that your name is Damon?" + +"Of course I do. My name is Kellogg--Nelson Kellogg, of Springfield, +Illinois. I am in the city to buy goods." + +"And you don't know Mr. Locke, of Locke & Green?" + +"Never heard of the gentleman. If you've got a check of his, you'd +better advertise for him. I wish my name was Locke. I shouldn't mind +receiving it myself." + +Here the waiter came up with Mr. Damon's order, and that gentleman +addressed himself to disposing of it. + +Walter left the restaurant slowly, and walked in a dejected manner +in the direction of the Palmer House. He began to think that he was +a failure. When he was a student of Euclid College he was in his own +estimation, a person of importance. Now he felt his insignificance. If +the world owed him a living, it seemed doubtful if it was inclined to +pay the debt. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +WALTER MEETS PROFESSOR ROBINSON + + +Two weeks passed. Walter applied for all sorts of situations, but +obtained no engagement. Meanwhile his money steadily diminished, till he +awoke one morning to find only seventy-five cents in his purse. Things +were getting decidedly serious. + +"I wonder if there is any poorhouse in Chicago," thought Walter, not +wholly in jest. "It is not the sort of home I should prefer, but it is +better than genteel starvation." + +He went out, breakfasted, and at the restaurant picked up a copy of the +Chicago _Times_. This was a piece of luck, for it saved him from the +small expenditure necessary to secure it. He turned to the department of +Help Wanted, and looking down the column came to this notice: + +"WANTED--By a traveling lecturer, a young man who can make himself +generally useful; one who plays the violin preferred. Apply to PROFESSOR +ROBINSON, Hotel Brevoort." + +Walter knew this hotel. It was located on Madison Street, and was on the +European plan. + +"That will suit me," he said to himself. "I must lose no time in making +application. I can play the violin fairly well. If it will help me to a +position, I will bless the violin." + +In ten minutes he was at the hotel, inquiring for Professor Robinson. + +"He is in his room," said the clerk, "You can go up at once." + +Guided by a bell-boy, Walter reached the door of No. 65 and knocked. + +"Come in!" said a deep bass voice. + +Opening the door he found himself in the presence of a stout man, +inclined to be tall, with a long, full beard, who glanced at him +inquiringly. + +"Professor Robinson, I believe?" said Walter. + +"I am the man," answered the professor. + +"I have come to apply for a position. I have read your advertisement in +the _Times_." + +"Just so! Let me look at you." + +Walter blushed a little while the professor transfixed him with his +glittering eye. He anxiously hoped that he would bear inspection. + +"Humph! I think you'll do. How old are you?" + +"Eighteen." + +In fact, Walter's birthday had been passed in Chicago. + +"You are rather young. Can you play on the violin?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Let me hear you." + +The professor pointed to a violin on the bed. + +"I am glad he doesn't expect me to furnish the violin," Walter said to +himself. + +He took the instrument from its case, and trying the strings began to +play a series of familiar airs. The violin was not a Stradivarius, but +it was of good quality, and responded satisfactorily to the efforts of +the young musician. Professor Robinson listened attentively, and nodded +his approval. + +"You play better than the last young man I had." + +Walter was glad to hear it. + +"I may as well tell you the nature of your duties, in case I engage you. +I call myself a traveling lecturer, but this may convey an erroneous +idea. I am the discoverer of Professor Robinson's Liquid Balm, which +is warranted to cure more diseases than any other patent preparation +in existence. I won't go into particulars, for these can be read in my +circular. Now, it is my custom to go from one town to another, engage +a hall if the weather requires, otherwise gather a crowd around me in a +public place, and lecture about the merits of my remarkable preparation. +You, besides assisting me in a general way, are expected to draw and +entertain the crowd by your performance on the violin. Can you sing?" + +Walter shook his head. + +"I am afraid," he said, "that if I should undertake to sing it would +drive away the crowd." + +"Very well! It isn't necessary, though it would have helped. Now, what +are your ideas as to compensation?" + +As the professor spoke, he leaned back in his chair and awaited a reply. + +"I hardly know what it would be right to ask," returned Walter +hesitatingly. "How much did you pay your last assistant?" + +"I paid him fifteen dollars a month and his traveling expenses." + +This was a good deal more than Walter had made since he had undertaken +to earn his own living, yet there seemed small chance of laying up +anything out of it. + +"May I ask, sir," he inquired, "do you meet with pretty good success in +disposing of your balm?" + +"Yes; the public knows a good thing when it is brought to its +attention." + +"Would you be willing to pay my expenses and ten per cent. commission on +sales?" + +"Why do you prefer this to a stated salary?" + +"Because it would be an incentive to do my best. Then if I helped you to +a successful sale I should be paid in proportion." + +"I have an idea. You look blooming and healthy. Are you willing I should +advertise you as one who has been snatched from death by my celebrated +balm?" + +"I don't think I would like it, sir. It would be imposing upon the +public." + +"I merely suggested it, but I won't insist upon it. I suppose you are +thoroughly honest and reliable?" + +Walter smiled. + +"I don't know that my assurance will satisfy you, but I can truly say +that I am." + +"You look it, and I trust a good deal to appearances. I will accept your +assurance." + +"Thank you, sir." + +"Can you join me at once?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Then I will expect you to bring your baggage here during the day--the +sooner the better. You will then receive your instructions." + +Walter was very glad to hear this, for his purse was so nearly exhausted +that it was comforting to think his lodging and meals would hereafter +be paid by some one else. When he came to reflect upon the nature of his +duties--general assistant to a quack doctor, playing on village commons +and in country halls to draw a crowd of prospective customers, he felt +that it was hardly a thing to be proud of. With his college training +he ought to be qualified for something better, but the cold, hard fact +stared him in the face that it was the only employment that offered, and +he must accept it or starve. Walter had become practical. His limited +acquaintance with the world had made him so, and he was not going to +refuse bread and butter because it was offered by a quack doctor. + +Within an hour Walter had given up his room--the rent had been paid in +advance--and transferred his luggage to the Hotel Brevoort, where he was +assigned a small apartment on the upper floor. + +"I shall leave the city in two days," said the professor. "I have put an +advertisement into the daily papers which brings customers to the hotel, +but I depend chiefly upon my sales on the road." + +"Do you travel on the cars?" asked Walter. + +"No; I have a neat wagon in which I carry a supply of bottles of balm, +and this enables me to stop where I like. I prefer villages to very +large towns and cities. It is better for me to visit places where there +are no drug-stores, as the people are more dependent on what is brought +to them." + +"When you are in the city shall I get my commission?" + +"Ahem! I am not clear as to that," answered Professor Robinson +thoughtfully. "You see you are not called upon to play." + +"Suppose you give me five per cent. in Chicago and large places." + +"Very well. I will do so. I will settle with you at the end of every +week, if that will be satisfactory." + +"Yes, sir." + +Two days afterward a light wagon drew up in front of the hotel, drawn +by a strong horse, and Walter helped the professor to put a trunk +of medicine in the back part. Then he seated himself with Professor +Robinson on the front seat, and they set out in the direction of the +suburbs. + +A new life was opening before Walter. What it would lead to he could not +guess. At any rate, it promised him a living, and this was a practical +advantage which he had learned to appreciate. + +"How long have you been in this business, professor?" he asked. + +"Ten years," answered the professor. + +"How did you happen to go into it?" + +"I'll tell you. Ten years ago I found myself in a tight place. I was on +my uppers, as the actors say. A friend, who was a drug clerk, gave me +the recipe for my balm, I borrowed a hundred dollars, had a quantity +made up, and set out on the road." + +"And now?" + +"Now I am worth fifteen thousand dollars, well invested, and can make a +good living every year." + +All this was encouraging to Walter. He was eager to begin his work. + + + + +CHAPTER XX + +ON THE ROAD + + +On a small common, near the center of the village of Brandon--for +special reasons I do not give the real names of places visited by the +travelers--Professor Robinson halted his wagon and signed to Walter to +commence playing. + +"Give 'em something popular," he said. + +Walter struck up "Annie Rooney," and followed it up with "McGinty." + +Within ten minutes fifty persons were gathered about the wagon. Then the +professor held up his hand and Walter stopped. + +"Gentlemen," began the professor, "my young assistant will soon charm +you again with the dulcet strains of his violin. But it is necessary for +me to combine business with pleasure, and it affords me satisfaction +to call your attention to the surpassing merits of my Liquid Balm, only +twenty-five cents a bottle. It is a sovereign remedy for most of the +diseases that flesh is heir to. All diseases of the stomach, liver, +and lungs are, if not cured, very greatly mitigated by this wonderful +medicine. It is the only remedy for consumption that can be relied upon. +Why, gentlemen, a year since I was selling in a small town in Ohio. +Among those who gathered about me was a hollow-cheeked man with a +churchyard cough. He asked me if I would undertake to cure him. I +answered that I would guarantee nothing, but was convinced that his +life would be prolonged by the use of my balm. He bought half-a-dozen +bottles. Where do you think that man is now?" + +Voice in the crowd: "In the grave." + +"Not a bit of it, gentlemen. He is hale and hearty, his face is +full, his color healthy, and he tips the scales at one hundred and +seventy-five pounds. I was myself surprised at the extraordinary +efficacy of my wonderful medicine. He used in all a dozen bottles, +giving me a second order later on, and so for the paltry sum of three +dollars was drawn back from the brink of the grave, and restored to life +and health. Now, who will buy a bottle?" + +This appeal sold eight bottles. + +A saffron-faced man came forward and asked if the balm could cure +liver-complaint. + +"My friend," said the professor, "if you will try the balm--you ought to +have half-a-dozen bottles, as it is uncertain when I shall come this way +again--your liver will become O. K. and your face will be as fresh and +blooming as that of a twelve-year-old boy." + +This prospect seemed so encouraging that the saffron-faced man bought +four bottles, and took the professor's address. + +At the end of about twenty minutes Walter struck up again, a lively +dancing tune, and was listened to with evident pleasure. + +When all who desired the balm seemed to have invested, the professor +brought out a supply of toilet soaps, and sold to the amount of a couple +of dollars. + +At the end of two hours he packed up his wares, Walter took a seat +beside him, and they started for the next village. + +"You had a pretty good sale, professor," said Walter. + +"Yes; as well as I can calculate I took in about ten dollars." + +Walter reflected with pleasure that his commission would amount to a +dollar. + +The professor had another way of utilizing remedies. When he put up for +the night at a hotel, he usually succeeded in paying a part of his +hotel bill in medicine or toilet articles. As his average profits on the +former were seventy per cent., and on the latter forty, it may be seen +that this was greatly to his advantage. Walter did not wonder that he +had already accumulated a small competence. + +On the fourth evening, as Walter was leaving the supper-table, a tall +young man, looking something like the stock pictures of Uncle Sam, came +up to him. + +"Say, young fellow," he commenced, "some of us young people are going +to have a dance at the schoolhouse hall, but we haven't got no fiddler. +Peter Jackson, who generally plays for us, has got the lumbago and can't +play. What'll you charge?" + +"What do you generally pay Mr. Jackson?" asked Walter. + +"Three dollars an evening." + +"Do you think I can play as well as he?" + +"You kin play enough sight better. He can't play no tunes that ain't +fifty years old." + +"Very well, I will charge you the same, that is, if the professor +doesn't object." + +"Go ahead and see him and let me know." + +Walter sought the professor and laid the matter before him. + +"All right!" was the answer. "I've no objection. You can give +me one-third of the money and keep the rest yourself. Is that +satisfactory?" + +"Perfectly so, sir." Walter played till one o'clock. He felt rather +tired when he got through, but he saw that he was making a favorable +impression, and the two dollars which he would receive for himself would +be of great service. + +The man who first spoke to him paid him the money. + +"I hope I gave satisfaction," said Walter. + +"Yes, you did, and no mistake; but some of the girls were sorry they +couldn't have you for a partner." + +Walter blushed. + +"I am afraid," he said, "that I couldn't play and dance, too." + +At his age few young men are indifferent to the favorable opinion of +young ladies, and Walter would have been glad to have participated in +the dancing. However, just at present, money was more acceptable to him +than anything else. + +When the week was concluded, the professor looked over his accounts and +ascertained that Walter's commission amounted to nine dollars and sixty +cents. The two dollars he had received for outside services carried his +week's earnings to nearly twelve dollars. + +He had been out with Professor Robinson a month when he had a surprise. +It was in the town of Glenwood. His violin drew the usual crowd, who +were listening with complimentary attention, when a young man, who +casually paused to judge of the musician's merits, started in amazement. + +"By Jove!" he exclaimed to a young lady who accompanied him. "That's my +classmate, Sherwood." + +"What do you mean, Hugh?" asked the young lady. + +"I mean that the young man who is playing the violin is my college +classmate, Walter Sherwood." + +"But what on earth can have put him in such a position? Is he poor?" + +"He had the reputation of being rich in college, but I remember that at +the close of the sophomore year he was reported to have lost his money." + +"He is nice-looking!" said the young lady, after a critical examination +of Walter. + +"Yes, and he's no end of a nice fellow. I am truly sorry that he is so +reduced." + +"Shall you go and speak to him?" + +"Yes; but I shall have to wait till he is at leisure." + +"Then I will go home by myself and leave you to confer together; and, by +the way, Hugh, you know we are to have a little company to-night. Do you +think your friend would play for us? He really plays uncommonly well." + +"I will invite him as a guest. I shouldn't want to treat him as a +professional performer. We can afford to treat him as an equal, for he +is of good family, and brought up as a gentleman." + +"I am quite willing to receive him as such." + +Hugh Longwood remained in the crowd, and when the playing was over +pushed up to the wagon. Walter was assisting the professor in serving +out bottles of the famous balm. + +"You may give me a bottle, Walter," said Longwood. + +"By gracious, Hugh Longwood!" exclaimed Walter. "Who would have expected +to see you here?" + +"This is my home. But we certainly do meet under strange circumstances. +What on earth led you into this business?" + +"Thrift, thrift, Hugh," answered Walter, with a smile. "Let me tell you +that I am making a good living and benefiting my fellow men." + +"But it is such a change from Euclid College." + +"True." + +"Such a come down!" + +"I don't know about that. I am afraid my career there was not +particularly creditable. Now I am working and earning my own living. Can +you wait till we get through here? Then I will talk with you as long as +you like." + +"Agreed. I am curious to hear of your adventures." Professor Robinson +proposed to stay in Glenwood overnight, so that Walter had plenty of +time to see his friend. + +"My sister is to have a party of friends this evening, and she +commissions me to invite you." + +"But," hesitated Walter, "I have no dress suit here." + +"You look well enough." + +"Besides, I am filling a very humble position." + +"We know who you are, and that you are a gentleman. That is enough. Will +you come?" + +"Yes, I will," answered Walter, heartily. "It will be like a taste of +the old life." + +"And if we should ask you to favor us on the violin?" + +"I shall be glad to contribute to the pleasure of the evening. But you +haven't told me why you are not back at college." + +"My father is anxious to have me help him in his business. His health +is not what it was. Not being likely to set the river on fire in +any literary profession, I decided to give up the college for the +counting-room." + +"I think you did right." + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +MISS LONGWOOD'S PARTY + + +At eight o'clock Walter reached the Longwood mansion. It would have been +early for a party in the city, but Glenwood people were sensible, and, +beginning early, were able to close in good season. + +The house was a handsome one, and the rooms, tastefully furnished, were +blazing with light, and already half full. + +Walter was quite at home in society, and advancing, greeted Hugh and +his sister, by whom he was cordially received, and introduced to other +members of the family. + +About nine o'clock dancing commenced. Walter did not think it out of +place to ask the hand of Laura Longwood, being so intimate with +her brother. She had just accepted his invitation to dance, when a +dark-complexioned young man, dressed in the extreme of the fashion, and +evidently possessing a very high opinion of his appearance and position, +approached, and with a ceremonious bow said: "Miss Longwood, may I have +the pleasure of dancing with you?" + +"Not this time, Mr. Murdock," answered the young lady. "I am engaged to +Mr. Sherwood." + +Murdock upon this turned his glance upon Walter, whose dress, it must be +confessed, was scarcely befitting the occasion, but it will readily be +understood that he could not carry a dress suit about with him. + +"Oh!" said Murdock, and his scornful glance spoke volumes. + +"Let me introduce you to Mr. Sherwood, my brother's friend," continued +the young lady. + +"I am indeed honored by the introduction," said Murdock, bowing very +low. + +Walter colored, for it was evident that the tone was ironical. He bowed +coldly, but did not speak. + +The music struck up, and the dancing began. Though Walter was plainly +dressed, he was a good dancer, and Miss Longwood had no occasion to be +ashamed of her partner. + +Murdock approached Hugh Longwood, who was busy in forming sets and was +not dancing. + +"Who is that dancing with your sister?" he asked abruptly. + +"A college friend of mine--Walter Sherwood." + +"He looks poor." + +"I believe he has met with a reverse of fortune." + +"His face looks familiar. I am quite sure I have seen him somewhere." + +"He only arrived in town to-day." + +"I have it! He was playing the violin for a faker on the town common +this afternoon." + +"Yes; it was there I met him." + +"Good heavens! and you invited him to your party?" + +"Why not?" demanded Hugh coldly. + +"The assistant and companion of a wandering faker!" + +"No, Mr. Murdock, I did not invite him, for my sister saved me the +trouble." + +"I don't see how you could sanction her doing it." + +"It strikes me, Murdock, you are interfering beyond your province. +Walter Sherwood, you will be good enough to remember, is a gentleman by +birth and education, and a college classmate of mine." + +"That may all be, but think of his position!" + +"Suppose we drop this discussion," said Hugh frigidly. "I shall invite +whom I please, and shall ask advice of no one." + +"Oh, if you take it that way, I will be silent." + +"It will be as well." + +The dance was over, and Murdock, approaching Miss Longwood once more, +asked her hand for the next dance. She accepted, and they took their +places on the floor. + +"I can hardly expect to equal your last partner," said Murdock, in an +ill-tempered tone. + +Laura Longwood looked at him for a moment without speaking. She was +ashamed of his ill breeding. + +"Perhaps not," she answered composedly. "Mr. Sherwood is a very good +dancer." + +"I did not refer to that. I referred rather to his social position." + +"He is of good family, I believe, but you need not be too modest as +regards yourself." + +"You overwhelm me," returned Murdock, with an exaggerated bow; "and you +really think me the equal of Mr. Sherwood?" + +"Is it necessary to discuss this question?" asked Laura, becoming more +and more disgusted with her partner. + +"I think I saw the gentleman this afternoon playing the violin on the +wagon of a traveling faker." + +"Yes, I saw him also." + +"It is an excellent position for a young man--of family!" continued +Murdock, with a scornful curl of the lip. + +"Suppose we change the subject, Mr. Murdock," said Laura Longwood, +with dignity. "If you desire a similar position you can speak to Mr. +Sherwood." + +"You are really very--very amusing, Miss Longwood," said Murdock, biting +his lip. "I really don't aspire to such prominence. Besides, I don't +play on the violin." + +"That is a pity. It is a very fine instrument." + +When the dance was concluded Murdock sought another, but was rather +curtly refused. His efforts to injure Walter had only led to his own +discomfiture. When, a little later, he saw Walter a second time dancing +with Miss Longwood, he began to hate him. + +During the last hour Walter obligingly consented to play on his favorite +instrument, and his performance gave pleasure to the entire company, +Murdock alone excepted. + +When the party broke up, it chanced that Murdock and Walter took +leave at the same time. Walter was slightly in advance when Murdock, +quickening his pace, came up with him. + +"Mr. Sherwood, I believe," he said. + +"Yes, sir," answered Walter. "I believe I am addressing Mr. Murdock." + +"You are. I hope you will pardon my giving you a little kindly advice." + +"I certainly will if it is friendly," answered Walter. + +"Then, don't you think you were a little out of place this evening?" + +"What do you mean?" asked Walter quickly. "Where was I out of place?" + +"At Miss Longwood's party." + +"Why should I be? She invited me." + +"No doubt." + +"As her brother's friend and classmate." + +"That is all very well, but you don't seem to consider your present +position." + +"Will you be good enough to tell me what is my present position?" + +"You know better than I can tell you. You are the assistant of a low +faker." + +"I accompany Professor Robinson as a musical assistant, if that is what +you mean." + +"Professor Robinson!" repeated Murdock scornfully. "Where did he get his +title?" + +"You will have to ask him," said Walter, smiling. + +"That is not the point, however. You are in his employ?" + +"Well?" + +"And yet you attend an evening party given by a young lady of high +social position." + +"Mr. Murdock, you may be surprised to learn that it is by no means the +first social party of the kind that I have attended." + +"That was before you became a faker." + +"You will oblige me by not calling me a faker. I am earning my living +honestly. I don't know your business." + +"I am a lawyer," said Murdock haughtily. + +"I wish you success in your chosen profession." + +"You are truly kind!" said Murdock, in an unpleasant tone. + +Walter looked at him gravely. + +"Mr. Murdock," he said, "you have volunteered to give me advice." + +"Which you are not inclined to take." + +"Because I consider you officious in offering it. Now let me give you +some advice." + +"I shall be grateful, I am sure." + +"Then let me advise you hereafter to mind your own business!" + +"You are impertinent!" said Murdock angrily. + +"That is my opinion of you. One thing more; you are quite at liberty to +advise Miss Longwood not to take any notice of me." + +"I shall do so." + +"And you may be sure that I shall not call upon her without an +invitation. It is hardly necessary to say this, as I leave town +to-morrow, and it may be a long time before I visit Glenwood again." + +Murdock heard this with satisfaction, for Walter's good looks and the +evident favor with which he was regarded by Laura Longwood had made him +jealous. He could not help, however, launching a final sarcasm. + +"Don't think me unkind, my good fellow!" he said patronizingly. "I feel +kindly disposed and as a proof will ask you to send round a bottle of +your balm to my office. Shall I pay for it in advance?" + +"No. I will mention your request to the professor, and he will probably +be glad to furnish you with his medicine. Goodnight!" + +They had reached the hotel, and Walter entered. + +"That fellow is a snob," he said to himself. "He wishes me to feel that +one in my position cannot be a gentleman. If he is one, I don't want +to be. All his sneers won't make me ashamed of earning my living by an +honest use of any gift that God has given me." + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +AN ADVENTURE + + +Three months passed without any incident worth recording. Professor +Robinson's success was variable, but upon the whole he had reason to +feel encouraged. He was an excellent salesman, and his balm, though it +could not perform all the wonderful cures claimed for it, really had +merit, and this helped materially. + +So far as Walter was concerned, he found the professor an indulgent and +honorable employer, whose word was as good as his bond. Every Saturday +night there was a statement of sales for the week, and Walter was paid +his commission of ten per cent. Though he was obliged to make some +disbursements, the largest being for a suit of clothes, he found +himself, at the end of fourteen weeks, possessed of a balance of a +hundred dollars. This was a source of great satisfaction to Walter, who +had known in Chicago how inconvenient it was to be without money. + +One day the professor found himself in a Minnesota village. He had +secured a vacant lot on the principal street for the display of his +merchandise. He met with rather unusual success, a local celebration +having drawn a considerable crowd to the town of Warwick. Walter, after +playing on the violin, passed among the crowd with a supply of bottles +of balm, while the professor was expatiating in an eloquent manner upon +its merits. Among the crowd his attention was drawn to a roughly dressed +man, in hunting costume, wearing a sombrero with a broad brim. His face +was dark and his expression sinister. His eyes were very black and keen. +He looked like a Spaniard, and the thought came to Waiter that he would +make an ideal highway-man. He was leaning carelessly against the fence +that separated the lot from the street. As Walter approached he moved +slightly and accosted him. + +"Say, young feller, is it all true that he"--with a jerk of his hand +toward the professor--"says about this balm?" + +"Yes, sir," answered Walter, in a business-like tone. "It is a very +valuable remedy in all cases of bruise, sprain, rheumatism, headache, +and other kindred troubles. Can I sell you a bottle?" + +"Well, I don't mind," and the stranger drew out a silver quarter and +tendered it in payment. + +"Do you sell much of this stuff?" he asked carelessly. + +"Yes, we have large sales." + +"You are making money fast, I reckon?" + +"We are doing very well," answered Walter, cautiously. + +"It's an easy life to lead." + +"Not so very easy. We are on the road early and late." + +"Do you stop here overnight?" + +"No; I think we will push on to Fremont." + +"You'll get there late." + +"Perhaps so. We shall not commence our sales till to-morrow. + +"Why is he so inquisitive?" thought Walter, and as he turned back to +scan once more the face of his recent customer he became more and more +distrustful of him. + +"Does that man live in town?" he inquired of a boy. + +"Who? That man leaning against the fence?" + +"Yes." + +The boy shook his head. + +"I never saw him before," he said. "I guess he came to the celebration." + +When the sale was over Walter and the professor went to the hotel for +supper. Walter caught sight of the mysterious stranger in the barroom, +and could not avoid seeing that he himself was an object of attention. +Why this should be he did not understand. If only he were a mind-reader +and could interpret the man's thoughts it would have relieved +his anxiety, for in spite of himself he was becoming anxious and +apprehensive, though he could not explain why. + +At supper the stranger sat opposite him. He ate heartily and with +great rapidity, yet found time to glance repeatedly at Walter and his +employer, as if he felt an interest in them. + +Walter sought the professor after supper and communicated to him his +fears. + +Professor Robinson shrugged his shoulders. + +"Your imagination is running away with you," he said. "I don't see +anything extraordinary about this stranger, except that he is far from +good-looking." + +"Don't you think he has a sinister look?" + +"He is as homely as the ace of spades, if that is what you mean. Suppose +he is. All homely men are not suspicious characters. If they were, how +would we be judged?" and the professor laughed in a jolly way. + +"You have quite decided to go through to Fremont this evening?" + +"Yes; I want to reach Stillman on Saturday--there is to be a county fair +there--and to make it in time we must be moving to-night." + +Of course, there was no more to be said. Walter did not care to +interfere with the professor's plans, and he was ashamed to admit that +he was nervous and alarmed. Perhaps his fears were groundless. He +began to think so when at seven o'clock the stable-boy brought round a +powerful black horse to the front of the inn, and the stranger who had +given him so much anxiety vaulted into the saddle and rode away, without +even turning to look at him. + +"Who is that fellow?" he asked of an old man who stood near, smoking a +clay pipe. + +The old man looked thoughtfully at the stranger, who had now ridden out +of the yard. + +"Seems to me I've seen that face before," he said slowly, "but I can't +rightly tell where." + +"He doesn't look like a farmer." + +"No. If he lived anywhere within twenty miles I'd know him. He's a +stranger." + +"His looks don't recommend him." + +"You're right there, boy." + +"I shouldn't be surprised to hear that he was an outlaw." + +"One of Jesse James' band, mayhap," suggested the old man, with a smile. + +"Yes, he looks it." + +"Well, he's gone, so he won't trouble us." + +This was a consoling thought to Walter. He carried a hundred dollars in +his pocket, and he had worked too hard for it to feel reconciled to its +loss. The stranger, judging from his appearance, was quite capable of +relieving him of it; but now he had ridden away, doubtless on business +of his own, and the chances were that they would never meet again. + +About eight o'clock Professor Robinson's team was brought round to the +door, and he and Walter clambered upon the seat and were under way. + +"Were you ever robbed, professor?" asked Walter. + +The professor smiled. + +"Yes," he said. + +"By a highwayman?" + +"No, by my assistant, a young man who occupied your place. He had been +with me four weeks, and I reposed a good deal of confidence in him, as I +do in you." + +"I hope you won't repent your confidence in me, professor." + +"I am sure I shall not. But to come back to my story, Charles Wright was +a good-looking, smooth-faced fellow of twenty, and had a good turn for +business. The trouble with him was that he was extravagant and never had +a cent ahead." + +"Did he earn as much as I do?" + +"Yes, for business with me was unusually good at the time he was with +me. However, he never could save money. Usually we occupied different +rooms at the hotels we stopped at, but one night the hotel was crowded +and we were obliged to room together. Now, as you know, I am a sound +sleeper. I am asleep five minutes after my head touches the pillow, and +even a thunder-storm during the night would scarcely waken me. On some +accounts this is an advantage, but, as you will see, it turned out +unluckily for me on the night I am speaking of. I awoke at the usual +time--seven o'clock--and on opening my eyes I saw at once that my young +assistant was not in the room. This gave me no uneasiness. I presumed +that he had waked after a good night's sleep and was taking a morning +walk. I rose from the bed, put on my clothes leisurely, and it was only +after I was completely dressed that I felt in my pocket for my wallet. +Then I made a startling discovery. The wallet was gone!" + +"Was there much money in it?" + +"About a hundred and ten dollars. Fortunately I had about fifty dollars, +besides, in another pocket, so that I was not left quite penniless." + +"Was your assistant the thief?" + +"There is no doubt about it. He had gone downstairs at five o'clock, +told the clerk he was going for a walk, and did not show up after that." + +"Have you seen or heard of him since?" + +"No; I may meet him again some time, but I doubt if I should have him +arrested. He injured himself more than he did me. I lost a hundred +dollars or more, but he lost a good place and his character for honesty. +Depend upon it, Walter, honesty is the best policy in the long run." + +"I am sure of that, sir." + +Four miles from the hotel they entered a wood, through which the road +ran for half a mile. It was dark, but not completely dark. A few stars +sent down a faint light. By the light of these stars Walter descried a +man, mounted on a large horse, stationed motionless in the middle of the +road, apparently waiting for them to come up. + +"Professor," he exclaimed, clutching his employer by the arm, "that's +the man we saw at the hotel." + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +WALTER AND THE HIGHWAYMAN + + +The professor was startled at the exclamation, but was unwilling to +believe that the man before him was a highwayman. + +"My friend," he said, "won't you move to one side? You are in my path." + +"We have a little business together," said the horseman, grimly, as he +drew out and presented a revolver, "that must be attended to first." + +"Do you wish a bottle of balm?" inquired Professor Robinson, in a +tremulous voice. + +"No; you may need one yourself unless we come to terms." + +"What do you mean?" + +"Hand over your pocketbook, old man, and be quick about it." + +"I presume you are joking," said the professor nervously. + +"You won't find it much of a joke!" + +"Are you a--highwayman?" gasped the professor. + +The other gave a quick, short laugh. + +"You may call me that if you like," he said. + +Now, Professor Robinson had, as was natural, a decided objection to +surrendering his money, and, though there seemed little chance of +producing an effect on the mind of the outlaw, ventured to remonstrate. + +"My friend," he said, "if you are in want, I will lend, nay, give you +five dollars, out of a spirit of humanity; but I trust you will not +jeopardize your liberty by descending to robbery." + +"Five dollars won't do, old man! Hand over your wallet, with all there +is in it, and dry up that Sunday-school talk." + +"What shall I do, Walter?" asked the poor professor. + +"I am afraid you will have to let him have it, professor." + +"That's where your head is level, boy!" said the highwayman approvingly. +"Just fling over your wallet, and be quick about it." + +"Tell him to ride up and get it," said Walter, in an undertone. + +Though the professor did not understand Walter's object in suggesting +this, he was in a mood to be guided by any one, and repeated Walter's +words. + +"Anything to oblige," said the stranger. + +"Don't give it to him till I say the word," whispered Walter. + +The highwayman, lowering his revolver, rode up alongside of the wagon +and held out his hand for the wallet. + +Walter had conceived a bold scheme for disarming him and rendering him +harmless. + +"Give the wallet to me, professor," he said. + +His employer meekly obeyed. + +Then Walter, rising, dropped the wallet on the floor of the wagon, +and reaching over suddenly grasped the revolver from the unsuspecting +robber, and before he recovered from his amazement brought down the whip +with terrible force on the flanks of his horse. The startled animal gave +a spring that nearly unseated his rider and dashed madly down the road. + +The robber was furious. As soon as he could he regained control of his +steed and galloped back. + +"Give me that revolver!" he shouted, in a rage. + +Walter held the weapon in his hand and steadily pointed it at its late +owner. + +"I'll give you the contents if you don't ride off." + +"Confound you, you young rascal! If you don't give me back my weapon +I'll kill you!" + +It was an empty threat, as Walter well knew. + +"Do you hear me?" he said quietly. + +The robber scanned him curiously. He had thought him a mere boy, without +spirit or courage. Now he was compelled to revise his opinion of him. +Threats would not answer. He must have recourse to strategy. + +"You're smart, youngster. I'll give you credit for that," he said, in a +milder tone. "You've got the best of me, I admit." + +"Yes," answered Walter, "I have the advantage of you." + +"I meant to take your money, but I won't do it now." + +"Thank you!" said Walter, with an ironical smile. + +"Just give me back that weapon of mine, and I'll ride off and let you +alone." + +"I don't think it would be wise." + +The highwayman frowned. + +"Don't be a fool, youngster!" he said. "Do you doubt my word?" + +"I don't know you well enough to decide whether you are to be trusted, +but I guess I'll keep the revolver." + +"Then you will have robbed me." + +"Walter," said the professor nervously, "perhaps you had better give him +back his weapon. He has promised not to molest us further." + +"That's where you talk sense, old man," said the robber approvingly. +"You're a gentleman, you are." + +"You hear, Walter?" + +"Yes, youngster, you hear? Give me back my weapon and we'll part +friends." + +"And I trust, my friend, you will see the error of your ways and adopt +some honest business." + +"I will, old man, believe me!" said the robber, in a melodramatic tone. +"I was not always thus." + +"You will have my best wishes for your prosperity, and if you are in +need I will give you five dollars." + +"No, I will not take advantage of your liberal offer. Only give me the +revolver and I will ride away." + +"Come, Walter, give the man his revolver." + +"Professor," said Walter, quietly, "you must excuse me, I can't comply +with your request. This man is humbugging you. If I give him back the +revolver you will have to give him your wallet too." + +"Didn't I promise to ride away?" demanded the outlaw, angrily. + +"Yes; but I have no confidence in your promise. Now, go at once, or I +fire!" + +Walter pointed the revolver full at the robber's head. He met the +unflinching gaze of Walter's resolute eyes and saw that our hero was in +earnest. + +"Do you mean to keep my property?" he demanded hoarsely. + +"No; come round to the hotel in Fremont to-morrow morning and you shall +have your weapon." + +With an execration the outlaw turned his horse and dashed off at full +speed. + +"There, he is gone!" said Walter, sinking back in his seat with an air +of relief. His nerves had been at high tension, though he was outwardly +calm, for he knew that he had to deal with a desperate man, and feared a +sudden attack, which might have resulted disastrously for him. + +"I don't know whether you have done right, Walter," said the professor, +in a tone of mild deprecation. + +"Surely, professor, you would not have had me give back the revolver?" + +"He promised to ride off and leave us to ourselves." + +"What is the word of such a man worth? He would have ridden off, but he +would have carried with him your wallet and mine. Was there much money +in yours?" + +"Two hundred and fifty dollars." + +"That's too much to lose. Take my advice, professor, and put the greater +part of the money in one of your pockets. That is what I have done, for +I suspected that this gentleman would lie in wait for us." + +"What put it into your head to seize the pistol, Walter? If your attempt +had miscarried he might have shot you." + +"I don't propose to give up my money without a struggle. When the time +came to act I moved suddenly upon the enemy. I did not propose to fail." + +"You were very quick. You were like a flash of lightning." + +"I meant to be," said Walter, smiling. "I haven't attended a gymnasium +for nothing." + +"Do you think he will attack us again?" asked the professor timidly. + +"No; he has no revolver and I have. Besides, I don't mean to be taken +at a disadvantage. If you will drive, I will hold the revolver ready for +instant use." + +There was no further interruption during their ride, and about ten +o'clock they drew up in front of the hotel in Fremont. Rooms were +secured, and both Walter and the professor retired to rest. + +About seven o'clock the next morning there was a knock at Walter's door. +He opened it, half dressed, and found a boy of sixteen with a note in +his hand. + +"A gentleman gave me this for you," he said. + +Walter opened the note and read these lines, which had been hastily +scribbled: + +"Give the bearer my revolver. I have a long journey before me and shall +need it. + +"YOU KNOW WHO." + +"Where is the gentleman who gave you the note?" asked Walter. + +"Down the road a piece. He asked me to be quick." + +"Tell him," said Walter, putting the note in his vest pocket, "that he +will have to come here himself." + +He finished his toilet and went down to breakfast, but the robber did +not put in an appearance. He probably thought that Walter was laying a +trap for him. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +AN ATTEMPT TO RECOVER THE REVOLVER + + +As Walter had been brought up with a strict sense of honesty, he was +somewhat in doubt whether he ought to keep the revolver, which was a +handsome one, silver-mounted. He decided, however, that it would be +quixotic to disarm himself and put the outlaw in a position to renew his +attack, as he undoubtedly would, if only because he would wish to +get even with the boy who had humiliated him. Walter had, to be sure, +promised to give it up if the owner called for it, but he meant at the +same time to secure his arrest. + +He did not mention to the professor that he had received a letter from +the owner of the weapon, as his employer would have insisted upon his +giving it up. Professor Robinson was a timid man, and, though he was of +stout build and possessed a fair measure of strength, he had not as much +spirit as some boys of ten. + +"What are you going to do with the revolver, Walter?" he asked uneasily, +as they set out on their way from Fremont to Stilwell. + +"I am going to carry it with me, professor." + +"Then you had better withdraw the charges." + +"Why should I?" + +"The weapon might go off." + +"I mean that it shall if the owner makes another attack upon us." + +"You don't think he will?" asked the professor, nervously. + +"I think it very probable." + +"I wish we had never met him," said the unhappy professor. + +"So do I; but as we have, we must make the best of it." + +"If you had only given him back the revolver we should have had no more +trouble." + +"Pardon me, professor, I think we should have had a great deal of +trouble. Once give the fellow his old advantage over us and he would use +it." + +"I never had such an experience before," complained the professor, +looking at Walter reproachfully, as if he thought that somehow it was +the fault of his young assistant. + +Walter smiled. + +"Do you know, professor," he said, "your remark reminds me of a +statement in an Irish paper to this effect: 'Several persons have died +during the last year who never died before.'" + +"I don't see the point," said the professor, peevishly. + +They were about half-way to the next town when Walter heard the sound of +a galloping horse behind him. + +Looking out of the side of the wagon, he saw the now familiar figure of +the outlaw as he rode up alongside. He looked critically at Walter, and +saw that the coveted revolver was in our hero's hand, ready for action. + +"Why didn't you give the revolver to my messenger this morning, boy?" he +demanded, with a frown. + +"I didn't think it would be safe," Walter answered significantly. + +"Didn't you know it was my property?" + +"I wasn't sure of it." + +"What do you mean by that?" + +"I didn't know whether you had paid for it." + +"You are impudent. Professor Robinson, will you make the boy give me +back my revolver?" + +"I have told him to," answered the professor, in an apologetic tone, +"but he won't obey me." + +"Then why don't you discharge him? I wouldn't keep a boy in my employ +who disobeyed me." + +"I am well satisfied with him, except on this point." + +"I am ready to leave you, professor, if you say the word," said Walter, +and he made a motion as if to jump out of the wagon. + +"No, no!" exclaimed the professor, in alarm. "I don't want you to leave +me." + +"Then I won't. I think it might be bad for you if I did," said Walter, +with a significant look at the horseman. + +"Well, boy," said the outlaw, harshly, "I can't waste my time here. You +sent me a message to come for my revolver myself if I wanted it." + +"Yes." + +"Well, here I am. Now give me the weapon." + +"I think I shall have to decline." + +"Are you going back on your word?" demanded the outlaw. + +"Not exactly." + +"Then what do you propose to do?" + +"Keep along with us till we reach Stilwell. Then we will go before +a magistrate. You will make your demand for the weapon, and in his +presence I will surrender it." + +"Do you take me for a fool?" thundered the robber. + +"No, and I want you to understand that I am not a fool, either." + +"You are acting like a fool and a knave." + +"I should certainly be acting like a fool if I gave up the revolver, and +had it immediately pointed at me or my companion, with a demand for our +money." + +"But I gave you my word--" + +"Of course you did, but I put no confidence in your word." + +While this conversation was going on the poor professor looked on and +listened with an expression of helplessness on his broad face. He was +essentially a man of peace, and was by no means fitted to deal with a +highwayman. + +"Look here," said the outlaw, after a pause, and in a milder tone, "I +have a special attachment for that weapon, or I would drop the whole +matter and buy another one. But this was given me by an old pal, now +dead, and I set great store by it. Professor, although the revolver is +mine by rights, I will waive all that and offer you twenty-five dollars +for it. That will pay you for all the trouble I have put you to." + +Professor Robinson, though not a mean man, was fond of money, and this +offer tempted him. It would be getting twenty-five dollars for nothing, +and that was a piece of good luck not likely to present itself every +day. + +"I accept your offer," he said gladly. + +"But I don't," put in Walter, calmly. "Allow me to say that the +professor has no claim to the weapon. I took it with my own hand, and it +has never been in his possession." + +"All right! Then I'll give you twenty-five dollars for it." + +"I decline your offer." + +"I'd like to wring your neck, you young thief!" + +"I have no doubt you would." + +"Once more, and for the last time, will you give me back that revolver?" + +"I have told you when and on what conditions I would surrender it." + +"When?" + +"At Stilwell, in the presence of a magistrate." + +"You are very crafty. You want me to be arrested for attempted robbery." + +"Yes, that is my wish." + +"I've a great mind to snatch the revolver from you." + +"Come on, then!" said Walter, holding it firmly, pointing at the outlaw. + +"You've got the drop on me, youngster, but mark my word, I'll have that +weapon yet, and I'll punish you for giving me all this trouble." + +"Have you anything more to say?" + +"No." + +"Then suppose you ride on. We have been delayed long enough." + +The robber did go, but aimed a volley of imprecations at Walter, of +which the latter took no notice. + +In the early evening they arrived at Stilwell and secured rooms at the +hotel. + +Among the guests was a cattleman from Dakota, who had been to Chicago +with a herd of cattle and was now on his way back. He was loud in his +complaints of a highwayman whom he had met two days previous, who had +relieved him of a wallet containing five hundred dollars. + +"Won't you describe him?" asked Walter, struck by a sudden suspicion. + +The cattle dealer did so. His description tallied with the personal +appearance of Walter's enemy. + +"Was he on foot?" asked Walter. + +"No; he was on a black horse." + +Walter nodded. + +"I know him," he said. + +"Has he robbed you?" + +"No; I have robbed him." + +"What do you mean?" inquired the cattle dealer, in wonder. + +"Do you recognize this?" and Walter exhibited the revolver. + +"Yes; it looks like the revolver he pointed at me." + +"Probably it is." + +"But how do you happen to have it?" + +"I took it from him." + +"You--a mere boy!" exclaimed the cattle dealer, incredulously. + +"Yes. I will tell you about it." + +And Walter gave an account of the circumstances under which the revolver +had come into his possession. + +"It is a handsome weapon," said the cattle dealer, taking it into his +hands and examining it. "It must be worth a hundred dollars." + +"I think I shall keep it for my own use," said Walter, quietly. + +"I'll give you seventy-five dollars for it." + +"I would rather not part with it. Indeed, I should not feel justified in +selling it, considering the way it came into my hands." + +"Well, boy, you're a smart one; but I surmise you haven't seen the last +of the owner." + +The speaker was right. + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +DICK RANNEY'S SCHEME + + +Dick Ranney--for the first time we give the name of the highwayman--had +no intention of going away without his revolver. It had been his +constant companion for years, and had served him well during his +connection with the famous band of Jesse James. Now, his leader dead, he +was preying upon the community on his own account. So daring and so full +of resources was he that he had never been arrested but once, and then +managed to escape from the cabin in which he was temporarily confined. + +The weapon he was so anxious to recover had been given him by his old +commander, and for this reason, and also because the revolver was a very +handsome and valuable one, he was willing to expose himself to the risk +of capture in order to recover it. + +The opposition he met with from a "beardless boy"--as he styled +Walter--irritated and surprised him. He was fifty pounds heavier +than Walter, and he had expected that a mere boy would give in almost +immediately. But he saw that he had misjudged the lad. He was little +more than a boy in years and appearance, but he evidently had a man's +courage and spirit. Ranney would have secured another revolver if he +had not felt so certain of recovering his own. After his last failure he +began to consider what course to adopt. + +It was easy to find out the professor's route. He knew that he was to +stay a night at Stilwell, and to Stilwell he went. He did not venture +into the village until nightfall, and then, for reasons easy to divine, +he abstained from visiting the hotel. + +Looking about for a confederate, his attention was drawn to a boy of +sixteen who was sawing wood in front of a humble cottage half a mile +from the village. + +"I see you know how to work," said Dick Ranney, affably, as he leaned +carelessly against the fence. + +"I know how, but I don't like it," answered the boy, pausing in his +task. + +"I don't blame you. I don't like that kind of work myself." + +"I guess you don't have to do it now," answered the boy, glancing at the +neat and expensive attire of his new acquaintance. + +"Well, no; I can do better." + +"Are you in business?" + +"Yes," answered Ranney, vaguely. "I am traveling for a house in New +York." + +"I should like that." + +"Give me your name. I may be able to give you a place some day." + +"My name is Oren Trott." + +Dick Ranney took out a note-book and put the name down, greatly to the +boy's satisfaction. + +"By the way," went on Ranney, "do you want to earn half a dollar?" + +"Yes," answered Oren, with alacrity. + +"Perhaps I can put you in the way of doing so. Do you know the hotel +people?" + +"Yes, sir. I worked there for a short time." + +"All the better. Then you know about the house, the location of rooms, +etc.?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"There are two parties staying there in whom I am interested. One is +Professor Robinson." + +"Yes, I know--the man that sells bottles of balm." + +"The same." + +"I saw him come into town with his wagon." + +"Well, I want to find what room he will occupy to-night. The fact is," +he continued, as he noted Oren's look of surprise, "the man owes me +quite a sum of money and is trying to evade payment." + +"He doesn't look like that kind of man," said Oren, thoughtfully. + +"My boy, you are young and are hardly qualified to judge of a man by his +appearance. The man looks honest, I admit, but he's slippery. And, by +the way, did you notice a young fellow in the wagon with him?" + +"Yes, sir; he isn't much larger than I am." + +"Exactly so. Well, I want to find out what room he occupies, also." + +"Yes, sir," answered Oren, looking a little surprised. + +"You see," explained Dick Ranney, "I want to make the professor a call, +and I can perhaps tell from the outside whether he is in or not. He will +avoid meeting me if he can. Now, do you think you can find out for me +what I require?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Then go at once." + +"Shall I find you here when I get back?" asked Oren, cautiously. + +"Yes." + +"I wouldn't like to take all that trouble for nothing." + +"You won't. Here is a quarter in advance, and I will give you the fifty +cents besides if you find out what I wish." + +"Good for you! You're a gentleman!" said Oren, with an expression of +satisfaction on his honest country face. + +Two hours later Walter and the cattle dealer returned from a walk they +had taken together. Walter found his new acquaintance, though not an +educated man, an agreeable companion, and by no means deficient in +shrewdness, though he had allowed himself to be robbed by Dick Ranney. + +They went up to the desk for their keys. + +"Will you two gentlemen do me a favor?" asked the clerk. + +"What is it?" asked the cattle dealer. + +"A gentleman and lady have just arrived and want to stay here to-night, +but the number of our rooms is limited and we are full. Now, if you, +sir, will go into Mr. Sherwood's room--there are two beds there--we +shall be able to give the party yours." + +"I have no objection if he hasn't," said the cattle dealer. + +"I have none whatever," said Walter, cheerfully. + +"Then we can fix it. I am sure I am very much obliged to you both. By +the way, Mr. Sherwood, there was a boy here a little while since who was +anxious to find out what room you occupied, also what room was Professor +Robinson's." + +"A boy?" repeated Walter, puzzled. + +"Yes, a village boy--Oren Trott." + +"I don't know any such boy." + +"He is a good, industrious lad." + +"That may all be, but what does he want to know about my room for?" + +"That's the question I put to him. I found him very close-mouthed at +first, but finally he admitted that he was employed by some man--a +stranger in the village--to find out." + +Walter and the cattle dealer exchanged glances. The same thought had +come to each. + +"Did he describe the man?" + +"No; it seems he did not take much notice of him." + +"Was that all the boy wanted to know?" + +"Yes." + +"He didn't say what the man's object was in seeking this information?" + +"No. Probably he didn't know." + +Walter and his new friend, whom we will call Manning, went upstairs. + +"What does it all mean, Mr. Manning?" asked Walter. + +"It probably means that our old friend proposes to make a call upon you +during the night." + +"Do you really think so?" asked Walter, naturally startled at the +suggestion. + +"Yes. You still have his revolver, you know." + +"I think he will find me ready for him," said Walter, resolutely. + +"He will find us ready, you mean," corrected Manning. "You know I am +going to be your roommate." + +"I am glad of that, under the circumstances." + +"So am I. I should like to recover the money the fellow robbed me of. I +should like to know his name." + +"I can tell you that. I was examining the revolver this afternoon, when +I saw a name engraved upon it in very small letters." + +"What name?" + +"R. Ranney." + +"Then," said Manning, in excitement, "he is the famous Dick Ranney, +formerly with Jesse James." + +"I never heard of him." + +"He is well known in this Western country. Why, there is a reward of a +thousand dollars offered for his apprehension." + +"I should like to earn that money," said Walter. + +"You shall; and this very night, if I can bring it about." + +"Half of the reward should be yours." + +"I am rich enough without It. As to the money the fellow robbed me of, I +shall try to recover that, though the loss won't in the least embarrass +me." + +"How do you think Ranney will try to get into the room?" + +"Through the window. The casements are loose, and nothing could be +easier." + +Walter went to the window and found that there was no way of fastening +it. + +"I think we could fasten it with a knife." + +"I don't want it fastened," said Manning. + +"Why not?" + +"I want Mr. Ranney to get into the room. Once in, we must secure him. If +we are smart, our enterprising visitor will find himself in a trap." + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + +THE EVENTS OF A NIGHT + + +In the country it may safely be assumed that by twelve o'clock at night +every sound and healthy person will be asleep. Dick Ranney gave an +extra margin of half an hour, and thirty minutes after midnight made +his appearance in the hotel yard. Thanks to the information given by his +young messenger, Oren Trott, who, of course, did not know that in this +way he was assisting a dishonest scheme, he was able to fix at once upon +the windows of the rooms occupied by Walter and the professor. + +He decided to enter Walter's chamber first, partly because he wanted +his revolver, which would be of service to him in case he were attacked. +Then, again, he wanted the satisfaction of triumphing over the boy who +had had the audacity to defy him--a full-grown man, and one whose name +had carried terror to many a traveler. + +There was a long ladder leaning against the stable. Dick Ranney could +not call this providential without insinuating that Providence +was fighting on the side of the transgressor, but he called it, +appropriately, a "stroke of luck," as indeed it seemed at the time. + +He secured the ladder and put it up against the window of Walter's room. +The window, as he could see, was partly open, it being a summer night. + +Dick Ranney observed this with a grim smile of satisfaction. + +"He's making things easy for me," he said to himself. + +As softly and cautiously as a cat he ascended the ladder, but not softly +enough to escape the vigilant ear of Manning, who was expecting him. + +Manning at the sound stepped from the bed--he had thrown himself on the +outside, without undressing--and stepped into a closet, as he did not +wish Ranney to learn that there were two persons in the chamber. Walter +was awake, but he lay in bed motionless and with his eyes closed. +The revolver was in Manning's hands, but he had placed his clothing +temptingly over a chair between the bed and the window, but in such a +position that his companion on coming out of the closet would be between +the window and the burglar. Dick Ranney stood on the ladder and looked +in. + +What he saw reassured him. Walter was in bed, and seemed to be fast +asleep. + +"The coast is clear," he murmured softly. "Now, where is the revolver?" + +He could not see it, but this did not trouble him. Probably the boy +had it under his pillow, and in that case he could obtain it without +trouble. Meanwhile, it would be well to secure the boy's pocketbook. +Though he underrated Walter's wealth, he thought he might have twenty +dollars, and this would be worth taking. + +He lifted the window softly and entered the room. In order to deaden +the sound of his steps he had taken off his shoes and placed them on the +ground beside the foot of the ladder. + +Having entered the room, he strode softly to the chair over which +Walter had thrown his clothes and began to feel in the pockets of his +pantaloons. There was a purse in one of the pockets which contained +a few small silver coins, but it is needless to say that Walter had +disposed of his stock of bank bills elsewhere. He felt that prevention +of robbery was better than the recovery of the goods stolen. + +Meanwhile, Manning, whose hearing was keen, was made aware through it +that the burglar had entered the room. He opened the door of the closet +and, walking into the center of the apartment, placed himself, revolver +in hand, in front of the window. + +Though his motions were gentle, the outlaw's ears were quick. He turned +swiftly, and with a look of dismay realized that he had walked into a +trap. He had not felt afraid to encounter a boy of eighteen, but here +was a resolute man, who had the advantage of being armed, and well +armed. + +Dick Ranney surveyed him for a minute in silence, but was very busily +thinking what were his chances of escape. + +"Well," said Manning, "we meet again!" + +"Again?" repeated Ranney, in a questioning tone. + +"Yes. When we last met, you had the drop on me and relieved me of my +wallet. To-night I have the drop on you." + +Dick Ranney paused for reflection. + +"That's so," he said. "Do you want your wallet back?" + +"Yes." + +"Then we'll make a bargain. Give me that revolver, promise not to raise +the house, and I will give you back your wallet." + +"With all the money inside?" + +"Yes." + +"I don't think I will," said Manning, after a pause. + +"Don't be a fool! Come, be quick, or the boy will wake up." + +"He is awake already," said Walter, raising his head from the pillow. + +"Were you awake when I entered the room?" asked Dick Ranney, quickly. + +"Yes." + +"Fooled again!" exclaimed Ranney, bitterly. "Boy, I believe you are my +evil genius. Till I met you, I thought myself a match for any one." + +"You were more than a match for me," said Manning, "but he wins best who +wins last." + +"Well, what do you mean to do?" asked Ranney, doggedly. + +"To capture you, Dick Ranney, and hand you over to the law which you +have so persistently violated." + +"That you will never do," said Ranney, and he dashed toward the window, +thrusting Manning to one side. + +But what he saw increased his dismay. The ladder had been removed, and +if he would leave the room he must leap to the ground, a distance of +over twenty feet. + +"Confusion!" he exclaimed. "The ladder is gone!" + +"Yes, I directed the stable-boy to keep awake and remove it," explained +Manning. + +"I may be taken, but I will be revenged first," shouted Dick Ranney, and +he flung himself on Manning, who, unprepared for the sudden attack, +sank to the floor, with Ranney on top. But the outlaw's triumph was +short-lived. Walter sprang to Manning's rescue, seized the revolver, +and, aiming it at the burglar, cried quickly: + +"Get up, or I'll fire!" + +Dick Ranney rose sullenly. He paid Walter the compliment of believing he +meant what he said. + +"It's your turn, boy," he muttered. + +"Stay where you are!" ordered Walter, and he walked slowly backward, +still covering the robber with the revolver, till he reached the door +opening into the entry. + +Dick Ranney watched him closely, and did not offer any opposition, +for it occurred to him that the opening of the door would afford him a +better chance for flight. + +No sooner, therefore, was the door open than he prepared to avail +himself of the opportunity, running the risk of a bullet wound, when his +plans were frustrated by the entrance of two village constables--strong, +sturdy men. + +"Dick Ranney, do you surrender?" asked Walter, in a clear, resolute +tone. + +Ranney looked slowly from one to the other and calculated the chances. +The ladder was gone and he found himself facing four foes, three of them +strong men, some of them armed. + +"It's all up with me!" he said quietly. "I surrender." + +"You do wisely," remarked Manning. "Now, will you restore my wallet?" + +The outlaw took it out of his pocket and handed it over. + +"There it is," he said. "I suppose you won't me to pay interest for the +use of the money." + +The two constables advanced, and one of them took out a pair of +handcuffs. + +"Hold out your hands!" he said. + +The burglar did so. He saw that opposition would not benefit him, and he +yielded to the inevitable with a good grace. + +"It seems I walked into a trap," he said. "If you don't mind telling me, +were you expecting me?" + +"Yes," answered Walter. + +"Did the boy betray me?" he asked quickly. + +"No; the boy suspected nothing wrong, but his questions excited +suspicion." + +"Dick Ranney," said the outlaw, apostrophizing himself, "you're a fool! +I should like to kick you!" + +"I think you were imprudent, Mr. Ranney," said Manning, + +"It was this revolver that undid me," said Ranney. "I wanted to recover +it, for it was given me by my old captain. It was never out of my +possession till that boy snatched it from me. I suppose it was to be," +and he sighed, comforted, perhaps, by the thought that it would have +been useless to struggle against fate. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + +WALTER BECOMES A CAPITALIST + + +Professor Robinson slumbered on, blissfully unconscious of the events +that had made the night an exciting one. When he came downstairs early +in the morning he strayed accidentally into the room where Dick Ranney +was confined under guard. Being short-sighted, he did not see the +captive until Ranney hailed him. + +"Good morning, professor!" + +The professor skipped nimbly back and gazed at the prisoner in alarm. + +"You here?" he exclaimed. + +"Yes," answered Dick, grimly. + +"But how did it happen?" + +"I came to the hotel a little after midnight to make you a call, but +went first to the room of your assistant." + +"What, after midnight?" + +"Yes. It is hardly necessary to explain what happened. Here I am!" + +"Ah, my friend," said the professor, "this may be fortunate for you, if +it leads you to consider and reflect upon the errors of your life." + +"Oh, stow that!" exclaimed Ranney, in disgust. "I'm not that kind of a +man. I follow my own course and take the consequences." + +The professor shook his head sadly and went out. Later, when he heard +what had happened, he said to Walter: "If that man had come into my room +at midnight I should have died of fright." + +"There was no occasion to be alarmed," returned Walter, "We were +prepared for him." + +"I--I am afraid I was never cut out for a hero," said the professor. "My +nervous system is easily upset." + +The plain truth was that Professor Robinson was a born coward, though +he was stronger and more muscular, probably, than Grant, Sherman or +Sheridan. But it is not brawn and muscle that make a hero, but the +spirit that animates the man, and of this spirit the professor had very +little. Yet in after years when he had retired from business and was at +leisure to live over again his past life, he used to tell with thrilling +effect how he and Walter had trapped and captured the daring outlaw, +Dick Ranney, and received admiring compliments upon his courage and +prowess, which he complacently accepted, though he knew how little he +deserved them. + +It so chanced that Stilwell was the county seat and court was in session +at that time, and nearly ready to wind up its business. It was owing +to this circumstance that the trial of Dick Ranney was held at once. By +request Walter and the professor remained to bear testimony against the +prisoner, and Manning also strengthened the case against him. Within +less than a week the trial was concluded, a verdict of guilty was +brought in, and the prisoner sentenced to a ten years' term of +imprisonment. + +Dick Ranney heard the sentence with philosophical calmness. + +"My good friend," said the professor, "I trust that in your long years +of confinement you will reflect upon--" + +"Don't worry about that," interrupted Dick. "I sha'n't be in prison +three months." + +"But I thought--" + +"Bolts and bars can be broken, professor. When I do get out I will +inquire what part of the country you are in and will make you a visit." + +This promise, so far from cheering Professor Robinson, seemed to +disconcert him extremely, and he shortened his talk with his road +acquaintance. + +After the trial was over Walter was waited upon by an official, who +tendered him the reward of one thousand dollars offered for the capture +of Dick Ranney. + +"Mr. Manning has waived his claim in your favor," explained the +official, "and therefore there is no question that to you belongs the +reward." + +"There are two others whose services deserve recognition," said Walter; +"the two constables who made the arrest." + +"There is no additional sum at our command," explained the official. + +"None is needed," returned Walter. "I shall pay each a hundred dollars +out of the reward which has been awarded to me." + +It is needless to say that the two constables, both of whom were +poor men with large families, were very grateful for this substantial +recognition of their services. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + +WALTER GOES OUT OF BUSINESS + + +By the time Walter received his prize of eight hundred dollars he had +saved enough out of his wages to make nearly a thousand. He reflected +with pride that this money had not been left him, but was the fruit of +his own exertions. He resolved to say nothing in his letters home of his +good fortune, but wait till he returned, when he would have the pleasure +of taking his guardian by surprise. + +A day later he received a letter from Doctor Mack, which had been +forwarded from one place to another, and was now nearly three weeks old. + +It ran thus: + +DEAR WALTER: You give but scanty intelligence of your progress and +success, or want of it. I respect you for your determination to support +yourself, but I don't want you to carry your independence too far. As +you have never fitted yourself for any kind of business, I presume +your earnings are small. I should not be surprised to hear that you +are straitened for money. If you are, don't let your pride prevent your +informing me. I can easily send you fifty dollars, for your property was +not all lost, and it is not fitting that you should deprive yourself of +the comforts of life when there is no occasion for it. + +"Nancy often speaks of you, and, indeed, I may say that we both miss you +very much, and wish the year were up, so that you might return to us. I +have hopes of righting your property, so that you may go back to Euclid +College at the beginning of the fall session. I am glad to learn by your +last letter that your health is excellent. Once more, don't hesitate to +write to me for money if you need a remittance. + +"Your affectionate guardian, + +"EZEKIEL MACK." + +Walter smiled as he finished reading the letter. + +"I wonder what my good guardian would say," he soliloquized, "if he knew +that I had nearly a thousand dollars saved up? He would open his eyes, I +fancy." + +He sat down at once and made a reply, in the course of which he said: +"Don't trouble yourself to send me money. I can get along with the wages +I receive. When I left home I made up my mind not to call upon you for +help, and I am glad to say there is no occasion to do so as yet. I think +my year's absence from college will do me good. I am ashamed when I +consider how poorly I appreciated the advantages of study, and how +foolishly I spent my time and money. If I ever go back to college I +shall turn over a new leaf. I have seen something of the world and +gained some experience of life, and feel about half a dozen years older +than when I left college." + +When Doctor Mack, a week later, read these lines he smiled contentedly. + +"My experiment is working well," he said. "It is making a man of Walter. +He has been a drone, hitherto. Now he has become a worker, and, though +I may not like him better, for he was always near to my heart, I respect +him more." + +A week later Walter, on returning from a walk, found a middle-aged +stranger in conversation with Professor Robinson. + +The professor seemed a little embarrassed when Walter entered. + +"I have some news for you, Walter," he said. "I am afraid it will not be +welcome to you." + +"Please let me hear it, professor," said Walter. + +"This gentleman is Nahum Snodgrass, of Chicago, who has been for some +years a traveler for a large wholesale-drug-house." + +"I am glad to meet you, Mr. Snodgrass," said Walter, politely. + +Snodgrass, who was a thin, dry-looking man, nodded briefly. + +"I have just sold out my business to him," went on Professor Robinson, +"and henceforth shall aim to live more easily and enjoy the presence of +my family." + +"I congratulate you, professor," said Walter. "I think you deserve a +life of leisure." + +"Mr. Snodgrass is willing to take you into his employ, but he does not +think he can afford to pay you as much as I did." + +"No," said Snodgrass, clearing his throat, "I find that Professor +Robinson has been foolishly liberal. The ten per cent. commission which +he has paid you is simply--stu--pendous!" + +Walter smiled. + +"I have not been in the habit of taking that view of it," he said. + +"Perhaps not, but I do," said Snodgrass, firmly. "You are a very young +man, and ought not to expect much pay. I will give you two dollars a +week and pay your traveling expenses." + +"I beg to decline your offer, Mr. Snodgrass," said Walter, politely. "I +have thought of changing my business before, but was unwilling to leave +the professor. As we are strangers, I need have no further hesitation." + +"Young man," said Snodgrass, "I think you are making a mistake. It will +not be so easy getting another place as you suppose." + +"Perhaps not, but I can afford to live a few weeks without work." + +"Your savings will soon go"--Snodgrass knew nothing of Walter's prize +money--"and then what will you do?" + +"Trust to luck," answered Walter, lightly. + +Nahum Snodgrass shook his head gloomily. He thought Walter a very +foolish young man. + +Had Walter lost his position two months earlier it would have been a +serious matter to him, but now, with a capital of nearly a thousand +dollars, he could afford to be independent. As he expressed it, he +could afford to be idle for a few weeks. Still, he didn't wish to remain +unemployed for a long time. He felt happier when at work, but wished to +secure some employment that would be congenial. + +"Mr. Snodgrass," said the professor, "I think you are making a mistake +in not employing Walter Sherwood." + +Nahum Snodgrass shrugged his shoulders. + +"I don't mean to pay away all my profits to an assistant," he said. + +"But you can't get along alone very well." + +"I will try, unless I can find some one that will take what I am willing +to pay." + +He finally succeeded in doing this. A young man of eighteen, employed in +a drug-store in town, who was on the point of being discharged, agreed +to take the position, and stepped into Walter's place. To anticipate a +little, he disappeared two weeks later, carrying with him fifty dollars +belonging to his employer. + +Walter stayed two days longer at the hotel, and then, sending his valise +ahead to Burnton, twenty miles farther on, started to walk the +distance. He was in a mountainous country, and the scenery was wild and +attractive, so that he felt that this arrangement would prove agreeable +to him. He provided himself with a stout staff and started at good +speed. He had accomplished about eight miles, when he was overtaken by +a shabbily dressed traveler riding on the back of a fine horse. The +horseman slackened his pace when he reached Walter. + +"Good morning, stranger!" he said. + +"Good morning!" responded Walter, turning his head. + +"I am glad to have company. It's a lonesome stretch of road here." + +"Yes," answered Walter, carelessly. "But there isn't any danger, is +there?" + +"Well, there might be. A friend of mine was stabbed and robbed here +three months since." + +"Indeed!" + +"Yes; and though I haven't much money with me, I shouldn't like to be +robbed of what I have." + +"It would be inconvenient." + +"Do you carry much money with you?" asked the other, in a careless tone. + +Walter was not disposed to take a stranger into his confidence. + +"Not much!" he responded. + +"You are prudent. Are you armed?" + +Walter drew out Dick Ranney's revolver, which he still carried. The +stranger eyed him respectfully. + +"That's a mighty handsome weapon," he said. "Just let me look at it." + +Walter began to think he had fallen in with a highwayman again. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX + +WALTER BUYS A HORSE + + +"You can look at the pistol as I hold it," said Walter, in response to +the request recorded at the close of the preceding chapter. + +"I say," remarked the stranger suddenly, "don't you want to buy a +horse?" + +"How much do you ask for the horse?" he inquired. + +"I want to get her off my hands. Give me fifty dollars, and she's +yours." + +Walter had a pad in his satchel and a fountain pen in his pocket. He +hastily wrote out the following form: + +"In consideration of fifty dollars by me received, I give and transfer +to Walter Sherwood my roan horse." Here followed a brief description of +the animal. + +"Now put your name there, and I will hand you the money," said Walter. + +"Thank you, stranger! You've got a good bargain." + +"I agree to that," said Walter. + +"I suppose the horse is sound?" he said inquiringly. + +"Sound as a die! Don't you take no trouble about that. It goes to my +heart to give her up. Good-by, old gal!" + +Walter touched the horse lightly with his whip, and she bounded forward. +After a few miles he reached a town of good size. Riding along the main +street his attention was drawn to a printed notice in front of a store. +It read thus: + +"HORSE STOLEN! + +"Stolen from the subscriber, on the evening of the twenty-fifth, a roan +mare, eight years old and sixteen hands high, with a white mark between +the eyes. Answers to the name of Bess. Whoever will return her to the +subscriber, or give information that will lead to her recovery, will +receive a suitable reward. + +"COLONEL RICHARD OWEN, Shelby." + +A terrible suspicion entered Walter's mind. He recognized the white +mark. Then he called "Bess." The mare half turned her head and whinnied. + + + + +CHAPTER XXX + +WALTER FINDS HIMSELF IN A TIGHT PLACE + + +Walter had hardly time to consider what to do in the light of the +discovery he had made before the matter was taken out of his hands. + +"Young feller, you'd better get off that hoss!" fell on his ears in a +rough voice. + +He turned, and saw two stalwart men eyeing him suspiciously. + +"Gentlemen," said Walter earnestly, "till I read this notice I had no +idea that the horse was stolen." + +"That's neither here nor there. You'd better get off the hoss." + +Walter felt that this was a command, and obeyed at once. + +"Very well, gentlemen," he said. "I will leave the horse in your hands, +and depend upon you to return it to the owner." + +As Walter spoke he turned to walk off, but the man who had first +accosted him got in his way. + +"I don't want to have any trouble with you, sir. Please get out of my +way, and let me go." + +"Not by a long shot." + +"What do you propose to do with me?" + +"Take you to the lockup." + +Walter was now really alarmed. + +"You'll have to go with us, young feller!" said Crane. + +"And leave the hoss?" asked Penton. "We'd ought to take charge of it, +and get the reward." + +"That's so, Penton. You go and get a constable. We'll stand by the +hoss." + +Penton hurried off, and returned shortly with a constable in uniform. + +"What's up?" he asked. + +"This young feller's rid into town with Colonel Richard Owen's hoss." + +"But I'd ought to secure the hoss," said the constable, who felt that +perhaps he might be entitled to the reward offered. + +"Look here, Cyrus Stokes, you secure the thief--that's your lookout." + +"Gentlemen," said Walter, "I object to being called a thief. I have +already told you I did not steal the horse." + +The constable seized Walter by the arm and walked off with him. To add +to his mortification, people whom they met on the street looked at him +curiously. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI + +IN THE LOCKUP + + +The lockup was a basement room under the engine-house. There were four +cells, about four by eight, and into one of these Walter was put. The +cell opposite was occupied by a drunken tramp, who looked up stupidly as +Walter entered, and hiccoughed: "Glad to see you sonny." + +"And I must stay in here overnight--with that man?" + +"Hoss-stealers mustn't be particular," said the constable. + +"Can you tell me where Colonel Owen lives--the man that owns the horse?" + +"You ought to know that!" + +"Is there any lawyer in this village?" + +"Yes, there's two, an old man and a young one." + +"I should like to see one of them. Can you ask one of them to come +here?" + +"It's a leetle out of my way," suggested Constable Stokes. + +The constable pocketed with alacrity the half-dollar our hero tendered +him, and said briskly. "I'll send him right off." + +"I shay," interjected the tramp, "send me a lawyer, too." + +"The same man will do for you," replied the constable. "A lawyer won't +do you no good, though." + +"We're victims of tyrannical 'pression!" said the tramp gloomily. "What +are you in for, young feller?" + +"I'm charged with stealing a horse." + +"Smart boy!" said the tramp admiringly. "I didn't think you was up to +hoss-stealin'." + +"I am not. The charge is false." + +"That's right! Stick to it! Deny everything. That's what I do." Half +an hour later the outer door was opened and the constable reappeared, +followed by a young man of about thirty. + +"This is Mr. Barry, the lawyer," he said. "Mr. Barry, here is the key. +You can keep it and let yourself out if you will be responsible for the +safe custody of the prisoner." + +"Yes, Mr. Stokes, I will give you my word that he shall not escape. +Which is my client?" + +"You don't look like a criminal, certainly," said the lawyer, with a +rapid survey of his new client. + +"I hope not." + +"But one can't go by appearances wholly. As your lawyer, for I will +undertake your case, I must ask you to trust me entirely, and give me +your full confidence. + +"First, let me ask your name." + +"Walter Sherwood." + +"It will now be necessary for you to tell me frankly whether you stole +the horse or not." + +"Of course I did not," answered Walter indignantly. + +"You must excuse my asking the question. I did not believe you guilty, +but it was necessary for me to know positively from your own lips. You +must not be sensitive." + +"I have no right to be, but I find myself in a very trying position." + +"Of course, but I will try to get you out of it. Now, will you tell me +in detail how the horse came into your possession?" + +Walter told the story, and the lawyer listened attentively. + +"Have you any proof of what you assert?" he asked, when Walter finished. + +"There was no one present." + +"I suppose not. Did no papers pass between you and this man?" + +"Oh, yes!" answered Walter quickly, and he drew out the receipt which he +had drawn up and got Hank Wilson to sign. + +"Come, this is very important!" said Mr. Barry cheerfully. "It is a very +valuable confirmation of your story. Will you trust me with it?" + +"Certainly, sir." + +"Is there any suggestion you have to offer, Mr. Sherwood? Sometimes I +find that my clients give me valuable assistance that way." + +"I wish you would telegraph to Colonel Owen to come here." + +"Probably he has been sent for, but if not I will request him to come. +Do you know the colonel?" + +"No, sir; I never heard his name till I read the advertisement. Do you +know anything of him, Mr. Barry?" + +"He is the owner of a large estate in Shelby, and is a thorough +gentleman of the old school." + +"All the better! I would rather deal with such a man. Besides, by +describing the man of whom I bought the horse I may put him in the way +of capturing the real thief." + +"Well thought of. May I ask, Mr. Sherwood, if you are from this part of +the country?" + +"No; I am a native of New York State. + +"A year ago I was a member of the sophomore class of Euclid College." + +"That is strange!" ejaculated Barry. "What is strange?" + +"Colonel Owen, the owner of the horse, is an old graduate of the same +institution." + +"Is it possible?" exclaimed Walter, in genuine amazement. + +"It is quite true. I am glad to have made the discovery. It will +prepossess him in your favor, and this, I need hardly say, will be +a great point gained. Well, I believe I have obtained all the data I +require, and I will now go home and think over your case. I wish I could +take you with me." + +"I wish you could; I hate to be left in such a place." + +"Cheer up, Mr. Sherwood. It won't be for long, I predict. You may rest +assured of my best efforts in your behalf. I will at once telegraph for +Colonel Owen." + +The evening glided wearily away. Walter threw himself on his pallet and +was nearly asleep when a confused noise was heard outside, and heavy +blows were rained upon the outer door. + +"What does it mean?" asked Walter, bewildered. + +He listened intently, and there came to his ears a shout which made him +turn pale with terror. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII + +AN AWFUL MOMENT + + +"Bring out the hoss thief! Lynch him! Lynch him!" + +"What's up?" asked the tramp drowsily, opening his eyes. + +"Bring out the hoss thief!" cried a dozen rough voices, as the battering +at the door was repeated. + +"They want you, young feller!" he continued, as he caught the meaning of +the cry. + +"What shall we do?" asked Walter helplessly. + +"They don't want me," returned the tramp complacently. "It's you they +want!" + +"You will stand by me?" implored Walter, eager for any help. + +"Won't do no good! There's a crowd of them. You're in a bad box, young +feller!" + +"Have you got a pistol?" + +"No." + +Then it flashed upon Walter that he still had the revolver which +belonged to Dick Ranney. + +"I will sell my life dearly!" thought Walter, "They shan't kill me +without some resistance." + +"Open the door, or it'll be wuss for ye!" cried a rough voice. + +The door was strong, but it did not long withstand the fierce attacks +made upon it. Walter, by the light that came in through a crevice, saw +it sway and gradually yield to the impetuous attacks of the mob. + +"Here's the hoss thief!" exclaimed the leader, throwing the light into +the cell occupied by the inebriate. + +The tramp was alarmed and completely sobered by the terrible suggestion. + +"I ain't the man!" he said. "It's that young feller yonder." + +The man with the lantern turned in the direction of the other cell. + +"He's only a kid!" he said doubtfully. + +"All the same, he's the hoss thief!" said the tramp earnestly. + +"Is he telling the truth?" asked the leader, turning to the men who were +just behind him. + +"He looks most like the hoss thief!" said Dan Muggins. "The other's a +milk-and-water chap, just out of boardin'-school." + +"You're right! Smash in the cage!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIII + +WALTER SAVES ANOTHER'S LIFE + + +Meanwhile the feelings of Walter were hard to describe. He saw that +perhaps his only chance of life lay in remaining quiet and letting the +mistake remain uncorrected. + +On the other hand, the poor wretch was as much entitled to life as he. + +"He's the hoss thief!" shrieked the tramp. "Ask him if he isn't." + +The leader, who had him by the collar, paused, and the words of the +captive seemed to make some impression on him. + +"We don't want to make no mistake," he said. "Mebbe we might ask him." + +"You hear what this man says?" + +"Yes," answered Walter, in husky accents. + +"Is it true? Are you the hoss thief?" + +"No!" + +And the poor tramp would have been dragged away, but Walter, his face +pale, but resolute, held up his hand to secure attention. + +"Listen!" he said. "I am not a horse thief, but I was put here charged +with stealing the horse of Colonel Owen." + +"Just as I said, gentlemen," chimed in the inebriate. + +"Then we've got the wrong one!" said the leader. "Here, you can go!" + +"We must have you!" went on the leader, approaching Walter's cell. + +"What do you want to do with me?" asked Walter, with sinking heart. + +"String you up! That's the way we serve hoss thieves!" + +"Gentlemen!" said Walter, "you are making a terrible mistake. + +"Didn't you say just now you was the thief?" + +"No; I said I was put in here charged with horse-stealing." + +An assault was made on the door of his cell, and within three minutes +Walter was dragged out. + +He began to speak, but was roughly ordered to shut up. + +The line of march was resumed, and a quarter of a mile distant they +passed through a gate and began the ascent of a hill, at the summit of +which was a grove of tall trees. Walter shuddered and his heart sank +within him, for he understood only too well what fate was in store for +him. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIV + +A TERRIBLE ORDEAL + + +At the summit of the hill Walter's captors came to a halt. + +"Young man," said the leader sternly, "your hours are numbered. Have you +anything to say?" + +"I have a good deal to say," answered Walter, finding his voice and +speaking indignantly. "Even if I were guilty, which I am not, you have +no right to condemn me to death untried." + +One of the masked men, who had hitherto stood in the background, came +forward, and in clear, ringing accents spoke: + +"The lad says right. He has not been proved guilty, and I for one +believe him innocent." + +"I thank God," said Walter, "that there is one among you whose heart is +not wholly hardened. I stand here a boy--barely eighteen years old. Is +there no one among you who has a son of my age?" + +"The boy is right," said another in a deep voice. "Men, we are acting +like cowards and brutes." + +"So say I!" a third man broke in, and he ranged himself beside the other +two. + +"This is all folly!" exclaimed the leader angrily. "You men are milksops +and chicken-hearted." Walter's face flamed. + +"Will you allow this?" he exclaimed, as the leader seized him by the +collar and drew him to a tree. + +"I won't!" said the first man to pronounce in his favor. "Seth +Pendleton, let go your hold!" + +"Look out!" cried Pendleton fiercely, "or you may swing, too!" + +"You hear what he says," said Walter's friend. "Why are you so hard on +the boy?" + +"Why am I so hard on horse thieves? I'll tell you. Ten years ago I had +a horse that was as dear to me as a brother. One morning I found +the stable door open and the horse gone. I followed him, but I never +recovered him." + +"Who stole him?" + +"A man named Dick Ranney, who has since become a noted highwayman." + +This was astonishing news to Walter. + +"Do you know where Dick Ranney is now?" he asked. + +"I heard that he had been captured." + +"I am the one who captured him, and for this I received a reward of a +thousand dollars!" answered Walter. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXV + +THE EMPTY JAIL + + +Walter drew from his pocket a folded paper. + +"Read that!" he said. + +"MR. WALTER SHERWOOD: + +"I have pleasure in sending you the reward for the capture of the noted +criminal, Dick Ranney. + +"MILES GRAY, Sheriff." + +"Shall I tell you the story?" asked Walter. + +"Yes! Yes!" exclaimed more than one. + +Walter gave an account of the affair in a clear, distinct manner. + +"Now, gentlemen," said Walter, as he concluded, "do you believe that I +would stoop to steal a horse?" + +There were shouts of "No! No!" + +And Walter might have gone scot free had he chosen, but he did not +choose. + +"No, gentlemen," he said, "take me back to the lockup. + +"The door is broken!" + +"That will make no difference with me. I prefer to stand trial and let +my innocence be proved." + +"He's a brave lad!" said more than one. + +"I wish my John would turn out like him," added one of Walter's original +supporters. "You shall go with me, and have the best bed in the house," +he continued. + +Walter accepted this proposal with thanks. + +Of all that had passed during the night Constable Stokes was blissfully +unconscious. At an early hour he bent his steps toward the jail. When he +saw the door broken he was astounded. + +He felt it necessary to report what had happened to some magistrate. He +had walked but a few steps when he met Mr. Barry, Walter's lawyer. + +"And how is my young client this morning, Stokes?" inquired the lawyer +pleasantly. + +"Blessed if I know! He's bolted!" + +"That is amazing! Let me see how it was done." + +"The door was broken from the outside!" he said, after a pause. + +"Was it?" + +"Of course it was." + +"Then you don't think the men could have done it?" + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVI + +COLONEL RICHARD OWEN + + +At this moment a boy of fifteen made his way from the street to the rear +entrance. It was Arthur Waters, the son of a jeweler. + +"Perhaps I can tell you something about it," he said. + +"Last night I heard a noise in the street, and, getting up, I went to +the window. I saw a lot of men filing through the street, all wearing +masks." + +"They must have been in search of the prisoners to lynch them!" said the +lawyer, turning pale. + +"And you think they broke open the doors, Mr. Barry?" + +"Yes." + +"And what would they do with the prisoners?" + +"Hang them, I fear, without judge or jury." + +"I don't mind the man, sir, but I hope the boy escaped." + +"Thank you, constable. I am alive and well, as you see." + +Both the lawyer and the constable looked up, and there, to their great +relief, stood Walter. + +"Where did you come from?" asked the lawyer quickly. + +Walter told his story, adding: "Constable Stokes, I give myself into +your hands." + +"Perhaps, as I am his counsel," said the lawyer, "I had better take him +with me." + +"Yes, that will be the best way," said the constable. + +Walter was ushered into the office of the lawyer. + +At this moment the office door opened, and an old gentleman entered. + +The lawyer rose from his seat with alacrity. + +"Colonel Owen," he exclaimed, "I am glad to see you." + +"Yes, sir. I received your telegram, and came by the first morning +train. So the man who stole my horse has been caught?" + +"The man who is charged with the theft has been caught," said Mr. Barry. + +"Mr. Barry, you have not introduced me to this young gentleman," +continued Colonel Owen, eyeing Walter with favor. + +"I didn't know that you would care for an introduction," said the lawyer +demurely. + +"Why not?" asked the old gentleman, opening his eyes in surprise. + +"Because he is the horse thief!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVII + +WALTER IS VINDICATED + + +"Bless my soul!" ejaculated the colonel. "Surely you are joking." + +"No, I assure you I am not." + +"Then how does it happen that Mr. Sherwood is sitting here in your +office instead of being--" + +"In the lockup?" + +"Yes." + +"I was taken to the lockup, Colonel Owen," said Walter, "but about +midnight a lynching party broke it open and took me out. + +"But I made an appeal to my captors, and was able to prove to them I +received a reward not long since for the capture of the famous outlaw, +Dick Ranney." + +Colonel Owen sank into a chair. + +"I never heard the like!" he was heard to say. + +"Do you mind telling me, young man, why you were arrested, or why you +fell under suspicion?" + +"I was arrested while on the horse's back." + +"Ha! But how did that happen?" + +"I bought her of a man whom I met on the highway." + +"Gentlemen," said the lawyer, "I find that the court is in session and +all is ready for the trial." + +"By the way, colonel, are you not a graduate of Euclid?" asked the +lawyer. + +"Yes, sir, and I am proud of the dear old college," rejoined the +colonel, warmly. + +"I agree with you," said Walter. "I have passed two years in the +college." + +"Then, young man, here's my hand. My heart is always warm toward a +Euclid man--" + +"Even if you have to prosecute him for horse-stealing," suggested Lawyer +Barry slyly. + +"Really, this is very painful!" said the colonel. "I wish I could get +rid of it." + +"You can say in court that you are convinced of the young man's +innocence." + +"And I will! And afterward I shall insist on Mr. Sherwood's driving home +with me and making me a visit." + +Great was the surprise of Mr. Crane and Mr. Penton when they saw the +horse thief approach the court room arm in arm with Colonel Owen. + +The trial began, and presently Crane and Penton were called on to +testify. + +"Did you see the prisoner steal the mare?" demanded Barry sharply. + +"No, but--" + +"It stands to reason that he did, or he wouldn't have had her in his +possession." + +"Mr. Sherwood, you may take the stand." + +Walter gave a brief account of the way in which he became possessed of +Bess. + +"Does Mr. Sherwood's story seem probable?" now remarked the judge. + +"I am convinced that it is true," said the colonel promptly. + +The judge saw how matters stood and discharged the prisoner. + +"We're left!" said Crane, in a tragic whisper. + +"Now, Mr. Sherwood," said the colonel, taking Walter's arm, "you must +accompany me to Shelby." + + + + +CHAPTER XXXVIII + +AN OPENING AT SHELBY + + +At length they reached Shelby. Colonel Owen lived in a large and +handsome mansion with ample grounds. + +"Yes," he said, "I have a comfortable home, but my boys are away, and my +wife and I feel lonely in this large house. It will brighten us both to +have a young face at the table." + +How could Walter feel otherwise than pleased. He was charmed with Mrs. +Owen. + +"I am glad to see you," she said. "May I call you Walter?" + +"I wish you would, Mrs. Owen," said Walter. + +"Did you find your horse, Richard?" she added. + +"Yes, my dear." + +"Did you see the man that stole it?" + +"Yes, my dear," with a quiet wink at Walter. + +"I invited the horse thief to come and make us a visit." + +Mrs. Owen certainly was amazed. + +"You did!" she ejaculated. "When is he coming?" + +"He is here already." + +"I don't understand you at all, Richard. You seem to be joking." + +"Not at all! There he stands!" and the colonel pointed to Walter. + +"What, Walter?" + +"Perhaps I had better go to the hotel," suggested Walter. + +"No, no! I can't believe anything evil of a young man with your face," +said Mrs. Owen. "I am glad my husband brought you home with him." + +"I am sure you will both be kind to me," said Walter earnestly, "and I +shall appreciate it the more because I have neither father nor mother." + +One afternoon Colonel Owen came in radiant. + +"Well, Walter," he said, "I've got some work for you to do." + +"Mr. Hayward, the teacher of our classical school, is summoned to his +home. The question is, Who shall take his place till the end of the +school year? + +"I have mentioned your name to the trustees, who are ready to accept you +on my recommendation." + +"There is nothing I should like better," he said, "but do you think I am +competent?" + +"You ought to be able to teach any of the classes that will come under +your charge. How are you in mathematics?" + +"I don't think I shall have any difficulty there, sir." + +"Then you're better off than I am." + +"How much salary shall I receive?" asked Walter, who was beginning to +grow interested. + +"Twenty-five dollars a week. That's what the trustees authorize me to +offer you." + +"That will be quite satisfactory. How my old chums will stare when +I tell them I am getting twenty-five dollars a week for teaching a +classical school. I suppose," added Walter, hesitating, "I ought to look +out for a boarding-place." + +"What, and leave us?" asked the old lady reproachfully. + +"But, Colonel Owen, remember that I shall be earning a good salary." + +"You can find a use for it. It will help make up for some of the losses +you have incurred. Shall I say you will accept the post?" + +"Yes, sir. I will try it, and hope to succeed." + + + + +CHAPTER XXXIX + +THE NEW MASTER + + +On the platform of the main schoolroom in the Shelby Classical Institute +stood Colonel Owen and Walter Sherwood. + +"My young friends," began Colonel Owen, "you are all aware that +your respected teacher, Mr. Haywood, is obliged to be absent for the +remainder of the term. I have been able to secure as his substitute Mr. +Walter Sherwood, who will do his best to carry on the work which Mr. +Haywood has so auspiciously commenced. I hope you will receive him +cordially and uphold him in his task." + +Walter felt some diffidence as he realized what a responsibility had +been placed upon him. + +He cleared his throat and spoke a few words. + +"Colonel Owen has introduced me to you and expressed a hope in which I +join him--that you will receive me cordially and uphold me in my work. +I will now go about among the seats, make inquiries as to your progress, +and arrange the classes." + +This short speech made a favorable impression upon all the pupils with +two exceptions. These were the largest scholars--Ben Buffum and +Enoch Snow. What they thought of Walter may be gathered from their +conversation as they walked home together. + +"What do you think of the new master, Ben?" said Enoch. + +"I s'pose he'll do. He ought to, if he's been to college; but I'll tell +you what, Enoch, it riles me to have a boy of my own age set over me." + +"Me ditto!" + +"He would do for a primary school, but when it comes to young men like +us, I don't like to let people know that he's my teacher." + +"It's all right for the others to obey him, but you and I are just as +strong as he, and maybe stronger." + +"I guess I could floor him in wrestling." + +"You're too much for me, Ben, and I think I can stand up to him, and +maybe lick him." + +"It's likely you can. Now, there was Hayward--he was a big man. I didn't +mind obeying him." + +"Are you talking about Mr. Sherwood?" asked Harry Howe, a boy of +fourteen. + +"No, I'm not. I'm talking about Mr. Hayward." + +"How do you like the new teacher?" + +"He's only a boy. He'll have a hard row to hoe." + +"Who'll make it hard for him?" + +"Enoch and I." + +"Then it will be a shame. He seems to be a perfect gentleman." + +"Gentleman! He's only a boy, like ourselves." + +"At any rate, he knows enough to teach us." + +"That may be, but he can't keep order." + +"Why can't he?" + +"You'll see whether he can or not," said Ben, significantly. + +"Are you going to make trouble?" + +"It isn't best for small boys to know too much." + +Walter had not failed to notice the half-rebellious demeanor of his +two oldest pupils. Moreover, he had been warned by the janitor of the +building that they would be likely to give him trouble. + + + + +CHAPTER XL. + +BEN IS SUBDUED + + +Ben Buffum was biding his time. + +In the seat in front of Ben sat Albert Frost, a much smaller boy. + +One day, toward the close of the afternoon, a loud shriek was heard in +the neighborhood of Ben Buffum's desk. + +Walter looked up and saw Albert in tears. + +"What is the matter, Albert?" asked Walter. + +"Ben Buffum stuck a pin in my leg," answered the boy. "Is that true, +Buffum?" demanded Walter sternly. + +"Yes, it is," answered Ben, with provoking calmness. + +Walter's temper was stirred, but he asked in his ordinary tones: "Why +did you do it?" + +"Because I chose," answered Ben. + +"Then," said Walter, giving full vent to his scorn, "you are a +contemptible coward and brute! + +"You forget that in this schoolroom I am the master, and consider it +my duty to defend my pupils, even the smallest, from the violence of +brutes." + +"He'll have to pay for this," he muttered to himself. "I can lick you, +Walter!" he said, with an insolent leer. + +He had hardly got the words out of his mouth when Walter was upon him. +He was wonderfully quick in his movements, whereas Ben, though powerful, +was slow, and before he well knew what was going to happen he was +dragged by the collar from his seat into the middle of the floor. Walter +let go for a minute, and Ben, mad all over, prepared to grasp him in +a bearlike hug. A stinging blow in the face convinced him that he had +entirely underrated the powers of the teacher. He tried to return the +blow, but, unable to defend himself, found his own blow parried and +another planted in his chest, causing him to stagger. Then Ben lost all +caution, and with a furious cry rushed upon Walter, in hope of throwing +him down by wrestling. But, instead, he found himself lying on his back +on the floor, looking up at the teacher. + +Ben got up slowly and "pitched in" once more, but in about a minute he +found himself again in a recumbent position. + +"Have you had enough?" asked Walter. + +"I hit my head," answered Ben, in a sulky tone. + +"I hope you are not seriously hurt," said Walter, quietly. "If you would +like to be dismissed now, you may go. I shall be glad to see you back +here to-morrow." + +Without a word, but looking intensely mortified, Ben took his hat and +slunk out of the room. + +When he had gone Walter said: "Scholars, I want to ask of you a favor. +Ben is mortified by what has happened. I wish you would all abstain from +reminding him of it. In that case the lesson he has received may do him +good." + +The next day Ben Buffum stayed at home, and did not show himself on +the street till evening. When he found that no one spoke to him of the +affair he took courage to go to school the day after. Walter overtook +him on the way and hailed him in a friendly manner with: "We will forget +all about that little affair day before yesterday, Ben. You are pretty +strong." + +"I couldn't do nothin' against you." + +"No, because I have taken lessons in boxing." + +"I'd like to box." + +"If you'll come round and see me this evening, Ben, I'll give you the +first lesson." + +The scholars were very much surprised to see Ben and the teacher walking +to school together, and were further surprised at the wonderful change +for the better that took place in the once rebellious pupil. + + + + +CHAPTER XLI + +CONCLUSION + + +Mrs. Deborah Simpkins, a near neighbor of Doctor Mack, was an +ill-natured gossip, and had always disliked Walter because he once +interfered to prevent a boy of hers from abusing a young companion. One +day about two months later she put on her bonnet and with a smile of +malicious satisfaction walked over to the doctor's house. + +"How do you do, Mrs. Sprague?" she said. "I thought I'd run over and +have a chat with you." + +"Come in, Mrs. Simpkins," said Nancy, civilly, but not cordially, for +she did not like her visitor. + +"I've got something unpleasant to tell you," went on the widow, as she +sat down in a rocker. "I'm awful sorry." + +"Are you?" said Nancy, dryly. "What's it all about?" + +"I got a letter from my niece Sophrony, out in Iowa, yesterday, and she +sent me a cuttin' from an old paper. It's somethin' awful!" + +"Is it?" + +"Yes, and it's about Walter Sherwood!" continued Mrs. Simpkins, +triumphantly. + +"He hasn't met with an accident, has he?" inquired Nancy, turning pale. + +"It's wuss than that!" answered the widow, nodding her head ominously. + +"Worse than an accident?" + +"Yes; leastways, I call it so." + +"Let me hear it, then, Mrs. Simpkins." + +"Here 'tis; you can read it for yourself." + +This was the paragraph: + +"A young man named Walter Sherwood was arrested yesterday, charged +with stealing a valuable mare belonging to Colonel Richard Owen. We +understand his trial is to take place this morning." + +"When is the paper dated?" asked Nancy, who did not appear so much +overcome as her visitor expected. + +"Over two months since. Walter Sherwood is probably in jail now. I +feel for you and the doctor," said Mrs. Simpkins, in a tone far from +sympathetic, fixing her beadlike eyes on the housekeeper. + +"That's very good of you, but, as we got a letter from Walter yesterday, +there ain't no call to be troubled." + +"Did he write from the jail?" + +"Don't be a fool, Mrs. Simpkins! He wrote from the town of Shelby, where +he has been teaching a classic school, and he inclosed the program of +the exhibition. Perhaps you would like to look at it." + +Mrs. Simpkins took the paper, and looked intensely disappointed as she +saw that Nancy had only told the truth. + +"He teach school! A boy like him!" she ejaculated. + +"Yes, Mrs. Simpkins, and it's been a great success. They want him to +go back next year, but the doctor prefers to have him finish out his +college course. We're expecting him home every day." + +There was a noise heard as of the front door opening, and a moment later +Walter was in the room. + +"Oh, Walter!" exclaimed Nancy, overjoyed, in her excitement throwing her +arms around his neck. "I'm so glad to see you!" + +"And I am glad to see you, Nancy, How's my guardian?" + +"He's well, and will be home soon." + +"Good afternoon, Mrs. Simpkins," said Walter, politely. + +"Mrs. Simpkins has just been telling me that you were in jail for +horse-stealing," said Nancy. "She is much pleased to find it all a +mistake." + +Walter laughed. + +"I am still more pleased," he remarked. "I find school-teaching much +pleasanter." + +"I guess I must be goin'," said Mrs. Simpkins, hurriedly. + +When Doctor Mack returned he welcomed Walter with a joy not inferior to +that of his housekeeper. + +"And so you have succeeded?" he said. + +"Yes; the trustees of the Shelby Classical School want me to come back, +as my predecessor has accepted a position in New York. But I think I +had better return to college and finish out my course. I have a thousand +dollars saved up, and a little more, and I think with economy I can pay +my own way for the remainder of the course." + +"It won't be necessary, Walter." + +"But, as my property is lost--" + +"You must forgive me, Walter, for deceiving you, but you have just +as much property as ever--indeed, more, as you only drew one hundred +dollars in the past year." + +"But, doctor, why, then, did you lead me to think otherwise?" + +"It wasn't altogether a falsehood. About a hundred dollars had been lost +in an investment, and I made that a pretext for withdrawing you from +college. I saw that you were wasting your time and acquiring expensive +habits, so I thought the best remedy would be a year of active life, in +which you would be thrown upon your own resources." + +"You are right, doctor. It has made a man of me. I shall go back to +old Euclid and work in earnest. I have been a teacher myself, and I +understand what a teacher has a right to expect from his pupils." + +"Then my experiment has been a success, and your year of probation has +done you good." + +"I hope to prove it to you, my dear guardian." + +Walter returned to college, and two years later graduated, valedictorian +of his class. The money he had earned in his year of probation +he devoted to helping the needy members of his class to obtain an +education. Gates alone received three hundred dollars, and it saved +the poor fellow from leaving college a year before graduation. Walter +intends to study law, and it is predicted that he will win success at +the bar. For whatever success he may achieve he will be inclined to give +the credit to his year of probation. + +THE END + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Walter Sherwood's Probation, by Horatio Alger + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WALTER SHERWOOD'S PROBATION *** + +***** This file should be named 5993.txt or 5993.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/9/9/5993/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Charles Franks and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/5993.zip b/5993.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..88fcd5f --- /dev/null +++ b/5993.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8566004 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #5993 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/5993) diff --git a/old/wltsp10.zip b/old/wltsp10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..91f61ad --- /dev/null +++ b/old/wltsp10.zip |